Full text of "[Course catalog]"

See other formats

DO NOT REMOVE FROM LIBRARY

NORTHEASTERN

UNIVERSITY

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

NORTHEASTERN

UNIVERSrTY

BULLETIN

COURSE
DESCRIPTIONS
FOR THE

BASIC COLLEGES

Boston-Bouv^ College
College of Business Administration
College of Criminal Justice
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Liberal Arts
Urx»ln College
College of Nursing
College of Pharmacy and
Allied Health Professions

The University reserves the right to make changes
in the regulations arnj courses announced in this bulletin.

Printed at Northeastern University.

ConAents

Academic Requirements 5

Boston-Bouv^ College 5

College of Business Administration 9

College of Criminal Justice 14

College of Education 15

College of Engineering 21

Uncdn College 27

College of Liberal Arts 28

College of Nursing 35
College of Pharmacy and

Allied Health Professions 37

Course Descriptions 41

Boston-Bouvd
College

PHYSICAL EDUCATION-
Men and Women

10.104, Fundamentals of Mathematics; 50.121, Human Develop- Quarter 4
ment and Learning I; 62.250, Anatomy and Physiology I; a Physical
Education elective; and an elective.

50.131, Human Development and Learning II; 50.141, Measure- Quarters
ment and Evaluation; 62.251, Anatomy and Physiology II; 62.218,
Elementary School Activities or an elective; and a Physical
Education elective.

62.221, Perceptual-Motor Learning and Development; 62.252, Quarters
Anatomy and Physiology III; 62.255, Adapted Physical Education;
62.275, Critical Teaching Skills; and a Physical Education elective.

62.210, History and Principles of Physical Education; 62.253, Quarter 7
Kinesiology; 62.260, Measurement and Evaluation; a Physical
Education elective; and an elective.

62.277, Outdoor Teaching Lab; 62.218, Elementary School Ac-
tivities I or 62.256, Athletic Training and Conditioning; two
coaching electives; and a Boston-Bouve' College elective.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION-
Women; Five-Year Plan

60.140, Analysis and Teaching of Physical Activities I; 60.141, Quarters
Analysis and Teaching of Physical Activities II; 60.143, Winter
Sports; 60.160, Instructional Technology; 60.220, Program and
Methods in Elementary School Physical Education Activities;
62.260, Measurement and Evaluation; 65.216, Methods and
Materials in Health Education.

60.142, Analysis and Teaching of Physical Activities III; 62.253, Quarters
Kinesiology; 62.254, Exercise Physiology; 62.255, Adapted
Physical Education; 63.135, Social Recreation or 63.215, Trends
and Issues in Recreation; 65.218, Public Health; 62.280, Curriculum
Development; and an elective.

62.282, Supervised Student Teaching. Quarter 10

62.254, Exercise Physiology; 62.280, Curriculum Development; Quarter 11
62.270, Administration of Physical Education; 60.230^ Advanced
Teaching and Analysis or 62.293, Special Problems; and one of the
following Education Humanities electives: 50.152, Comparative
Education, 50.153, Philosophy of Education, or 50.154, Current
Issues in American Education.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION-
Men; Five-Year Plan

Quarters 61.212, Handball and Squash; 61.263, Methods and Materials in
Physical Education; 62.253, Kinesiology; 62.260, Measurement and
Evaluation; and an elective.

Quarters 61.220, Survey of Recreation Sports; 61.237, Team Sports III;
61.280, Camp Leadership; 62.256, Athletic Training and Con-
ditioning; 63.215, Trends and Issues in Recreation; 65.215, School
and Community Health; and a Physical Education elective.

61.230, Secondary School Dance; 29.100, Public Speaking; a
combatives elective; a coaching elective; a Physical Education
elective; and two other electives.

Quarter 10 62.282, Supervised Student Teaching.

Quarter 11 62.254, Exercise Physiology; 62.255, Adapted Physical Education;
62.270, Administration of Physical Education; a Physical Educa-
tion elective; and one of the follov\/ing Education Humanities
electives: 50.152, Comparative Education, 50.153, Philosophy of
Education, or 50.154, Current Issues in American Education.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION-
Women; Four-Year Plan

Quarter 9A 62.282, Supervised Student Teaching; or Quarter 10A.

Quarter 10A 62.254, Exercise Physiology; 62.255, Adapted Physical Education;
65.218, Public Health; and an elective or one of the following three
courses: 60.230, Advanced Teaching Analysis, 62.292, Special
Problems, 62.293, Special Problems; or Quarter 9A.

HEALTH EDUCATION

Quarter 4 30.113, Freshman Writing; 50.121, Human Development and
Learning I; 62.250, Anatomy and Physiology I; 65.116, Nutrition.

Quarters 30.114, Introduction to Literature; 50.131, Human Development
and Learning II; 62.251, Anatomy and Physiology II; and an
elective.

HEALTH EDUCATION -
Transfer Program

10.104, Fundamentals of Mathematics; 50.114, Education and Quarters
Social Science; 50.121, Human Development and Learning I;
65.110, Foundations of Health Education; and a Boston-Bouve'
College elective.

18.142, Basic Animal Biology; 50.131, Human Development and Quarter 6A
Learning II; 65.114, Mental Health; a Physical Education elective;
and one of the follov\/ing Education Social Science electives;
50.161, Seminar in Group Process, 50.163, Schools as Social
Systems, 50.164, Class and Ethnic Relations in Education, 50.165,
Organization and Politics of School Systems, 50.166, Teaching and
the Human Service Professions, 50.167, Education and Psy-
chosocial Development, or 50.168, Education and Social Change.
19.146, Motivation, or its equivalent; 50.141, Measurement and Quarter 7
Evaluation; 65.222, Drug Use and Abuse; 20.259, Urban
Anthropology, or its equivalent; and a Physical Education elective.

55.121, Introduction to Special Education; 65.116, Nutrition; Quarters

65.140, Concepts in Health, Aging, and Longevity; 65.223, Human

Sexuality and the Family.

65.217, Teaching Procedures/Curriculum in Health Education in Quarters

School and Community; 65.207, First Aid, Safety and Preventive

Health Education; 65.238, Seminar; and an Education Humanities

elective.

PHYSICAL THERAPY

11.171, Physics for the Life Sciences I; 11.173, Physics Laboratory Quarter 4
for the Life Sciences I; 18.125, Human Physiology I; 19.102, Basic
Psychology; and an elective.

11.172, Physics forthe Life Sciences II; 18.126, Human Physiology Quarter 5
II; 18.148, Human Anatomy; 64.115, Introduction to Physical
Therapy; and an elective.

18.125, Human Physiology; 19.140, Normal and Abnormal Human Quarter 6
Development; 64.121, Gross Anatomy; and an elective.

64.131, Applied Anatomy; 64.143, Physical Therapy I; 64.210, Quarter 7A
Pathology; 64.220, Clinical Medicine I; 65.218, Public Health.

18.126, Human Physiology; 64.154, Physical Therapy II; 64.155, Quarter 8A
Physical Therapy III; 64.221, Clinical Medicine II; 64.234, Psy-
chiatry; 64.250, Neuroanatomy.

64.222, Clinical Medicine III; 64.164, Physical Therapy IV; 64.165, Quarter 9A
Professional Literature and Research; 64.166, Rehabilitation;
64.172, Physical Therapy Vl; 64.185, Supervised Clinical Practice.

Quarter 10A 64.171, Physical Therapy V; 64.174, Physical Therapy VII; 64.175,
Ethics and Administration; 64.246, Applied Physiology; 64.187,
Supervised Clinical Practice.

Quarter 11A 64.195, Supervised Clinical Practice.

RECREATION EDUCATION

Quarter 4 16.121, Natural History I; 50.121, Hunnan Development and Learn-
ing I; 63.150, Anatomy and Physiology I; 63.133, Recreation Skills
IV; and an elective.

16.122, Natural History II; 50.131, Human Development and
Learning II; 63.151, Anatomy and Physiology II; 63.134, Recreation
Skills V; and an elective.

29.163, Play Production; 63.126, Outdoor Education I; 63.255,
Therapeutic Recreation; 63.267, Introduction to Youth Groups;
63.270, Arts and Crafts.

63.160, Recreation Resources; 63.127, Outdoor Education II or
63.128, Survey of Outdoor Education and Park Facilities; and two
electives.

63.143, Winter Sports; 63.220, Methods and Materials in Recrea-
tion; 63.240, Dance and Cultures; 63.250, Group Dynamics; 63.260,
Administration of Recreation and Parks; 63.262, Recreation and
Budgeting and Financing.

63.280, Supervised Field Experience and Teaching.

63.143, Winter Sports; 63.210, Philosophy of Recreation; 63.260,
Administration of Recreation and Parks; 63.285, Introduction to
Research; 65.218, Public Health; and two of the following three
courses: 63.146, Camp Administration, 63.256, Recreation Ac-
tivities for Atypical Individuals and Groups I, 63.267, Introduction
to Youth Groups.
Quarter 11 63.147, Outdoor Education for the Handicapped; 63.290, Research
Seminar; 50.152, Comparative Education or 50.153, Philosophy of
Education; and two of the following courses: 63.129, School
Camping - Organization and Administration, 63.257, Recreation
Activities for Atypical Individualsand Groups II, 63.262, Recreation
and Budgeting and Financing, 63.266, Recreation and Community
Schools.

Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter 8

Quarter 9
Quarter 10

College of

Business

Administration

ACCOUNTING

39.105, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Quarter 4
Marketing or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.250,
Quantitative Methods I; and a liberal elective.

39.106, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Quarters
Marketing, or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.251,
Quantitative Methods II; and a liberal elective.

41.251, Intermediate Accounting; 41.253, Cost Accounting I; Quarter 6

45.209, Organization Behavior I; and a liberal elective.

41.252, Intermediate Accounting; 41.254, Cost Accounting II; Quarter 7

45.210, Organization Behavior II; and a liberal elective.

41.262, Accounting Theory and Practice; a liberal elective; a Quarters
Business elective; and an open elective.

41.263, Accounting Planning and Control; 45.250, Business and Quarter 9
Society; a liberal elective; and an open elective.

45.112, Business Policy; 90.251, Placement Techniques; a liberal Quarter 10
elective; and an open elective.

All open electives. Quarter 11

FINANCE AND INSURANCE

39.105, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Quarter 4
Marketing, or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.250,
Quantitative Methods I; and a liberal elective.

39.106, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Quarters
Marketing, or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.251,
Quantitative Methods II; and a liberal elective.

44.150, Corporate Financial Management; 44.151, Interpreting Quarter 6
Financial Data; 45.209, Organization Behavior I; and a liberal
elective.

44.275, Money and Economic Activity; 44.260, Financial Planning; Quarter 7
45.210, Organization Behavior II; and a liberal elective.

A liberal elective; a Finance elective; a Business elective; and an Quarter 8
open elective.

45.250, Business and Society; a Finance elective; a liberal elective; Quarter 9
and an open elective.

45.112, Business Policy; 90.251, Placement Techniques; a liberal Quarter 10
elective; and an open elective.

All open electives. Quarter 11

GENERAL BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Quarter 4 39.105, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to
Marketing, or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.101,
Introduction to the Computer; 49.250, Quantitative Methods I; and
a liberal elective.

Quarter 5 39.106, Principles of Economics; 49.251, Quantitative Methods II;
43.120, Introduction to Marketing or 44.120, Introduction to
Financial Activity; and a liberal elective.

Quarters 45.209, Organization Behavior I; a liberal elective; a Business
elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 7 45.210, Organization Behavior II; a liberal elective; a Business
elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 8 A liberal elective; a Business elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 9 45.250, Business and Society; a liberal elective; a Business elective;

and an open elective.

Quarter 10 45.112, Business Policy; 90.251, Placement Techniques; a liberal
elective; a Business elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 11 A Business elective; and open electives.

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Quarter 4 39.105, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to
Marketing or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.250,
Quantitative Methods I; and a liberal elective.

Quarters 39.106, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to
Marketing or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.251,
Quantitative Methods II; and a liberal elective.

Quarter 6 45.209, Organization Behavior I; a liberal elective; a Business
elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 7 39.275, Labor Economics; 45.210, Organization Behavior II; a
liberal elective; and a Business elective.

Quarters 45.260, Personnel - Industrial Relations; a liberal elective; a
Business elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 9 45.250, Business and Society; a liberal elective; a Business elective;
and an open elective.

Quarter 10 45.112, Business Policy; 45.275, Labor Law; 90.251, Placement
Techniques; a liberal elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 11 45.276, Seminar in Collective Bargaining; and open electives.

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION

39.105, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Quarter 4
Marketing; 49.250, Quantitative IVIethods I; and a liberal elective.

39.106, Principles of Economics; 44.120, Introduction to Financial Quarter 5
Activity; 49.251, Quantitative Methods II; and a liberal elective.

45.209, Organization Behavior I; 46.100, Introduction to Inter- Quarters
national Business; a liberal elective; and an open elective.

45.210, Organization Behavior II; a Business elective; a Liberal Quarter 7
International elective; and an open elective.

A Business International elective; a Business elective; a liberal Quarters
elective; and an open elective.

45.250, Business and Society; a Business elective; a Liberal Inter- Quarter 9

national elective; and an open elective.

45.112, Business Policy; 90.251, Placement Techniques; a Quarter 10

Business International elective; a liberal elective; and an open

elective.

46.101, Seminar in International Business; and open electives. Quarter 11

MANAGEMENT

39.105, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Quarter 4
Marketing or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.250,
Quantitative Methods I; and a liberal elective.

39.106, Principles of Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Quarters
Marketing or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.251,
Quantitative Methods II; and a liberal elective.

45.209, Organization Behavior I; 49.206, Management Information Quarter 6
Systems or 41.205, Cost Accounting for Management; a liberal

elective; and an open elective.

45.210, Organization Behavior II; 41.205, Cost Accounting for Quarter 7
Management or 49.206, Management Information Systems; a

liberal elective; and an open elective.

45.260, Personnel - Industrial Relations; 49.155, Legal Aspects of Quarter 8
Business; a Business elective; and a liberal elective.

45.250, Business and Society; 45.265, Production Management; a Quarter 9
liberal elective; and an open elective.

45.112, Business Policy; 90.251, Placement Techniques; a liberal Quarter 10
elective; a Business elective; and an open elective.

All open electives. Quarter 11

MARKETING

Quarter 4 39.105, Principlesof Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Marketing,
or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.250, Quantitative
Methods I; and a liberal elective.

Quarter 5 39.106, Principlesof Econonnics; 43.120, Introduction to Marketing,
or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.251, Quantitative
Methods II; and a liberal elective.

Quarter 6 43.250, Marketing Management I; 45.209, Organization Behavior I;
a liberal elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 7 43.251, Marketing Management I; 45.210, Organization Behavior II;

a liberal elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 8 43.240, Marketing Research; a liberal elective; a Business elective;
and an open elective.

Quarter 9 45.250, Business and Society; a Marketing elective; a liberal
elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 10 43.278, Competitive Strategy; 45.112, Business Policy; 90.251,
Placement Techniques; a liberal elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 11 A Marketing elective; and open electives.

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Quarter 4 39.105, Principlesof Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Marketing;

49.250, Quantitative Methods I; and a liberal elective.

Quarter 5 39.106, Principles of Economics; 44.120, Introduction to Financial
Activity; 49.251, Quantitative Methods II; and a liberal elective.

Quarter 6 45.209, Organization Behavior I; 45.212, New Venture Creation; a
liberal elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 7 45.210, Organization Behavior II; a liberal elective; and open
electives.

Quarter 8 44.158, Small Business Finance; 45.130, Operations Analysis and
Venture Capital; a liberal elective; and an open elective.

Quarter 9 45.250, Business and Society; a liberal elective; a Business elective;
and an open elective.

Quarter 10 45.112, Business Policy; 49.107, Small Business Management;

90.251, Placement Techniques; a liberal elective; and an open
elective.

Quarter 11 45.131, Control Systems in Smaller Companies; a Business elec-
tive; and open electives.

TRANSPORTATION AND

PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT

39.105, Principlesof Economics; 43.120, Introduction to Marketing, Quarter 4
or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.250, Quantitative
Methods I; and a liberal elective.

39.106, Principlesof Economics; 43.1 20, Introduction to Marketing, Quarter 5
or 44.120, Introduction to Financial Activity; 49.251, Quantitative
Methods II; and a liberal elective.

48.101, Principles of Transportation; 45.209, Organization Quarter 6
Behavior I; a liberal elective; and an open elective.

45.210, Organization Behavior II; 48.102, Current Issues in Quarter 7
Transportation Policy; a liberal elective; and an open elective.

A Transportation elective; a Business elective; a liberal elective; Quarters
and an open elective.

45.250, Business and Society; 48.104, Physical Distribution Quarters
Management; a liberal elective; and an open elective.

45.112, Business Policy; a Transportation elective; a liberal elec- Quarter 10
five; and an open elective.

A Transportation elective; and open electives. Quarter 11

College of
Criminal Justice

CRIMINAL JUSTICE

Quarter 4 22.141, State Government and Politics; 11.113, Physics for Criminal
Justice Students I, or 12.139, General Chemistry, or 18.114,
Functional Human Anatomy I; a Criminal Justice elective; and an
elective.

Quarter 5 11.114, Physics for Criminal Justice Students II, or 12.140, General
Chemistry, or 18.115, Functional Human Anatomy II; a Criminal
Justice elective; and an elective.

Quarters 92.137, Criminology; 92.141, Criminal Law: Procedural Due
Process; and tv^/o electives.

Quarter 7 92.134, Constitutional Problems I: The Police and The Criminal
Suspect; a Criminal Justice elective; and electives.

Quarter 8 Criminal Justice electives; and electives.

Quarter 9 Criminal Justice electives; and electives.

Quarter 10 90.255, Professional Development in Criminal Justice; Criminal
Justice electives; and electives.

Quarter 11 Criminal Justice electives; and electives.

College of
Education

EDUCATION PSYCHOLOGY ELECTIVES

50.121,
50.131,
50.132,
50.133,
50.134,
50.135,
50.136,
50.137,
50.138,
50.139,

Human Development and Learning I

Human Development and Learning II

Creative Expression in Children

Educational Applications of Social Psychology

Mental Health in Teaching

Cross-cultural Studies of Child Rearing and Education

Language and Cognition: Educational Implications

Seminar in Adolescent Psychology

Seminar in Human Learning and Motivation

Seminar in Early Childhood Development

Quarter 5

EDUCATION HUMANITIES ELECTIVES

50.152, Comparative Education

30.153, Philosophy of Education

50.154, Current Issues in American Education

Quarter 10

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

55.121, Introduction to Special Education; 16.121, Natural History I; Quarter 4
39.115, Principles and Problems of Economics; and 50. 121, Human
Development and Learning I.

55.122, Introduction to Speech and Hearing Therapy or an elective; Quarter 5
16.122, Natural History II; a Speech elective; and an Education
Psychology elective (see list).

19.201, Psychology of Abnormal Behavior or an Area elective; Quarters
51.131, Fundamentals of Arithmetic I; 51.135, Analysis of Teaching
and Educational Process; 54.135, Fundamentals of Reading I.

55.240, Psychology of the Mentally Retarded or an elective; 50.141, Quarter 7
Measurement and Evaluation or a History elective; 51.132, Fun-
damentals of Arithmetic II; 54.136, Fundamentals of Reading II.

51.141, Elementary Education; 50.141, Measurement and Evalua- Quarter 8
tlon or 54.141, Remedial Reading or a History elective; an
3lective;and a Literature elective.

50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or an elective; 51.142, Quarter 9
Elementary Education Compendium II; 54.142, Linguistics and
Reading or a History elective; and a Literature elective.

55.121, Introduction to Special Education or an elective; 90.253, Quarter 10
Professional Development for Teachers; an Education Humanities
9lective (see list); and an elective.

Two electives. Quarter 11

TEACHING OF BIOLOGY

Quarter 4 12.144, Organic Chemistry I; 18.133, Plant Biology; 50.131, Human
Development and Learning II; and a History elective.

Quarter 5 12.145, Organic Chemistry II; 18.134, Environmental and Popula-
tion Biology; a History elective; and an Education Psychology
elective (see list).

Quarters 11.171, Physics for the Life Sciences I; 18.135, Genetics and
Development Biology; 51.135, Analysis of Teaching and
Educational Process; and a Biology elective.

Quarter 7 11.172, Physics for the Life Sciences 11; 18.136, Cell Biology; a
Biology elective; and an elective.

Quarter 8 51.147, Methods and Materials of Teaching the Sciences; 50.141,
Measurement and Evaluation or an elective; a Humanities elective;
and a Biology elective.

Quarter 9 50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or an elective; a Biology
elective; a Humanities elective; and an elective.

Quarter 10 90.253, Professional Development for Teachers; an Education
Humanities elective (see list); Biology electives; and a Literature
elective.

Quarter 11 A Biology elective; and a Literature elective.
TEACHING OF CHEMISTRY

Quarter 4 11.117, Physics for Science Majors I; 11.124, Physics Laboratory for
Science Majors I; 12.153, Organic Chemistry; 50.131, Human
Development and Learning II; and an elective.

Quarter 5 11.119, Physics for Science Majors III; 11.125, Physics Laboratory
for Science Majors II; 12.154, Organic Chemistry; an Education
Psychology elective (see list); and an elective

Quarters 12.166, Physical Chemistry; 51.135, Analysis of Teaching and
Educational Process; a History elective; and a Chemistry elective.

Quarter 7 12.185, Inorganic Chemistry; 12.169, Physical Chemistry; 12.200,
Principles of Experimental Chemistry; 12.201, Integrated
Chemistry Laboratory I; a History elective; and an elective.

Quarters 50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or a Humanities elective;
12.170, Physical Chemistry; 12.181, Instrumental Analysis; 51.147,
Methods and Materials of Teaching the Sciences; and 12.202,
Integrated Chemistry Laboratory II.

Quarters 50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or a Humanities elective;
12.213, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry; 12.253, Identification of
Organic Compounds; a Humanities elective; and an elective.

Quarter 10 12.171, Analytical Chemistry or a Chemistry elective; 90.253,
Professional Development for Teachers; an Education Humanities
elective (see list); a Literature elective; and an elective.

Quarter 11 12.171, Analytical Chemistry or a Chemistry elective; and a
Literature elective.

TEACHING OF EARTH SCIENCE

11.171, Physics for the Life Sciences I; 16.201, Physical Geology; Quarter 4
16.203, Physical Geology Laboratory; 50.131, Human Development

and Learning II; and an elective.

11.172, Physics for the Life Sciences II; 16.202, Historical Geology Quarter 5
and 16.204, Historical Geology Laboratory or an Earth Science

elective; a Speech elective; and an Education Psychology elective

(see list).

51.135, Analysis of Teaching and Educational Process; an Earth Quarters

Science elective; a History elective; and an elective.

16.202, Historical Geology and 16.204, Historical Geology Quarter 7

Laboratory or an Earth Science elective; a History elective; and

electives.

51.147, Methods and Materials of Teaching the Sciences; 50.141, Quarter 8

Measurement and Evaluation or an elective; a Literature elective;

and an Earth Science elective.

50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or an elective; a Literature Quarters

elective; an Earth Science elective; and an elective.

90.253, Professional Development for Teachers; an Earth Science Quarter 10

elective; an Education Humanities elective (see list); and two

electives.

An Earth Science elective; and an elective. Quarter 11

TEACHING OF ENGLISH

30.110, Literary Analysis: Poetry; 50.131, Human Development and Quarter 4

Learning II; an American Literature elective; and a Speech elective.

30.111, Literary Analysis: Fiction or 30.112, Literary Analysis: Quarters
Drama; an American Literature elective; an Education Psychology

elective (see list); and an elective.

26.150, Introduction to Logic; 51.135, Analysis of Teaching and Quarters
Educational Process; a British Literature elective; and an English
elective.

30.120, Introduction to Linguistics or 30.130, Introduction to Quarter 7
Semantics; a British Literature elective; an Art or Music elective;
and an elective.

30.120, Introduction to Linguistics or 30.130, Introduction to Quarters
Semantics or 50.141, Measurement and Evaluation; 30.250,
Shakespeare; and 51.143, Methods and Materials of Teaching
English.

50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or an elective; 30.251, Quarters
Shakespeare; 51.139, Writing and the Teaching of Writing or an
elective; and 54.126, Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools.

90.253, Professional Development for Teachers; an Education Quarter 10
Humanities elective (see list); and three electives.

Two electives. Quarter 11

TEACHING OF GENERAL SCIENCE

Quarter 4 10.106, Calculus; 11.171, Physics for the Life Sciences I; 12.144,
Organic Chemistry; 50.131, Human Development and Learning II.

Quarters 10.107, Calculus; 11.172, Physics for the Life Sciences II; a
Chemistry elective; and an Education Psychology elective (see
list).

Quarters 16.201, Physical Geology; 16.203, Physical Geology Laboratory;
51.135, Analysis of Teaching and Educational Process; a History
elective; and a Literature elective.

Quarters 50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or an elective; 51.147,
Methods and Materials of Teaching the Sciences; a Science
elective; and a Biology elective.

Quarters 50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or an elective; a Science
elective; a Biology elective; and a Literature elective.

Quarter 10 90.253, Professional Development forTeachers;aScienceelective;
an Education Humanities elective (see list); and two electives.

Quarter 11 Two electives.

TEACHING OF MATHEMATICS

Quarter 4 10.184, Calculus and Linear Methods I; 10.186, Differential
Equations and Linear Methods I; 50.131, Human Development and
Learning II; and an elective.

Quarters 10.185, Calculus and Linear Methods II; 10.187, Differential
Equations and Linear Methods II; a Speech elective; and an
Education Psychology elective.

Quarters 51.135, Analysis of Teaching and Educational Process; a
Mathematics elective; a History elective; and a Literature elective.

Quarter 7 A Mathematics elective; a Literature elective; a History elective; and

an elective.

Quarter S Two Mathematics electives; and two electives.

Quarter 9 50.141, Measurement and Evaluation; 51.124, Modern Mathematics
Curricula; 51.145, Methods and Materials of Teaching
Mathematics;
OR
Two Mathematics electives; and two electives.

Quarter 10 90.253, Professional Development for Teachers; a Mathematics
elective; an Education Humanities elective (see list); and two
electives.

Quarter 11 A Mathematics elective; and an elective.

TEACHING OF MODERN LANGUAGES

30.170, Survey of English Literature; 39.115, Principles and Quarter 4

Problems of Economics or 26.133, Philosophy of Science or a

Science elective; 50.131, Human Development and Learning II; and

a Modern Language elective.

39.1 16, Principles and Problems of Economics or 26.150, Introduc- Quarter 5

tion to Logic or a Science elective; 30.171, Survey of English

Literature; an Education Psychology elective (see list); and a

Modern Language elective.

51 .135, Analysis of Teaching and Educational Process; two Modern Quarter 6

Language electives; and an elective.

Two Modern Language electives; and two electives. Quarter 7

50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or an elective; 51.140, Quarters

Methods and Materials of Teaching Modern Languages I; and two

Advanced Language electives.

50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or a Language seminar; Quarters

51 .144, Methods and Materials of Teaching Modern Languages II;

land two Advanced Language electives.

190.253, Professional Development for Teachers; two Advanced Quarter 10

Language electives; an Education Humanities elective (see list);

and an elective.

Two Advanced Language electives. Quarter 11

TEACHING OF PHYSICS

10.184, Calculus and Linear Methods I; 11.127, Physics for Science Quarter 4
Majors IV; 11.124, Physics Laboratory for Science Majors I; 50.131,

Human Development and Learning II; and an elective.

10.185, Calculus and LinearMethods II; 1 1.128, PhysicsforScience Quarter 5
Majors V; 11.125, Physics Laboratory for Science Majors II; a

Speech elective; and an Education Psychology elective (see list).

10.250, Analysis I or 10.122, Applied Analysis; 11.200, Intermediate Quarter 6
Mechanics; 1 1 .260, Wave Laboratory; 51 .135, Analysis of Teaching

and Educational Process.

10.251, Analysis II or 10.222, Applied Analysis; 11.201, Theoretical Quarter 7
Mechanics or a Physics elective; a History elective; and an elective.

12.114, General Chemistry; 50.'141, Measurement and Evaluation or Quarter 8
an elective; 51.147, Methods and Materials of Teaching the
Sciences; and a Physics elective.

12.115, General Chemistry; 50.141, Measurement and Evaluation or Quarter 9
an elective; a History elective; and a Physics elective.

90.253, Professional Development for Teachers; a Physics elective; Quarter 10
a Literature elective; an Education Humanities elective (see list);
and an elective.

A Physics elective; and a Literature elective. Quarter 11

TEACHING OF SOCIAL STUDIES

Quarter 4 23.210, The United States to 1877; 26.150, Introduction to Logic;
39.115, Principles and Problems of Economics; 50.131, Human
Development and Learning II.

Quarters 23.211, The United States since 1877; 39.116, Principles and
Problems of Economics; a Speech elective; and an Education
Psychology elective (see list).

Quarters 23.199, The Historian's Craft; 51.135, Analysis of Teaching and
Educational Process; a History elective; and a Literature elective.

Quarter 7 39.280, Comparative Economics; 50.141 , Measurement and Evalua-
tion; a Political Science elective; and a Literature elective.

Quarter 8 51 .149, Methods and Materials of Teaching Social Studies; 50.154,
Current Issues in American Education.

Quarters 54.126, Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools; a Political
Science elective; a History elective; and a Humanities elective.

Quarter 10 90.253, Professional Development for Teachers; a History elective;
a Social Science elective; and two electives.

Quarter 11 All electives.

SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY

Quarter 4 50.121, Human Development and Learning I; 55.121, Introduction
to Special Education; 55.126, Communication Skills; and a History
elective.

Quarters 55.122, Introduction to Speech and Hearing Therapy; 55.124,
Anatomy, Physiology, and Neurology of the Speech and Hearing
Mechanism; a History elective; and an Education Psychology
elective (see list).

Quarters 19.135, Personality I; 55.131, Normal Development of Language
and Speech; 55.133, Introduction to Linguisticsand Phonetics; and
an elective.

Quarter 7 19.136, Personality II; 55.134, Organic Speech Disorders; a
Humanities elective; and an elective.

Quarters 55.141, Methods and Materials in Speech and Hearing and
Articulation Disorders; 55.143, Diagnostic Techniques in Speech
and Hearing; 55.145, Functional Speech Disorders; and a Literature
elective.

Quarters 55.142, Introduction to Audiology; 55.144, Clinical Practice in
Speech and Hearing I; a Literature elective; and an elective.

Quarter 10 55.155, Clinical Practice in Speech and Hearing II; 90.253,
Professional Development for Teachers; a Humanities elective; an
Education Humanities elective (see list); and an elective.

Quarter 11 55.152, Speechreading and Auditory Training; and 55.154, In-
troduction to Stuttering.

College of
Engineering

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

4.101, Chemical Engineering Calculations I; 10.153, Calculus; Quarter 4
11.206, Physics for Engineering Students IV; 11.110, Physics
Laboratory for Engineering Students I; and 12.147, Organic
Chemistry.

2.165, Mechanics I; 4.102, Chemical Engineering Calculations II; Quarters
10.154, Calculus; 11.111, Physics Laboratory for Engineering
Students II; and 12.148, Organic Chemistry.

4.111, Chemical Engineering I; 10.155, Mathematical Analysis; Quarters

12.161, Physical Chemistry; and 39.125, Economics.

4.112, Chemical Engineering II; 10.156, Mathematical Analysis; Quarter 7

12.162, Physical Chemistry; and 39.126, Economics.

4.121, Transport Phenomena I; 4.123, Experimental Methods I; Quarters
4.126, Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics; 4.141, Junior

Honors Program (elective); and a liberal elective.

4.122, Transport Phenomena II; 4.124, Experimental Methods II; Quarters
4.136, Chemical Engineering Kinetics; 4.141, Junior Honors
Program (elective); and a liberal elective.

4.131, Process Design I or 4. 133, Projects l;and two of the following Quarter 10
three courses: 4.135, Introduction to Nuclear Engineering, 4.138,

Process Control Systems, a technical elective; 90.257, Professional
Development for Engineers; and a liberal elective.

4.132, Process Design II or 4.134, Projects II; a liberal elective; and Quarter 11
two of the following three courses; 4.137, Applied Mathematics in
Chemical Engineering, 4.124, Introduction to Optimization, 4.850,
Chemical Process Pollution Control or a technical elective.

CIVIL ENGINEERING

1.116, Engineering Measurements and 1.117, Engineering Quarter 4
Measurements Laboratory or 1.140, Structural Mechanics I; 10.153,
Calculus; 11.110, Physics Laboratory for Engineering Students I;
11.206, Physics for Engineering Students IV; and 39.125,
Economics.

1.116, Engineering Measurements and 1.117, Engineering Quarters
Measurements Laboratory or 1.140, Structural Mechanics I; 2.130,
Thermodynamics I; 10.154, Calculus; 11.111, Physics Laboratory
for Engineering Students II; and 39.126, Economics.

1.141, Structural Mechanics II; 2.116, Dynamics; 10.155, Quarters
Mathematical Analysis; and a liberal elective.

Quarter 7

Quarter 8

Quarter 9

Quarter 10

Quarter 11

1.120, Fluid Mechanics I; 1.142, Structural Mechanics III; 1.180,
Materials; 10.156, Mathematical Analysis; and 29.113, Effective
Speaking Workshop.

3.183, Electrical Engineering I; 1.150, Concrete Design I or 1.178,
Soil Mechanics and 1.179, Soil Mechanics Laboratory; a liberal
elective; and one of the following four courses: 1.106, Applied
Probability Theory for Civil Engineers, 1 .143, Structural Analysis I,
1.175, Engineering Geology, 5.245, Basic Engineering Statistics.

1.193, Environmental Engineering I; 1.178, Soil Mechanics and
1.179, Soil Mechanics Laboratory or 1.150, Concrete Design I; a
liberal elective; and one of the follov\/ing four courses: 1.105, Civil
Engineering Systems, 1 .143, Structural Analysis 1, 1 .144, Structural
Analysis II, 5.260, Engineering Economy.

1.160, Structural Design I; 90.257, Professional Development for
Engineers: a liberal elective; and two of the following courses:
1.101, Special Topics, 1.106, Applied Probability Theory for Civil
Engineers, 1.122, Hydraulic Engineering, 1.143, Structural
Analysis I, 1.144, Structural Analysis II, 1.152, Concrete Design II,
1.175, Engineering Geology, 1.224, Environmental Chemistry,
5.245, Basic Engineering Statistics.

A liberal elective; and three of the following courses: 1.101, Special
Topics, 1.105, Civil Engineering Systems, 1.134, Transportation
Engineering, 1.135, Construction Engineering, 1.144, Structural
Analysis II, 1.145, Structural Analysis III, 1.152, Concrete Design II,

1.161, Structural Design II, 1.174, Foundation Engineering, 1.194,
Environmental Engineering II, 1.196, Environmental Laboratory,
1.259, Air Pollution, 5.260, Engineering Economy.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Quarter 4 3.111, Circuits and Systems I; 10.153, Calculus; 11.206, Physics for
Engineering Students IV; 11.110, Physics Laboratory for Engineer-
ing Students I; and a liberal elective.

Quarter 5 3.112, Circuits and Systems II; 10.154, Calculus; 11.207, Elemen-
tary Modern Physics; 11.111, Physics Laboratory for Engineering
Students II; and a liberal elective.

Quarter 6 2.130, Thermodynamics I; 3.113, Circuits and Systems III; 3.131,
E.E. Laboratory I - Measurements; 10.155, Mathematical Analysis;
and a liberal elective.

Quarter 7 2.163, Mechanics for Electrical Engineers; 3.122, Circuits and
Systems IV; 3.132, E.E. Laboratory II - Circuits and Systems;
10.156, Mathematical Analysis; and a liberal elective.

Quarters 2.130, Thermodynamics I; 2.199, Materials Science; 3.141, Elec-
tronics I; and 3.161, Electromagnetic Field Theory I.

3.133, E.E. Laboratory III - Devices; 3.142, Electronics II; 3.162, Quarters
Electromagnetic Field Theory II; a liberal elective; and one of the
follov\/ing four courses: 3.191, Design and Organization of Digital
Computers, 3.261, Wave Transmission and Reception, 3.285,
Introduction to Theory of Digital Computation, 3.292,
Mathematical Techniques in Electrical Engineering I.

3.134, E.E. Laboratory IV; 3.175, Electromechanical Dynamics; Quarter 10
90.257, Professional Development for Engineers; a liberal elective;

and two of the following courses: 3.191, Design and Organization
of Digital Computers, 3.218, Control System Theory, 3.221 , Electric
Power Systems I, 3.233, E.E. Power Laboratory I, 3.237, Senior
Project Laboratory I, 3.238, Senior Project Laboratory II, 3.242,
Theory and Technology of Semiconductor Devices I, 3.251,
Communication Theory, 3.281, Fundamentals of Computation
Structures, 3.292, Mathematical Techniques in Electrical
Engineering II, 3.295, Numerical Methods, 3.296, Digital Techni-
ques.

^ liberal elective; and two or three of the following courses: 3.144, Quarter 11
Electronics III, 3.191, Design and Organization of Digital Com-
puters, 3.222, Electric Power Systems II, 3.234, E.E. Power

aboratory II, 3.327, Senior Project Laboratory I, 3.238, Senior
^reject Laboratory II, 3.241 , Selected Topics in Electronics, 3.243,
Theory and Technology of Semiconductor Devices II, 3.251,

ommunication Theory, 3.261 , WaveTransmission and Reception,
5.262, Advanced Topics in Electromagnetic Field Theory, 3.285,
ntroduction to Theory of Digital Computation, 3.292,
\/lathematical Techniques in Electrical Engineering I, 3.293,
\/lathematical Techniques in Electrical Engineering II, 3.296,
Digital Techniques.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Power Systems

3.111, Circuits and Systems I; 10.153, Calculus; 11.206, Physics for Quarter 4
(Engineering Students IV; 11.110, Physics Laboratory for Engineer-
ing Students I; and a liberal elective.

3.112, Circuits arvd Systems II; 10.154, Calculus; 11.207, Elemen- Quarter 5
tary Modern Physics; 11.111, Physics Laboratory for Engineering

gStudents II; and a liberal elective.

2.130, Thermodynamics I; 3.113, Circuits and Systems III; 3.131, Quarter 6
E.E. Laboratory I - Measurements; 10.155, Mathematical Analysis;

and a liberal elective.

2.131, Thermodynamics II; 3.122, Circuits and Systems IV; 3.132, Quarter 7
E.E. Laboratory II - Circuits and Systems; 10.156, Mathematical

Analysis; and a liberal elective.

3.141, Electronics I; 3.161, Electromagnetic Field Theory I; 3.174, Quarter 8
c-Basic Power Circuits; a liberal elective; and an added elective,
10.8G1, Probability.

Quarter 9

Quarter 10

Quarter 11

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

2.163, Mechanics for Electrical Engineers; 3.142, Electronics II,
3.162, Electromagnetic Field Theory II; 3.175, Electromechanical
Dynamics; and a liberal elective.

3.176, Machines and Systems; 3.233, E.E. Power Laboratory I;

3.221, Electric Power Systems I; 3.823, Mathematical Methods in
Electrical Engineering; 90.257, Professional Development for
Engineers; and a liberal elective.

3.222, Electric Power Systems II; 3.234, E.E. Power Laboratory II;
4.146, Introduction to Nuclear Engineering (E.E.); a liberal elective;
and one of the following courses: 1.193, Environmental Engineer-
ing I, 2.196, Materials Science, 3.191, Design and Organization of
Digital Computers, 5.260, Engineering Economy.

GENERAL ENGINEERING PROGRAM

10.153, Calculus; 11.206, Physics for Engineering Students IV;_
11.110, Physics Laboratory for Engineering Students I; a libera
elective; and an Engineering Science elective.

10.154, Calculus; 11.111, Physics Laboratory for Engineering
Students II; a liberal elective; an Engineering Science elective; anc
Coordinated Study.

A liberal elective; an Engineering Science elective; and Coor
dinated Studies.

A liberal elective; Engineering Science electives; and Coordinatec
Study.

Engineering Science electives; and Coordinated Studies.

An Engineering Science elective; and Coordinated Studies.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

5.128, Work Design; 10.153, Calculus; 11.206, Physics foi
Engineering Students IV; 11.110, Physics Laboratory for Engineer
ing Students I; and 39.1 1 5, Principles and Problems of Economics.

5.145, Probabilistic Analysis for Engineers; 10.154, Calculus
11.111, Physics Laboratory for Engineering Students II; 39.116
Principles and Problems of Economics; and one of the followinc
three courses: 2.130, Thermodynamics I, 2.196, Materials Science
5.201, Principles of Computation and Programming I.

5.147, Statistics I; 29.102, Effective Speaking; a Mathematics
elective; and two of the follov\/ing five courses: 1 .1 24, Flow of Fluids,
2.130, Thermodynamics I, 2.165, Mechanics I, 3.183, Electrical
Engineering I, 5.202, Principles of Computation and Programming

Quarter 6

5.161, Operations Research I; a liberal elective; a technical elective; Quarter 7
and one of the following courses: 2.130, Thermodynamics I, 2.166,
Mechanics II, 2.196, Materials Science, 3.184, Electrical Engineer-
ing II, 5.201, Principles of Computation and Programming I.

5.161, Operations Research I; a liberal elective; a technical elective; Quarter 8
and one of the following courses: 1.124, Flow of Fluids, 2.130,
Thermodynamics I, 2.165, Mechanics I, 3.183, Electrical Engineer-
ing I, 5.202, Principles of Computation and Programming II.

5.163, Operations Research II; 5.130, Systems I; a liberal elective; Quarter 9
and one of the following courses: 2.130, Thermodynamics I, 2.166,
VIechanics II, 2.196, Materials Science, 3.184, Electrical Engineer-
ng.

5.130, Systems I; 5.186, People in Organizations; 5.190, Senior Quarter 10
Project; 90.257, Professional Development for Engineers; an

ndustrial Engineering elective; and a non-Engineering elective.

5.131, Systems II; a non-Engineering elective; and Engineering Quarter 11
3lectives.

VIECHANICAL ENGINEERING

M65, Mechanics I; 10.153, Calculus; 11.206, Physics for Engineer- Quarter 4
ng Students IV; 11.110, Physics Laboratory for Engineering
Students I; and 39.115, Principles and Problems of Economics.

M66, Mechanics II; 10.154, Calculus; 2.130, Thermodynamics I; Quarters
11.111, Physics Laboratory for Engineering Students II; and a
iberal elective.

M67, Mechanics III; 2.131, Thermodynamics II; 2.192, Measure- Quarter 6
Tient and Analysis; and 10.155, Mathematical Analysis.

2.155, Fluid Mechanics I; 2.196, Materials Science; 10.156, Quarter 7
Vlathematical Analysis; and a liberal elective.

Three electives; and a liberal elective. Quarter 8

Three electives; and a elective. Quarter 9

90.257, Professional Development for Engineers; three electives; Quarter 10
and a liberal elective.

Three electives; and a liberal elective. Quarter 11

26 j

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Quarter 8

Quarter 9

Quarter 10A
Quarter 11 S
Quarter 12

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING -
Five- Year B.S. - M.S.

2.131, Thermodynamics II; 2.167, Mechanics III; 2.192, Measure-
ment and Analysis; 10.155, Mathematical Analysis; and a liberal
elective.

2.155, Fluid Mechanics I; 2.196, Materials Science; 10.156,
Mathematical Analysis; and two liberal electives.

2.826, Mathematical Methods for Mechanical Engineers I; three
electives; a liberal elective; and a graduate elective.

2.827, Mathematical Methods for Mechanical Engineers II; three
electives; a liberal elective; and a graduate elective.

Graduate electives (8 Q.H.); electives (8 Q.H.); and a seminar.

Graduate electives (8 Q.H); electives (8 Q.H.); and a seminar.

Graduate electives (4 Q.H.); electives (8 Q.H.); and a thesis.

ENGINEERING TRANSFER PROGRAM

TRANSFER STUDENTS

Special Term
Quarter 5T

Special Term
Quarter ST

All engineering transfer students take: 9.104, Computer Program-
ming; 10.140, Mathematical Analysis IV-V; 11.126, Physics Review;
Civils add: 1.140, Structural Mechanics I; Mechanicals add: 2.164,
Mechanics; Electricals add: 3.119, Circuits and Systems A;
Chemicals add: 4.103, Chemical Engineering Calculations -
Transfers; and Industrials add: 10.208, Probability.

Civils take: 1.141, Structural Mechanics II; 2.116, Dynamics; 2.130,
Thermodynamics I; and 10.155, Mathematical Analysis. Electricals
take: 2.130, Thermodynamics I; 3.120, Circuits and Systems B;
10.155 Mathematical Analysis; and a liberal elective.

Lincoln College

B.E.T. ELECTRICAL

10.421, Calculus A; 3.451, Circuit Analysis I; 11.420, Physics Iv Quarter 4
(Electromagnetic Field); and a liberal elective.

3.324, Circuits Laboratory I; 3.440, Physical Electronics; 3.452, Cir- Quarter 5
cuit Analysis II; 10.422, Calculus B; and a liberal elective.

3.311, Electronics I; 3.325, Circuits Laboratory II; 3.453, Circuits Quarters
Analysis III; 3.460, Engineering Analysis; and 39.105, Principles of
Economics.

3.312, Electronics II; 3.323, Electronic Laboratory; 3.410, Electrical Quarter 7
Measurements; 3.430, Energy Conversion; and 3.454, Circuits
Analysis IV.

B.E.T. MECHANICAL

10.421, Calculus A; 2.411, Mechanics A; 9.454, Production Draw- Quarter 4
ing; and 2.461, Machine Shop or a liberal elective.

2.414, Stress Analysis A; 2.431, Materials A; 2.412, Mechanics B; Quarter 5
and 10.422, Calculus B.

2.415, Stress Analysis B; 2.421, Thermodynamics A; 2.462, Quarters
Mechanical Technology Laboratory I; 2.413, Mechanics C; and

39.116, Principles and Problems of Economics.

2.422, Thermodynamics B; 2.465, Heat Technology Laboratory I; Quarter 7
2.441 , Fluid Mechanics A; and 3.420, Electricity and Electronics I.

Quarter 4
Quarter 5
Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11

Quarter 4
Quarter 5

Quarter 6
Quarter 7

Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

College of
Liberal Arts

ART HISTORY

27.118, History of Art I; a History elective; and two electives.

27.119, History of Art II; a History elective; and tv\/o electives.
Two Art History electives; and two electives.

Two Art History electives; and two electives.
Two Art History electives; and two electives.
Two Art History electives; and two electives.
Two Art History electives; and two electives.
Two Art History electives; and two electives.

BIOLOGY

12.144, Organic Chemistry; 18.133, Plant Biology; 10.106,
Calculus or an elective; a Modern Language or an elective.

12.145, Organic Chemistry; 18.134, Environment and Population
Biology; 10.107, Calculus oran elective; a Modern Language oran
elective.

18.135, Genetics and Development Biology; 11.117, Physics for
Science Majors and 11.124, Physics Laboratory for Science
Majors, or 11.171, Physics for the Life Sciences I and 11.173,
Physics Laboratory for the Life Sciences I; and two electives.

18.136, Cell Biology; 11.119, Physics for the Science Majors III and
11.125, Physics Laboratory for Science Majors II, or 11.172,
Physics for the Life Sciences II and 11.174, Physics Laboratory for
the Life Sciences II; and two electives.

A Biology elective; and three electives.
A Biology elective; and three electives.
A Biology elective; and three electives.
A Biology elective; and three electives.

CHEMISTRY

11.124, Physics Laboratory for Science Majors; 11.118, Physics
Science Majors II; 12. 153, Organic Chemistry; 33. 115, Intermedi
German or 34.115, Intermediate Russian; and an elective.
10.207, Differential Equations; 11.125, Physics Laboratory
Science Majors H; 11.119, Physics for Science Majors III; 12.1
Organic Chemistry; 33.116, Intermediate German or 34.116,
termediate Russian.

for
ate

foi
54
in-

12.155, Organic Chemistry; 12.166, Physical Chemistry; and two Quarters

electives.

12.169, Physical Chemistry; 12.200, Principles of Experimental Quarter 7
Chemistry; 12.201, Integrated Chemistry Laboratory I; 12.185,
Inorganic Chemistry; and two electives.

12.170, Physical Chemistry; 12.181, Instrumental Analysis; 12.202, Quarter 8
Integrated Chemistry Laboratory I; and two electives.

12.213, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry; 12.253, Identification of Quarters
Organic Compounds; an advanced science or Mathematics elec-
tive; and an elective.

A Mathematics elective or an advanced science elective; un- Quarter 10

dergraduate research or advanced laboratory; and two electives.

Four electives. Quarter 11

DRAMA

29.150, Elementary Acting I; 29.170, Scenic Production; 19.105, Quarter 4
Foundations of Psychology I or 20.100, Principles of Social
Anthropology; a Modern Language or an elective; and Physical
Education.

29.110, Voice and Articulation; 19.106, Foundations of Psychology Quarter 5
II or 21.100, Introduction to Sociology; Modern Language or an
elective; Physical Education; and a Drama elective.

29.209, Speech for the Theatre or an elective; a Drama elective; Quarter 6
Physical Education; and two electives.

Two Drama electives; Physical Education; and two electives. Quarter 7

29.106, Concepts of Direction or an elective; 29.200, History of the Quarter 8
Theatre; a Drama elective; Physical Education; and an elective.

29.201, History of the Theatre; a Drama elective; Physical Educa- Quarter 9
tion; and two electives.

Two Drama electives; Physical Education; and two electives. Quarter 10

Two Drama electives; Physical Education; and two electives. Quarter 11

ECONOMICS

10.104, Fundamentals of Mathematics; 39.115, Principles and Quarter 4
Problems of Economics; a Modern Language or an elective; and a

Social Science elective.

10.105, Fundamentals of Mathematics; 39.116, Principles and Quarters
Problems of Economics; a Modern Language or an elective; and a

Social Science elective.

39.250, Statistics I; 39.255, Microeconomic Theory; a Social Quarter 6
Science elective; and an elective.

39.251, Statistics II; 39.256, Macroeconomic Theory; 19.106, Quarter 7
Foundations of Psychology II or a Social Science elective; and an

elective.

Quarter 8 Economics electives; and electives.
Quarter 9 Economics electives; and electives.
Quarter 10 Economics electives; and electives.

Quarter 11 39.293, Introduction to Econometrics or 39.294, Problems in
Economic Research; and three electives;
OR
Two Economics electives; and two electives.

ENGLISH

Quarter 4 23.130, England to 1688 (Group A); 30.170, Survey of English
Literature; a Modern Language or an elective; and an elective.

Quarter 5 23.131, England since 1688 (Group B); 30.171, Survey of English
Literature; a Modern Language or an elective; and an elective.

Quarter 6 30.1 10, Literary Analysis: Poetry; an American Literature elective;
and two electives.

Quarter 7 30.121, Foundations of the English Language; an American
Literature elective; and two electives.

Quarter 8 30.222, Chaucer or a Medieval Literature elective; an English
elective; and two electives.

Quarter 9 30.251 , Shakespeare or another Shakespeare elective; an English
elective; and two electives.

Quarter 10 An English seminar; an Eighteenth-Century Literature elective;
and two electives.

Quarter 11 A Nineteenth-Century Literature elective; and three electives.

GEOLOGY

Quarter 4 10.106, Calculus or an elective; 16.211, Descriptive Mineralogy; a

Physics elective; a Modern Language or an elective.

Quarter 5 10.107, Calculus or an elective; 16.212, Optical Crystallography; a
Physics elective; a Modern Language or an elective.

Quarter 6 Two Geology electives; a Physics elective; and an elective.

Quarter 7 Two Geology electives; and two electives.

Quarter 8 Two Geology electives; and two electives.

Quarter 9 A Geology elective; and three electives.

Quarter 10 A Geology elective; and three electives.

Quarter 11 16.271, Geology seminar; and three electives.

HISTORY

Quarter 4 23.210, The United States to 1877; a Modern Language or an
elective; and two electives.

23.211, The United States since 1877; a Modern Language or an Quarter 5
lective; and two electives.

23.199, The Historian's Craft; a History elective; and two electives. Quarter 6

Two History electives; and two electives. Quarter 7

Two History electives; and two electives. Quarter 8

Two History electives; and two electives. Quarter 9

Two History electives; and two electives. Quarter 10

\ History elective; and three electives. Quarter 11

JOURNALISM

>3.210, The United States to 1877; 38.103, Fundamentals of Quarter 4
sJewswriting; a Modern Language or an elective; and one of the
ollowing three courses: 20.100, Principlesof Social Anthropology,
6.101, Introduction to Philosophy I, 39.115, Principles and
Problems of Economics.

13.211, The United States since 1877; 38.104, Fundamentals of Quarters
vlewswriting; a Modern Language or an elective; and one of the
ollowing three courses: 21 .100, Introduction to Sociology, 26.102,
ntroduction to Philosophy II, 39.116, Principles and Problems of
conomics or a Math/Science elective.

!0.171, Survey of English Literature; 38.106, Techniques of Jour- Quarter 7
lalism; a History elective or a Math/Science elective; and an
lective.

18.101, History and Principles of Journalism; a Political Science Quarters
lective or a Math/Science elective; and two electives.

i8.102. History and Principles of Journalism; a Political Science Quarter 9
ilective or a Math/Science elective; and two electives.

18.107, The Press and Society or 38.130, Advanced Reporting; an Quarter 10
nglish elective; and two electives.

18.108, The Press and Society or 38.130, Advanced Reporting; an Quarter 11
English elective; and two electives.

i/IATHEMATlCS

0.184, Calculus and Linear Methods I; 10.186, Differential Quarter 4
iquations and Linear Methods I; a Modern Language or an
lective; and an elective.

0.185, Calculus and Linear Methods II; 10.187, Differential Quarters
iquations and Linear Methods II; a Modern Language or an
lective; and an elective.

0.246, Advanced Linear Algebra I; 10.250, Analysis I; and two Quarters
lectives.

0.247, Advanced Linear Algebra II; 10.251, Analysis II; and two Quarter 7
lectives.

"wo Mathematics electives; and two electives. Quarter 8

Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Quarter 6
Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Quarter 7
Quarter 8
Quarter 9
Quarter 10
Quarter 11

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Two Mathematics electives; and two electives.
Two Mathematics electives; and two electives.
Two Mathematics electives; and two electives.

MODERN LANGUAGES

30.170, Survey of English Literature; a History elective; a Moderr
Language or an elective; and an elective.

30.171, Survey of English Literature; a History elective; a Moderr
Language or an elective; and an elective.

Two Language electives; and two electives.

PHILOSOPHY

26.1 10, History of Ancient Philosophy; a Modern Language or an
elective; and two electives.

26.1 1 1 , History of Modern Philosophy; a Modern Language or an
elective; and two electives.

26.150, Introduction to Logic or 26.151, Symbolic Logic; a|i,
Philosophy elective; and two electives.

A Philosophy elective; and three electives.

Two Philosophy electives; and two electives.

26.155, Moral Philosophy; and two electives.

A Philosophy seminar; a Philosophy elective; and two electives.

Two Philosophy electives; and two electives.

PHYSICS

10.184, Calculus and Linear Methods I; 11.124, Physics Laboratory
for Science Majors; 1 1 .127, Physics for Science Majors IV; and two
electives.

10.185, Calculus and Linear Methods II or 10.207, Differential
Equations; 11.125, Physics Laboratory for Science Majors II;
11.128, Physics for Science Majors V; and two electives.

11.200, Intermediate Mechanics; 11.220, Thermodynamics and
Kinetic Theory; 11.260, Wave Laboratory; 10.221, Applied Analysisjp
or 10.250, Analysis I; and an elective.

11.208, Mathematical Physics; 11.221, Wave Motion and Optics; Quarter 7
1 1 .271 , Electronics Laboratory; 1 0.222, Applied Analysis or 10.251 ,
Analysis II or an elective.

11.220, Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory; 11.230, Modern Quarters
Physics; 11.271, Electronics Laboratory; 11.272, Experimental
Laboratory; and two electives.

11.208, Mathematical Physics; and three electives. Quarter 9

11.211, Electricity and Magnetism I; 11.272, Experimental Quarter 10
Laboratory; 11.240, Quantum Mechanics I; and three electives.

11.212, Electricity and Magnetism II; 11.241, Quantum Mechanics Quarter 11
I; 11.273, Advanced Physics Laboratory; and an elective.

POLITICAL SCIENCE

22.151, Comparative Government; a Modern Language or an Quarter 4
elective; and two Social Science electives.

A Political Science elective; two Social Science electives; and a Quarters
Modern Language or an elective.

22.221, International Relations; 22.280, Research Methods in Quarters
Political Science or a Social Science elective; and two electives.

A Political Science elective; a Social Science elective; and two Quarter 7
electives.

22.281, Quantitative Methods or a Political Science elective; Quarters
22.270, Political Theory or 22.273, Political Thought I; and two
electives.

22.261, Public Administration; 22.286, Research Seminar or a Quarters
Political Science elective; and two electives.

A Political Science elective; and three electives. Quarter 10

A Political Science elective; and three electives. Quarter 11

PSYCHOLOGY

19.120, Statistics in Psychology I; a Psychology elective; and two Quarter 4
slectives.

19.121, Statistics in Psychology II; 19.160, Experimental Psy- Quarters
:hology I or 19.164, Learning and Motivation; a Psychology

)(5lective; and an elective.

"19.164, Learning and Motivation or 19.160, Experimental Psy- Quarters
:hology I; a Psychology elective; an elective from Chemistry,
ti3iology, or Physics; and an elective.

'19.161, Experimental Psychology II or 19.163, Psychology of Quarter 7
-earning or 19.165, Learning Laboratory; a Psychology elective; an
ifJlective from Chemistry, Biology, or Physics; and an elective.

s^ Psychology elective; an Experimental Psychology elective; and Quarter S
wo electives.

Quarter 9 A Psychology elective; and three electives.

Quarter 10 Four electives.

Quarter 11 A Psychology elective; and three electives.

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY

Quarter 4 21 .239, Introduction to Statistical Analysis; 21 .280, Social Theory I;
an Introductory course in Sociology, Anthropology, Economics,
Political Science or Psychology; and an elective.

Quarter 5 21 .281 , Social Theory II; 21 .239, Introduction to Statistical Analysis
or an elective; a Modern Language or an elective; and an
Introductory course in Sociology, Anthropology, Economics,
Political Science or Psychology.

Quarters 21.111, American Society; 21.240, Research Methods I; 21.101.
Principles of Sociology or an elective; an Anthropology elective or
a Sociology elective.

Quarter 7 21.241, Research Methods II; an Anthropology elective or a
Sociology elective; and two electives.

Quarter 8 Two Sociology or Anthropology electives; and two electives.

Quarter 9 A Sociology or Anthropology elective; and two electives.

Quarter 10 A Sociology or Anthropology elective; and three electives.

Quarter 11 A Sociology or Anthropology elective; and three electives.

College of
Nursing

ASSOCIATE DEGREE
PROGRAM

19.201, Psychology of Abnormal Behavior; and 81.101, Medical- Quarter 4
Surgical Nursing or 82.101, Maternal and Child Health.

21.100, Introduction to Sociology; and 81.101, Medical-Surgical Quarters
Nursing or 82.101, Maternal and Child Health.

30.114, Introduction to Literature; 90.254, Professional Develop- Quarters
ment for Nurses; 81.102, Medical-Surgical Nursing or 83.101,
Psychiatric Nursing; and an elective.

22.177, American Political Process; 81.102, Medical-Surgical Nur- Quarter 7
sing or 83.101, Psychiatric Nursing; and an elective.

LICENSED
PRACTICAL NURSING

M.100, Introduction to Sociology; 22.177, American Political Quarter 4S
'rocess; 81.102, Medical-Surgical Nursing or82. 101, Maternal and
/hild Health; and an elective.

i0.114. Introduction to Literature; 83.101, Psychiatric Nursing; Quarter 4
)0.254, Professional Development for Nurses; and an elective.

J0.114, Introduction to Literature; 83.101, Psychiatric Nursing; Quarter 5S
)0.254, Professional Development for Nurses; a History elective;
ind an optional elective.

i2.101, Maternal and Child Health; 22.177, American Political Quarters
=*rocess; and 21.100, Introduction to Sociology or an elective.

J1.102, Medical-Surgical Nursing or 82.101, Maternal and Child Quarter 6S
Health; 21.100, Introduction to Sociology or an elective; and an
lective.

BACHELOR'S DEGREE
PROGRAM

18.120, Basic Microbiology; 18.125, Human Physiology; 19.105, Quarter 4

■oundations of Psychology 1; and 80.204, Nursing - Universal

^ieeds.

8.126, Human Physiology; 19.106, Foundations of Psychology II; Quarter 5
?0.100, Principles of Social Anthropology; and 80.205, Nursing -
"Common Problems I.

9.141, Grov^/th and Development I; 21.100, Introduction to Quarters
Sociology; and 80.206, Nursing - Common Problems II.

Quarter 7 19.130, Social Psychology; 19.142, Growth and Development II;
81.201, Medical-Surgical Nursing or 82.201, Maternal and Child
Health or 83.201, Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing.

Quarters 81.201, Medical-Surgical Nursing or 82.201, Maternal and Child
Health or 83.201 , Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing; a Humanities
elective; and an elective.

Quarter 10 84.201, Public Health Nursing; and two electives.

Quarter 11 85.201, Contemporary Nursing; and an elective.

College of

Pharmacy

and

Allied Health

Professions

PHARMACY

12.144, Organic Chemistry; 11.171, Pliysics for the Life Sciences I; Quarter 4
19.105, Foundations of Psychology I; 39.115, Principles and
Problenns of Economics.

12.145, Organic Chemistry; 11.175, Physics for the Life Sciences Quarter 5
III; 21.100, Introduction to Sociology; 29.108, Business and
Professional Speaking.

71 .261 , Pharmacy I; 73.203, Anatomy-Physiology; 93.1 51 , General Quarter 6
Biochemistry; and an elective.

18.120, Basic Microbiology; 71.262, Pharmacy II; 72.241, Introduc- Quarter 6A
tion to Therapeutics; and 73.204, Anatomy-Physiology.

72.230, Drug Analysis; 72.242, Chemical Pharmacology I; 73.223, Quarter 7
Clinical Biochemistry; and an elective.

71.263, Pharmacy III; 73.245, Introduction to Pathology; 72.243, Quarters
Chemical Pharmacology II; and a professional elective.

71.264, Pharmacy IV; 72.244, Chemical Pharmacology III; 73.247, Quarter 9
Toxicology; and a professional elective.

65.218, Public Health; 71.265, Professional Practice I; 72.243, Quarter 10
Chemical Pharmacology II; and a professional elective.

71.245, Pharmacy Administration I; 71.266, Professional Practice Quarter 10A
II; 72.244, Chemical Pharmacology III; 90.251, Placement Techni-
ques; and a professional elective.

71.253, Clinical Pharmacy; 71.267, Professional Practice III; and a Quarter 11

professional elective.

FORSYTH DENTAL -
ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAM

30.113, Freshman Writing.

30.114, Introduction to Literature.
21.100, Introduction to Sociology.

Quarter 4
Quarter 4A
Quarter 5

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE

Quarter 4 All take 12.144, Organic Chemistry; 18.158, Vertebrate Physiology;
and a Modern Language or a Humanities elective; option I add a
Social Science elective; option II add 87.102, Basic Medical
Laboratory Hematology, 87.103, Basic Medical Laboratory
Immunohematology, and 18.120, Basic Microbiology or 87.101,
Basic Medical Laboratory Science.

Quarter 5 All take 12.145, Organic Chemistry; 18.159, Vertebrate Physiology;
a Modern Language or a Humanities elective; option I add 87.105,
Basic Medical Laboratory Chemistry and Instrumentation; option
II add 12.171, Analytical Chemistry or an elective.

Quarters All take 18.135, Genetics and Development Biology; 11.117,
Physics for Science Majors and 11.124, Physics Laboratory for
Science Majors or 11.171, Physics for the Life Sciences I and
11.173, Physics Laboratory for the Life Sciences I; 87.102, Basic
Medical Laboratory Hematology; 87.103, Basic Medical Laboratory
Immunohematology; option I add a Social Science elective, a
Humanities elective or 12.171, Analytical Chemistry, and an
optional elective; option II add 18.120, Basic Microbiology, 87.120,
Communications in the Health Sciences or a Speech elective, a
Humanities elective, and an optional elective.

Quarter 7 11.119, Physics for Science Majors III and 11.125, Physics
Laboratory for Science Majors II or 11.172, Physics for the Life
Sciences II and 11.174, Physics Laboratory for the Life Sciences II;
18.136, Cell Biology; option I add one elective and a Social Science
elective; option II add a Humanities elective, 18.220, General
Microbiology or 87.120, Communications in the Health Sciences or
a Speech elective.

Quarter 8 18.158, Vertebrate Physiology; 12.171, Analytical Chemistry or an
elective; 87.101, Basic Medical Laboratory Science; 87.102, Basic
Medical Laboratory Hematology or 87.103, Basic Medical
Laboratory Immunohematology or a Humanities elective; 87.126,
Physiology or a Biology elective; and a Social Science elective.

Quarters 12.171, Analytical Chemistry; 18.159, Vertebrate Physiology;
18.220, General Microbiology; 87.120, Communications in the
Health Sciences or a Speech elective; 87.126, Physiology; 87.105,
Basic Medical Laboratory Chemistry and Instrumentation; and an
elective.

Quarter 10 87.112, Hematology and Immunohematology Applied Study (at
Hospital); 87.202, Hematology and Immunohematology; 87.190,
undergraduate research; and 87.203, Medical Immunology and
Serology;
OR

87.1 15, Medical Laboratory Chemistry Applied Study (at Hospital);
87.204, Medical Parasitology; 87.205, Clinical Chemistry; and
87.226, Medical Laboratory Science Education.

Quarter 11 87.111, Medical Microbiology Applied Study (at Hospital); 87.121,
Quality Control; 87.201, Pathogenic Microbiology; and 87.221,
Medical Laboratory Management.

MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION

8.114, Functional Human Anatomy I; 21.100, Introduction to
lociology; 23.101, Western Civilization or 39.115, Principles and
Problems of Economics; and a Modern Language or an elective.

8.115, Functional Human Anatomy II; 18.120, Basic Microbiology;

1.101, Introduction to Sociology or a Modern Language or an
lective; and 23.102, Western Civilization or 39.1 16, Principles and
•roblems of Economics.

3.111, Drugs - Uses and Actions; 86.107, Medical Terminology;

6.112, Foundations of Medical Science I; 29.100, Public Speaking
nd an elective.

6.102, Hospital Law; 86.113, Foundations of Medical Science II;
6.151, Medical Record Science I; and an elective.

5.209, Organizational Behavior I; 86.152, Medical Record Science
; 86.252, Applied Medical Record Science - Directed Study I;
tatistics; and an elective.

5.210, Organizational Behavior II; 86.153, Medical Record
■cience III; 86.253, Applied Medical Record Science - Directed
tudy II; and an elective.

6.154, Medical Record Science IV; 86.155, Organization and
lanagement - Medical Record Department; 86.254, Applied
ledical Record Science; 86.157, Seminar in Medical Records; and
itroduction to Computers.

6.156, Organization and Management - Medical Record Depart-
eient; 45.261, Interpersonal Relations; Medical Computer
3,pplications; 87.226, Health Science Education; and Hospital
)!)rganization and Management.

lESPIRATORY THERAPY

3.111, Drugs - Use and Actions; 86.112, Foundations of Medical
cience I; 86.184, Procedures of Respiratory Therapy I; 86.284,
•irected Applied Study - Respiratory Therapy I.

6.113, Foundations of Medical Science II; 86.185, Procedures of
espiratory Therapy II; 86.285, Directed Applied Study -
espiratory Therapy II; and a liberal elective.

6.174, Health, Disease, and Disability 1; 86.197, Procedures in
nCespiratory Therapy IV; 86.511, Personal and Community Health;
nd an elective.

216.175, Health, Disease, and Disability II; 86.198, Procedures in
21 espiratory Therapy V; 86.524, Methods and Materials in Public
lealth Education; and an elective.

Quarter 4
Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Quarter 7
Quarter 8

Quarter 9

Quarter 10

Quarter 11

Quarter 4

Quarter 5

Quarter 6

Quarter 7

Course Numbering Program

The number to the left of the decimal point indicates the academic department offering the
course. The three digits after the decimal point differentiate the courses within the
department.

Accounting

41.

History

23.

Afro-American Studies

25.

Industrial Engineering

05.

Allied Health Professions

86.-87.

Interdisciplinary

93.

Anthropology

20.

International Business

Art

27.

Administration

46.

Biology

18.

Italian

35.

Business General

49.

Journalism

38.

Chemical Engineering

04.

Latin

36.

Chemistry

12.

Management

45.

Civil Engineering

01.

Marketing

43.

Cooperative

90.

Mathematics

10.

Criminal Justice

92.

Mechanical Engineeringg

02.

Drama and Speech

29.

Military Science

91.

Earth Sciences (Geology)

16.

Music

28.

Economics

39.

Nursing

80.-84

Education Foundation

50.

Pharmacy

71.-73

Education Instruction

51.

Philosophy & Religion

26.

Education Reading

54.

Physical Education

60.-62

Education Speech and

Physical Therapy

64.

Hearing

55.

Physics

11.

Electrical Engineering

03.

Pol. Sci.

22.

English

30.

Psychology

19.

Finance and Insurance

44.

Recreation

63.

French

31.

Russian

34.

German

33.

Small Business Management

47.

Graphic Science

09.

Sociology

21.

Health Education

65.

Spanish

32.

Transportation

48.

Classes at Northeastern University are scheduled in different modules.

In assessing quarter hour weights for courses, the following statement applies:
One quarter hour of credit is equal to 50 minutes of instruction per weei<, plus two hours of
preparation.

Civil Engineering

01.101 Special Topics (Prereq. outstanding academic performance) 4 Q.H.

An individual effort in an area within the field of civil engineering selected by the student and
adviser with approval by the Department, resulting in adefinitivereport. Work to be performed
in both Quarters 10 and 11, equivalent to 2 qtr. hrs. each quarter. Final grade to be awarded in
Quarter 11.
Staff Fall, Winter, Spring Qtrs.

01.105 Civil Engineering Systems (Prereq. 10.154) 4 Q.H.
Introduction to system synthesis and optimization techniques. The course is designed
primarily for civil engineering students interested in planning and management in the fields of
construction, transportation, environmental and structural engineering. Topics include
calculus method, linear programming, network analysis, critical path scheduling, and
dynamic programming.

Profs. Ossenbruggen and Scranton Fall and Winter Qtrs.

01.106 Applied Probability Theory for Civil Engineers (Prereq. 10.154) 4 Q.H.
The basic elements of probability theory and their use via the solution of various civil

engineering problems encountered in fluid mechanics, construction management, struc-
tures, transportation, etc. Probability of events, random variables and distribution, derived
distribution, expectation, and common probability models.
Prof. Ossenbruggen Spring and Summer Qtrs.

01.116 Engineering Measurements 4 Q.H.
The methods and instruments utilized to perform engineering measurements; errors and
reliability; propagation of errors in computing; application to problems of land surveying,
route surveying, and topographical, hydrographical and construction surveys.

Profs. Meserve, Lenney, and Alberti Fall and Summer Qtrs.

01.117 Engineering Measurements Laboratory 2 Q.H.*
To be taken similtaneously with 01.116. Fieldwork problems to expand and reinforce the
lecture material of 01.116.

01.120 Fluid Mechanics I (Prereq. 1.140) 4 Q.H.

Fluid properties; fluid statics; flow concepts including conservation of mass, energy and
momentum; closed conduct flow including friction; dimensional analysis; introduction to
open-channel flow.
Profs. Branagan, Horn, and Lenney Spring and Summer Qtrs.

01.122 Hydraulic Engineering (Prereq. 01 .193) 4 Q.H

Principles of hydrology, hydraulics of open-channel flow, design of water distribution
systems, design of sanitary sewer and storm drainage systems, hydraulic machinery.
Profs. Branagan, Horn, and Meserve Fall and Winter Qtrs.

01.124 Flow of Fluids (Prereq. 02.165) 4 Q.H.

Fluid properties, fluid states, closed conduit flow, dimensional analysis, water distribution
systems, open-channel flow, and introduction to sanitary sewer design.
Profs. Horn, Lenney, and Gaboon Fall and Winter Qtrs.

01.134 Transportation Engineering (Prereq. 01.105) 4 Q.H.
The current technology and status of the various systems of transportation of people and
materials, including highways, urban mass transit, railroads, air and water transport,
conveyors and pipelines. Civil engineering considerations of planning, design, cost,
construction, research needs, and environmental factors.

Profs. Ossenbruggen and Scranton Spring and Summer Qtrs.

01.135 Construction Engineering 4 Q.H.
Organizational concepts of construction entities; interrelationship of engineer, architect, and
contractor; cost management systems; planning and analysis of estimates; scheduling work
utilizing computer methods; management and supervision of construction operations;
quality control.

Profs. Neff and Leet Spring Qtr.

01.140 Structural Mechanics I (Prereq. Freshman Physics) 4 Q.H.
Statics of particles and rigid bodies in two and three dimensions. Analysis of internal forces in
trusses and beams. Centroids and centers of gravity of lines, area, and volumes. Moments of
inertia of areas and masses.

Profs. Lenney, Namyet, and Woelfl Winter and Spring Qtrs.

01.141 Structural Mechanics II (Prereq 1.140) 4 Q.H.
Review of statics. Shear and bending moment diagrams. Mechanical properties of materials.
Analysis of members subjected to torsion and axial loads. Analysis of beams in shear and
bending; elastic and plastic theory. Compound stresses.

Profs. Lenney, Namyet, and Woelfl Fall and Winter Qtrs.

01.142 Structural Mechanics III (Prereq. 01.141) 4 Q.H.
Transformation of stress and strain. Column buckling and theories of failure. Review of forces
in beams and trusses. Influence lines for statically determinate structures. Deflection of
trusses, beams, and frames. Utilizing the method of virtual work and moment-area
propositions.

Profs. Lenney, Namyet, and Leet Spring and Summer Qtrs.

'including lab.

01.143 Structural Analysis I (Prereq. 01.142) 4 Q.H.
Analysis of statically indeterminate structures utilizing the slope-deflection equations and
moment-distribution. The system approach to flexibility using matrix notation is also treated.
Profs. Khetarpol, Spencer, and Scranton All Quarters

01.144 Structural Analysis II (Prereq. 01.143) 4 Q.H.
The analysis of all classes of structures by use of the system approach in stiffness and
member approach encompassing both flexibility and stiffness completes the matrix analysis
of structures. Influence lines for statically indeterminate structures.

Profs. Lenney and Scranton All Quarters

01.145 Structural Analysis III (Prereq. 01.144) 4 Q.H.
Approximate methods of structural analysis. Analysis of cables. Elementary structural
dynamics. Analysis of membranes and shells. Structures in architecture.

Profs. Namyet, Lenney, and Leet Spring Qtr.

01.150 Concrete Design I (Prereq. 1.141) 4 Q.H.

Design of reinforced concrete elements by the working stress and utimate strength methods;
bending members and short columns.
Profs, khetarpal, Leet, and Namyet Spring and Summer Qtrs.

01.152 Concrete Design II (Prereq. 1.150) 4 Q.H.

Design of reinforced concrete structural systems including continuous beams, frames, floors,

and roofs. Prestressed concrete design theory and practice. Long columns of reinforced

concrete.

Profs. Khetarpal and Leet Fall and Winter Qtrs.

01.160 Structural Design I (Prereq. 1.141) 4 Q.H.
Design of steel members subjected to tension, compression, bending, and combinations of
loading. Introduction to plastic analysis and design. Design of connections, braced frames,
and rigid frames.

Profs. Gaboon, Namyet, and Leet Fall and Winter Qtrs.

01.161 Structural Design II (Prereq. 1.160) 4 Q.H.
Design of steel plate girders, bridges, composite construction in bridges and buildings.
Additional types in plastic analysis and design. Design for lateral loads on high-rise buildings.
Profs. Gaboon and Leet Spring Qtr.

01.174 Foundation Engineering (Prereq. 01.178, 01.179) 4 Q.H.
Evaluation of site survey and boring data for foundations. Determination of soil bearing
capacity, design of spread footings, pile and caissons foundations. Design of retaining walls
and braced sheeting. Selected topics on settlements and slope stability.

Profs. Jaworski and Leet Spring Qtr.

01.175 Engineering Geology (Prereq. 1.180) 4 Q.H.
Origin and composition of the earth's crust, identification of soil classes, engineering
properties of soils, clay and rock mineralogy, geological mapping and exploration, earth
movements, weathering, transportation of materials by wind and water.

Profs. Jaworski and Horn Fall and Winter Qtrs.

01.178 Soil Mechanics (Prereq. 1.141) 4 Q.H.
Soil classification, soil-water phase relationships. Introduction to ground water seepage,
consolidation theory, strength properties of soils, stress distributions in soils due to surface
loads, lateral earth pressures, bearing capacity of shallow footings. Laboratory tests to
identify soils, to determine physical properties and soil behavior.

Prof. Jaworski Fall and Winter Qtrs.

01.179 Soil Mechanics Laboratory 2 Q.H.*
To be taken simultaneously with 01 .178. Laboratory exercises in soil classification, seepage,
shear strength, consolidation, and triaxial testing.

01.180 Materials (Prereq. Freshman Chemistry) 4 Q.H.
The fundamentals of the behavioral classification of materials, such as metals, polymer,
colloids, glasses, and composites. Qther topics will include the significance of phase

*lncluding lab.

transformations, visco-elastic behavior, and corrosion mechanisms.

Profs. Gregory and Woelfl Spring and Summer Qtrs.

01.182 Experimental Methods in Engineering Mechanics (Prereq. 1.141) 4 Q.H.*

Survey of experimental techniquesand instrumentation; experimental determination of basic
material properties for concrete, wood, metals, and other engineering materials. Introduction
to model analysis.
Prof. Woelfl and Mr. Alberti Spring and Summer Qtrs. •

01.193 Environmental Engineering I (Prereq. 01.122) 4 Q.H.
An introduction to the nature and effects of environmental quality, including water quality,
water supply, water and wastewater treatment, air pollution, and solid waste management,
team-taught by various members of the staff lecturing in their specialized areas.
Interrelationships between the air-water-land complex are developed. The course
emphasizes the engineering approach to the management of the environment. Open to all
engineering students.

Staff (C.E.) Spring and Summer Qtrs.

(Other engineering disciplines) All Quarters

01.194 Environmental Engineering II (Prereq. 01.193) 4 Q.H.
A continuation of Environmental Engineering I dealing with the design details of various
environmental projects. Topics include development of ground and surface water supplies,
water and wastewater disinfection methods, design and operation of treatment plants, and
industrial waste disposal. Other current engineering projects are also included.

Profs. Meserve and Blanc Spring Qtr.

01.195 Environmental Laboratory (Prereq 01.223 & 01.194) 4 Q.H.*
A design and laboratory course in environmental engineering. In alternating laboratory
sessions the student is assigned: 1. an individual design project selected from the areas of
water supply and treatment, wastewater collection and disposal, and solid waste and air
pollution control, and 2. chemistry laboratory exercises acquainting the student with basic
techniques in water and wastewater analysis.

Staff Spring Qtr.

01.197 Survey of Environmental Problems 4 Q.H.

Enrollment limited to non-engineers

Major topics: water, wastewater, air pollution, and solid waste, will be covered in the following

format: What is the problem? Why does it exist? Effects of this condition. Abatement

procedures. The interrelationship of environmental conditions is stressed and ecological

considerations discussed.

Prof. Wei All Quarters

01.223 Environmental Chemistry (Freshman Chemistry) 4 Q.H.

Analytical chemistry principles are studied with reference to environmental engineering
applications. The chemistry of processes, such as coagulation, iron and manganese removal,
ion exchange, softening, and disinfection are included. The principles of spectroscopy and f
polarography are also discussed, in addition to gas transfer, oxidation and reduction, and
radiation chemistry. Reaction rateswith reference to environmental engineering applications
such as BOD are studied, as well as topics in organic chemistry and instrumental analysis.
Profs. Cochrane and Wei Fall and Winter Qtrs.

01.259 Air Pollution 4 Q.H.

Theory and practice related to engineering management of air resources, microclimate and
dispersion of pollutants, atmospheric chemistry, air pollution instrumentation, control of
gaseous and particulate emissions, and design of air pollution control systems. Biological
and chemical aspects of air pollution with emphasis on the toxicological aspects of the
environment, physiological effects of aerosols, analysis of organic and inorganic con-
stituents of the atmosphere, and rationale for establishment of air quality criteria and
standards.
Prof. Gregory Spring Qtr.

*lncluding lab.

Mechanical Engineering

02.116 Dynamics (Prereq. 01 .140) 4 Q.H.

(Not open to M.E. Students)
Kinematics and kinetics of particles and rigid bodies, including work and energy.
Profs. Phalen and Yorra Fall and Winter Qtrs.

02.130 Thermodynamics I 4 Q.H.
Thermodynamics is the study of the concepts of energy and energy interactioris between
material systems through the basic laws of thermodynamics. The concepts of energy are
discussed, and the first law for the conservation of energy is set forth. A system is described,
and its thermodynamic state is defined in terms of properties of substances. An energy
analysis of various thermodynamic systems is presented in terms of entropy and the second
law. Some consequences of the second law are discussed.

Prof. Zelinski All Quarters

02.131 Thermodynamics II (Prereq 02 130) 4 Q H.
The general thermodynamic relationships between properties of a substance are developed.
The equation of state is discussed for liquids, gases, and magnetic substances. The
characteristics of power systems and refrigeration systems are presented. The ther-
modynamics of nonreacting mixtures of gases, liquids, and solids is set forth with the
development of the chemical potential and phase relationships included. Reacting mixtures
are studied, and the conditions for chemical equilibrium are outlined.

Prof. Foster All Quarters

02.132 Introduction to Combustion (Prereq 02 130) 4 Q H.
The basic knowledge necessary to understand combustion phenomena and its application to
selected combustion problems. Fundamental principles of thermochemistry, kinetics of
chemical reactions, and transport properties of gases are given. The conservation equations
for reacting mixtures are discussed. Theories of the combustion of liquid droplets, laminar
diffusion flames, and premixed laminar flames are presented.

Prof. Zelinski Spring and Summer Qtrs.

02.134 Direct Energy Conversion (Prereq. 02.130) 4 Q.H.

Direct energy conversion is concerned with means for converting heat directly into electrical
energy. Included among the devices which accomplish this are magnetohydrodynamic
power generators, thermionic omission converters, and fuel cells. The operating principles of
these engines are presented, and performance calculations are made. A unified theory of
energy conversion is discussed based upon the concepts of irreversible thermodynamics.
Prof. Zelinski Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1973-74

Not offered 1974-75

02.145 Design Fundamentals (Prereq 02 167) 4 Q.H.
Engineering design analysis of dynamically loaded machine elements. Stress concentration,
contact and impact stresses, thorough treatment of fatigue factors in design (combined
loading and statistical considerations). Environmental factors in design, creep, temperature
and atmospheric.

Prof. Rossettos Fall and Winter Qtrs.

02.146 Mechanical Engineering Design (Prereq. 02 145) 4 Q.H.
Project, using system approach, which involves all aspects of mechanical engineering:
mechanics, thermodynamics, heat transfer, etc. This course is intended to correlate previous
courses in optimal design of various mechanical systems. Problem areas investigated may
include friction and power transmission devices, hydraulic systems, etc.

Profs. Blanchard and Mills Spring and Summer Qtrs.

02.147 Engineering Design (Prereq. 02.167) 4 Q.H.
Intended for students who take only one course in design. Topics covered are stress
concentration, fatigue and impact loading, lubrication, friction, and power transmission
devices and optimum design.

Prof. Mills Spring Qtr.

02.148 Design and Analysis (Qpen to all seniors) 4 Q.H.
An interdisciplinary course. Project either analytical or experimental supervised by an

interdisciplinary faculty. Examples of projects (e.g., trash disposal, underwater search and

rescue).

Prof. Blanchard All Quarters

02.149 Engineering Analysis 4 Q.H.
Equilibrium problems in systems with a finite number of degrees of freedom (i.e., asopposed
to a continuous system), extremum techniques, methods of solving the resulting algebraic
equations, examples of physical situations, equilibrium stresses in elastic structures, steady
state temperature distribution, steady subsonic flow, electrostatic fields, and steady flow of
direct and alternating current.

Profs. Long and Rossettos Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1973-74

Not offered 1974-75

02.150 Heat Transfer I 4 Q.H.
Modes of heat transfer; steady state and transient conduction, one and two dimensions;
exact, numerical and graphical techniques: electrical analogy; natural and forced convection,
laminar and turbulent; radiation; change of phase heat transfer; condensation and boiling;
heat exchangers.

Prof. Bowman Spring and Summer Qtrs.

02.155 Fluid Mechanics I (Prereq. 02.167) 4 Q.H.
Differentia! and integral formulations of mass conservation and the equations of motion and
energy; control volume applications; elements of one-dimensional, steady compressible
flow; introductions to boundary layer theory; dimensional analysis and similitude.

Prof. Nelson Spring and Summer Qtrs.

02.156 Fluid Mechanics II (Prereq. 02.155) 4 Q.H.
Velocity potential and stream functions; circulation and Kelvin's theorem; two-dimensional,
steady irrotational incompressible flow; Karman-Pohlhausen method applied to two-
dimensional boundary layers.

Prof. Nelson Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1973-74

Not offered 1974-75

02.157 Fluid Machinery (Prereq. 02.155) 4 Q.H.
General principles of turbomachines; similitude and performance curves; specific speed;
consideration of turbines, centrifugal pumps and impressors, axial pumps and compressors,
regenerative pumps and turbines.

Pror. Nelson Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1973-74

Not offered 1974-75

02.164 Mechanics 5 Q.H.
Statics, kinematics, and kinetics for transfer students.

Mr. Perl Fall Qtr.

02.165 Mechanics I 4 Q.H.
The concept and vector representation of force, moment of force, position, displacement,
velocity, and acceleration. Equivalent force systems. System modeling, particles and rigid
bodies, free body diagrams. Equilibrium; the kinematics and kinetics of particles.

Profs. Dunn and Long All Quarters

02.166 Mechanics II (Prereq. 02.165) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 02.165, Mechanics I. The kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies.
Instantaneous equations of motion, work and energy, impulse and momentum.

Profs. Dunn and Long Spring and Summer Qtrs.

02.167 Mechanics III (Prereq. 02.165) 4 Q.H.
Stress and strain in a solid and their transformation properties; stress-strain relation for the
linear elastic solid; yield criteria; determination of the stress and deformation of simple
members under axial, torsional, and flexural loadings.

Profs. Dunn and Long Fall and Winter Qtrs.

02.168 Strength of Materials A (Prereq. 02.167) 4 Q.H.
This course, dealing with the stress and deformation of slender members under flexural
loadings, extends considerably beyond the simple shapes and loadings treated in 02.167.

Stresses in symmetric members transmitting both shear and bending; bending of un-
symmetrical beams; deflections due to bending by a variety of techniques; treatment of
statically indeterminant problems; elastic stability of flexible columns.
Prof. Yorra Fall and Winter Qtrs.

02.169 Strength of Materials B (Prereq. 02.167) 4 Q.H.

Application of the principles of the mechanics of elastic solids covered in 02.167 to a wide
variety of situations of engineering interest. Energy methods; determination of the
deformation and stress in curved members; pressure vessels, beams on elastic foundations,
contact stresses; introduction to plastic analysis.
Prof. Phalen Spring and Summer Qtrs.

02.171 Mechanical Vibrations (Prereq. 02.166) 4 Q.H.
One, two, and multi-degrees of freedom systems using classical, energy, Laplace, mobility,
matrix, and computer techniques.

Prof. Blanchard Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1973-74

Not offered 1974-75

02.172 System Analysis and Control (Prereq. 02.166) 4 Q.H
Theoretical background for analyzing and designing a linear control system. System
modeling, linear approximations and their limitations, transfer functions, and block
diagramming. Applications of the Laplace transform. Transient and frequency response.
Stability, frequency domain, and root locus techniques.

Prof. Chu Not offered 1973-74

Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1974-75

02.173 Mechanics of Detormable Solids (Prereq. 02.167) 4 Q.H.
Concept of stress tensor and elementary tensor manipulation, strain concept, the
mathematical models of continuous elastic systems, methods of solution-the mathematical
model, mathematical models of other deformable solids (ex. plastic, viscoelastic).

Profs. Long and Rossettos Not offered 1973-74

Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1974-75

02.174 Engineering Astrodynamics (Prereq. 02.166) 4 Q.H.
Topics covered are; astronomical coordinate systems, gravitational and nongravitational
forces on spacecraft, the motion of artificial satellites, and observational techniques. The
feasibility of voyages outside the solar system, interplanetary and interstellar navigation, and
the hazards of space are discussed.

Prof. Yorra Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1973-74

Not offered 1974-75

02.175 Analog and Digital Computer Techniques 4 Q H.*

Analog and digital computers for both time-and displacement-based problems. Review of
Bolean Algebra and Digital logic. Applications. Study of software for digital computers.
Discussions about hybrid computers.

Prof. Blanchard Not offered 1973-74

Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1974-75

02.192 Measurement and Analysis 4 Q.H.*
Principles of engineering experimentation and instrumentation (including the thorough
introduction totheanalog computer) stressed in lectures and in properdesign of experiments
to minimize experimental error and uncertainty. Testson machines particularly suited to
illustrate above and commensurate with students' academic background.

Prof. Phalen Fall and Winter Qtrs.

02.193 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory (Prereq. 02.192)4 Q.H.*
Project-type experiments. Students choose, research, design, and manage experiments
which are of particular interest to the group and which illustrate principles of ther-
modynamics, strength of materials, fluid mechanics, heat transfer, etc.

Prof. Phalen All Quarters

02.194 Mechanical Engineering Senior Project (Prereq. 02.192) 4 Q.H.
A project may be of an analytical, design, or experimental nature. It must be approved by the

'Including lab.

faculty member under whom the student will work. A formal report must be submitted to the
student's faculty supervisor at the end of the quarter, ^^^ Quarters

Staff

C Q |_l *

02.196 Materials Science .

Crystallography, structure of solids, imperfections in crystals, phase equiibrium basic
mechanisms of metal strengthening and mechanical behavior, and the effect of temperature
on the structure and properties of materials ( (recrystallization, recovery, precipitation, rate

ProSTowak, Murphy, Zotos Spring and Summer Qtrs.

02.197 Mechanical Behavior of Materials (Prereq 02 196) 4 QH.
Elastic properties of materials, atomic basis for elastic constants, dislocation theory,
plasticity of crystals and noncrystalline solids. Creep, fracture, fatigue. ^^ ^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^
Prof. Murpny ^

02.198 Materials Processing . (Prereq. 02.196) 4 Q.K
Casting joinmg, soldering, braxing, welding, mechanical forming, and conventional and
nonconventional machining. The topics deal with metals and nonmetals.

Prof. Zotos Spring and Summer Qtrs.

02 199 Materials Science (Not open to M.E. Students) ^ ^■^■

Covers material in 02.196, but no laboratory work included. ,^, ntr=

Profs. Nowak, Murphy, and Zotos Fall ^^d Winter Qtrs.

02 214 Experimental Stress Analysis (Prereq. 02.167) 4 Q.H/

Theory and application of mechanical and electrical strain gauges; installation, instrumenta-
tion and circuitry of gauge setpups for transducer use and experimental stress analysis; use
of brittle coatings; theory and practice of photoelastic methods as applied to models and

^°^^'^9.^. Not offered 1973-74

P''°^- M'"^ Spring Qtr. 1974-75

02 232 Engineering Materials (Prereq. 02.196 or equivalent) 4 Q.H

Thermodynamics of materials; phase equilibria ternary systems; reactions with environment.
I.e. kinetics, oxidation, corrosion, etc.; materials design criteria and materials engineering
case studies. ^^^^^^ q^^^ ^973.74

P^°^-Z°^°^ Spring Qtr. 1974-75

02.233 Thermodynamics of Propulsion 110(Prereq 02131) 4 Q.K

Application of the physical principles of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and Plasmas to
the prediction of the behavior of propulsion devices. Air-breathing engines and ;ocket
engines are discussed in detail, with emphasis on realistic applications to demonstrate how
physical laws both describe and limit the performance of particular devices. Ari introduction
to plasmas is given. The fundamentals of electrical rocket propulsion are jnc uded_
r-, ^ 7 1 ^1.; Not offered iy/o-/4

P^°^-^^""'^' Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1974-75

02.235 Statistical Thermodynamics c;^ot<=ir.

Entropy and randomness_assemblies of independent particles; Boltzmann, Rose-Einstein
and Fermi-Dirac statistics; monatomic and polyatomic gases; Einstein and Debyetheories oT
the specific heat of solios; mixed gases; chemical and dissociative equilibrium^
r-. r K, , Sorinq Qtr. iy/o-/4

^^oi.Melson Not offered 1974-75

02 236 Nuclear Engineering I _,. x ^ o«^

Study of nuclear physics emphasizing atomic and nuclear structure, radioactive decay, and
nuclear reactions with particular attention to fusion and fission. Health physics, nuclear
instrumentation, and the production and uses of radioactive isotopes^A general compa n^on
of thermal, fast, and broader reactor types is made prior to ^discussion o neutron
interactions and their slowing down. The four-factor formula and diffusion equation are

including lab.

developed and applied to one-group theory for bare and reflected thermal reactors. Energy

production and distribution within the core and flux shaping are discussed.

Profs. Bowman and Foster Fall and Winter Qtrs.

02.237 Nuclear Engineering II (Prereq. 02.236) 4 Q.H.

Development of two-group theory for thermal reactors and consideration of the physics and
safety of fast reactors. Effect of reactivity change, either intentional or accidental, as well as
changes due to temperature, fission product buildup, xenon buildup after shutdown, and fuel
depletion discussed. Reactor design considerations considering the interrelationship of
reactor physics, reactor engineering control, distribution of power, fuel cycle management.
Profs. Bowman and Foster Spring Qtr.

02.258 Gas Dynamics (Prereq. 02.130) 4 Q.H.

Derivation of the conservation laws of fluid flow, wave motion and Mach number, adiabatic
flow, calculation of propulsion forces, adiabatic flow with friction, normal shock analysis,
analysis of compressible flow with heating or cooling, moving and oblique shock waves.
Prof. Nelson Not offered 1973-74

Offered Spring Qtr. 1974-75

02.260 Heat and Mass Transfer (Prereq. 02.150) 4 Q.H.

Review of heat, mass, and momentum transfer analogies; rate equations. Conduction
problems in steady-state and transient-state for both heat and mass transfer with various
constant and fluctuating boundary conditions in rectangular, cylindrical, and spherical
coordinates solved by formal mathematics, difference (relaxation) techniques, and methods
of analogy. Thermal stresses induced by nonuniform temperaturedistributions; heattransfer
at high velocity and in rarefied gases; boiling heat transfer at temperature extremes, with
forced and natural convection; phase change in bulk stagnant systems.
Prof. Bowman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

02.270 Dynamics (Prereq. 02.166) 2 Q.H.

An intermediate course in engineering mechanics. Topics treated are: central force motion,
gyroscopic motion, dynamic stability, variational mechanics, and the principle of least action.
The Lagrangian equation of motion is developed and applied fo problems of the dynamics of
particles and rigid bodies.
Profs. Yorra and Lautman Spring Qtr.

Electrical Engineering

03.111 Circuits and Systems I (Prereq. 10.1523) 4 Q.H.
Circuit elements (linear, nonlinear, time-invariant, and time-varying) sources (independent
and controlled), Kirchhoff's laws, Tellegen's theorem, Thevenin's theorem, network
topology, mesh and nodal analysis.

Prof. Kellner Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.112 Circuits and Systems II (Prereq. 3.111) 4 Q.H.
Linearity and time-invariance, system function, forced and force-free response of networks
and L.T.I, systems, singularity response, partial fraction expansion, "Pre-box" concept, and
signal flow graphs.

Prof. Kellner Spring and Summer Qtrs.

03.113 Circuits and Systems III (Prereq. 3.112) 4 Q.H.
Thevenin's theorem revisited, magnitude and phase plots, resonance, two-port networks,
energy and power, and convolution.

Prof. Martin Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.122 Circuits and Systems IV (Prereq. 3.113) 4 Q.H.

t ourier analysis, Fourier series and transform, spectral analysis of AM-modulation, bilateral
Laplace transform, unilateral Laplace transform, and correlation.
Prof. Schetzen Spring and Summer Qtrs.

03.131 E.E. Laboratory l-Measurements (Prereq. 3.111) 2 Q.H.*

Basic electrical measurements, report writing, use of standard laboratory instruments

"Including lab.

including digital voltmeters, oscilloscopes, and bridges.

Prof. Martin Spring and Summer Qtrs.

03.132 E.E. Laboratory ll-Circuits and Systems (Prereq3 112) 2 Q.H*
Experiments tied in the Circuits and Systems courses, together with more work in
measurements.

Prof. Martin Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.133 E.E. Laboratory Ill-Devices (Prereq 3 141) 2 Q.H.*
Introduction to the analog computer, electro-optics, terminal characteristics of active
devices.

Prof. Martin Spring and Summer Qtrs.

03.134 E.E. Laboratory IV (Prereq. 3.142, 3.161) 2 Q.H.*
Analog computation, logic circuits, design and testing of active circuits, microwaves studies,
control systems.

Prof. Martin Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.141 Electronics I (Prereq. 3.122) 4 Q.H.
This first course in electronics stresses the significance of nonlinear active devices as related
to the behavior of circuits and systems concerned with functions in the frequency domain.
Linear models for diodes, and discrete and integrated circuit active devices are developed to
cope with the d-c characteristics and incremental gain and impedances of such devices. The
concept of ideal amplification is modified to stress the limitations imposed upon bandwidth
and gain by impedance levels, noise, parameter variation, and distortion encountered with
current active devices. Consideration is given to cascaded stages, composite two-part,
hybrid, and nonhybrid configurations.

Profs. Grabel and Cochrun Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.142 Electronics II (Prereq. 3.141) 4 Q.H.
This course is a continuation of Electronics I. Consideration is given to various types of
coupling for cascaded stages, with emphasis on the differential configuration as the heart of
the generalized operational amplifier. The topic of feedback for single loop amplifiers
emphasizes the concept of loop gain and its influence on gain, impedance levels, bandwidth,
and stability. Consideration is given to both desirable and undesirable stability concepts. The
topic frequency translation included AM, FM, and PM systems. Frequency selective
amplifiers are considered on the basis of LC-tuned circuits and active filters.

Profs. Grabel and Cochrun Spring and Summer Qtrs.

03.144 Electronics III (Prereq. 3.142) 4 Q.H.

This course is a continuation of Electronics II. Operational amplifiers are introduced, with
consideration given to their operation, limitations, and applications. Applications include
linear functions in the frequency domain and analog arithmetic operations. The topic, digital
circuits, is related to the basic structure of digital computers. Consideration is given to the
fundamental operation of active devices, bipolar, J-FET's and MOS-FET's, as switches, logic
gates, function generation, pulse and delay circuits, and memories. These fundamental
operations are related to current integrated circuits, including MSI and LSI.
Profs. Cochrun and Grabel Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.161 Electromagnetic Field Theory I (Prereq. 10.156, 11.207) 4 Q.H.

Definition and representation of scalar and vector fields. Coordinate systems; elements of
vector calculus; definition of the concepts of gradient, divergence, curl, and the "del"
operator; free-space electrostatics; definition of the electric field intensity; the scalar
potential; solution to Poisson and Laplace equations; macroscopic model of dielectric
materials; the electric polarization and the electric flux density vector; boundary conditions;
Lorentz force; free space magnetostatics; magnetic vector potential and solution to the
"vector" Poisson equation; macroscopic model of magnetic materials; magnetization and
magnetic field intensity; boundary conditions.
Prof. Schwab Fall and Winter Qtrs.

'Including lab.

03.162 Electromagnetic Field Theory II (Prereq 3 161) 4 Q.H.

Generalization of the Maxwell equations to the case of time-varying fields; Faraday induction
law; wave equations and the plane wave solution;Poynting theorem and the concept of
energy stored by the fields; reflection and refraction of plan waves; time harmonic wave
equations for the scalar and vector potentials; time harmonic form of retarded potentials;
radiation from a dipole; motion of charged particles in fields; magnetoionic media;
elementary discussion of plasma physics and M.H.D.
Prof. Schwab Spring and Summer Qtrs.

03.174 Basic Power Circuits (Prereq. 3.112) 2 Q.H.
Balanced and unbalanced polyphase power circuits, harmonics, symmetrical components,
and application to the solution of fault conditions in power circuits.

Prof. Cleveland Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.175 Electromechanical Dynamics (Prereq. 3.1 13, 3.162) 4 Q.H.
Review of Maxwell's equations and quasistatic approximations, electric and magnetic energy
concepts, state variable formulation of electromechanical coupling. Applications to elemen-
tary energy conversion devices, singly and doubly-excited magnetic devices with mechanical
translational and rotational elements. Generalized rotating electromagnetic energy conver-
tors, circuit-model concepts, applications to selected extant rotating machines: i.e.,
commutator machines and a-c machines; dynamic response to various stimuli.

Prof. Cleveland Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.176 Machines and Systems (Prereq. 3.174, 3.175) 4 Q.H.
A detailed investigation of the operating principles of synchronous machines, synchronous
motor and generator power-angle characteristics, machine dynamics, machine and power
system stability.

Prof. Cleveland Spring Qtr.

03.183 Electrical Engineering I (Prereq. 10.152) 4 Q.H.
Introductory course to electric circuit theory covering Kirchhoff's Laws, loop and nodal
analysis, Thevenin's theorem, power and energy, exponential excitation and the system
function.

Not open to E.E. majors

Prof. Grabel Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.184 Electrical Engineering II (Prereq. 3.183) 4 Q.H.
Properties and analysis of electronic devices, circuits, and systems; elements of control
systems; principles of energy conversion. Emphasis on each topic determined according to
major discipline.

Not open to E.E. majors

Prof. Grabel Spring and Summer Qtrs.

03.185 Power System and Controls (Prereq. 03.183) 4 Q.H.
Basic concepts of electromechanical energy conversion stressing the terminal
characteristics and operation of d-c and a-c machines, elements of power distribution
systems, and concepts of feedback control, with applications to power systems and plant
control.

Prof. Grabel Spring Qtr.

03.186 Basic Electrical Instrumentation (Prereq. 03.183) 4 Q.H.*
Basic electrical measurement devices including ammeters, voltmeters, oscilloscopes, and
bridges; instrumentation techniques such as direct measurement, comparative measure-
ment, and analog methods. Application to nonelectrical disciplines is included.

Prof. Grabel Spring Qtr.

*lncluding lab.

03.187 Modelling Techniques

(Prereq. 03.183 and 03.184; also Fortran IV programming.) 4 Q.H.
Introduction to the concept of modelling techniques to represent physical, biological and
social systems; electrical analogs and use of analog computers; introduction to digital
modelling and the use of digital computation.
Prof. Grabel Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03 191 Design and Organization of Digital Computers (Prereq. or Coreq. 3.142) 4 Q.H. ■
Description of the basic components of a stored-program digital computer. Topics covered
include number system and binary data representation, coding and flow charting, instruction
formats and repertoires, arithmetic and logical computer operations; storage of data sets and
data flow within a computing system, hybrid computation, organization and control of special
purpose computers, memory types and hierarchies, man-machine communications, selected

examples of computer applications.

.. . r-, L. All Quarters

Prof. Rabinovici

03.218 Control System Theory (Prereq. 3.142) 4 Q.H.

Control svstem concepts; goals and basic components. Review of time and frequency
domain techniques. Classical control system theory; erroranalysisfordifferenttype systems.

Analyses of second- and third-order systems. Stability and relative stability using root locus
and Nyquist diagrams. The Nichols chart. Compensation, application of computer
technology to control systems analysis and design. State variable description of dynamic
systems The state equations and the fundamental analog realization of the standard
equations Solution of the state equations. Properties of the state transition matrix. Optimal
systems. Introduction to sampled data systems. The Z-transform as an analog to the Laplace

transform. ^ , ,.,. ^ _^

Prof. Loewenthal Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.221 Electric Power Systems I (Prereq. 3.174) A Q.H.

This course along with that following it, is designed to give a broad view of the structure of
those electric systems whose primary function isenergy transfer, and especially those whose

function is the transfer of large quantities of energy. The functions of the various system
elements are described and their significant characteristics are investigated briefly. The
interrelation between elements is treated.
Prof. Cogbill Fall and Winter Qtrs

03 222 Electric Power Systems II (Prereq 3.221) 4 Q.H

A continuation of Electric Power Systems I. Problems such as voltage control, protection
economics, and planning which relate to the system as a whole. Taken with the previous
course, it provides a general background for more intensive studies of electric powei

systems.

N0TE7\ student may take both electives in sequence or may take the first course only.
r^ 1 ^ un Spring Qtr

Prof. Cogbill ^ ^

03.233 E.E. Power Laboratory I (Prereq. 3 174) 2 Q.H.

Experimental work with polyphase power equipment, power measurements, polyphase
power rectification, steady-state and dynamic operation modes of polyphase inductior
motors, power transformers and symmetrical component analysis of unbalanced loading o
transformers, analog computer.
Prof. Cleveland Fall and Winter Qtrs

03 234 E.E. Power Laboratory II (Prereq. 3.172, 3.233) 2 Q.H.

Experimental work with rotating machinery and systems; steady-state and dynamic modes o
operation of the commutator and synchronous machines; system study involving syn
chronous machines; selected experiments in control systems; network analyzer studies^
r. . ^, I ^ Spring Qtr

Prof. Cleveland ^ ^

03 237 Senior Project Laboratory I (Prereq. 3.142, 3.162) 2 Q.H.

In this course students work with a faculty adviser on some term project, either experimenta

'Including lab

or theoretical.
Prof. Martin

03.238 Senior Project Laboratory II (Prereq. 3.142, 3.162) 2 Q.H.*

This course may be a continuation of the project started in 03.237 or it may be a new project.
Again, the student works closely with a faculty adviser.
Prof. Martin

03.241 Selected Topics in Electronics (Prereq 03 144) 4 Q.H.
A systems approach to the design of both digital and analog data-processing circuits.
Circuits discussed include: shift-registers, adders, analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog
converters, analog logic, function generators, and analog arithmetic units. Also included are
the topics of noise in electronic circuits, and gain, frequency, and phase control.

Spring Qtr.

03.242 Theory and Technology of Seminconductor Devices I (Prereq. 2 196) 4 Q.H.*
This course comprises a closely coupled lecture and laboratory series. Topics covered
include: technology and physics of the planar diffusion process, electronic properties of
homogeneous semiconductors, inhomogeneities and junctions(Fermi potential diagrams,
equilibrium at an abrupt discontinuity, and the behavior of a junction under applied bias), the
junction transistor.

Prof. Feldman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.243 Theory and Technology of Semiconductor Devices II (Prereq. 3.242) 4 Q.H.*
This course is a continuation of 03.242. Material covered includes: introduction to unipolar
transistor action, introduction to surface effects, the MOS-FET, and a discussion of noise
problems encountered in semiconductor devices.

Prof. Feldman Spring Qtr.

03.251 Communication Theory (Prereq. 3.122) 4 Q.H.

Introduction to classical modulation theory, probability theory, and some recent
developments in communication theory. Topics include: signal space concepts, AM and FM,
pulse modulation, matched filter, autocorrelation function, sampling theorem, probabilistic
description of signals, source entropy, and channel capacity.
Prof. Gonsalves Spring Qtr.

03.261 Wave Transmission and Reception (Prereq. 09.106, 09.107) 4 Q.H.
Analysis of radiation, transmission, and reception of electromagnetic and acoustic waves
using graphical and digital computer techniques. Design of distributed systems, antennas,
microphones, loudspeakers, and sonar transducers.

Prof. Remillard Spring and Summer Qtrs.

03.262 Advanced Topics in Electromagnetic Field Theory (Prereq. 3 162) 4 Q.H.
This course is a continuation of the required courses in field theory. Topics covered include
(but are not limited to): microwave and waveguide structures, careful development of
electromagnetic energy and force concepts, and an introduction to radiation and antenna
theory.

Prof. Schwab Spring Qtr.

03.281 Fundamentals of Computation Structures (Prereq. 3.191) 4 Q.H.

Introduction to organization principles of the General Purpose Stored Program Computer;
analysis of basic logic functions employed in a digital computer system; logical structure of a
central processing unit; basic arithmetic algorithms and speed-up techniques. Memory
Structures, trends in memory systems organization and speed capacity trade-offs, ad-
dressing techniques and storage allocations. Logical design and physical realization of
functional building blocks of automatic-digital machines.
Prof. Rabinovici Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.285 Introduction to Theory of Digital Computation 4 Q.H.

Elementary number theory, elements of Boolean algebra, rings and groups, combinations,

*lncluding lab.

permutations, and recurrence functions, study of the properties of analysis and represen-
tations of algorithms, coding of information for efficient processing. Study of finite state
machines and elementary computing machines.
Prof. Weng Spring and Summer Qtrs.

03.292 Mathematical Techniques in Electrical Engineering I

(Prereq. 10.156 or equivalent) 4 Q.H.
Definition and representation of a complex variable and of functions of a complex variable.
Topics covered are; conformal mapping, singularities, Laurent series, residues, and contour
integration. Applications of complex variable theory to Fourier theory, Hilbert transforms,
conformal transformations in the analysis of linear systems and in electrostatics.
Prof. Carrabes Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

03.293 Mathematical Techniques in Electrical Engineering II

(Prereq. 10.156 or equivalent) 4 Q.H.
Matrix notation and development of matrix algebra. The solubility of sets of linear equations;
determinants, linear transformations, invariance, quadratic forms and eigenvalues. Il-
lustrative applications of matrix techniques for the formulation and solution of problems
drawn from the realm of circuit theory, probability theory, and engineering physics.
Prof. Carrabes Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

03.295 Numberical Methods and Computer Applications (Prereq. 9.106, 3.122) 4 Q.H.
Presentation of numerical techniques used in solving scientific and engineering problems
with the aid of digital computers. Topics covered include, modeling and simulation of
deterministic and probabilistic systems, theory of interpolation, iteration methods, numerical
solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, signal detection, and useof librariesof
scientific subroutines. Representative problems are chosen for solution on a digital
computer.

Prof. Remillard Fall and Winter Qtrs.

03.296 Digital Techniques (Prereq. 3.142, 3.191) 4 Q.H.
The characterization of devices, circuits and integrated structures encountered in digital
systems, digital data transmission, error rates and systems parameters, synchronous-
asynchronous information processing techniques related to bulk and surface storage media.
Digital system reliability, failure rates, redundancy techniques. Computer-aided design,
testing of digital systems, timing considerations in digital systems.

Prof. McCarthy Spring Qtr.

Chemical Engineering

04.101 Chemical Engineering Calculations I (Prereq. 12.115) 4 Q.H.*
Application of the fundamental laws of mass and energy conservation and equlibrium
concepts to chemical and physical processes; economic considerations leading to optimal
solutions. A computational laboratory is included to improve the facility of the student in
handling sophisticated problems. Analog and numerical approaches are stressed where
applicable.

Prof. Buonopane Fall and Winter Qtrs.

04.102 Chemical Engineering Calculations II (Prereq. 4.101) 4 Q.H.
Simultaneous application of energy and mass conservation laws coupled with equilibrium
considerations to comprehensive problems selected from the chemical processing in-
dustries; both steady and unsteady state processes.

Prof. Buonopane Spring and Summer Qtrs.

04.111 Chemical Engineering I (Prereq. 4.102) 4 Q.H.

The important unit operations of chemical engineering. Fluid mechanics, heat transfer, and

evaporation.

Prof. Stewart Fall and Winter Qtrs.

including lab.

04.112 Chemical Engineering II (Prereq. 4.111) 4 Q.H.

A continuation of 4.111. Drying, distillation, absorption, and extraction.

Prof. Stewart Spring and Summer Qtrs.

04.121 Transport Phenomena I (Prereq. 4.112) 4 Q.H.
Chemical engineering from the transport phenomena standpoint. Introductron to fluid
properties, derivations of the conservation equation for mass, momentum, and energy;
solutions of differential equations in conduction; unsteady state heat transfer; and laminar
fluid motion.

Prof. Williams Fall and Winter Qtrs.

04.122 Transport Phenomena II (Prereq. 4.121) 4 Q.H.
A continuation of 4.121 . Convective heat transfer, turbulent fluid motion, mass transfer by
molecular and eddy diffusion, mass transfer in laminar and turbulent motion, and
simultaneous heat, mass, and momentum transfer.

Prof. Williams Spring and Summer Qtrs.

04.123 Experimental Methods I (Prereq. 4.112) 4 Q.H.*
Experimental engineering methods; basic measurements, design of experimental apparatus,
laboratory report writing, design of experiments, and data accuracy are stressed. Suitable
experiments are performed.

Prof. Troupe Fall and Winter Qtrs.

04.124 Experimental Methods II (Prereq. 4.123) 4 Q.H.*
A continuation of 4.123 with emphasis on the development of an experimental program,
reduction of data, and presentation of results; use of computers in simulating experimental
conditions and for constructing mathematical models.

Prof. Troupe Spring and Summer Qtrs.

04.126 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (Prereq. 4.102, 12.167) 4 Q.H.

The first law and its application to batch and flow systems, heat effects in chemical and
ohysical processes, thermodynamic properties, the second law, entropy, physical and
chemical equilibria; emphasis on the fundamental principles and mathematical relationships
and their application to the analysis and solution of a variety of engineering problems.
Prof. Goodwin Fall and Winter Qtrs.

D4. 131 Process Design (Prereq. 4.122, 4.126) 6 Q.H.*

The class participates in the process design of a chemical plant capable of producing a
specified annual tonnage of a chemical when specific raw materials are available. The
fundamentals of chemical engineering science, practice, analysis, and economics which
nave been studied in previous courses are used to prepare a report containing flow sheets,
material and energy balances, designs of processing units, and cost estimates of the capital
requirements for procuring, erecting, and operating the plant.
VIr. Regan Fall and Winter Qtrs.

34.132 Process Design (Prereq. 4.131) 6 Q.H.*

Each student or a small group of students designs a chemical plant to produce a specified
annual tonnage of one or more chemicals with a specific feed stock. The techniques used in
rocess Design I are used by each student to prepare an individual process design report and
30st estimate for the particular plant assigned.
VIr. Regan Spring Qtr.

D4.133 Projects (Prereq. Senior student and consent of Dept.) 6 Q.H.*

ndividual research related to some phase of chemical engineering. Open only to students
selected by the department head on the basis of scholarship and proved ability,
rof. Troupe and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

)4.134 Projects (Prereq. 4.133) 6 Q.H.*

\ continuation of the research work undertaken In 4.133.

^rof. Troupe and Staff Spring Qtr.

Including lab.

04.135 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering (Prereq. 10 156, 11.206) 4 Q.H.
Review of nuclear physics, nuclear fission, the nuclear chain reaction, reactor theory,
radiation shielding, materials of construction, reactor instrumentation and control, separa-
tion of stable isotopes, chemical separation, processing and special techniques of nuclear
engineering.

Prof. Buonopane 1973-74 Fall and Winter Qtrs.

04.136 Chemical Engineering Kinetics (Prereq. 12.167, 4.126) 4 Q.H.
Fundamental theories of a rate of chemical change including collision and transition state
theory in homogeneous reacting systems; integral and differential analysis of kinetic data and
a design of batch and continuous flow chemical reactors; catalysis theory and design of
catalytic reactors.

Prof. Goodwin Spring and Summer Qtrs.

04.137 Applied Mathematics in in Chemical Engineering (Prereq. 10.155) 4 Q.H.
Formulation and solution of problems involving advanced calculus as they arise in chemical
engineering situations. Methods covered include ordinary differential equations, series
solutions, partial differential equations, and numerical solution techniques. Emphasis is
placed primarily on methods for formulating these problems.

Prof. Goodwin 1973-74 Spring Qtr.

04.138 Process Control Systems (Prereq. 10.155 or permission) 4 Q.H.
Introduction to the principles of automatic control systems. Emphasison modeling, stability,
and design of linear feed-back systems for control of temperature, liquid level, and
composition.

Prof. Stewart 1973-74 Fall and Winter Qtrs.

04.141 Junior Honors Program (Prereq. Approval of Dept.) To be assigned.
Those students undertaking a Junior Honors Program may petition for two credits for the
research problem undertaken.

Prof. Troupe Not offered 1973-74

04.142 Introduction to Optimization (Prereq 10 155) 4 Q H.
Elementary optimization techniques are applied to problems encountered in the chemical
processing dustry. These techniques include gradient search, pattern search, linear and
dynamic programming. A knowledge of differential calculus is required.

Prof. Williams Spring Qtr.

04.143 Special Topics (Prereq. Senior Standing) 4 Q.H.
Chemical engineering topics of interest to the staff member conducting the class are
presented for study.

Prof. Troupe and Staff Spring Qtr.

04.145 Mass Transfer Operations (Prereq. 4.122 Transport Phenomena II) 4 Q.H.
Calculation and design methods used in processes involving mass transfer. Topics covered
include vapor liquid equilibria for binary and multicomponent systems, multicomponent
distillation, absorption and extraction. Emphasis is placed on methods and techniques
involving digital computer computations.

Prof. Williams Not offered 1973-74

04.146 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering (E.E.) (Prereq. 10.156, 11.207) 4 Q.H.
Course for Electrical Engineering Power Systems students. Introduction to nuclear
engineering, fundamental concepts of nuclear power, nuclear reactors and power plants,
radiation protection and safety. Supplementary laboratory experiments.

Prof. Buonopane Spring Qtr.

04.147 Analysis of Chemical Processes (Prereq. 4.126, 4.136) 4 Q.H.
Methods and reactions used for making chemical products on a large scale. Topics covered
include types of physical and chemical equilibria, flow sheet patterns, energy managements

^Including labi

and catalytic and noncatalytic rate problems. A number of situations involving simultaneous

application of the above topics in process analysis are studied.

Prof. Goodwin Not offered 1973-74

04.148 Management in the Chemical Industries

(Prereq. senior standing in engineering) 4 Q.H.
Principles of management as applied to the chemical process industries. Case studies are
used wherever possible, and outside experts are scheduled to lead some of the seminar
sessions.
Prof. Troupe Not offered 1973-74

04.149 Kinetics of Polymerization Processes (Prereq. 4.136, 12.148) 4 Q.H.
The mechanisms by which polymeric materials are assembled via chemical reaction.
Reaction rate models based on these mechanisms are utilized to investigate the effect of
reaction parameters on the chemical and physical structure of the polymeric product. The
types of polymerization processes considered are free radical addition, condensation, and
ionic polymerization.

Prof. Williams Not offered 1973-74

Industrial Engineering

05.128 Work Design 4 Q.H.*
Philosophy and principles of work design; use of graphic models such as process charts,
operation charts, man-machine charts, etc. Work measurement techniques including stop
watch, synthetic standard, and work sampling. Extensive use of projects.

Prof. Hoover Fall and Winter Qtrs.

05.129 Manufacturing Processes 4 Q.H.*
Principles and techniques in processes for the manufacture of articles of commerce, with
emphasis on process design and cost, and consideration of process control and automation;
metal working, forming, machining, and bonding; job-shop tooling and techniques; plastics
and rubber forming and extruding; textiles, paper, electronics, food processing, and other
manufacturing operations. Principles and procedures to obtain optimum value in products,
methods of revealing excessive costs; relationship of value analysis to design, manufacturing
orocurement, and installation.

Prof. Hulbert Spring and Summer Qtrs.

D5.130 Systems I (Prereq. 10.146) 4 Q.H.

inear feedback systems and solutions for steady state in first-order systems. Integral and
derivative control. LaPlace transforms for continuous systems analysis and Z-transforms in
discrete systems. Transfer functions.
Prof. Satia Spring and Summer Qtrs.

35.131 Systems II 4 Q.H.

Continuation of .Systems I with emphasis on applications; inventory, distribution, and

nformation systems; introduction to simulation of large systems with analog and digital

computers.

^rof. Satia Fall and Winter Qtrs.

95.145 Probabilistic Analysis for Engineers

(Prereq. Integral & Differential Calculus) 4 Q.H.

Development of probability theory which underlies such engineering problems as inventory,

queuing, and quality control. Probability theory presented axiomatically, with emphasis on
ample space representation of continuous and discrete random variables. Material will cover
tandard distributions: i.e., normal, gamma, exponential, poisson, binomial, and others.

Topics include expectation, transform techniques, change of variable.

^rof. Hoover Spring and Summer Qtrs.

Including lab.

05.147 Statistics I (Prereq. 10,208) 4 Q.H.
Definition of a statistic; distributions of random variables including normal, t, chi-square, F,
poisson, binomial; estimation of parameters-point estimation by method of moments,
maximum likelihood, Bayes estimates.

Prof Hoover l^^l' ^^id Winter Qtrs.

05.148 Statistics II (Prereq. 5.147) 4q.H.
Interval estimation, stating and testing hypothesis, linear regression, analysis of variance,
applied topics such as reliability, quality control, decision theory from Bayes Rule.

Spring Qtr.

05.149 Reliability and Quality Control (Prereq 5 147) 4 Q.H.*
Applied probability and statistical inference techniques are utilized in reliability analysis and
quality control. Both theory and application are discussed in relation to the total quality

assurance program.

g^gfl Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1974

05.150 Industrial Cost Control ^ ^■^■
Fundamental concepts of accounting, with emphasis on use of financial records for making
engineering decisions. Study of financial statements of a firm. Contrast in usefulness of data
from absorption costing vs. direct costing.

Interpretation of variance accounts.

Prof. Freeman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

05.151 World Dynamics ^ Q^-

Feedback analysis of industrial dynamics is used to set forth a dynamic computer model of
world scope to include the interactions among population, capital investment, geographical
space, natural resources, pollution, and food production. The interactions of these major
sectors are studied by means of the computer, and various technological and political
policies are tested and evaluated over spans of up to 250 years. The quality of life is suggested
as a crucial factor in world equalibrium. Computer programming experier)ce not necessary.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

05.152 Urban Dynamics ^ Q '"'

Drawing upon the feedback analysis of industrial dynamics, this course studies the growth
processes of urban areas. The complex interactions between economic and social activities
are sufficiently complicated to demonstrate that intuition alone cannot devise useful policies
involving the growth and stagnation of industry, housing, and the movement of people. The
life cycle of an urban area is examined in detail with the help of a computer model. The model
is studied and manipulated to test various policies. Computer programming not necessary.

Spring and Summer 1974
Spring 1975

05.161 Operations Research I ^ ^ '^•

Deterministic models including L.P. and duality, transportation and allocation, sensitivity and
post-optimality analysis. Network analysis including maximal flow, shortest route, and PERT;
dynamic programming and recursive functional expressions; game theory.
Prof. Freeman • Spring and Summer Qtrs.

05.163 Operations Research II (Prereq. 10.208) 4 Q.H.

Stochastic models in O.R.; their analytical development and solution. Topics covered:
queuing models, deterministic and stochastic inventory models, Markovchains, sequencing.
Prof. Freeman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

05.165 Production and Inventory Control (Prereq. 10.208 or equivalent) 4 Q.H.

Basic inventory models and inventory management systems. Single-stage and multi-stage
systems and their dynamics. Production control and aggregate planning. Mathematical and
heuristic approaches to aggregate scheduling. Cost structure and decision framework

'Including lab.

oriented analysis. Consideration of job-shop scheduling and dispatching problems.

Prof. Green Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1975 and odd years.

05.166 Computer-Aided Facilities Design 4 Q.H.*

Application of quantitative techniques such as queuing theory and engineering economy to
problems involving facilities planning and materials handling. Basic graphical tools, models
for plant layout, and laboratory projects.

Any Quarter by Preregistration

05.169 Advanced Topics in Operations Research (Prereq. 5.163) 4 Q.H.

Topics are: duality Kuhn-Tucher conditions, Lagranzian techniques, static and dynamic
stochastic decision processes, model formulation, and analysis.
Prof. Freeman Spring Qtr.

05.186 People in Organizations 4 Q.H.

The individual in the work environment. Work theory, motivation, and interpersonal relations
based on the concepts of the behavioral sciences; structure and dynamics of organizations;
problems of innovation; case studies for situational analysis to develop skill in applying
behavioral concepts.
Prof. Fisher Fall and Winter Qtrs.

I 05.187 Industrial Relations 4 Q.H.

i Analysis of industrial relations and organized labor, with emphasis on the historical
developments leading to their current status. Union organization and philosophy, interaction
I of management, government and labor, collective bargaining, the labor contract, the
j personnel function, and the engineer's role in industrial relations.
' Prof. Fisher Spring Qtr.

05.190 Senior Project 1 Q H.

A significant industrial engineering project executed independently by the student,
culminating in a well-organized and well-written report to be submitted to his class adviser
and reviewed by a faculty committee. No regularly scheduled classes. Pass/fail basis.
Class Advisers Fall and Winter Qtrs.

05.201 Principles of Computation and Programming I 4 Q.H.
Review of algorithms, computers, and programming at the FORTRAN level. Machine
language programming (instruction execution and addressing techniques). Coding and
representation of data and structure. Subroutines, input-output, and simultaneous
operations. Assemblers and loaders. Introduction to list structures and data organization.
Program debugging and verification. Survey of machines, devices, and languages.

Prof. Green Spring and Summer Qtrs.

05.202 Principles of Computation and Programming II

(Prereq. 5.201 or permission of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Computer and programming system organization. Continuation of machine language
orogramming from 5.201. Operating systems and supervisors. Processing of lists, strings,
arrays, stacks, tre,es, and graphs. Survey of storage and computation equipment. Concepts of
:ime sharing and real time. Properties and characteristics of algorithmic, list, and string
Drocessing languages to engineering problems.
='rof. Green Fall and Winter Qtrs.

D5.240 Digital Simulation Techniques (Prereq. FORTRAN) 4 Q.H.

Design and construction of digital, discrete simulation models. Extensive use of FORTRAN
and special simulation languages. Discussion of model logic and specification, testing,
/alidation, and use. Several simulation projects using the Northeastern computer facilities.
='rof. Green Spring and Summer

Including lab.

05.241 Management Information Systems 4 Q.H.

Managerial applications of digital computers. The use of computers in information, decision-
control systems. Information-based theories of management. Survey of information
technology. Computer system basics. Cost and value of information. System design,
analysis, equipment selection. Organizational implications.
Prof. Green Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

05.245 Basic Engineering Statistics 4 Q.H.

Introduction to basic probability distributions, including the binomial and hypergeometric,
exponential, poisson, and normal; laboratory data analysis; statistical test of hypotheses
about central tendency and variability; curve fitting with least squares on engineering data.
Not open to Industrial Engineers.
Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

05.260 Engineering Economy 4 Q.H.
The formulation of analytical techniques: i.e., rate of return, present worth, and annual cost.
The application of these techniques to reach economical solutions to business and
engineering problems involving design, selection, replacement, lease-buy-decisions, and
decisions between multiple alternatives. Sensitivity analysis and basic probability are
introduced in cases where uncertainty exists. Brief survey of sources and costs of capital,
debt-versus-equity-financing, and leverage.

Prof. Satia All Quarters

05.261 Engineering Economy and Statistical Decision Theory

(Prereq. 5.145 or 10.208) 4 Q.H.
The objective of the course is to familiarize the students with the theory and techniques of
economic evaluation of investment project. Introductory steps in the analysis of investment
proposals, time value of money, and cash flows; analysis of deterministic and stochastic cash
flows in terms of present worth, annual cost, rate of return, and benefit/cost ratio. Decision
tree for sequential decisions, criteria for decision making under uncertainty, utility theory,
value of information, effect of accounting procedures and taxes on investment analysis. Case
studies involving replacement, lease, engineering design, and public projects.
3tg^f First Offering

Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1975

05.267 Special Topics in Engineering (Prereq. 5.260) 4 Q.H.

Analysis of the capital structure of firms, the cost of various security types and the total cost of
capital, case studies of engineering problems involving retirement-replacement decisions,
lease-buy decisions and capital expenditure decisions. Consideration of the impact of
income taxes, inflation, and leverage; analysis of accounting data for managerial decisions;
introduction to Bayesian statistics and utility theory and their application to engineering
problems involving uncertainty.

Spring Qtr. 1974 and Spring & Summer Qtrs. 1975

05.290 Independent Study in Industrial Engineering 1—4 Q H.

For students usually in the senior year with high scholastic standing on advanced I.E. topics.
Projects may be of an applied or theoretical nature; formal report submitted to student's
project supervisor at the end of quarter.
Adviser All Quarters

Engineering Technology

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

02.411 Mechanics A (Prereq. 10.320, 11.317) 4 Q.H.

Forces, moments, couples, statics of particles and rigid bodies in two and three dimensions.
Distributed forces: external and internal. First moments and centroids. Analysis of structures:
trusses, frames and machines.

02.412 Mechanics B (Prereq. 02.41 1) 4 Q.H.
Friction, second moments and virtual work. Kinematics of particles: rectilinear and
curvilinear motion of dynamic particles. Force, mass and acceleration, work, and energy.

02.413 Mechanics C (Prereq. 02.412) 4 Q.H.
Impulse and momentum of particles. Kinematics and dynamics of rigid bodies: force, mass,
and acceleration. Dynamics of rigid bodies: work and energy, impulse and momentum.
Introduction to mechanical vibration.

02.414 Stress Analysis A (Prereq. 02.411) 4 Q.H.
Stress and deformation, mechanical properties of materials, allowablestressesand factorsof
safety, axially loaded indeterminate members, effects of temperatureon stresses and strains,
thin cylinders and spheres. Riveted and welded joints. Shear and bending moment in beams,
stresses in beams, design of beams, curvature of beams.

02.415 Stress Analysis B (Prereq. 02.414) 4 Q.H.
Determinate and indeterminate beam deflections and reactions by numerical and graphical
integration and area moment methods: theorem of three moments. Torsional stresses and
strains: power transmission: eccentric loads on struts, beams, riveted and welded joints;
combined and principal stresses: Mohr's circle: theories of failure.

02.416 Stress Analysis C (Prereq. 02.415) 4 Q.H.
Curved beams, non-symmetrical bending of beams, short-center and shear stresses on thin
sections, composite beams. Columns, energy absorption and resilience, inertial stresses,
impact loading, deflection of beams by energy methods. Bolted fastenings.

02.417 Mechanical Design A (Prereq. 02.415) 4 Q.H.
Failure criteria, properties and selection of materials, manufacturing considerations, stress
concentrations, strength under combined stresses, theories of failure, impact and fluctuating
and repeated loads. Stresses, deformation and design of springs: screws, keys, pins and
interference fits: preloading of bolted joints: shafts and flywheels; friction brakes.

02.418 Mechanical Design B (Prereq 02.417) 2 Q.H.
Lubrication and journal bearings; antifriction bearings: stresses and power transmission of
spur, bevel, and worm gear; screws for power transmission.

02.421 Thermodynamics A (Prereq 11.318) 4 Q.H.
General theory of heat and matter, laws of thermodynamics, energy-transformation
principles and availability of energy, properties and processes for pure substances and ideal
gases. Thermodynamic properties and processes of liquids and vapors, tables and charts,
mixtures of fluids, vapor cycles.

02.422 Thermodynamics B (Prereq. 02.421) 4 Q.H.
Theory of vapor engines and analysis of types of actual engines using compression of gases
and vapors: internal combustion engines. Theory of gas and vapor flow through orifices and
nozzles. Principles of gas compression, analysis of vapor compression, refrigeration
systems, low-tennperature refrigeration cycles and absorption refrigeration systems.

02.423 Thermodynamics C (Prereq. 02.422) 4 Q.H.
Air-conditioning principles including psychometrics and heat pumps. Calculation of heating
and cooling loads in accordance with A.S.H.R.A.E. practices. Design and performance of
steam and gas turbines: spark-ignition and compression-ignition engine design and
performance. Fan performance.

^02.424 Thermodynamics D (Prereq. 02.422) 2 Q.H.

The primary modes of heat transfer; thermal conductance/resistance concept; thermal-
electrical analog: combined heat transfer mechanisms; basic equations of conduction;
thermal conductivity. Analytical solutions of various steady state conduction problems.

02.425 Thermodynamics E (Prereq. 02.424) 4 Q.H.

Dimensional analysis and similarity considerations, natural and forced convection,

hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers, log-mean termperature differences, overall heat
transfer coefficients, applications to heat exchangers. Black body radiation; Kirchoff's Law;
emissivity and absorbance; radiation between simple bodies. Graphical and numerical
methods applied to steady state, conduction problems; radiation and convection effects;
transient heat transfer; numerical methods applied to transient problems; heat transfer
engineering problems.

02.431 Materials A 4 Q.H.
Lectures on fundamental metallic structures; general metallurgical information covering
theoretical aspects of properties, testing, and failure of metals. Supplemented by visual aids.
Lectures on alloying and hardening of metals, refinement of metals, equilibrium diagrams,
characteristics of engineering metals, principles of metal fabrication.

02.432 Materials B (Prereq. 02.431) 4 Q.H.
Inorganic materials, i.e., polymers, glasses, ceramics, cements, wood; and materials having
important electrical and magnetic properties. Also a summary of the most recent applications
for the fabrication and uses of both metals and nonmetals. Structures of metals,
imperfections, phase diagrams, effect of temperature on structure and properties of metals,
(annealing, recrystallization, recovery, precipitation, diffusion), strengthening mechanisms,
mechanical properties of nonferrous metals. Laboratory; experiments in preparation of
samples, selection, polishing, and etching: examination of nonferrous metals, use of the
microscope, linear analysis, construction of cooling curves, and simple binary phase
diagrams.

02.433 Applied Metallurgy (Prereq. 02.432) 4 Q.H.
Lectures; mechanical properties of ferrous metals, the iron carbon diagram, high-
temperature alloys, hardening methods, impact tests, effects of environment on metals.
Manfacturing processes, methods of fabrication, limitations on the use of different materials
and processes, casting, welding, cutting, drawing, powder metallurgy. Laboratory; ex-
periments on analysis of stress-strain diagrams of iron and steel, heat treatment of steels,
surface corrosion, tempering and drawing, use of metallograph and analysis of the results.
Experiments in cold rolling, swagging, drawing of nonferrous metals and the analysis of the
results. Tension, shear, fatigue, and machinability tests on ferrous metals.

02.441 Fluid Mechanics A (Prereq. 02.412) 4 Q.H.
Hydrostatics, principles governing fluids at rest, pressure measurement, hydrostatic forces
on submerged areas and objects, simple dams, fluids in moving vessels, hoop tension. Fluid
flow in pipes under pressure, fluid energy, power and friction loss, Bernoulli's Theorem, flow
measurement.

02.442 Fluid Mechanics B (Prereq. 02.441) 2 Q.H.
Pipe networks and reservoir systems; flow in open channels; uniform flow; energy, friction
loss, minor losses, velocity distribution, alternate stages of flow, critical flow; nonuniform
flow; accelerated and retarded flow; hydraulic jump and waves.

02.451 Mechanical Vibrations (Prereq. 02.413) 4 Q.H.
Elements of vibrating systems; one degree of freedom (undamped free and forced vibration
from Newton's law of motion and energy methods). Natural frequencies. Damped free and
forced vibration. Impedance and mobility. Systems with more than one degree of freedom.
Influence coefficients, Lagrange's equations, generalized coordinates, vibration absorber.

02.452 Experimental Stress Analysis (Prereq. 02.415) 4 Q.H.
Theory and experimentation showing the application of extensometers and electrical strain
gages as transducers in the field of experimental stress and strain analysis. Theory and
laboratory practice; photoelastic methods as applied to classical model analysis and modern ;
coating analysis.

02.461 Machine Shop 4 Q.H.

Introduction to study of machinesfor metal processing, cutting tools, and fluids. Machinabili-
ty; automatic machinery.

02.462 Mechanical Technology Laboratory I

(Prereq. 02.431, 02.415, or concurrently ) 2 Q.H.*
Experiments concerning the physical properties of materials. Instrumentation and measure-
ment.

02.463 Mechanical Technology Laboratory II (Prereq. 02 462, 02.441) 2 Q.H.*
Experiments concerning compressible and impressible fluids. Experimental techniques.

02.464 Mechanical Technology Laboratory III (Prereq 02 463) 2QH/
Experiments of a more advanced nature. Introduction to the analog computer and
experimental stress analysis.

02.465 Heat Technology Laboratory I (Prereq. 02.442 or concurrently) 2 Q.H.*
Experiments illustrating principles of thermodynamics and heat transfer. Instrumentation
and measurement.

02.466 Heat Technology Laboratory II (Prereq. 02.465, 02.424, or concurrently) 2 Q.H.*
Experiments on various types of heat engines. Experimental techniques.

02.467 Project Lab. (Prereq. 02.464, 02.466) 4 Q.H.*
A project of analytical, design, or experimental nature. Must be approved by student'sfaculty
advisor. A formal report must be submitted.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

03.311 Electronics I (Prereq. 03.303, 11.323 or 11.320) 4 Q.H.
Vacuum, semiconductor diodes; power supplies and filters. Vacuum tubes and transistorsas
amplifying devices. Graphical analysis of basic amplifiers; d-c and a-c load lines. Transistor
biasing techniques.

03.312 Electronics II (Prereq. 03.311) 4 Q.H.
Small-signal low-frequency transistor models. A-c equivalent circuits; low frequency
amplifier circuits. Frequency effects in audio amplifiers. High-frequency transistor model.
Voltage regulation.

03.313 Electronics III (Prereq. 03.312) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of transistor circuits. Untuned amplifiers, feedback amplifiers and oscillators,
low-frequency large signal amplifiers. Field effect transistor circuits.

03.323 Electronic Laboratory (Prereq. 03.312) 2 Q.H.*
Experiments dealing with laboratory equipment techniques, transistor and crystal-diode
characteristics, the impedance bridge, the Q-Meter, coils with iron cores, filter circuits,
vacuum and semi-conductor diodes, power supplies including the regulated type, triode and
pentode vacuum tubes, silicon-controlled rectifiers, resistance-coupled amplifiers. Tran-
sistor usage.

03.324 Circuits Laboratory I (Prereq. 03.306) 2 Q.H.*
Experimentation in electronic circuit theory utilizing various measurement techniques.
Instrumentation verification of circuit theorems; response of circuits to steps and impulses;
oscilloscope theory and applications.

03.325 Circuits Laboratory II (Prereq. 03.324) 2 Q.H.*
Further experimentation in electrical circuits and measurement techniques. Experiments
include nonlinear devices, terminal characteristics of active devides, log modulus plots,
network parameters and synthesis, Fourier analysis and synthesis.

03.327 Advanced Electronic Laboratory I (Prereq. 03.323, 03.313) 2 Q.H.*

Experiments dealing with class B audio amplifier with transistors, push-pull amplifiers,
drivers, and distortion measurements. Double-tuned transformers, video amplifiers, audio-
frequency oscillators, and square-wave testing of audio amplifiers.

'Including lab.

03.328 Advanced Electronic Laboratory II (Prereq 03.327) 2 Q.H.*

Experiments dealing with operational amplifiers. Modulation of a class C amplifier, the diode

detector basic timing circuits, RF and crystal oscillators, networks in FM and television

equipment, pulse and counter circuits and frequency dividers, sawtooth generators, astable

(free-running) multivibrators, logic gates, frequency modulation detectors.

03 329 Advanced Electronic Laboratory III (Prereq. 03.328) 2 Q.H.*

Spectral studies of FM and PM waves; amplitude limiters. The balance modulators and single

sideband generators. Binary adders, registers and counters, radio receiver testing, television

receiver demonstration, analog computers. Pulse forming and delay lines, slotted lines, and a

series of five microwave experiments.

03.410 Electrical Measurements (Prereq. 03.454) 4 Q.H.

Measurement of voltage, current, power, resistance, capacitance, inductance, impedance,

frequency, etc. Direct and substitution measurements. Evaluation of measured data,

standard deviation and tolerance limits, instruments calibrations. Effects of residual

impedance.

03.420 Electricity and Electronics I (Prereq. 11 319) 4 Q.H.

Introduction to circuit analysis, resistive networks, periodic excitation function, steady state

a-c circuits. The physical foundations of electronics and the physical operation of electronic

devices.

03 421 Electricity and Electronics II (Prereq. 03.420) 4 Q.H.

Single-stage electronic circuits, magnetic circuits and transformers, electro-mechanical

energy conversion, d-c machines, a-c machines.

03 430 Energy Conversion (Prereq. 03.452 and 10.422) 4 Q.H.

Generalized theory of rotating energy conversion devices. Steady state operation of the

multiply excited direct-current machine. Control of speed: special machines. Steady state

considerations of transformers; induction and synchronous machines. Generalized machine

and circuit models, transfer functions, and flow chart analysis. Laplace transform techniques

as applied to the analysis of dynamic operating modes of rotating machines.

03.437 Distributed Systems (Prereq. 10.422) 4 Q.K

Radiation, transmission, and reception of electromagnetic waves. Distributed constants and

traveling waves of transmission lines. Differential equations of the uniform line.

03.440 Physical Electronics (Prereq. 11.420) 4 Q.H.

Electron ballistics and applications. Properties of atoms and electrons as related to

conduction of electricity in solids. Fundamentals of semiconductors, crystal diodes, and

transistors. Theory of field-effect transistors, integrated circuits, and photoelectric devices.

03.451 Circuit Analysis I (Prereq. 10.320, 11.319) 4 Q.K
Ohm's law, Kirchoffs current and voltage laws, equivalent resistances and sources, mesh and
modal analysis, network theorems, two-port networks and power relations-all with respect
to direct currents. Energy storage, singularity functions; response of R, L, and C elements to
singularities.

03.452 Circuit Analysis II (Prereq. 03.451) 4 Q^H.
Complex, algebra, phasors, frequency domain, mutual inductance, transformers, steady-
state a-c theory, driving point and transfer impedances, power and energy in a-c circuits.
Laplace transforms; partial fraction expansion; Laplace transform techniques applied to the
solution of RLC networks.

03.453 Circuits Analysis III (Prereq. 03.452) 4 Q.H
Application of differential equations to the solutions of linear, time-invarient electrical
networks Introduction to singularity functions, convolution, and time domain transient
analysis. Network topology and duality, introduction to the methods of transformation

'Including lab.

calculus ana compTex frequency concepts.

03.454 Circuits Analysis IV (Prereq. 03.453) 4 Q.H.

Signal analysis in the frequency domain. Fourier series. Fourier and Laplace transform

methods. A varied selection of circuit problems are solved using Laplace transform methods.

A varied selection of circuit problems are solved using Laplace transforms and related

theorems.

03.460 Engineering Analysis I (Prereq. 10.422 and 03.452) 4 Q.H.
Linear algebra and its application to circuit equations. Solution of linear differential
equations, including an introduction to Laplace transforms.

03.461 Engineering Analysis II (Prereq. 10.422) 4 Q.H.
Complex variables and their relevance to an electrical engineering program.

03.470 Digital Computers (Prereq. 03.313 or concurrently) 4 Q.H.

Introduction to the field of digital computer design. Topics include: general computer
organization, number systems and number representations, design characteristics of major
computer units. Boolean Algebra applications to computer design.

03.447 Control Engineering I (Prereq. 03.454 and 10.422) 4 Q.H.

Analysis of linear servomechanisms under both transient and steady state conditions. Signal
flow graphs. Laplace transforms used in the formulation of block diagrams and transfer
function.

03.478 Control Engineering II (Prereq. 03.477) 4 Q.H.

System stability. Root locus techniques. Treatment of Nyquist criteria and Bode diagram
methods for systems evaluation.

03.490 Optical Instrumentation (Prereq. 10.308 and 10.319) 4 Q.H.

Telescopes, microscopes, and other optical instruments as optical system components.
Includes magnification, aberations, resolution criteria, photometry. Compatibility of system
components and optimization of systems. The basic nonimage-forming systems used for
analysis control and metrology.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

04.481 Nuclear Technology (Prereq. 10.422 and 11.319) 4 Q.H.*

Atomic and nuclear structure; discovery and nature of radioactivity. Nuclear reactions and
energy, induced nuclear transformations, neutron properties, applications of radio nuclides.
Radiological safety; nuclear instrumentation for particle detection, monitoring, and
experimentation. The fission process and its applications; nuclear reactors— their classifica-
tion design and application; nuclearfuel processing; radioactivewastedisposal. Supplemen-
tary laboratory experiments.

Graphic Science

09.104 Computer Programming 2 Q.H.

A special course offered primarily for engineering transfer students covering elementary
programming methods using the FQRTRAN language. Emphasis is on general programming,
but examples are chosen from the various branches of engineering.
Prof. Rule Fall Qtr.

09.106 Basic Engineering 4 Q.H.

Introduction to engineering. Basic methods of communication (engineering drawing and
pictorial representation). Use of the computer in engineering (FQRTRAN programming).
Input/output considerations, control statements including DO loops, subscripted variables.
Prof. Rule and Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

/Including lab.

09.107 Basic Engineering (Prereq. 09.106) 4 Q.H.

Introduction to the design process. Involvement in original design projects requiring creative
conceptual solutions. Review of several case studies showing the role of an engineer in
problem solving. Continuation of computer programming as it applies in engineering. Useof
the IBM Scientific Subroutine Package, computer graphics, numerical procedures.
Prof. Rule and Staff Winter, Spring, and Summer Qtrs.

09.114 Introduction to Computers 2 Q.H.
A course given for biomedical majors, covering elementary aspects of FORTRAN program-
ming as it applies to solving medical and engineering problems. Subscripted variables and
nested DO loops are covered.

Prof. Rule Winter Qtr.

09.115 Computer Programming (Prereq. 09.114) 2 Q.H.
Higher-level programming techniques are developed, including writing of subprograms and
making use of scientific subroutine packages. Graphical output using the CalComp plotter is
covered.

Prof. Rule Spring Qtr,

09.421 Principles of Computer Programming I 2 Q.H.
Rules for forming simple FORTRAN programs. Basic input/output techniques. FORMAT
control. Algorithms for solving simple scientific problems. Computing large sums; maxima
and minima in both discrete and continuous cases.

Prof. Rule and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

09.422 Principles of Computer Programming II (Prereq. 9.421) 2 Q.H.
Extended capabilities of the FORTRAN language. Manipulation of vectors and arrays.
Subroutine and function subprogramming. Continued applications of computers, sorting,
merging, root determination. A-Format.

Prof Rule and Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

09.423 Principles of Computer Programming III (Prereq. 9.422) 2 Q.H.
Use of scientific subroutines, simulation, random numbers. Introduction to numerical
methods (solution of simultaneous equations, quadrature, derivatives). Use of plotter
language. Display of information.

Prof. Rule and Staff Spring Qtr.

09.461 Engineering Design Graphics I 2 Q.H.

Introduction to engineering drawing. Orthographic projection and primary auxiliary views.
Reading and interpreting of multiview drawings. Isometric and oblique pictorial representa-
tion.
Prof. Rule and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

09.462 Engineering Design Graphics II (Prereq. 9.461) 2 Q.H.
Emphasis on engineering drawings required to support engineering design, including
standard conventions, dimensioning, and basic production processes. Shop detail drawings
are covered. Exercise in design processes are given through selected projects and case
studies.

Prof. Rule and Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

09.463 Engineering Design Graphics III (Prereq. 9.462) 2 Q.H.
Greater involvement in design by examination of many commonly used components. Case
studies of large systems discussed in class. Advanced design projects assigned.

Prof. Rule and Staff Spring Qtr.

Mathematics

10.100 Introduction to College Mathematics 4 Q.H.

10.101 Basic Mathematics 3 Q.H.
Development of real numbers andthealgebraicoperations, with emphasis placed on the field
postulates. Study of polynomials, fractions, exponents, radical expressions, 1st- and 2nd-
degree equations, solutions of inequalities.

Prof. Claflin Fall Qtr.

10.102 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.101) 3 Q.H.
Functions and relations, graphs, simple forms of conic sections, variation, exponential and
logarithmic functions, systems of equations and inequalities.

Pfor. Claflin Winter Qtr.

10.103 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.102) 3 Q.H.
Complex numbers, theory of equations, sequences and series, probability.

Prof. Claflin Spring Qtr.

10.104 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. one unit high school algebra) 4 Q.H.
Formation of linear equations and their use as models; systems of linear equationsand linear
inequalities; introduction to linear programming; vectors and matrices and their use in
solving linear systems of equations.

10.105 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.104 or equivalent) 4 Q.H.
Logarithms, differentiation of functions and applications of the derivative, elements of
probability.

10.106 Calculus (Prereq. SV? units of college prep. math, or 10.103, 10.105) 4 Q.H.
A first course for upper-class students. Differential calculus for functions of one variable,
topics in analytic geometry, integration, applications of differentiation and integration.

10.107 Calculus (Prereq. 10.106) 4 Q.H.
Techniques of differentiation and integration: partial differentiation, multiple integration,
applications to geometry of three dimensions.

10.108 Probability, Statistics and The Computer 4 credits for non-Science majors

Winter, Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.120 Introduction to Computers (For non-Math majors; no Math, prereq. )4 Q.H.

A nontechnical introduction to computers, their abilities and shortcomings, and their impact
on learning society. Some of the questions to be raised are: Can computers think? How do
computers compose music, play chess and write poetry? Can computers reproduce? How
does a computer work? What can be done about the data bank menace? Although this is not a
course in computer programming, the student will learn to convince (i.e., program) the
computer to do simple tasks for him.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.124 Fundamentals of Mathematics 4 Q.H.
Study of operations involving real numbers, including factoring, exponents, functions, and
quadratic equations. The course also covers matrices, determinants, and logarithms.

10.125 Fundamentals of Mathematics 4 Q.H.
Exponential and logarithmic functions; differential calculus, including definitions of
derivative; power rule, chain rule, product and quotient rules; maximum and minimum theory;
integral calculus, including definite and indefinite integrals; introduction to probability.

10.126 Mainstreams of Mathematics 4 Q.H.

10.140 Mathematical Analysis IV-V (Prereq. freshman calculus or equiv.) 5 Q.H.

Designed to prepare transfer students for numerical analysis and differential equations.
Linear algebra, vector-valued functions, functions of several variables, multiple integration,
infinite series, Taylor's theorem, complex numbers.

10.150 Calculus 4 Q.H.

A first course in calculus of one variable, primarily for students in the College of Engineering.

Differentiation, integration, and elementary applications, interpolation, numerical integra-
tion, first- and second- order differential equations, vectors.

10.151 Calculus (Prereq. 10.150) 4 Q.H.
A continuation of 10.150.

10.152 Calculus (Prereq. 10.151) 4 Q.H.
A continuation of 10.151.

10.153 Calculus (Prereq. 10.152) 4 Q.H.
Solid analytic geometry, vectors, infinite series, partial derivatives, v\/ith applications.
Prof. Frampton Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.154 Calculus (Prereq. 10.153) 4 Q.H.
Multiple integration, complex variables, with applications. Complex numbers, linearalgebra,
and systems of linear differential equations.

Prof. Frampton Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.155 Mathematical Analysis (Prereq. 10.154) 4 Q.H.
Ordinary differential equations, with emphasis on methods of solution. Includes first-order
equations, second-order linear equations with constant coefficients, and systems of first-
order linear equations. (Intended primarily for engineering students.)

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.156 Mathematical Analysis (Prereq. 10.155, and 9.107 or 9.105) 4 Q.H.
Part 1: Introduction to numerical analysis. The digital computer is used in root-evaluation,
interpolation, and solution of differential equations.

Part 2: Fourier series and boundary value problems for partial differential equations.
(Intended primarily for engineering students.)

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.160 Calculus for Biology Majors 4 Q.H.
A first course in calculus with inspiration from and applications to biology. Differentiation and
integration of functions of one variable. Partial derivatives. Multiple integration, Taylor's
formula and approximation methods.

Fall Qtr.

10.161 Calculus for Biology Majors II (Prereq. 10.160) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 10.160.

Winter Qtr.

10.162 Calculus for Biology Majors III (Prereq 10.161) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 10.161.

Spring Qtr.

10.170 Geometry (Prereq. a course in calculus) 4 Q.H.
Selected topics from advanced plane geometry in Euclidean style: i.e., collinear points,
concurrent lines, duality, cross-ratio, harmonic division of segments, homogeneous
coordinates, abridged notations, special theorems concerning points, lines, triangles, and
circles (Euler, Desargues, Lemoine, Brocard, Brianchon, Feuerbach); the nine-point circle,
inversion, reciprocation.

Prof. Dean Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.171 Geometry (Prereq. 10.170) 4 Q.H.
Discussion of Euclid's definitions and postulates; examination in detail of the fifth postulate
and other items leading to non-Euclidean geometry. Some special topics in non-Euclidean
geometry of the hyperbolic and elliptic planes.

Prof Dean Spring and Summer Qtrs.

3 9

10.181 Calculus I 5 Q.H.
Derivatives and integrals of functions of one variable. Approximation methods including
numerical integration, Newton's method, Taylor series, and power series. Brief introduction
to differential equations, partial derivatives, and multiple integrals. Students will be
encouraged to solve selected problems on the computer.

Prof. Gilmore Fall Qtr.

10.182 Calculus II (Prereq. 10.181) 5 Q.H.
Continuation of 10.181.

Prof. Gilmore Winter Qtr.

10.183 Calculus III (Prereq. 10.182) 5 Q.H.
Continuation of 10.182.

Prof. Gilmore Spring Qtr.

10.184 Calculus and Linear Methods I (Prereq. 10.183) 4 Q.H.
Methods of calculus combined with vector analysis, used to study curves, surfaces and
functions of several variables. Topics include: parameterization of lines and planes, tangents
and normal vectors, partial derivatives, maxima and minima problems, linear approximation,
and tangent planes. Some linear algebra.

Prof. Bridger Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.185 Calculus and Linear Methods II (Prereq. 10.184) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 10.184. Multiple integration, line integrals, and exact differentials; various
forms of Stokes' Theorem. More linear algebra.

Prof. Bridger Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.186 Differential Equations and Linear Methods I (Prereq. 10.183) 4 Q.H.
Methods of solving first- and second-order differential equations and systems of first-order
equations. Numerical solution of differential equations. The use of linear algebra is
emphasized and the necessary techniques developed.

Prof. Kopell Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.187 Differential Equations and Linear Methods II (Prereq. 10.186) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of systems of first-order equations, eigenvalue problems, special second-order
equations (especially those which arise in physics), power series solutions, orthogonal
polynomials. Fourier series and Laplace transforms if time permits.

Prof. Kopell Spring and Summer Qtrs.

Note: As a rule, students should take 10.186 and 10.187 in parallel with 10.184 and 10.185.

10.207 Differential Equations (Prereq. 10.183 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Intended primarily for chemists and industrial engineers. Topics covered include the initial-
value program for first- and second-order differential equations; the two-point boundary
value problem for second-order differential equations.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.208 Probability (Prereq. 10.154 or 10.185) 4 Q.H.
Probability functions for finite and infinite spaces; conditional probability and independence;
discrete and continuous probability distributions for one or more random variables;
expectation; moments; binomial, Poisson, and normal distributions; central limit theorem.
Prof. Stubbs Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.209 Advanced Probability Theory (Prereq. 10.208) 4 Q.H.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.211 Fortran and Forgo I 1 Q.H.

Introduction to computer programming via FORGQ language. Development of simple

mathematical models and their solution by computers. Elementary numerical methods, flow
charting.

10.212 Fortran and Forgo II (Prereq 10.211) 1 Q.H.
Continuation of 10.211.

10.213 Fortran and Forgo III (Prereq 10.212) 1 Q H.
Continuation of 10.212.

10.214 Systems Programming (Prereq. consent of instructor)4 Q.H.

10.220 Mathematical Statistics (Prereq. 10.208) 4 Q.H,
Estimation of parameters, confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, regression, sampling
distributions. Introduction to analysis of variance and statistical decision theory.

Prof. Stubbs Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.221 Applied Analysis (Prereq. 10.251 and 10.246, or equivalents) 4 Q.H.
Linear analysis, with applications to linear ordinary differential equations. Other topics in
differential equations, such as separation and comparison theorems, and the Laplace
transform.

Prof. Wils (Fall) and Prof. Filgo (Winter) Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.222 Applied Analysis (Prereq. 10.222) 4 Q.H.
Linear analysis continued: orthogonal series, partial differential equations, with application
to boundary-value problems in the study of mechanical vibrations and heat conduction.
Prof. Wils (Spring) and Prof. Filgo (Summer) Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.223 Numerical Analysis

(Prereq. two years of calculus, FORTRAN programming) 4 Q.H.
A computer-oriented introductory course in numerical analysis. Methods for finding
numerical solutions of nonlinear equations, systems of linear equations, ordinary differential
equations, curve-fitting and interpolation problems, and evaluation of definite integrals are
analyzed and programmed on a digital computer.

10.224 Numerical Analysis (Prereq. 10.223) 4 Q.H.
A continuation of 10.223.

10.226 Functions of a Complex Variable (Prereq. 10.184 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

Algebra and geometry of complex numbers. Concepts of limit, continuity, and derivative in
the complex domain. Holomorphic functions, series, contour integration. Applications.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.230 Linear Programming (for non-Math majors)

(Prereq. one year of college mathematics) 4 Q.H.
Introduction to concepts and techniques of linear programming, game theory, stochastic
processes. Applications to economics, social sciences, and other related fields.
Prof. Hajian Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.232 Multivariate Statistics (Prereq. 10.220) 4 Q.H.

Methods of classification, estimation, and prediction based on several statistical variables.

Offered 1973-74, Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.240 Mathematical Models in the Life Sciences (Prereq one year of Calculus) 4 Q.H.
A course in the derivation and solution of mathematical models in the area of biology,
psychology, and the social sciences. Such phenomena as population dynamics, diffusion
processes, pollution, control systems, neural networks, and mathematical genetics are
studied.

10.241 Mathematical Models in the Life Sicences (Prereq 10.240) 4 Q.H.
A continuation of 10.240.

10.246 Advanced Linear Algebra I (Prereq. 10.187 or permission of instructor) 4 Q.H.

Vector spaces. Survey of main examples. Dimension. Detailed analysis of the behavior of a

linear transformation, with an emphasis on what kinds of phenomena can occur. Use of

invariant subspaces and eigenvalues. Symmetric and orthogonal maps; iteration of linear

maps. Linear, bilinear, and quadratic forms. Brief study of issues arising in practical

computations.

Prof. Rasala Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.247 Advanced Linear Algebra II (Prereq 10.246) 4 Q.H.

Lattices and linear algebra with integer coefficients. Congruences, modular arithmetic, and
finite fields. The idea of a group; groups of linear and affine transformations; symmetry
groups in the plane. If time permits, additional topics are chosen from the following areas:
symmetry groups in space and crystallography; group theory as applied to function theory
and/or physics; group representations; coding theory.
Prof. Rasala Spring and Summer Qtrs.

Note: Upper-level students who have not completed the 10.181-10.187 program may take
10.246-10.247. Such students should see the instructor in the course and inform him of their
particular background.

10.250 Analysis I (Prereq. 10.187 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
The theoretical underpinnings of the calculus: limits, measure, continuity, and related
concepts. Analysis I and II are intended to serve as a bridge between the 10.281-287 calculus
sequence and the more advanced analysis courses such as 10.221-2, 10.226, and 10.264-5.
Prof. Stolzenberg Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.251 Analysis II (Prereq. 10.250) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 10.250. Once through the calculus again, armed with the concepts
introduced in Analysis I.

Prof. Stolzenberg Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.256 Algebra (Prereq. 10.246) 4 Q.H.
Theory of fields: field extensions, automorphisms, Galois theory. Applications to theory of

equations.

10.257 Optimization and Mathematical Game Theory

(Prereq. Some linear algebra. E.g., 10.246 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Convex sets in Euclidean n-space, linear and nonlinear programming, zero-sum games,
dynamic programming. Students are encouraged to program selected solution methodsfora
computer.
Prof. Warga Winter and Spring Qtrs.

10.264 Recent Ideas in Geometry

(Prereq. 10.251 and 10.247 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Topics chosen by the instructor may vary each year. Topological classification of surfaces,
theory of critical points and singularities of mappings, topological study of vectorfields, knot
theory, graph theory, differential geometry of surfaces, algebraic curves, homotopy.
Prof. Blank Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.265 Recent Ideas in Geometry (Prereq. 10.264) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 10.264.

Prof. Blank Spring and Summer Qtrs.

10.271 Foundations of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.250 or equivalent) 4 Q.H.
Logic and set theory.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.
To be offered alternate years.

10.272 Foundations of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.271) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 10.271.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.
To be offered alternate years.

10.273 History of Mathematics 4 Q H.

Development of the various branches of mathematics; lives of outstanding mathematicians;
growth of mathematical knowledge and its relation to culture.

10.274 Number Theory (Prereq. 10.246) 4 Q.H.
The properties of postive integers, divisibility, congruences, quadratic residues, Diophantine
equations.

10.281-10.289 Directed Study (Prereq. consent of instructor)

Programs of directed study, held one or more quarters, are available for highly motivated
students who wish to explore mathematical phenomena and theories more deeply. In
particular, a freshman-sophomore directed study program, emphasizing discussion of concepts
and independent research, runs concurrently with the calculus sequence (beginning in the
winterof the freshman year). Pastdiscussions have included these topics: measureby covering
and packing, lattices, symmetry, theory of numbers, and classification of surfaces.

All Quarters

10.295, 10.296, 10.297, 1 0.298 Honors Program

10.307 College Algebra and Trigonometry

(Prereq. Math. Placement Test or 10.302)4 Q.H.

Fundamental operations of algebra, algebraic fractions, exponents and radicals, functions.
Trigonometric functions of angles both in degree and in radian measure; right triangles;
identities and equations.

10.308 College Algebra and Trigonometry II (Prereq 10.307) 4 Q.H.
Quadratic equations and applications, radical equations, complex numbers, binomial expan-
sion, variation, roots of polynomial equations. Trigonometric graphs, other transcendental
functions, logarithms, inverse trigonometric functions.

10.320 Calculus I (Prereq. 10.308, 10.329, or 10.335) 4 Q.H.

Functions, graphs, and limits: study of the straight line, thecircle, the parabola; differentiation
of algebraic functions, with applications, including curve- sketching.

10.421 Calculus A (Prereq. 10.320) 4 Q.H.
Applications of derivatives to curve-sketching, antidifferentiation, the definite integral with
applications, calculusof non-algebraic functions— logarithmic, exponential, and trigonometric.
Calculus of inverse trigonometric functions, techniques of integration, polar coordinates, the
conic sections, vectors in a plane, indeterminate forms, L'Hopital's rule.

10.422 Calculus B (Prereq. 10.421) 4 Q.H.
Calculus of functions of several variables, partial differentiation, multiple integrals, infinite
series. Vector analysis; matrices and linear algebra.

10.423 Differential Equations (Prereq. 10.422) 4 Q.H.
Ordinary differential equations— standard types of the first order; linear differential equations,
especially with constant coefficients; Laplace transforms; series solutions of differential
equations. Fourier series and orthogonal functions.

Physics

This Department rotates its teachers.

11.108 Physics in Sports (No prereq.) 4 Q.H.
Some of the physical principles involved in sport. Topics include: sailing, skiing, baseball,
tennis, gymnastics, and caloric considerations.

Spring Qtr.

11.109 Physics in Music (No prereq.) 4 Q.H.
Explores the physical nature of modern music production and reproduction; relates the

aesthetic and physical problems encountered and treats their mutual influence. Topics include:
the basics of sound production and manipulation, the physical and psychological response of
the ear, musical notation, details of instrumental design, construction and operation, modern
music reproduction from initial detection through living room listening, and acoustic
environment.

Winter and Spring Qtrs.

11.110 Physics Laboratory for Engineering Students I 1 Q.H *

The first quarter of a two-quarter laboratory sequence in which the student performs
experiments from various fields of physics.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.111 Physics Laboratory for Engineering Students II (Prereq. 1 1.1 10) 1 Q.H.*
Continuation of 11.110.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.112 Physics of Fluids 3Q.H.*
The physical properties of gases and liquids, with emphasis on their application to the health
services. Force and pressure, hydrostatics, fluid flow, the ideal gas law, real gases,
condensation and evaporation, surface tension, osmosis. An introduction to electricity is given

if time permits.

Fall Qtr.

11.113 Physics for Criminal Justice Students I 4 Q H.

The first quarter of a two-quarter course intended to serve both as a basis for advanced study of
criminalistics and an introduction to the physical sciences for students specializing in other
areas of criminal justice. A broad range of topics is covered, from ballistics to atomic and
molecular structure. Emphasis is placed on physical fundamentals rather than on mathematical
rigor. Examples taken from case histories are used to illustrate the applicationof basicphysical
laws in realistic crime-lab and courtroom situations. These include: calculation of bullet and
blood-spatter trajectories, possible and impossible traffic violations, the cooling curve of
cadavers and its relation to the time of death, the human vocal frequency spectrum and the use
of "voice-prints", the optical spectrum and spectroscopic identification of materials, Doppler
shift and radar speed measurements, and the relation of microscopic structure to the fracture
and deformation properties of solids.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.114 Physics for Criminal Justice Students II 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 11.113.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.115 Physics for the Humanities Students I (Fundamentals of Physics) 4 Q.H.
The first quarter of a two-quarter sequence intended primarily for students in the humanities
and social sciences. Some of the basic concepts governing the physical universe (time, space,
motion) are established without using more mathematics than simple algebra. Thecourse then
proceeds to a nontechnical description of the origins of many of the interesting phenomena
encountered in nature: gravity, sound, light, radioactivity. Historical, social— as well as
practical— aspects of developments in physics all receive some degree of treatment in the
course of study. Classroom discussion and demonstrations form an integral part of the
instructional mode.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.116 Physics for the Humanities Students II (Prereq. 11.115) 4Q.H.
3ontinuation of 11.115.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.117 Physics for Science Majors

(Prereq. a beginning calculus course concurrently.)4 Q.H.
Mechanics: kinematics, Newton's laws, circular motion, inclined planes, conservation laws,

'Including lab.

collisons, potential engergy diagrams, harmonic motion.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.118 Physics for Science Majors II (Prereq. 11.117) 4 Q H.
Thermodynamics and relativity; kinetic theory, the First Law and work, ideal gases, heat
engines, relativity.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.119 Physics for Science Majors III (Prereq. 11.117) 4 Q.H
Waves and electricity: the wave equation in one dimension, superposition, waves in two
dimensions, interference and physical optics; electrostatics, Gauss's law, potential and line
integrals; Bohr atom, deBroglie waves, photoelectric effect, X-ray diffraction; charged particles
in magnetic fields.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.124 Physics Laboratory for Science Majors 1 Q.H.*
The first quarter of a two-quarter laboratory sequence in which students perform experiments
from various fields of physics.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.125 Physics Laboratory for Science Majors II (Prereq. 11.124) 1 Q.H.*
Continuation of 1 1.124.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.126 Physics Review (Prereq. one year of physics) 6 Q.H.
A special review course on the material of 1 1 .203, 1 1 .204, 1 1 .205, and 1 1 .206.Thecourse is
geared to the student's actual needs. Passing is equivalent to passing 11.206.

Fall Qtr.

11.127 Physics for Science Majors IV (Prereq. 1 1 .1 19) 4 Q.H.
Electricity and magnetism: review of electrostatics. Maxwell's equations in integral form,
radiation and velocity of light; DC and AC circuits, impedance, electrical oscillations and
mechanical analogs, damped oscillations, resonance; geometrical optics.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.128 Physics for Science Majors V (Prereq. 11.119) 4 Q.H.
The electromagnetic force: qualitative description of molecular interaction, dipoles, van der
Waals equation, real gases, condensation pV diagrams for gases, liquids, solids, crystals;
angular momentum conservation, Bohr atom and quantization, Pauli principle, spin. Periodic
table.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.139 Physics and Established Thought 4 Q H.

The major effects of physics on Western culture. Concepts arecovered in breadth ratherthan in
depth. Some of the major historical conflicts in Western culture are discussed and the role of
physics in these conflicts developed. Students should gain a broad knowledge of the scientific
method and an understanding of conflicts between science and society from thecourse. Topics
covered include: cosmology and anthropomorphism, causality and free will, physics evolution
and ESP, and physics and intuition.

Spring Qtr.

11.171 Physics for the Life Science I (Basic Physics) 4 Q.H.
Vector addition of force, principles of statics, Newton's second law, kinetic and potential energy,
pressure, static properties of fluids, fluid flow.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.172 Physics for the Life Sciences II (Prereq. 11.171) 4 QH
Wave motion, sound, light, optics, static electricity, DC circuits, magnetism.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

'including lab.

11.173 Physics Laboratory for the Life Sciences I 1 Q.H *

The first quarter of a two-quarter laboratory sequence that accompanies 11.171 and 1 1.172.
The student performs experiments from various fields of physics.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.174 Physics Laboratory for the Life Sciences II (Prereq. 1 1.171) 1 Q.H.*

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.175 Physics for the Life Sciences III (Prereq 11.171)4 Q.H.
Temperature, gas laws, properties of liquids (surface tension and osmotic pressure), properties
of solids, thermal physics, Coulomb's law, atomic and nuclear physics.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.176 Physics for Psychology I 4 Q.H *

The first quarter of a two-quarter sequence intended primarily for Psychology majors. Light,
sound, electricity, and magnetism are emphasized. Sufficient mechanics is introduced for
understanding of the concept of energy. Topics in modern physics, such as atomic and nuclear
structure and cosmology, are also discussed. The laboratory is closely coordinated with the
lectures.

Fall Qtr.

11.177 Physics for Psychology II 4Q.H.*
Continuation of 1 1.176.

Winter and Spring Qtrs.

11.180 The Structure of the Universe I (No prereq ) 4 Q H.
This course aims at introducing modern ideas in astrophysics and cosmology to the student
whose field of interest is nonscientific. Since the structure of the very large is often
remarkably influenced by the properties of the very small, subject material ranges from the
nature of the atomic nucleus to the behavior of the most distant galaxies. Topics considered
include the age and origin of the universe, the expanding universe, the life cycle of stars, how
stars shine, supernovas, origin of the chemical elements, formation of the solar system,
galaxies. Mathematical discussion is restricted to arithmetic and elementary geometry.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.181 The Structure of the Universe II (Prereq. 11.180) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 11.180.

Spring Qtr.

11.182 Introduction to Astrophysics and Cosmology

(Prereq. 11.1 19 or 1 1 .205 or equivalent) 4 Q.H.
The aim of this course is to introduce current ideas in astrophysics and cosmology to the
(Student with an elementary background in physics. Discussions include the many recent
discoveries and ideas which, over the past decade, have revolutionized much astronomical
thinking about the universe, cosmological theories of its origin and age, origin of stellar
energy, formation and evolution of stars, supernovas, pulsars, black holes (origin and
abundance of elements), quasars, structure of galaxies. Radio and high energy astronomy
are discussed. Mathematical analyses are mostly at the level of elementary geometry and
simple algebra.

Winter Qtr.

11.200 Intermediate Mechanics (Prereq. 11.128 or 11.205, and 10.205 or 10.145) 4 Q.H.
The first quarter of a two-quarter sequence in classical mechanics. Vector analysis,
kinematics and dynamics of particle motion, generalized coordinates, and Lagrange's
equations of motion.

I Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.201 Theoretical Mechanics (Prereq. 11 119) 4 Q.H
Conservation theorems, central force motion, systems of particles, rigid body motion,

•Including lab.

Hamilton's equation.

Spring and Summer Qtrs. of odd years.

11.203 Physics for Engineering Students I (Elementary Physics) 4 Q.H.
The first quarter of a four-quarter sequence intended primarily for engineering students. The
student is assumed to be taking a four-quarter calculus sequence concurrently. The
aaaimmm of the course is to give the student a working knowledge of physics. The first
quarter deals with vector algebra and the dynamics of particle motion. -

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.204 Physics for Engineering Students II (Prereq 11.203) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 1 1 .203. Conservation laws and their use in solving problems in elementary
dynamics. Wave motion and vibrating systems.

Winter and Spring Qtrs.

11.205 Physics for Engineering Students III (Prereq 11 204) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 11.204. Electricity and magnetism.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.206 Physics for Engineering Students IV (Prereq 1 1 205) 4 Q H.
Continuation of 11.205. Circuit theory, electromagnetic waves, light.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.207 Elementary Modern Physics (Prereq. 11.206 or 11.128) 4 Q.H.
Special relativity and quantum physics. The properties of light and the structure of atoms and
nuclei. Primarily intended for Engineering and Chemistry majors.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

11.208 Mathematical Physics (Prereq. 11.128 or 11.206 and 10.205 or 10.145) 4 Q.H.
Review of linear algebra and vector calculus. Special functions and partial differential
equations of physics. Potential theory. Functions of a complex variable.

Spring and Summer Qtrs. in even years.

11.21A (B, C, etc.) Independent Study 1 Q H.

11.22A (B, C, etc.) Independent Study 2 Q H.

11.23A (B, C, etc.) Independent Study 3 Q.H.

11.24A (B, C, etc.) Independent Study 4 Q.H.

All Quarters

11.211 Electricity and Magnetism I

(Prereq. 11.128 or 11.206 and 11.208 or 10.207 or 10.221) 4 Q.H.
The first quarter of a two-quarter sequence in electromagnetic theory. Maxwell's equations
and their experimental basis; electrostatics and magnetostatics; the electromagnetic field in
empty space; electromagnetic waves.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.212 Electricity and Magnetism II (Prereq. 11.211) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 11.211. Energy and momentum in the electromagnetic field. Elec-
trodynamics: the interaction of matter and the field. Radiation.

Spring Qtr.

11.220 Thermodynamics and Kinetic Theory

(Prereq. 11.128 or 11.206 and 10.205 or 10.145) 4 Q.H.
First and second laws of thermodynamics. Entropy and equilibrium. Thermodynamic
potentials. Elementary kinetic theory. Statistical mechanics and the statistical interpretation
of entropy.

■< Fall and Summer Qtrs.

11.221 Wave Motion and Optics (Prereq 11119) 4 Q.H.
Harmonic and coupled oscillators, wave equation. Geometrical and physical optics:
interference, diffraction, optics of solids, amplification of light: lasers.

Winter Qtr.

11.230 Modern Physics (Prereq. 11,128 or 11.207 and 10.205 or 10.145) 4 Q.H.

A review of experiments demonstrating the atomic nature of maatter, the properties of the
electron, the nuclear atom, the wave-particle duality, spin, and the properties of elementary
particles. The course discusses, mostly on a phenomenological level, such subjects as atomic
and nuclear structure, properties of the solid state, and elementary particles.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.240 Quantum Mechanics I (Prereq. 11.230, 10.207) 4 Q.H.
The first of a two-quarter sequence in quantum mechanics. Observations of macroscopic and
microscopic bodies. The uncertainty principle, wave particle duality, probability amplitudes,
Schrodinger wave theory, and one-dimensional problems.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.241 Quantum Mechanics II (Prereq. 11.240) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 11.240. Discrete and continuous states, Schrodinger equation in three
dimensions, angular momentum, general theory of quantutn mechanics, applications.

Spring Qtr.

11.260 Wave Laboratory (Prereq. 11.128 or 11.206) 4 Q.H.*

A general treatment of the problems of mechanical and electromagnetic radiation as wave
phenomena. The differential wave equation and its application to selected topics. In-
terference and diffraction theory from the standpoint of the Huygens-Fresnel and Kirchoff
formulations. Selected experiments in acoustics, optics, and microwaves to illustrate these
problems.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.270 Intermediate Laboratory (Prereq. 11.128 or 11.206) 3 Q.H.*
Same as 11.260.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.271 Electronics Laboratory (Prereq. 11.128 or 11.206)3 Q.H.*
Electronic circuits, pulse techniques, logic circuits, the photomultiplier, atomic detectors.

Fall and Spring Qtrs.

11.272 Experimental Laboratory (Prereq 11.271) 3 Q.H.*
Experiments investigating the atomic nature of matter, the properties of the electron, and
special relativity. The work involves vacuum system techniques and machine-shop practice.

Winter Qtr.

11.273 Advanced Physics Laboratory (Prereq. 11.272) 3 Q.H.*
Special projects in modern experimental physics.

Spring Qtr.

11.281 Properties of Matter (Prereq. 10.205, 11.128, or 11.206) 4 Q.H.
The quantitative description of solids, liquids, and gases. Topics include; the kinetic theory of
gases (distribution functions, collisions, viscosity, thermal conductivity, diffusion), gas
imperfection, real gases, the transition to the liquid phase, amorphous and crystalline solid
structure, alloys and the metallurgical phase diagram, imperfections in solids.

Summer Qtr.

11.282 Introduction to Solid State Physics (Prereq. 11.281 or 11.220) 4 Q.H.
A semi-classical treatment of the thermal, magnetic, and electrical properties of crystalline
solids. Topics include: X-ray diffraction and the reciprocal lattice, elasticity and lattice
vibrations, the specific heat, properties of insulators, magnetism in insulators and in metals,
introduction to the band theory of metals.

Summer Qtr.

11.295, 11.296, 11.297, 11.298 Honors Program All Quarters

*lncluding lab.

11.317 Physics ! (Mechanics) (Prereq. 10.307 or concurrently) 4 Q.H.
Kinematics and dynamics of particle motion, Newton's laws, projectile and circular motion,
conservation lav.'s for momentum and energy, rotational motion, simple harmonic motion.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.318 Physics li (Wave, Motion, Sound, Heat) (Prereq. 11.317) 4 Q.H.
Wave motion, intensity, interference phenomena, Doppler effect, vibrating systems,
temperature, heat, change of state, heat transfer, kinetic theory of gases, general gas laws,
thermodynamics.

Winter and Spring Qtrs.

11.319 Physics III (Electricity, Magnetism, Light) (Prereq 11.318) 4 Q.H.
Electrostatics, magnetism, magnetic induction, induced currents, direct and alternating
current circuits, properties of light, reflection, refraction, dispersion, optical systems,
diffraction, polarization.

Spring Qtr.

11.373 Physics Laboratory I 2 Q H *

Experiments from various physics topics that have been covered in 1 1 .317 and concurrently
in 11.318.

11.374 Physics Laboratory II 2 Q H *

A continuation of 11.373, with experiments from topics in 11.318 and 11.319.

11.420 Physics IV (Electromagnetic Field) 4 Q.H.

Static electric and magnetic fields. Experimental basis for Maxwell's equations. Elec-
tromagnetic waves.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

Chemistry

12.101 General Chemistry 3 Q H.*

Introduction to the principles of chemistry, with emphasis on stoichiometry, ionic solutions,

and the inorganic chemistry of biological systems.

Prof. Boig Fall Qtr.

12.102 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.101) 3 Q.H.*
Introduction to organic chemistry, with emphasis on compounds of biological significance.
Prof. Boig Winter Qtr.

12.103 General Chemistry 5 Q.H.*

For Chemistry majors and selected students in other majors, such as Biology, Physics, etc.
Stoichiometry, atomic structure, chemical bonding, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction,
states of matter, solutions. Laboratory: introduction to qualitative analysis.
Prof. Roebber Fall Qtr.

12.104 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.103) 5 Q.H.
For Chemistry majors and selected students in other majors, such as Biology, Physics, etc.
Electronic structure and chemical properties, covalent bonding, coordination compounds,
topics in organic chemistry, chemical equilibria, introduction to chemical thermodynamics
and kinetics. Laboratory: qualitative analysis.

Prof. Roebber Winter Qtr.

12.105 Analytical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.104) 5 Q.H.*
Theory, apparatus, operations, and interpretation of observations for a broad spectrum of
present-day methods of chemical analysis, including electrical, optical, gravimetric, and
titrimetric techniques.

Prof. Jankowski Spring Qtr.

*lncluding lab.

12.106 General Chemistry 5 Q H *

For non-Chemistry majors. Basic concepts and definitions, the mole concept and chemical
stoichiometry, states of matter, solutions, periodicity of elements, atomic structure, chemical
bonding and reactions.
Profs. Cass and Davies Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.107 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.106)5 Q.H.*
For non-Chemistry majors. Chemical kinetics and equilibria, acids and bases, elementary
thermodynamics, electrolysis and electrochemistry, chemistry of representative elements,
nuclear chemistry, introduction to organic chemistry.

Profs. Boig and Cass Winter, Spring, and Summer Qtrs.

12.108 Fundamentals of Chemical Sciences I 4 Q H

Development and discussion of important principles and concepts of the chemical sciences.
Intended for students in the social sciences and humanities with minimal background in
science and mathematics. The objective of 12.108-. 109 is to give the non-science student an
appreciation and some knowledge of the role of chemistry in ourtechnological society and in
Dur everyday lives,
^rof. Davies Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.109 Fundamentals of Chemical Sciences II (Prereq. 12.108) 4 Q H.
Continuation of 12.108. Discussion of the chemistry involved in such basic human needs as
food, clothing, shelter, transportation, and energy production. Other topics (e.g., en-
vironmental problems) may be included or substituted, since students will participate in
selection of topics for discussion.

^rof. Cass Spring Qtr.

12.114 General Chemistry 4 Q.H.
Primarily for engineering students. Introduction to the principles of chemistry, focusing upon
he states and structure of matter and chemical stoichiometry.

^rof. Reiff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.115 General Chemistry (Prereq 12 114) 4 Q H.
Primarily for engineering students. Introduction to the principles of chemistry, focusing upon
:hemical equilibria and the nature of some common materials.

^rof. Reiff Winter, Spring, and Summer Qtrs.

12.118 General Chemistry Laboratory 1 Q H.

Dptional laboratory for 12.115 (General Chemistry for engineering students). Experiments

pertaining to lecture material.

^rof. Reiff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

12.139 General Chemistry 4 Q.H.
-or students in the College of Criminal Justice. Structure of matter; physical and chemical
Droperties of metallic and nonmetallic elements, inorganic compounds, and alloys;
stoichiometry; solids, liquids, and solutions. Laboratory experiments illustrate basic
:hemical principl'es and representative chemical reactions.

^rofs. Jankowski and Howell Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.140 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.139) 4 Q.H.
-or students in the College of Criminal Justice. Continuation of 12.139, with emphasis on
ipplication of principles. Chemical reactivity, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction, physical
ind chemical properties of organic compounds. Laboratory continues studies of the first
quarter.

^rofs. Howell and Jankowski Spring and Summer Qtrs.

2.144 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.104 or 12.107)5 Q.H.*

Nomenclature, preparation, properties, and reactions of common organic compounds,
'rof. Jones Fall and Winter Qtrs.

Including lab.

12.145 Organic Chemistry (Prereq, 12.144) 5 Q.H.*

Continuation of 12.144.

Prof. Jones Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.147 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.115) 4 Q.H.*
Aliphatic compounds; preparation, properties, and reactions of the more common classes of
open-chain compounds; electronic interpretation of structures and reactions;
petrochemicals; synthetic resins; carbohydrates; fats; proteins.

Prof. Howell Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.148 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.147) 4 Q.H.*
Aromatic compounds; preparation, properties, and reactions of the morecommon classes of
aromatic compounds; electronic interpretation of structures and reactions of aromatic
compounds; dyes, commercial solvents, and important industrial products. A brief introduc-
tion to alicyclic and heterocyclic compounds.

Prof. Howell Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.153 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.105) 3 Q.H.
Syntheses and properties of aliphatic and aromatic hydrocarbons and their functional
derivatives; correlation between the structure of organic compounds and their physical and
chemical properties; electronic interpretation of organic reactions.

Prof. Viola Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.154 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.153) 5 Q.H.*
Continuation of 12.153.

Prof. Viola Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.155 Organic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.154) 5 Q.H.*
Continuation of 12.154

Prof. Howell Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.161 Physical Chemistry (Prereq. 10.152 and 1 1 .1 18 or equivalent) 4 Q.H.'
Chemical thermodynamics.

Prof. Wiener Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.162 Physical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.161) 4 Q.H.*
Phase equilibria, solutions, kinetic theory of gases, chemical kinetics.

Prof. Wiener Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.166 Physical Chemistry (Prereq. 10.183 and 11.118 or equiv.) 3 Q.H.

Similar to 12.161, but without laboratory.

Prof. Wiener Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.169 Physical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.161 or 12.166) 3 Q.H.
Similar to 12.162, but without laboratory.

Prof. Wiener Spring and Summer Qtrs. '

12.170 Physical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.162 or 12.169) 3 Q.H. ,
Quantum chemistry, particles and waves, Schroedingerwave mechanics, the chemical bond. [
Prof. Giessen Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.171 Analytical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.107 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.'
Theories, principles, and application of volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental methodsof
analysis.

Prof. Spinos Winter and Spring Qtrs.

12.180 Ocean Chemistry (Prereq. 12.105, 12.171, or equiv.) 4 Q.H.*

Principles and practices of chemical and instrumental methods in current use in marine
investigations, with emphasis on procedures, apparatus, and interpretation of experimenta
observations. Laboratory exercises include: chlorinity and salinity measurements, biological

*lncluding lab.

oxygen demand, trace nutrient measurement, carbonate alkalinity, heavy metal pollutants,

and selected projects.

Prof. Jankowski Spring Qtr.

12.181 Instrumental Analysis (Prereq. 12.105 or 12.171) 3 Q.H.

Theory, procedures, operations, and apparatus used in instrumental analysis, with emphasis
on interpretation of results from typical scientific investigations. Current practices in the
follov\/ing methods are included: atomic absorption, ultraviolet and infrared absorption,
voltammetry, anodic stripping, oculometry, gas chromatography, high-speed liquid
chromatography, radiotracer techniques, and neutron activation analysis.
Prof. Jankowski Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.185 Inorganic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.105) 2 Q H.

Atomic properties of free atoms and ions. Ionic bonding and the structure of the solid state.
The Madelung calculation; the Born-Haber and other thermodynamic cycles. Valence-bond
and molecular orbital theories of bonding. Stereochemistry of compounds of representative
elements. Electron-deficient compounds.
Prof. Davies Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.189 Biochemistry Laboratory II (Prereq. 93.151 or equiv.) 2 Q.H.*

Special projects in biochemical experimentation.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.200 Principles of Experimental Chemistry (Prereq. 12.166) 2 Q.H.
Instrumentation, measurements, and evaluation. Basic electronics and optics, statistical
methods, computer techniques.

Prof. Keller Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.201 Integrated Chemistry Laboratory I (Prereq. 12 166) 2 Q H.*
Procedures and techniques, experiments in basic electronics and optics, vacuum system
design, and data processing.

Prof. Keller Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.202 Integrated Chemistry Laboratory II (Prereq. 12.201) 3 Q.H.*
Integrated experiments in inorganic, analytical, and physical chemistry; compound prepara-
tion, characterization, and property studies.

Prof. Keller Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.213 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (Prereq. 12.170) 4 Q.H.

Periodic properties of representative elements and their compounds. General theories of acid
and base behavior. Spectral and magnetic properties of transition metal compounds. Crystal
field and molecular orbital theories of bonding. Kinetics and thermodynamics of reactions of
transition metal compounds.
Prof. Davies Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.252 Advanced Organic Chemistry I (Prereq. 12.155 or 12.145) 3 Q.H.
Organic structure and reactions. Corresponds to graduate course 12.861.

Staff Fall Qtr.

12.253 Identification of Organic Compounds (Prereq. 12.155) 3 Q.H.*
Qualitative analysis of organic compounds and mixtures, using physical, chemical, and
instrumental methods.

Prof. Howell Spring and Summer Qtrs.

12.254 Advanced Organic Chemistry II (Prereq. 12.155 or 12.145) 3 Q.H.
Organic structure and reactions. Corresponds to graduate course 12.862.

Staff Winter Qtr.

12.255 Advanced Organic Chemistry III (Prereeq. 12.252 or 12.254) 3 Q.H.
Organic structure and properties. Corresponds to graduate course 12.863.

Staff Spring Qtr.

Including lab.

12.257 Advanced Analytical Chemistry I (Prereq 12.181) 3 Q.H.
Analytical separations. Corresponds to graduate course 12.821.

Prof. Karger Fall Qtr.

12.258 Advanced Analytical Chemistry II (Prereq. 12.181) 3 Q.H.
Electronanalytical. Corresponds to graduate course 12.822.

Prof. Keller Winter Qtr.

12.259 Advanced Analytical Chemistry III (Prereq. 12 181) 3 Q.H.
Optical methods of analysis. Corresponds to graduate course 12.823.

Prof. Jankowski Spring Qtr.

12.262 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (Prereq. 12.170) 3 Q.H.
Chemical thermodynamics. Corresponds to graduate course 12.881.

Prof. Roebber Fall Qtr.

12.263 Advanced Physical Chemistry II (Prereq 12 170) 3 Q.H.
Atomic and molecular structure. Corresponds to graduate course 12.885.

Staff Winter Qtr.

12.264 Advanced Physical Chemistry III (Prereq 12 170) 3 Q.H.
Chemical kinetics. Corresponds to graduate course 12.893.

Prof. Roebber Spring Qtr.

12.271,12.272,12.273, (each) 3 Q.H.

12.274, 12.275, 12.276 Undergraduate Research (each) 4 Q.H.

Original experimental work under the direction of a staff member. Participation may begin in
the middler year and will normally continue through the senior year. Approval of the
administrating committee is required.
Staff All Quarters

12.284 Advanced Chemical Synthesis (Prereq. 12.155) 3 Q.H.*

Special projects in the synthesis or organic and/or inorganic compounds, using advanced

techniques.

Prof. Howell Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.286 Advanced Chemical Measurements (Prereq. 12.163 and 12.179) 3 Q.H.*

Laboratory problems in analytical and/or physical chemistry.

Prof. Keller Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.288 Special Topics (Prereq. 12.163) 4 Q.H.

Staff . Spring Qtr.

12.291, 12.292, 12.293, 12.294 Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

All Quarters

Earth Sciences

16.104 Introduction to Earth Science 4 Q.H.
Considers both the lithosphere and hydrosphere of the earth. The forces and factors
producing changes in these environments are examined in some detail and are applied to an
understanding of the earth's historical development.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

16.105 Introduction to Earth Science (Prereq. 16.104) 4 Q.H.
A continuation of 16.104. Consideration of the gaseous envelope surrounding the earth and
the meteorological phenomena occuring within it is followed by a study of the earth as an
astronomical body. Particular emphasis is placed on the behavior of the earth as a member of

including lab.

the solar system.

Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

16.121 Natural History I 4 Q H.*

A framework is developed for investigating the factors of the natural world. Concepts of
ecology are employed to examine the niche, habitat, biome, and realm. Content centers about
the current season and the season to follow. Laboratory is structured to develop
comprehension of and facility with the course materials and their adaptation to the
educational process.
Prof. Wilmarth Fall and Winter Qtrs.

'16.122 Natural History II (Prereq. 16.121) 4 Q.H.*

A continuation of Natural History I. Content is concerned with the remainder of the calendar
year. Greater emphasis is placed upon dealing with the natural world by direct confrontation
through field trips. Field exercises and personal research.
Prof. Wilmarth Spring and Summer Qtrs.

16.125 Environmental Conservation 4 Q.H.

Problems relating to the use and preservation of the earth's environment. Both renewable and
non-renewable resources will be considered, with special emphasis given to urban
environmental problems.
Profs. Overcash and Ruggles All Quarters

16.131 Oceanography I 4 Q.H *

The geology of the ocean basins; the physical and chemical properties of sea water; the
development of ocean currents and their important effects on the land masses of the world.
Prof. Gordon Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

16.132 Oceanography II 4 Q.H.*
The productivity of animal and plant life in the various zones of the ocean; the growing
economic importance of the oceans as a source of food for the expanding world population.
Prof. Gordon Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

16.133 Geology of Eastern United States 4 Q.H.
The systematic study of the geomorphic provinces in the Appalachian and interior regions of
:he United States. Emphasis on the structure, types of landforms, and geologic history of
5ach province.

='rof. Ruggles Fall and Winter Qtrs.

16.134 Geology of Western United States 4 Q.H

The systematic study of the geomorphic provinces in the Rocky Mountains and Pacific Coast
Ganges of the United States. Emphasis on the structure, types of landforms, and geologic
"listory of each province,
^rof. Ruggles Spring and Summer Qtrs.

16.161 Observational Astronomy 4 Q.H.

^n introduction to the night sky as seen by the naked eye and with simple optical aids. The
ocation and identification of constellations, major stars, planets, comets, and meteors. Three
elescopic viewing sessions are held,
^rof. Qvercash Winter and Spring Qtrs.

16.180 Physical Geography I 4 Q.H.

Constructed to promote an understanding of man's physical environment, with concentra-
ion of study upon weather, climate, and vegetation on a world-wide scale,
^rof. Allen and Mr. Casarjian Fall and Winter Qtrs.

6.182 Physical Geography II (Prereq. 16.180) 4 Q.H.

\n interpretative description and analysis of landforms and soils. Emphasis on an
examination of landform development and distribution,

^rof. Allen and Mr. Casarjian Winter and Spring Qtrs.

Including lab.

16.183 Regional Geography of Africa 4 Q.H.
Regional analysis of historical, economic, political, cultural, and physical aspects of
geography. A comparative case study approach is utilized in order to accent regional
differences.

Mr. Casarjian Fall Qtr.

16.184 Regional Geography of Latin America 4 Q.H.
Regional analysis of historical, economic, political, cultural, and physical aspects of
geography. Population geography is also examined. Problems in tropical development are
studied by means of a comparative case study approach.

Mr. Casarjian Winter Qtr.

16.186 Applied Climatology (Prereq. 16.180) 4 Q.H.
The individual elements of climate are synthesized into climatic types and regions. Climatic
classifications are employed as vehicles for describing the distribution of climates.
Microclimatology and applied climatology and human dimensions of weather modification
are introduced.

Mr. Casarjian Spring Qtr.

16.187 Urban Geography 4 Q.H.
Geographic structures and functions of individual cities areelaborated and the factors which
determine those structures studied. Theory of city systems is developed in detail and the
modern megalopolitan forms explained. Processes and problems of city growth are
investigated and an attempt made to consolidate the variety of explanations for them.
Prof. Allen Winter Qtr.

16.201 Physical Geology 4 Q.H.

A systematic study of the materials comprising the earth. Topics emphasized include the
processes by which rock is formed, transported, altered, and destroyed, as well asthenature
and development of landscape.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

16.202 Historical Geology (Prereq. 16.201) 4 Q.H.*
The physical and biological history of the earth is traced through geologic time. Majortopics
are the origin and evolution of life, mountain building, and continental drift.

Prof. Bailey Winter and Spring Qtrs.

16.203 Physical Geology Laboratory (Prereq. 16.201 or concurrently) 1 Q.H.*
Optional laboratory for Physical Geology 16.201 . Laboratory exercises pertain to mineral and
rock identification and topographic and geologic map interpretation. Required for Geology
majors.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

16.204 Historical Geology Laboratory (Prereq. 16.202 or concurrently) 1 Q.H.*
Introduction to fossil representatives of major invertebrate phyla; application of fossils to
studies of rock sequences; and interpretation of geologic history from geologic maps.
Prof. Bailey Winter and Spring Qtrs.

16.211 Descriptive Mineralogy (Prereq. lyr. chemistry) 4 Q.H.*
An introduction to the study of mineralogy, including crystallography, and physical,
chemical, and descriptive mineralogy of the common rock-forming minerals.

Prof. Westerman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

16.212 Optical Crystallography (Prereq 16.211) 4 Q H.*
Both the theory and the practical methods of optical crystallography are studied, including
the basic techniques for determining the optical constants of crystals using the polarizing
microscope and immersion media. i
Prof. Westerman Spring and Summer Qtrs.

'Including lab.

.85

16.213 Optical Mineralogy (Prereq, 16 212) 4QH*

The identification of the common rock-forming minerals using the pertrographic microscope
and rock-thin sections, including an introduction to mineral phase relationships.
Prof. Westerman Fall and Winter Qtrs. beginning

September 1974

16.216 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology (Prereq. 16.213) 4 Q.H.*

The evolution of crystalline rocks and their distribution in time and space, including the
physical and chemical factors in igneous and metamorphic processes.
Prof. Westerman Spring Qtr.

1C.221 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation (Prereq. 16.202)4 Q.H.*

The lithologic properties and stratigraphic relationships of sedimentary rock. Sedimentary
processes, facies, and provinces of deposition are considered in conjunction with the
collecting and evaluating of stratigraphic data. Classic stratigraphic sequences are reviewed,
with emphasis on the general stratigraphic principles which they illustrate.
Prof. Bailey Spring Qtr.

16.222 Sedimentary Petrology (Prereq. 16.212) 4 Q.H.*

The origm, classification, petrography, and environment of deposition of all important types
of sedimentary rocks. Laboratory work is concerned with the study and interpretation of
sedimentary rocks in thin section.
Prof. Bailey Fall Qtr.

16.231 Glacial and Pleistocene Geology (Prereq. 16.202) 4 Q.H.
The processes of ice movement and the characteristics and distribution of erosional and

"'depositional structures which are associated with past and present glaciers. Introduction to
Pleistocene chronology and correlations.
Prof. Newman Spring Qtr.

16.232 Geomorphology (Prereq 16.201) 4 Q H.
The origin and evolution of landscape features by processes operating at or near the earth's
surface.

Prof. Allen Fall Qtr.

16.233 Coastal Processes (Prereq. 16.201) 4 Q.H.
The effect of nearshore marine processes and the resultant coastal responses. The dynamics
of waves and currents and the associated erosion, transportation, and deposition of sediment
forming beaches, barrier islands, and cliffed structures.

Prof. Allen Spring Qtr., odd-numbered yrs.

16.234 Fluvial Processes (Prereq. 16.201) 4 Q.H.
A study of streams: their hydraulics, erosion, transportation, and deposition of sediment,
channel shape and pattern, and drainage basin analysis.

Prof. Allen Spring Qtr., even-numbered yrs.

16.241 Structural Geology (Prereq. 16.201) 4 Q.H.*

The fundamentals of rock structure and the mechanics of rock deformation. Folds, faults,

joints, and cleavage, and their importance in geological interpretation. Analysisof structures

in the field. Laboratory work consists of three-dimensional problems involving structural

concepts.

To be announced Winter Qtr.

16.246 Field Geology (Prereq. 16.201) 4 Q.H.*

An introduction to field techniques as a working guide for the approach, pursuit, and solution
of geologic problems. Among the techniques considered are geologic map construction,
stratigraphic section measurement, and field rock description. The laboratory consists of
field research at a quarry, roadcut, or other geologic exposure.
Profs. Bailey and Newman Summer Qtr.

'Including lab.

16.251 Paleontology (Prereq. 16.202) 4 Q.H.*

Survey of important invertebrate phyla preserved in the geologic record. Correlation,
evolution, paleoecology, and other biologic concepts are applied to fossil organisms.
Prof. Bailey Winter Qtr.

16.261 Advanced General Geology (Prereq. 16.201, 16.202) 4 Q.H.

An introduction to new and advanced concepts, theories, and hypotheses in geology.
Students participate actively in discussions, research papers, and individual projects. Topics
may include: continental drift, sea floor spreading, uniformitarianism, peneplanation,
evolution, origin of magma, and origin and geologic history of the moon.
Profs. Bailey and Newman Summer Qtr.

16.271 Geology Seminary (Prereq. major in Geology or senior status) 4 Q.H.

An in-depth study, on an individual or small-group basis, of a selected geologic topic. Both
oral and written presentations are required.
Staff Spring Qtr.

16.281, 16.282, 16.283, 16.284 Field Trip (Prereq. 16.141) 1 Q.H. each

A three- to six-day field trip in eastern North America, providing exposure to various rock
types, geologic structures, and fossil collecting. Field notes and summary report required of
all participants; additional fee of $25 to $50 charged.
Staff Fall and Spring Qtrs.

16.287, 16.288 Undergraduate Research 4 Q.H. each

Independent research on a selected topic under the direct supervision of a faculty member.
Open only to juniors and seniors majoring in Geology, with the recommendation of the
supervising faculty member and the department.
Staff All Quarters

16.290, 16.291 Directed Study 4 Q.H. each

Independent study of a specific topic not normally contained in the regular course offerings,
but within the area of competence of a faculty member. Open to all students with the
recommendation of a faculty member and departmental approval.
Staff All Quarters

16.295, 16.296, 16.297, 16.298 Honors Program 4 Q H each

Staff All Quarters

Biology

18.114 Functional Human Anatomy I 5 Q.H.*
Introduction to cellular and tissue structure and function, followed by anatomical ter-
minology. Histology, anatomy, and physiology of bones, muscles, blood. Hemodynamics
and principles of circulation. The laboratory includesastudy of human bones, cat dissection,
and related histology.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.115 Functional Human Anatomy II (Prereq. 18.114) 5 Q.H.*
Anatomy and physiology of the respiratory, digestive, urogenital, and nervous ststems.
Physiology of endocrine system and a brief anatomy and physiology of eye and ear. The
laboratory includes studies of muscle and nerve physiology, blood physiology and histology,
and physiology of respiration.

Winter, Spring, and Summer Qtrs.

18.117 Human Biology 4 Q.H.*

General biological principles applied to and illustrated by the human species; human cellular
structure and basic metabolic processes; human genetics, human reproduction, human

'Including lab.

evolution, human ecology and interactions with other species of plants and aninnals.
I Winter Qtr.

18.118 Organic Evolution 4 Q.H.
The major features of organic evolution, with emphasis on vertebrate evolution, genetics, and
physical influences.

Prof. Moyer Spring and Summer Qtrs.

18.119 Environment and Man 4 Q.H.
An ecological analysis of the human situation and of man's interaction with otherorganisms.
The necessary foundation of biological principles will be presented.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.120 Basic Microbiology 4 Q H *

Microbial life, emphasizing morphological characteristics, physiological activities, and

disease production.

Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

18.123 Biology of Human Reproduction (no prereq.) 4 Q.H.
Structure and function of male and female reproductive systems; factors affecting sexual
development, fertility, and reproductive behavior in the human species. Physiology of coitus,
■ertilization, pregnancy, birth, and lactation. Methods of controlling fertility; some
:onsideration of eugenics and the world population problem.

Winter Qtr.

18.124 Introductory Seminar in Biology 1 Q.H.
Seminar for students who plan to major in Biology. To be taken concurrently with 18.131,
3eneral Biology. Classic and modern original research papersarestudiedfor insight into the
ationale, methodology, and conclusions of biological research.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.125 Human Physiology (Prereq. 18.141, 18.142 or equiv.) 3 Q.H.*
Physical and biochemical activitiesof blood corpuscles, nerve and musclefibers; functionsof
he nervous system, heart, and endocrines.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.126 Human Physiology (Prereq. 18.125) 3 Q.H.*
Respiration and circulation; functions of the blood, lymph, kidneys; nutrition and digestion;
;ensory physiology and physiologic aspects of reproduction.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

8.131 General Biology 4 Q.H.*
Jniversal properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composition and cellular
ictivities, inheritance and cellular control, the evolutionary process environmental
elationships.

>taff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

8.132 Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.131) 4 Q.H.*
Systematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals. Diversity of animals
onsidered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation.

itaff Winter, Spring, and Summer Qtrs.

8.133 Plant Biology (Prereq. 18.131-18.133) 4 Q.H.*
Systematic study of the structure and function of plants, principally vascular. Survey of the
'lantlike protists and monorans.

itaff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

8.134 Environmental and Population Biology (Prereq. 18.131-18.133) 4 Q.H.*
)etailed consideration of the physico-chemical factors influencing and influenced by
rganisms. Interactions among individual organisms and among species. Change of species

Including lab.

by genetic natural selection.

Prof. Ruber Spring and Summer Qtrs.

18.135 Genetics and Development Biology (Prereq. 18.131-18.133) 4 Q.H.*
Elaboration of the classic laws of heredity. Cytogenetics. Chemical basis of heredity.
Selected examples of the development of form and function.

Profs. Moyer and Dealy Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.136 Cell Biology (Prereq. 18.131-18.133) 4 Q.H.*
Basic chemical and physical processes of cells related to their fine structure; oxidative and
intermediary metabolism; photosynthesis; membrane phenomena; movement.

Prof. Goolsby Spring and Summer Qtrs.

18.141 Basic Animal Biology 4 Q.H.*
Principles of biology. Universal properties and processes of living organisms as exemplified
by the cell and its activities. Inheritance, evolution, and environmental relationships.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.142 Basic Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.141) 4 Q.H.*
Structure and function of organ systems and animals. Diversity of animals considered from
the evolutionary standpoint.

Staff Winter, Spring, and Summer Qtrs.

18.145 Human Anatomy and Physiology I 4 Q.H.*
Lecture— structure of the human organ systems. Physiology of muscle and of the nervous
system;control of voluntary movement, autonomic control, sensation. Laboratory-anatomy,
based on dissections of a representative mammal and comparison with human models;
microscopic anatomy of selected organs.

Winter Qtr.

18.146 Human Physiology II (Prereq. 18.145) 4 Q.H.*
Lecture-human physiology based on the concept of the homeostatic state;functions of the
blood and circulatory system, immunity, digestion, nutrition, respiration, excretion,
reproduction, endocrine controls of the preceding processes. Laboratory-experiments
demonstrating selected physiological phenomena in humans or in representative animals

Spring Qtr

18.148 Human Anatomy 4 Q.H.'

The structure and development of the human body.

Prof. Shukri All Quarters

18.158 Vertebrate Physiology (Prereq. 18.131-18.133, 18.136) 4 Q.H.'
Properties of living protoplasm; the general organization and function of cells; translocation
of materials and the organization of animals; the physiology of the skeletal systems of mar
and animals; the physiology of amoeboid, ciliary and contractile movement with emphasis or
muscle metabolism; the structure and function of neurons, reflex arcs, the autonomic
nervous system, and the sensory receptors.

Prof. Pearincott Fall and Winter Qtrs

18.159 Vertebrate Physiology (Prereq. 18.158) 4 Q.H.
Fluid media of animals, emphasizing water and electrolyte balance and kidney function ir
many; the physiology of blood, including itsformation, functions, clotting, antigens and tests
for identifying blood; the physiology of the heart, nervous control of the vascular system
breathing and gas transport, heat regulation, nutrition, digestion and assimilation; the
endocrine secretions, and the physiologic aspects of reproduction.

Prof. Pearincott Spring and Summer Qtrs

18.208 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (Prereq. 18.131 and 18.132) 5 Q.H.'

Morphology and phylogeny of the vertebrates; laboratory studies on taxonomy of the group

*lncluding lab

and specific morphology of the dogfish shark, the mud puppy, the alligator and the cat.
Prof. Ahlberg Spring and Summer Qtrs.

18.209 Embryology (Prereq. 18.131, 18.132, 18.135) 5 Q.H.*
Gametogenesis, fertilization, cleavage, gastrulation, induction, organogenesis, and
metamorphosis in vertebrates. Emphasis on frog, chick, and pig in the laboratory.

Prof. Ahlberg Fall Qtr.

18.210 Invertebrate Zoology (Prereq. 18.131-18.135) 5 Q.H.*
The invertebrate animals exclusive of the protozoans and insects.

Prof. Morse Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.211 Parasitology (Prereq. 18.131, 18.136) 4 Q.H.*
Symbiotic relationships of protozoans, mesozoans, flatworms, nematodes,
acanthocephalans, and arthropods.

Profs. Morse, Riser, and Meszoely Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.212 Vertebrate Paleontology

(Prereq. 18.131, 18.132, 18.134, 18.135 or permission of the instructor) 4 Q.H.*
Evolution of the vertebrates, including man, as revealed through thefossil record. Laboratory,
museum, and field studies.

Spring Qtr.

18.220 General Microbiology

(Prereq. or Coreq. 18.135, 18.136 or permission of the instructor) 5 Q.H.*
Basic detailed structure and function of microorganisms and their interaction with their
environments based on current knowledge and theory.
Staff Fall, Spring, and Winter Qtrs.

18.227 Animal Histology (Prereq. 18.132) 4 Q.H.*
Microscopic study of fundamental types of animal tissues.

Prof. Pearincott Fall Qtr.

18.228 Histological Technique (Prereq. 18.131, 18.136) 3 Q.H.*
General methods of tissue preparation for purposes of microscopic study; preparation of
solutions and stains; the microtome and its operation, together with specific directions for
fixation, clearing, hardening, embedding, section-cutting, and staining of tissues.

Profs. Riser and Morse Spring Qtr.

18.231 Lower Plants (Prereq. 18.133) 4 Q.H.*
Systematic morphology and life cycles of monera and plantlike protista.

Prof. Barkley Winter Qtr.

18.232 Higher Plants (Prereq. 18.133) 4 Q.H.*
Systematic morphology of the metaphyla.

Prof. Barkley Winter Qtr.

18.233 Systematic Botany (Prereq. 18.133) 4 Q.H.*
Prof. Barkley ' Spring Qtr.

18.234 Plant Anatomy (Prereq. 18.133) 4 Q.H.*
Comparative developmental anatomy of seed plants.

Prof. Joshi Spring Qtr.

18.235 Economic Botany (Prereq. 18.133) 4 Q.H.*
Structure, distribution, and cultivation of economic plants, food, and medicinal plants,
ncluding those producing fibers, sugars, starches, rubber, gums, spices, and beverages.
Prof. Khudairi Winter and Summer Qtrs.

18.236 Horticulture (Prereq. 18.133 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.*
Basic cultivation methods for ornamental and food plants. Qffered eveningsatthe University

"Including lab.

Greenhouse.

Prof. Khudairi Spring Qtr.

18.237 Introduction to Plant Physiology (Prereq. 18 133) 5 Q.H.*

Physiological processes in plants at the cellular and organ levels including water relations,
mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, respiration, protein and fat synthesis, growth, plant
hormones, and development.
Prof. Khudairi Fall Qtr.

18.239 Terrestrial Ecosystems of North America

(Prereq. 18.133 or permission of instructor) 4 Q.H.*

The ma)or ecosystems of North America are examined with emphasis on species diversity,

productivity, origin, history and geographical location. Primary emphasis is placed upon

vegetation. Field trips are required, and will be arranged with students after the first class

meeting.

Spring Qtr.

18.240 Microbial Physiology (Prereq. 18.220 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.*
The biochemical changes brought about through microbial activities; measurement of
metabolic biosynthesisand degradation, ratesof reaction and determination of end products.
Prof. Rosenberg Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.242 Medical Microbiology (Prereq. 18.220 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.*

The bacterial cell as a pathogen, stressing major genera of disease-producing organisms and
factors influencing virulence.
Prof. Gabliks Winter and Spring Qtrs.

18.245 Serology— Immunology (Prereq. 18.220 or equiv.) 3 Q.H.
Current concepts concerning specific and nonspecific factors of resistance to microbial
disease. Chemical and biological considerations of antigens and antibodies.

Prof. Gainor Winter Qtr.

18.246 Serology— Immunology Laboratory (Prereq. or Coreq. 18.245) 2Q.H.*
Laboratory studies of procedures employed in biological research. Antibodies will be
produced and qualitative and quantitative approaches to agglutination, precipitin, agar
diffusion and other tests will be studied.

Prof. Gainor Winter Qtr

18.251 Comparative Animal Physiology (Prereq. 18.132, 18.136 or equivs.) 4 Q.H.*

Study of animal functions, their control, and their adaptiveness to various environments.

Consideration of phylogeny of these adaptations and of their underlying cellular

mechanisms. Emphasis on invertebrates and lower vertebrates, with comparisons to

mammals.

Prof. Werntz Winter Qtr.

18.280 Senior Seminar

(Prereq. completion of core biology program, 18.131—18.136) 1 Q.H.

Recent developments in various topics of zoology, microbiology, physiology, botany,

ecology, genetics, and cell biology. Student presentation and analysis is emphasized.

Limited to qualified juniors and seniors in the B.A. program and required of seniors in the B.S.

program.

Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

18.290, 18.291 Directed Study

(Prereq. completion of core biology program, 18.131-18.136) (each) 2 Q.H.
Independent work on a chosen topic under the direction of members of the Department.
Limited to qualified juniors and seniors with approval of the Department and special
arrangements with the supervising faculty member.The two quarters of this course together
are counted as 1 elective course in the Biology Department.
3^gff All Quarters

'Including lab.

18.295, 18.296, 18.297, 18.298 Honors Program (each) 4 Q H

All Quarters

Psychology

The rapid expansion in the number of psychology course offerings, planned to meet the
needs and interests of an increased student group, results in the lising of new courses in this
catalog (denoted N) which will be given given forthe first time during the 1973-75 academic
years. For specific scheduling information, students should request a current course listing
at the Psychology Department Main Office, 440 UR.

Students should note that course numbers below are sometimes presented out of numerical
sequence, to reflect subject areas and levels of study most clearly.

INTRODUCTORY COURSES (Liberal Arts curriculum)

19.105 Foundations of Psychology I 4 Q.H.
The basic principles of psychological analysis are taught by a personalized interactive
method, using videotapes, progress quizzes, one-to-one study tutorials, and optional small-
group discussions. The student can study at his/herown pace, within flexiblecalendar limits,
and class hours are not preassigned.

All Quarters

19.106 Foundations of Psychology II (Prereq. 19 105) 4 Q.H.
The personalized method of 19.105 is extended, featuring a sequence of graded reading
assignments and tutorial sessions, with frequent self-evaluation of study progress. Topics
include: the analysis of behavior as applied to education, personality and behavior disorders,
brain damage and language, sensory processes, ethology and aggression.

All Quarters

QUANTITATIVE METHODS

19.120 Statistics in Psychology I (Prereq. 19 105) 4 Q.H.
A "self-paced" course in the manner of 19.106, Stat. I features a tutorial system that
encourages the most advanced students to join in the teaching process by working as "peer-
tutors" with the rest of the class. Students achieve a mastery of basic descriptive statistical
measures. A sequence of carefully constructed work-problems is supplemented by progress
checks, tutorials, and small-group review sessions.

19.121 Statistics in Psychology II (Prereq. 19.120) 4 Q.H.
Students achieve mastery of the techniques for evaluating statistical data and the
conclusions drawn from such data. Course format follows 19.120.

All Quarters

19.125 Quantitative Methods (Prereq. 19.121, math elective) 4 Q.H.
Students achieve proficiency in using quantitativetoolsto solve problems in different areas of
psychology. Topics include: graphical methods and logarithms, calculators and slide rules,
flow charting, key punching, computer programming in FQRTRAN, FQCAL and PAL
languages, and simplified discussions of information theory, Fourier analysis, signal
detection theory, matrix notation, and computer simulations of psychological systems.

19.126 Advanced Quantitative Methods Seminar (Prereq. 19.125) 4 Q.H.
This seminar is concerned with the rationale that lies behind psychological measurements,
and with the derivation of mathematical models that are used to interpret and validate these
measurements. N.

LEARNING, BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS, BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION

19.160 Experimental Psychology I (Prereq. 19.106, 19.120)4 Q.H.

Concentration upon the experimental method in the design, execution, analysis, and

reporting of psychological investigations. Includes laboratory experiments with human and
animal subjects.

19.161 Experimental Psychology II '^ Q ^

Now replaced by 19.165.

19.164 Learning and Motivation (Prereq 19 106. 19.120) 4 Q.H.
This course features the application of basic behavioral principles to behavioral develop-
ment, behavior modification, language development, and programmed learning, and their
relations to theoretical considerations in the learning process. N.

19.165 Learning Laboratory (Prereq. 19.160 or 19.164) 4 Q.H.
Through direct experience, students gain proficiency in the laboratory analysis of behavior,
and in evaluating common generalizations about human behavior. Students design and
perform experiments in animal and human learning, memory, decision processes, concept
formation, and other topics of individual interest. N.

19.166 Programmed Learning (Prereq. 19.161 or 19.164) 4 Q.H.
The development of programmed instruction has been one of the products of basic
behavioral research. Students learn to evaluate instructional programs in the light of basic
behavioral principles, and become acquainted with programming techniques in the normal
classroom, special education classroom, in complex academic subject matter, and in
individual problem areas N.

19.167 Applied Programmed Instruction (Prereq 19.166) 4 Q.H.
Students design, test, and evaluate instructional programs for teaching specific subject
matter material, or for application to remedial problems, and to test basic instructional theory.

19.168 Behavior Changed in Institutions (Prereq. 19.161 or 19.164) 4 Q.H.
A review of successful projects which have been carried out to provide effective remediation
and rehabilitation in institutions for the mentally ill, the mentally retarded, the juvenile
delinquent (prisons) and the developing human (schools). N.

19.169 Punishment and Anxiety (Prereq. 19.161 or 19.164) 4 Q.H.
How do coercion and aversive consequences influence the course of individual behavior and
social interaction';' The experimental evidence is surveyed, including an examination of
avoidance behavior, escape behavior, and the development of anxiety, as they occur under
conditions of coercion. N.

19.170 Abnormalities of Language (Prereq. 19.161 or 19.164) 4 Q.H.
The behavioral analysis of aphasia, stuttering, and reading problems. N.

19.171 Applied Behavior Modification I (Prereq 19 165, 19.166) 4 Q H.
In field settings, students gam experience m applying the basic principles of behavior in
situations where behavioral change is a desirable goal: remedying behavioral deficits and
problem behavior in the retarded and mentally ill: the development of self-control by normal
humans: the design of personalized instruction systems: the use of con ti ngency contracting;
and other problems of individual interest. N.

19.172 Applied Behavior Modification II (Prereq. 19.171) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 19.171. N.

SENSORY PSYCHOLOGY AND PERCEPTION

19.150 Perception (Prereq. 19.106) 4 Q.H.

An introduction to the nature of the perceptual world; the nature of object recognition and
identification, spatial organization, contextual effects, learning and perception, and the
influence of attitudinal, motivational, and personality factors on perception. This course
allows the student to self-pace his/her work, using a system of carefully structured work
problems, supplemented by progress checks and tutorials.

19.153 Sensation (Prereq. 19.150) 4 Q.H.

What and how we see, hear, feel, taste, and smell. Our perceptual world isstudied in termsof
loudness, brightness, color, flavors, etc., which can be specifically related to the functioning
of our sensory nervous systems. N.

19.162 Sensation and Perception Laboratory I (Prereq. 19.150) 4 Q.H.

Students do laboratory experiments on seeing, hearing, touching, and tasting. Studies may
include dark adaptation, loudness, binaural interaction, brightness constancy, two-point
touch thresholds, information processing and interactions between the senses.

19.173 Sensation and Perception Laboratory II (Prereq. 19.162) 4 Q.H.
Students do laboratory experiments on visual and auditory perception. Studies may include:
taste and smell, size and space perception, visual illusions, auditory localization, pattern
recognition, pitch memory and left and right ear differences. N.

19.174 Vision Seminar (Prereq. 19.162) 4 Q.H.
This seminar considers the current status of some of the classical problems of vision.
Discussions are concerned with advanced problems of stimulus specification, retinal
structure, photochemistry, and psychophysics. N.

19.175 Seminar on Auditory Perception (Prereq. 19.162) 4 Q.H.
Dichotic listening, theories of pitch perception, critical bands, loudness functions, auditory
pathology, single-unit measurements in the auditory nervous system, and other topics of
interest serve as the basis for student-led discussions. N.

19.176 Seminar on the Tactual and Chemical Senses (Prereq. 19.162) 4 Q.H.
Taste mistures, olfactory adaptation, physiological basis of taste, tactual "speech",
movement on the skin, subjective magnitude functions in taste and smelt, and the stimulus for
smell are the basis for seminar reports and discussions. N.

19.177 Seminar on Proprioception and Kinesthesis (Prereq. 19.162) 4 Q.H.
Student- led discussions consider the sensory systems which serve the muscles, tendons, and
joints, and the mechanisms by which they control integrated motor behavior. N.

19.190 Animal Psychophysics Laboratory (Prereq. 19.162, 19.165) 4 Q H.
A survey of behavioral techniques for investigating sensory and perceptual processes in
lower animals. The use of animal subjects to study vision and hearing can provide new
insights into the physiological and behavioral processes that underlie these important human
functions. N.

19.191 Drugs and Perception Seminar (Prereq. 19.150, 19.179) 4 Q.H.
Discussion centers on the changes in perceptual behavior which are produced by certain
pharmacological agents and substances which act upon the sensory system. A critical
examination is made of the experimental methods which are used to evaluate induced
perceptual changes and the results which have been obtained. N.

19.192 Sensory and Perceptual Abnormalities (Prereq. 19.150, 19.171) 4 Q.H.
A consideration 6f some of the peripheral factors which influence perception of the external
world. Discussions consider how sensory deficits can influence behavior and some of the
means for dealing with sensory and perceptual abnormalities. The application of
programmed instruction to the development of sensory tests and remedial procedures for
nonverbal people; blind or deaf retarded people, young children who have not yet learned to
speak, and aphasic patients; the detection of hysterical sensory loss and malingering. N.

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY

19.178 Physiological Basis of Psychology I (Prereq. 19.106) 4 Q.H.
How nerves function and work together in the nervoussystem; how our sense organs provide
the brain with information about the outside world; how the brain acts to produce externally
observable behavior; and how such psychological concepts as perception, learning,
motivation, arousal, and emotion may relate to nervous system activity.

19.179 Physiological Basis of Psychology it (Prereq. 19.178) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 19.178.

19.180 Seminar in Psychological Psychology (Prereq. 19.179) 4 Q.H.
For students who desire an intensive discussion and practice of laboratory studies of
physiological variables. Topics include: evolution of the nervous system, sensory and motor
mechanisms, motivation and emotion, sleep, attention and perception, learning, and
memory.

19.181 Practicum in Physiological Psychology (Prereq. 19.180) 4 Q.H.
Laboratory experiments based on 19.180 discussion topics.

19.182 Arousal and Motivation Seminar (Prereq. 19.179) 4 Q.H.
This semmar examines the experimental methods used to evaluate the concepts of arousal,
activation, task relevancy, and motivation. Discussion deals with the results obtained in
studies of sleep and wakefulness, attention, and vigilance, when using the
electroencephalogram, electromyologram, galvanic skin reflex, reaction time, and the
electrocardiogram as response indicators. N.

19.183 Biological Bases of Motivation (Prereq. 19 179) 4 Q.H.
This course focuses on the mechanisms of eating and drinking behavior, attention, sleep,
arousal, and emotional behavior. N.

19.184 Biological Bases of Learning and Memory (Prereq. 19.179) 4 Q.H.
The capacity of organisms to learn and retain is analyzed as a function of the increasing
complexity of brain structure and function at different phylogenetic levels. The course is
concerned with the neural mechanisms underlying learning and the effects of brain damage
on memory. N.

19.185 Physiological Basis of Abnormal Behavioral Development in Humans

(Prereq. 19.140, 19.179) 4 Q.H.
Interactions between human behavior and the central nervous system, with special emphasis
on the role of abnormalities in illuminating normal processesof remembering and forgetting,
speech, language, learning, and motor skills. N.

19.186 Comparative Psychology and Ethology (Prereq. 19.179) 4 Q.H.
This course is concerned with the increasing complexity of behavior as we movefrom simple
organisms to primates. Special attention is focused on experimental approach to instinctive,
maternal, emotional, and problem-solving behavior. The constitutional vs. environmental
factors in behavior are discussed in terms of phylogenetic development. N.

19.187 Sensory Physiology Seminar (Prereq. 19.153, 19.179) 4 Q.H.
This seminar concentrates on the psychophysiology of various sensory systems. Dis-
cussions are concerned with the problem of accounting for sensory phenomena in terms of
physiological concepts. Particular attention is given to the senses of vision and hearing. N.

19.188 Sensory Physiology Laboratory (Prereq. 19.178, 19.150, biology elective) 4 Q.H.
Experiments are performed to illustrate the physiological techniques used in sensory
psychology. Electrical recordings are made of some of the activities that accompany visual,
auditory, and cutaneous activity. N.

19.189 Behavioral Pharmacology (Prereq. 19.161, 19.179) 4 Q.H.
The application of quantitative behavior techniques in animals and man, to determine the
behavioral effects of pharmacologic agents. A systematic survey of the experimental
literature. N.

PERSONALITY, COGNITIVE, SOCIAL AND DEVELOPMENTAL ASPECTS

19.130 Social Psychology (Prereq. 19.106) 4 Q.H.

Among the topics included are a survey of current social theories and models in terms of their
relevance to Black culture and experience, historical development of social psychology.

group membership and structure, leadership, and social movements.

19.135 Personality I (Prereq. 19.106) 4 Q.H.

\\ systematic study of the normal personality, its growth and development. Topics include:
environmental and constitutional contributions, assessment of personality, research, and a
survey of the major theories of personality.

;9.136 Personality II (Prereq. 19.135) 4 Q.H.

Continuation of 19.135

19.138 Experimental Personality (Prereq. 19.161 or 19.164) 4 Q.H.

ntroduction to methods and areas of research on personality. Includes problems of
neasurement, behavioral and dynamic concepts, and a laboratory project.

9.140 Normal and Abnormal Human Development (Prereq. 19.161, or 19.164) 4 Q.H.
"he behavioral examination of developmental abnormalities — as evidenced in mental
etardation, childhood schizophrenia, child delinquency, hyperactivity, specific learning
)roblems, and aging— is used to illuminate normal developmental processes.

9.146 Motivation (Prereq. 19.106) 4 Q.H.

"he various aspects of motivation, primary and secondary drives, unconscious motivation,
ffective motivation, the assessment of motives. This course is not designed for students
najoring in Psychology, who cover this material in required advanced courses (see catalog
ection on Learning, Behavioral Analysis, and Behavior Modification).

9.155 Psychology of Language (Prereq. 19.106) 4 Q.H.
opics include: the child's acquisition of language, verbal habits, the analysis and
leasurement of meaning, cultural determinants of linguistic behavior, communication
recesses, and recent research in psycholinguistics.

9.156 Psychology of Thought (Prereq. 19.155) 4 Q.H.
Psychological factors in problem solving, imagination, intuition, information processing, and
oncept learning.

9.157 Cognition and Human Learning (Prereq. 19.106) 4 Q.H.
^ review of the verbal learning literature (studies dealing with paired-associate learning,
erial learning, memory and attention) from a cognitive point of view. Higher-order mental
recesses, such as concept attainment, language development, probability learning. A
onsideration of mathematical models of human cognitive behavior.

9.202 Dynamic Psychology I (Prereq. 19.136, Middler Standing) 4 Q.H.
)iscussions of the abnormal personality, historical background, criteria of abnormality,
leoretical framework of normal and abnormal development, anxiety and defense, etiology,
ynamics, and symptomatology of the neuroses.

9.203 Dynamic Psychology II (Prereq. 19.202) 4 Q.H.
urvey of psychotherapeutic techniques; etiology, dynamics and symptomatology of the
sychoses; psychosomatic, sociopathic and organic disorders in the context of personality
roblems.

lENERAL ISSUES FOR PSYCHOLOGISTS

9.210 Scientific Foundations of Psychology (Prereq. Junior Psych, major) 4 Q.H.

he evaluation of modern psychology in the light of its historical origins. This course is
esigned especially for Psychology majors who are preparing for graduate school
dmissions and/or civil service examinations, both of which emphasize familiarity with
istorical issues, the work of major contributors to psychology, and the methods, data and
leoretical systems they developed. Students often find this course most useful when taken
t the end of the junior year or start of the senior year, shortly before the relevant
laminations are scheduled.

9.278 Ethical Problems of Psychology (Prereq. Senior Psych, major) 4 Q.H.

seminar examining some moral and ethical controversies associated with modern

psychologies theories and practices. What should be the goal of psychology? Is a
commitment to scientific determinism consistent with humanistic goals? Is "mental illness" a
myth? Are men controlled or basically free'> Should psychologists attempt to control
behavior and change attitudes? Is deception of experimental subjects justifiable? How can
pseudoscientific psychological theories be distinguished from legitimate ones? Works to be
discussed include those of Laing, Maslow, Sartre, Skinner, and Szasz.

19.279 Impact of Psychology on Society (Prereq. Senior Psych, major) 4 Q.H.
A seminar considering such recent developments as the uses of intelligence and aptitude
tests, psychosurgery and electroconvulsive therapy, techniques of behavior modification and
control, direct brain stimulation by implanted electrodes, use of psychoactive drugs, use of lie
detectors, and the application of experimental techniques to humans.

19.280 Senior Seminar (Prereq. Senior Psych, major) 4 Q.H.
Small groups of students meet to discuss topics in psychology of mutual interest. Each
seminar has a different flavor, depending on the student group and faculty member
participant. At the start of each year, faculty members scheduled for this course describe a
range of prospective topics for discussion each quarter (in the Psychology Department's
course pamphlet, available from secretaries in 440 UR), to assist students in selecting the
most appropriate seminar for their interests.

19.281 Social Change Seminar (Prereq. 19.168) 4 Q.H.
The relevance of behavioral principles to the design of social communities, the role of
coercion (e.g., police, prisons, military) in the social system, a discussion of constructive
alternatives to coercion, the relevance of law to individual behavior, the role of science in
society, and the role of the university in society.

SPECIAL EXPERIENCES IN PSYCHOLOGY

19.285-289 Teaching Practicum in Psychology (Prereq. Dept. approval) (each) 4 Q.H.

Students who have received the grade of A in PSI courses may serve as undergraduate peer-
teachers in subsequent quarters of the course, under theguidanceof each courseinstructor.
Includes a seminar on teaching technology and tutorial methods, how to handle individual
study problems, analysis of case studies, etc. An undergraduate may repeat this course for P-
F elective credit (counting toward Psychology major requirements) by teaching in several PSI
courses. Application for participation in each course is made by communicating with the
appropriate instructor at least one month before the start of each quarter.

19.290-294 Directed Study (Prereq. Dept. approval) (each) 4 Q.H.

Independent work under the direction of members of the Department, usually in a research
project in one of the Department laboratories. Faculty members usually require completion of
advanced laboratory courses in the area of research interest, but this is a matter of individual
discussion. If you are interested in Directed Study, but are unsure of whom to approach for
potential sponsorship, schedule a chat with your adviser.

19.295-298 Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

For prerequisites and other details, see the section on Honors in this catalog.

SERVICE COURSES (NOT ELECTIVES; NOT FOR PSYCH. MAJOR CREDIT)

19.101 Introductory Psychology 3 Q.H.
A discussion of psychological principles for students with career interests in health sciences
and professions. (Assigned curriculum.)

19.102 Basic Psychology ^ *^ ^

A discussion of psychological principles for students with career interests in health sciences
and professions. (Assigned curriculum.)

19.141 Growth and Development I 4QH

Emphasis on infancy and childhood. Fundamental processes of growth and development
from conception to the beginning of adolescence; physical development and maturation;

socialization; social and interpersonal relations; intelligence, emotion, motivation and
personality concepts. Emphasis upon family setting as well as upon broader social
environment. (Assigned curriculum.)

19.142 Growth and Development II 4 Q.H.

Adolescence and adulthood. Exploration of physical and social changes in the years from
adolescence to senescence. (Assigned curriculum.)

19.201 Psychology of Abnormal Behavior (Prereq. 19.140 or 19.141) 4 Q.H.

The symptomatology, etiology, dynamics, and therapy of the abnormal personality; the basic
varieties of neurosis and psychosis; somatic therapies and fundamental varieties of
psychotherapy. (Assigned curriculum.)

Anthropology

20.100 Principles of Social Anthropology 4 Q.H.

Basic principles.

Staff All Quarters

20.130 Language and Culture 4 Q H.

The function of language in human society and an introduction to the relationship between

the patterns of language and the patterns of culture.

Prof. Bateson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

20.135 Individual and Culture 4 Q.H.

An exploration of the ways in which the individual is shaped by his society and the ways in

which he can effect change.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

20.140 Evolution and Society 4 Q.H.

Human social and cultural evolution, and the theories which account for it.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

20.160 Anthropology of the Family 4 Q.H.

Western scientific and popular conceptions and misconceptions about the nature of the
family and family interaction in our own culture, in other cultures, and among animals. Advice
on how to run a family will NQT be given!
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

20.170 Culture in Transition ^ ^■^■

Analysis of the changing patterns in social, economic, and political institutions. Modern
social trends are discussed.

Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

20.210 Tribal Societies and Cultures 4 Q.H.

The structures and institutions of bands, tribes, and chiefdoms; comparative and functional
studies of tribal societies and the dynamics of change under contact situations.
Staff Fall or Winter Qtrs.

20.214 Peasant Society and Culture 4 Q.H.

Institutions of peasant society. The structure of traditional civilizations and the interrelations

between urban and local communities; comparative and functional analysis of the peasant

community and the dynamics of change from peasant to post-peasant and industrialized

societies.

Staff Fall or Winter Qtrs.

20.220 Anthropology Methods 4 Q.H.*

Theory and practice of methods of field research and the analysis of data. Students take part
in a field project.
Staff Spring Qtr. alternate years.

'Including lab.

20.230 Language and Communication 4 Q.H.

Human communication, including language, theories of the evolution of language; language
and kinesics, semiotics, social class, linguistic nationalism; linguistic problems in moderniza-
tion.
Prof. Bateson

20.240 Human Origins 4 Q.H.

An intensive look at the data on fossil remains and the data on contemporary primates v^hich
are essential for an understanding of human physical and behavioral evolution. Efforts are
made to bring the student into direct contact with primary materials.
Prof. Leibowitz

20.245 Cultural Ecology 4 Q H.

An introduction to questions of human adaptation to environment and the effect of different

adaptations on natural systems.

Staff

20.250 Political Anthropology 4 Q.H.

Origin and growth of the institutions of civilization. Specialization and social stratification in
the dynamics of traditional civilizations; some special topics of contact and change.
Staff

20.255 Economic Anthropology 4 Q.H.

Types of economic systems in simple societies; reciprocal, redistributive, market exchange;
economic relations as part of social relations; land tenure systems, credit systems, savings
mechanisms. The transition from subsistence to cash economics.
Staff

20.257 Religion and Myth 4 Q.H.

Nature and institutionalization of primitive, ancient, and contemporary religions. Exploration
of religious concepts and movements in relation to social, religious, and political organiza-
tion.
Profs. Freilich and Bateson

20.259 Urban Anthropology 4 Q.H.
Selected problems in anthropological studies in urban societies.

Staff

20.260 Kinship and Society 4 Q.H.
This is a course for the advanced student only. A variety of kinship systems and their
terminological and structural components, and the way in which their systems articulate with
other social institutions.

20.270 Social Change and Economic Development 4 Q.H.

Selected studies of processes of transformation and modernization in nonindustrial
societies.
Staff

20.280, 20.281, 20.282, 20.283, 20.284, 20.285, etc. 4 Q.H. (each)

Ethnographic area courses (New World Indian, Africa, India, Mediterranean, etc.) which will
be offered as the Department's resources permit.

20.290-291 Directed Study (Prereq. Department approval) 4 Q.H.

Independent work under the direction of members of the Department upon a chosen topic.

Limited to qualified seniors preparing in anthropology with approval of the Department

Chairman.

Staff ' All Quarters

20.295, 296, 297, 298 Honors Program All Quarters (each) 4 Q.H.

20.801-802 Theory

Qualified undergraduates may wish to take this course which is offered in the graduate
school. Permission of the instructor is required for registration.

Sociology

21.100 Introduction to Sociology 4 Q.H.

Staff All Quarters

J21.107 Social Psychology (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.

A social psychological approach to individual behavior in social contexts; introduction to
basic concepts, such as socialization, identity, self-concept, role conflict, attitudes, and
attitude measurement, groups and group processes, as well as an overview of major
theoretical orientations and important substantive topics.
Profs. Golden and Levin Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.109 The Sociology of Everyday Life (Prereq. 21.100 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

The development, application, and consequences of rules for everyday activities (e.g.,
walking, talking, eating, drinking, sitting, smoking, laughing, crying, and sleeping); the
effects of space, equipment, and territory on these activities on social life; and the expression
of the emotions.
Prof. Rubington Spring Qtr.

21.111 American Society (Prereq. 21.100 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
American society, culture, and major social institutions; economic, religious, governmental,
familial, educational, welfare, and recreational; social classes and stratification, mobility, and
individualism.

Profs. Lee and Rubin Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.112 Sociology of Poverty (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.
^n analysis of American poverty in historical perspective, drawing on comparisons with other
countries. Critical evaluation of sociological research and theories relating to poverty.
Consideration of causes and effects of poverty, as well as societal responses to poverty and
ts consequences. Suitable for students in applied fields, such as nursing, criminal justice,
3ducation, allied health, pre-med, and pre-law.

='rofs. Holton and Krause Spring and Summer Qtrs.

21.116 Environment and Society (Prereq. 21.100 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

Traditional perceptions of environment and man, contrasting Judaeo-Christian and other
cultures such as Southwest American Indian and Japanese. Origins of contemporary
conservation movement and concern with resource management in America. Public policy
and public response to such environmental issues as population, air and water pollution,
waste disposal, and land management. Environmental quality as ideology and the search for
neasureable indicators. Implication of international approaches to the understanding and
:ontrol of ecosystems.
=*rof. Rubin Spring and Summer Qtrs.

M.118 Population and Society (Prereq. 21.100 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

Traditional and contemporary approaches to human population an*-* its control. Factors
affecting birth and death rates. Societal implications of population quantity and quality in
several situations, past and present. Rural-urban migration and mobility; racial, genetic,
5tratificational components for population analysis. Public policies and public response to
ertility control in several societies. International efforts to understand and to generate action
)n population issues,
^rof. Rubin and Holton Fall and Winter Qtrs.

•1.120 Sociology of the Family (Prereq. 21 .100 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

The family as a social institution in several selected cultures; interrelations of the family and
)olitical, economic, and educational institutions; social nature of personality; role-taking;
ind the effects of individualism, mobility, and industrialism,
'rots. Holton and Lee Fall and Spring Qtrs.

!1.131 Crime, Conflict, and Justice (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.

Analysis of social and political forces which create and perpetuate criminality in contem-

100

porary U.S. society; the impact of criminality upon law enforcement, judicial process, and the
social order. Particular attention is devoted to violence as a means of resolving problems. In
addition, this course examines the involvement of the legal system in processes of social
conflict and change.
Prof. Garrett Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.135 Juvenile Delinquency (Prereq. 21.100 or equiv.) 4 Q.H

The sociological and psychological approaches and their implications for a typology of
delinquency; problems of prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation.
Prof. Garrett Spring and Summer Qtrs.

21.137 Social Deviance i (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.
The conditions under which people categorize others as different; processes by which
persons so defined are assigned deviant status and assume appropriate roles and self-
images; development of deviant careers and their relationship to deviant subcultures;
situations in which people transform deviant identity.

Profs. Rubington and Garrett Fall Qtr.

21.138 Social Control I (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.
Formation of social bonds and the conditions under which they are ruptured; the emergence
of deviance as an interactional problem; the types of individual and societal reactions to the
most prevalent forms of deviant behavior. Analysis of agencies of social control, their
definitions of problems, and responses to typical clients.

Profs. Rubington and Garrett Winter Qtr.

21.139 Social Problems (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.
Analysis of five major sociological perspectives on social problems (pathology, disorganiza-
tion, value-conflict, deviance, and labeling); the conditions under which certain recurrent
events, activities, and persons become redefined as social problems (e.g., mine disasters,
marihuana smoking, and alcoholism); study of the typical responses to social problems and
their consequences.

Profs. Rubmgton, Holton, and Garrett Spring Qtr

21.141 Drugs and Society (Prereq. 21.100 or equiv.) 4 Q.H

An introduction to the sociology of drugs. The course first examines social definitions o
drugs, conditions of their use, and socialization into drug use. It then considers deviant druc
use and effects of social control on definitions and use. A range of licit and illicitdrugs will be
considered but major emphasis will be given to alcohol, marihuana, and heroin.
Prof. Rubington Spring Qtr

21.145 Urban Society (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H

The foundations of city life in historical perspective; relationship of city life to environment
population, social organization, technology, and cultural values; growth trends, urbanization
and urban planning.
Profs. Rubin and Holton Fall and Winter Qtrs

21.150 Race and Ethnic Relations (Prereq. 21.100 or equiv.) 4 Q.H
Racial nationalities and religious groups, particularly with reference to the United States
special emphasis on historical development, specific problems of adjustment and assimila-
tion, and specific present-day problems and trends.

Profs. Holton, Golden, and Lee Fall and Winter Qtrs

21.151 Sociology of Prejudice (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.
Factors in the development and maintenance of prejudice and discrimination. Topics include:
American race relations, anti-Semitism, sex roles, and stereotyping.

Profs. Levin, Golden, and Leibowitz Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.155 Medical Sociology (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.

An examination of the professions, training, institutions, and problems in health care, with an
emphasis on the United States. Practical issues in the improvement of health care systems are

101

considered.

Profs. Holton and Krause Spring Qtr.

21.165 Industrialism and Industrial Man (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.

The role of industry in modern society; similarities and dissimilarities among industrial

societies, bureaucracy and its alternatives, unions, supervision democracy and manipulation,

the man on the assembly line, sabotage of the organization, and the role of v\/ages and

alienation.

Prof. Rysman Winter and Spring Qtrs.

21.175 Technology and Society (Prereq. 21.101 or consent)
Does society control technology or is technology directing society? Has technology become
dehumanized? How valid is the doctrine of technological inevitability? Can thetechnological
"fix" be viewed as a "solution" to social problems? Istechnology itself asocial problem? What
can be expected of "technology assessment"? What of the back-to-nature and anti-
technology movements today: are they the waves of the future? These are some of the
questions and issues which are discussed and analyzed. Students are expected to do
considerable independent study and research.

Prof. Kaplan Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.176 Science and Society (Prereq. 21.101 or consent)
The primary focus is on science rather than on technology. Exploration of the ways in which
society affects, and is in turn affected by science. The emphasis is on science as a system of
thought which includes a variety of methodologies and techniques, as an occupation and
profession, and as one of several institutions which engage human beings and which affects
the course of human history and development. Students are expected to do considerable
independent study and research.

Prof. Kaplan Spring Qtr.

21.200, 21.201 Group Behavior— The Sociological Imagination

(Prereq. consent of the instructor) 4 Q.H.
Limited to 15 students. An experimental course in which students act as a group in developing
sociological imagination and perspective. Responsibility for learning in the group.
Prof. Geer Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

21.207 Seminar in Social Psychology (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.

Focus on the interaction of psychological and group processes. Students read original
theoretical and research monographs in the field. Topics may include: prejudice, reference
groups, sex roles, conformity, leadership, aggression, communication, collective behavior,
and achievement.
Profs. Golden and Levin Spring Qtr.

21.215 Collective Behavior (Prereq. consent or five Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.
The rise of new group forms in response to persistent social unrest; study of masses, crowds,
and publics; analysis of specific instances of collective behavior such as race riots, wildcat
strikes, prison revolts, and campus disorders.
Prof. Rubington ' Spring Qtr.

21.217 Mass Communication and Public Opinion

(Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.
Topics include: factors in the formation and development of public opinion, the effect of
television on children, mass communication as social organization, media-depicted images
of society, the role of personal influence, the process of rumor, the use of the mass media by
the poor, propaganda analysis, the latent and manifest functions of mass communication.
Prof. Levin Spring Qtr.

21.231 Sociological Theories of Crime

(Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.
Patterns and social forces involved in criminal behavior. Analysis of sociological theories of

102

criminality and comparison of these to other explanations of crime.

Prof. Garrett Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.236 Applied Sociology; Practice and Theory

(Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.
An analysis of the conditions under which sociological knowledge is applied to social
problems, the kinds of problems, and the degree of effectiveness of this application.
Particular attention is paid to research and demonstration projects that derive from
sociological theory.
Prof. Rubington Fall Qtr.

21.237 Social Deviance II (Prereq. 21.137 or consent) 4 Q.H.
An examination of the leading theories of deviance (anomie, subcultural deviance, labeling)
and their principal variants; study of their assumptions, conceptions, proposition, and
supportive evidence; analysis of empirical studies in each theoretical tradition.

Profs. Rubington and Garrett Winter Qtr.

21.238 Social Control II (Prereq. 21.138 or consent) 4 q.h.
Study of the formation of new social policies in response to social problems; analysis of policy
and problem, supporters and opponents of policy change, conditions under which control
agencies adopt new policies, and effects of policy change. Particular emphasis on case
studies of social action and legal change.

Prof. Rubington Spring Qtr.

21.239 Intro, to Statistical Analysis

(Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.*
Application to social data of the principles of measurement, probability, measures of
centrality, tests of significance, and techniques of association and correlation.
Prof. Levin Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.240 Research Methods I (Prereq. consent or 4 Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.*
An introduction to social research, including survey techniques, design of research,
interviewing, questionnaire construction, use of existing data, and content analysis.
Students take part in a survey.

Prof. Golden Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.241 Research Methods II (Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.
Analysis of social data by means of coding, tabulating, and statistically interpreting
information from surveys and other souces.

Prof. Golden Spring and Summer Qtrs.

21.245 Community Analysis (Prereq. consent or 4 Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.
Ecological, social structure, identity, and social action aspects of human settlements. Deals
with change and conflict at the community level.

Profs. Rubin and Holton Alternate Spring Qtrs.

21.246 Seminar in Urban Studies (Prereq. 21.100 or consent) 4 Q.H.
Interdisciplinary approaches to urban studies are compared according to problem areasand
research methods. Students have the opportunity to extend previous term paper projects
after exposure to social action and social systemic theoretical perspectives.

Prof. Rubin Spring Qtr.

21.250 Political Sociology; Who Gets What

(Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses)
An examination of formal political structures and informal quasi-political groups.
Sociological analysis of ideology, class politics, mass movements, and the conflict of various
social and economic groups as they vie for political power and influence.
Profs. Krause and Lee Spring and Summer Qtrs.

*lncluding lab.

.03

21.255 Sociology of Formal Organizations: Men, Machines, and Bureaucracy

(Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.
A study of principles of formal organization. Theories of bureaucracy and concept of
authority; communication systems and other conceptions of formal organization. Structure
of work groups and their effect on the larger organization. The social content of
organizations.
Profs. Krause and Rysman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.260 Social Stratification: Class, Status, and Power

(Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.
Theories of social inequality, concepts of social class, aspects of status and role difference,
criteria for social mobility.
Profs. Krause, Holton, and Rysman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

21.265 Sociology of Occupations and Professions

(Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.
The meanings of work. Division of labor and specialization. Analysis of occupational
structure and patterns of recruitment, training, and career preferences. The classic
professions and new trends in professionalization.
Prof. Krause Spring and Summer Qtrs.

21.270 Social Change (Prereq. consent or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.

Social and cultural dynamics, with particular reference to the current contact situation
Dccurring between industrialized and non-industrialized societies.
^^ol Lee Spring Qtr.

21.280 Social Theory I (Prereq. or four Soc. -Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.

fhe development of sociology from the history of social thought. The emergence of several
schools, beginning with Positivistic Qrganicism and Conflict Theory.
5taff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

>1.281 Social Theory II (Prereq. consent or four Soc.-Anthropology courses) 4 Q.H.

\ seminar-lecture course in which Formalism, Social Behaviorism, Social Action Theory, and
-unctionalism are studied critically.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

21.287 Senior Seminar 4 q h.

Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

M. 290, 21.291 Directed Study

(Prereq. Junior or Senior standing in Sociology or consent) (each) 4 Q.H.
ndependent work on a chosen topic under the direction of members of the Department,
-imited to qualified students with approval of Department chairman.

All Quarters
11.291 Seminar in Current Emphases in Sociology
Review and discussion of selected sociological topics.
Sfaff Spring Qtr.

!1.295, 21.296, 21.297, 21.298 Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H

All Quarters

Political Science

:2.101 Introduction to Political Science I 4 Q.H.

Jasic political concepts and forces of organization from the classical Greeks to the modern
lation-state. The Soviet Union and the United Kingdom are contrasted as contemporary
llustrations of the institutional distinction between a totalitarian and a constitutional system,
itaff

1041'

22.102 Introduction to Political Science II 4 Q.H

The development of operational liberty in the United States and its constitutional
underpinnings are considered, together with an analysis of the national American political
process and the conduct of recent American foreign relations.
Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

22.131 American National Government (Prereq. 22.102) 4 Q.H.
Ananalysis of the structure and functions of American government: the development of
legislative policy and the nature of constitutional restraints on public power.

Prof. Worth

22.132 Political Behavior (Prereq. 22.101) 4 Q.H.
An investigation of attitudes, perceptions and socialization as they relate to political
preferences and actions, utilizing materials and concepts of the studies of culture,
psychology, and society.

Profs. Jones and Schmitt Spring and Summer Qtrs.

22.133 Political Parties and Pressure Groups (Prereq. 22.102 or 22.131) 4 Q.H.
An analysis of political parties and pressure groups in the American political system, focusing
on collective decision making, electoral strategy, and party responsibility.

Prof. Pfeiffer

22.134 The American Presidency (Prereq. 22.102 or 22.131) 4 Q.H.
A multi-faceted examination of the nation's Chief Executive. The Presidential electoral
process, the President's many constituencies, and the differing styles of various 20th-century
Presidents. The constitutional and extra-constitutional powers of the office are some areas
that are considered.

Prof. Cord

22.135 American Constitutional Law

(Prereq. 22.102 or 22.131 and Junior or Senior status) 4 Q.H.
Employing excerpts of U.S. Supreme Court decisions and other reading materials, this
course attempts an analysis of some of the theoretical, structural, and substantive issues
inherent in and relevant to the American constitutional system.
Prof. Cord

22.137 Civil Liberties (Prereq. 22.102 or 22.131 and Junior or Senior status) 4 Q.H

Employing U.S. Supreme Court decisions and other reading material, this course examines
the substantive and procedural guarantees of the Bill of Rights and the Fourteenth
Amendment and their relationship to a liberal democratic society.
Prof. Cord

22.139 American Ideology 4 Q.H

The performance of American government measured against its ideal objectives as outlined

in its ideologies.

Prof. Worth Fall and Winter Qtrs.

22.141 State Government and Politics (Prereq. 22.102 or 22.131) 4 Q.H,

The structure, functions and politics of the states, analyzing their role in the Federal system
and their relationships with the national government, and their component local
governments.
Prof. Berkley

22.143 Urban and Metropolitan Government (Prereq. 22.141) 4 Q.H.

The political, structural and functional problems of an urbanizing United States, including
analyses of urban, suburban, and metropolitan governmental systems and their roles in the
Federal system.
Ptof. Medeiros

22.145 Housing and Urban Renewal (Prereq. 22.102, 22.143) 4 Q.H.

The technical, budgetary, intergovernmental and social problems of housing and urban

renewal.

22.146 Practical Politics (Prereq. 22.102) 4 Q.H.

Designed to accentuate and treat systematically some of the problems of organizing for
effective citizen action, partisan and nonpartisan, at the grass roots level. An exploration of
roles in political campaigning.
Profs. Grimes and Pfeiffer Fall and Winter Qtrs.

22.151 Comparative Government (Prereq. 22.101) 4 Q.H.

European democratic and totalitarian forms of government. The United Kingdom, France,
and West Germany.
Prof Goldman

22.171 Law and Society 4 Q.H.

Introduction to the theory and philosophy of law; the historical foundations of the common
law: legal methods. Primarily for non-Political Science majors.
Prof. Grimes Summer Qtr.

22.173 Politics and Economic Problems (Prereq. 22.102 or 22.177) 4 Q H.

A survey of the relationship between economic developments and political processes in the
United States. Among the topics considered are: government planning of the economy,
monopoly and government regulation, government programs to promote social welfare, and
the impact of Federalism on the political-economic system.
Prof. Berkley Winter and Spring Qtrs.

22.175 Current Political Issues 4 Q H.

An analysis of the constitutional and political background of selected contemporary public

issues. Primarily for non-Political Science majors.

Prof. Grimes Fall and Winter Qtrs.

22.177 American Political Process 4 Q.H.
A general analysis of the American political system, including national, state, and
metropolitan governments and their interaction. Not open to Political Science majors or
anyone who has taken 22.102 or 22.131 (American National Government).

Prof. Grimes

22.178 The Politics of the Criminal Justice System (Prereq 22.102 or 22 177) 4 Q H.
The criminal justice system from arrest by police to appeal to the Supreme Court of the United
States. The roles of police, lawyers, judges, prosecutors, juries, and correction officers will be
examined.

Prof. Berkley Spring and Summer Qtrs.

22.179 World Politics 4 Q.H.

An an aly sis of the behavior of nations in international society, with emphasis on major current
developments. Not open to Political Science majors or anyone who has taken 22.221
(International Relations).

22.221 International Relations (Prereq. 22.102) 4 Q.H.

Elements and limitations of national power, contemporary world politics, problem of peace.
Prof. Jones Fall and Winter Qtrs.

22.223 American Foreign Policy (Prereq. 22.102) 4 Q.H.
Formulation and conduct of foreign policy: role of the United States in politics since 1945.
Prof. Wilfong

22.224 United States— Far Eastern Relations (Prereq. 22.102) 4 Q.H.
Diplomacy of the United States concerning the Far East, with both Asian and non-Asian
governments. Emphasis on the American role in the evolution of the Far Eastern power
distribution from World War II to the present.

Prof. Jones

22.225 Soviet Government (Prereq 22.151) 4 Q.H.
A study of Soviet political origins and behavior, with emphasis on recent changes in the party

106

and state apparatus, the economy, and the administration of justice.
Prof. Goldman

22.226 Soviet Foreign Policy (Prereq. 22.101 and Middler Status) 4 Q.H.
The evolution of Soviet foreign policy since 1917, with emphasis on the development of the
international Communist movement and the onset of the East-West ideological conflict.
Prof. Goldman

22.227 Communism in Eastern Europe (Prereq. 22.101 and Middler Status) 4 Q.H.
The Communist governments of Eastern Europe, with emphasis on their growing in-
dependence from Soviet Russia. Recent political change, economic liberalization, and new
orientation in foreign policy.

Prof. Goldman

22.228 Government and Politics in Africa (Prereq. 22.151 and Middler Status)4 Q.H.
The governmental systems, political parties, socioeconomic problems, and foreign policies
of selected states north and south of the Sahara.

Prof. Goldman

22.229 Government and Politics in North Africa (Prereq. 22.151) 4 Q.H
A comparative analysis of the colonial experience, nationalism, and contemporary
governmental and oolitical organization and behavior in the Maghreb (Morocco, Algeria,
Tunisia), Libya, Egypt, and the Sudan.

Prof. Goldman

22.230 Government and Politics in Sub-Saharan Africa (Prereq 22.151) 4 Q H
A comparative analysis of the colonial experience, nationalism, and contemporary
governmental and political organization and behavior in selected states south of the Sahara.
Prof. Goldman

22.231 International Organization (Prereq. 22.221) 4QH
Development of international organization, with special emphasis on the United Nations
system.

Prof. Jones

22.233 International Law (Prereq. 22 221) 4 Q H

Territory and jurisdiction of states, treaties, recognition, peaceful settlement of disputes,
resort to force.
Prof. Wilfong

22.240 Totalitarianism and Dictatorship (Prereq 22 151) 4 Q H

An analysis of totalitarianism, dictatorship, and autocracy, including study of historical
background, characteristics, theories of origin, nature, and significance, evaluation of
techniques, ideologies (i.e., Marxism-Leninism), policies, and institutions. Particular atten-
tion is given to Soviet and German experience.
Prof. Bursey

22.242 The Politics of Revolution and Change (Prereq. 22.151) 4 Q H
An analysis of revolution and change, contemporary and historical, with attention to both
theory and practice. Topics discussed include major trends in contemporary politics and
society, and the relationship between political change and technological, scientific, orsocial
change.

Prof. Bursey

22.243 Government and Politics of Communist China (Prereq 22 221) 4QH
Government and party organization, socio-economic problems and policies, and foreign
relations of Communist China. Attention is given to the influence of history and ideology as
determinants of attitudes and behavior.

Prof. Goldman Winter Qtr.

22.245 The Politics and Policies of Developing Nations (Prereq 22 221) 4 Q H

A survey of recent political and related change among third-world countries of Africa. Latin

America, and Asia. Topics included are: the heritage of colonialism and achievement of
independence, the realities of cultural pluralism, revolution and political violence, institution
building, political leadership and role of ideology, political parties, military in politics, and
international aspects of political modernization.
Prof. Schmitt

22.247 Government and Politics of Latin America (Prereq. 22.221) 4 Q H.

The governmental systems, political parties, socioeconomic problems, and foreign policies
of Latin American states.
.Prof. Schmitt

22.261 Public Administration (Prereq 22.102 or 22.131) 4 Q.H.

Introduction to the theory and practice of public administration, with special emphasis on the
generalities of institutions, processes, and behavior of bureaucratic organizations.
Profs. Berkley and Medeiros

22.270 Political Theory (Prereq. Junior Status or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

^n analytic approach to the study of key political concepts; e.g., power, stability, equality,
Teedom, authority, obligation,
^rof. Barkley

22.272 Selected Issues in Political Theory (Prereq 22.271) 4 Q H

ntensive examination of some dominant issues in modern political theory,
^rof. Bursey

?2.273 Political Thought I (Prereq. Junior Status or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

^n analytical and historical examination of the great political thinkers and of the main ideas in
Dolitical thought from the Renaissance,
^rof. Bursey

22.274 Political Thought II (Prereq. 22 273) 4 Q.H

^n analytical and historical examination of the great political thinkers and of the main ideas in
jolitical thought from the Renaissance to the 20th century,
^rof. Bursey

>2.276 American Political Thought (Prereq. 23.211) 4 Q H

The contributions to political theory of the main social, economic, political, intellectual, and
Dhilosophic movements in America from the colonial period to the present,
^rof. Barkley

12.278 Contemporary Political Thought (Prereq 22.101) 4 Q H.

\nalysis of current ideals, ideologies, and political movements, including Existentialism.
\leo-Marxism, Black Power, Women's Liberation. The decline of ideology and behavioral ism.

!2.280 Research Methods in Political Science 4 Q H

\n introduction to some of the most common methods of carrying out research in the
liscipline of political science. Problems of theory construction, data-gathering, and a
election of analytical research tools including bibliographical aids and the computer.
'rof. Pfeiffer

2.282 Seminar in American Government

(Prereq. Senior Political Science major and consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
^ study in depth of selected topics in American government,
'rof. Worth

2.283 Seminar in International Relations

(Prereq. Senior Political Science major and consent of the instructor) 4 Q.H.
V study in depth of selected topics in international relations,
'rof. Wilfong

2.284 Seminar in Comparative Politics

(Prereq. Senior Political Science major and consent of the instructor.) 4 Q.H.

108

A study in depth of selected topics in comparative politics.
Prof. Goldman

22.285 Senior Seminar in Political Science

(Prereq. Senior Political Science major) 4 Q.H.
A study in depth of selected topics in political science.
Prof. Barkley

22.287 The Politics of Poverty 4 Q.H.

An intensive examination of political, social, economic and legal approaches to poverty and
the poor in America. The course will focus on four principal strategies for dealing with
poverty: 1. rights for the poor, 2. equality of opportunity, 3. redistribution of income, and 4.
rejection of material values.

22.290, 22.291, 22.292. 22.293 Directed Study 4 Q.H.

Independent work under the direction of members of the Department on a chosen topic.

Limited to qualified Seniors majoring in Political Science, with approval of Department,

Staff

22.295. 22.296, 22.297, 22.298 Honors Program (each) 4 Q H.

Staff

History

23.101 Western Civilization 4 Q.H

The major ideas and institutions of Western Civilization from ancient times to 1648.
Prof. Fullington and Staff

23.102 Western Civilization 4 Q.H

A continuation of 23.101, covering the period since 1648. f

Prof. Fullington and Staff

23.109 Population in European History (Group A or B) 4 Q H |

An application of the principles of demography to European history from Roman times to the t
present, with attention to the interaction of birth, death, marriage, and migration rates with f
climate change, epidemic disease, war, economic developments, social upheaval, and
political policy. ,

Prof. Post

23.111 Ancient Greece (Group A) 4QH

The origins and development of Greek civilization; political evolution of Hellenistic society
from tribal to city-state organization; growth and application of Greek religious, political, and
ethical ideas.
Prof. Fullington

23.112 Ancient Rome (Group A) 4 Q.H

Roman civilization in two sequences; 1 . the rise of Roman power under the Republic, and 2.
the decline of Roman power under the Empire.
Prof. Fullington

23.115 Medieval Europe (Group A) 4 Q.H.

Europe from the Barbarian Invasions to the late 13th century; the expansion of Christianity
and the institutionalization of church and papacy; the emergence of the Holy Roman Empire,
England, and France as political units; social, cultural, and economic developments.
Prof. Francois

23.116 Europe in the Age of the Renaissance (Group A) 4 Q.H

Europe from 1300 to 1500, when alternatives to medieval institutions became increasingly
apparent. Special attention to political, economic, and cultural changes in Italy and Northern

Europe.

Profs. Francois and Blaisdell

23.119 Europe in the Age of the Reformation (Group A) 4 Q.H.

Political, economic, social, and religious background of the Protestant and Catholic
Reformations from 1500 to 1660. Emphasis also on the impact of the Reformation on Europe.
Profs. Francois and Blaisdell

23.120 Europe in the Age of Reason (Group B) 4 Q H

A survey of European history from 1660 to 1815, a time of great ferment climaxed by the
French Revolution and Napoleon.
Prof. Francois

23.121 Nineteenth Century Europe (Group B) 4 Q H

Europe during a century of dramatic transformation: the Industrial Revolution, the post-
Napoleonic reaction; liberalism, socialism, nationalism, and imperialism.
Profs. Allen and Anderson

23.122 Europe. 1870—1921 (Group B) 4 Q.H.

Europe from the Franco-Prussian War to the post-World War I settlement: the growing
:ensions and rivalries, and declining certainties of the end of the 19th century, the origins of
A/orld War I, the War itself, the Russian Revolution, and the Peace of Paris. (Not open to
students who intend to receive credit for 23.125.)
^rofs. Herman and Stembridge

23.123 Europe since 1921 (Group B) 4 Q.H.
Europe from the Versailles Settlement: the rise of totalitarianism, the Depression, the crises of
iberalism and of the European mind, the Appeasement Era, World War II, the Cold War, the
3nd of colonialism, and Europe today. (Not open to students who have received credit for

'?3.125.)

='rofs. Allen, Herman, and Stembridge

23.124 Early Modern France (Group A) 4 Q.H.
ntensive study of the political, economic, social, and intellectual developmentof France from
he end of the Hundred Years' War through the reign of Louis XIV.

^rof. Blaisdell

>3.127 Eighteenth Century France (Group B) 4 Q H.

The history of France in the age of the ancien regime and the Enlightenment as background
or the French Revolution and Napoleon.
Iprof. Blaisdell

>3.128 Modern France (Group B) 4 Q.H.

\ survey of the chief political, social, economic, intellectual, and cultural developments of
"'ranee from the Revolution to the present,
^rof. Allen

•3.129 Modern Germany (Group B) 4 Q.H.

\ survey of German political, economic, social and cultural history since 1815.
^rof. Allen

13.130 England to 1688 (Group A) 4 Q.H.

Prehistoric Britain, the Anglo-Saxons, the Normans, the Plantagenets, the Tudors, and the

)tuarts, with emphasis on the development of parliamentary institutions until the Glorious

devolution.

'rofs. Francois and Blaisdell

13.131 England since 1688 (Group B) 4 Q.H.
. ingland from the Glorious Revolution to the present, with emphasis on the development of
' 'arliament, the Industrial Revolution, 19th-century reaction and reform, the World Wars, and

110

the rise of socialism.

Profs. Backstrom and Stembridge and Dean Ketchum

23.133 Stuart England (Group A) 4 Q H.

England from 1603 to 1688, with emphasis on social and economic change and theoriginsof
modern liberalism.
Prof. Backstrom

23.135 Victorian England (Group B) 4 Q.H.

The economic, social, and political life of the English people during Victoria's reign.
Prof. Backstrom

23.137 England since 1900 (Group B) 4 Q H.

The economic, social, and political life of the English people in the 20th century.
Prof. Backstrom

23.140 Imperial Russia (Group B) 4 Q.H

The emergence of Russia as a recognized European power, westernization and expansion in
the 18th century, the impact of Napoleon, reform and revolution.
Prof. Fullington

23.141 Soviet Russia (Group B) 4 Q.H.

Forces moldmg the history of Russia since 1917, internal developments, foreign relations.
Prof. Fullington

23.143 Ancient Middle East (Group D) 4 Q H.

From theoriginsof civilization in Egypt and Mesopotamiatothebreak-upof the ancient world
in the fourth century, with emphasis on religion and culture.
Mrs. Frothingham

23.144 The Middle East, 315-1800 (Group D) 4 Q.H.
Contacts and conflicts between East and West, emphasizing the rise and flowering of Islam.
Mrs. Frothingham

23.145 The Modern Middle East (Group D) 4 Q.H.
The Middle East since 1800, with emphasis on the background to present problems.
Mrs. Frothingham

23.147 Africa before 1850 (Group D) 4 Q.H

African prehistory, the formation of premodern societies, the dynamics of Afro-European
contact before 1850.
Prof. Anderson

23.150 The Commonwealth Countries (Group D) 4 Q.H

The evolution of the British Empire into the Commonwealth of Nations and the development
of the principal Commonwealth countries (excluding Africa). Special emphasis on the history
of Canada, Australia, New Zealand, and India.
Prof. Stembridge

23.151 Modern Africa (Group D) 4 Q.H

The European impact on Africa, the rise of African nationalism, the emergence of
independent African states, and the background of their present problems.
Prof. Anderson

23.152 Africa: National Histories (Group D) 4 Q H

Special studies of the histories of selected African nations.
Prof. Anderson

23.153 West African History (Group D) 4 Q.H

The political, economic, social, and cultural history of the people of West Africa.

23.169 Far Eastern Civilization to 1850 (Group D) 4 Q H

Premodern histories and cultures of China, Japan, and Korea from antiquity to 1850.
Prof. Anderson

1.11

23.170 Modern Far East (Group D) 4 Q.H.

The Far East since 1850, with emphasis on China and Japan and their relations with other
nations.
Prof. Ring

23.181 European Economic History to 1750 (Group A) 4 Q.H.
The major economic developments of Europe, including studies in agriculture, commerce,
and industry.

Prof. Francois

23.182 Modern European Economic History (Group B) 4 Q.H.
Survey of the development of the Western world examined within theframework of economic
theory, with attention to social and political ramifications.

Prof. Post

23.199 The Historian's Craft 4 Q.H.

The ways in which the historian studies the past and the nature of historical statements.
Problems considered include research techniques, changing conceptions of historical
knowledge, and the relationship between the historian and the society in which he works.
Prof. Post

23.201 Colonial America (Group C) 4 Q.H.

The discovery and exploration of t he New World, the settlement of the English colonies on the
North American mainland, their development to 1763, and the origin of their clash with
England.
Prof. Fowler

23.202 The American Revolution (Group C) 4 Q.H

The coming of the American Revolution, its nature and progress, and its political, economic,
and social aftermath,
^rof. Fowler

23.210 The United States to 1877 4 Q H.

The history of the American people from 1763 to 1865, with an analysis of the American
=^evolution and of the major political, constitutional, diplomatic, economic, and social
Droblems of the new nation,
^rof. Robinson and Staff

23.211 The United States since 1877 4 Q.H.
A continuation of the survey of American history, with discussion of the emergence of an
industrial economy, an urban society, world responsibility, and expanded Federal govern-
ment.

Prof. Robinson and Staff

23.213 American Urban History (Group C) 4 Q.H.

The development of urban society in the United States in the 19th and 20th centuries, with
emphasis on the effects of immigration and industrialization upon the politics, thought, and
society of American cities.

23.215 The United States, 1781—1825 (Group C) 4 Q H

The political, economic, and psychological problems of adjustment to peace at the
conclusion of the American Revolution; the development of an independent nation to 1825.

23.216 American Reformers and Reform Movements (Group C) 4 Q.H.
\n analysis of American reform, especially in the 19th century.

^rof. Jacobs

?3.217 American Society and Politics in the 19th Century (Group C) 4 Q H

\n mterdisciplinary examination of social structure and political behavior in late 19th-century

\merica.
'rof. Campbell

112

23 218 The Civil War and Reconstruction (Group C) ^ Q '^

The coming of the Civil War, its nature and progress, and the aftermath of Reconstruction.
Prof. Jacobs

23.220 The United States, 1890—1920 (Group C) 4 Q.H.
Populism, progressivism. World War 1, and the reaction of the 1920s.

Prof. Bishop

23.221 The United States, 1920—1945 (Group C) ^ Q H.
The Depression the New Deal, World War II, and mid-century, emphasizing the clash
between liberalism and conservatism and the movement from isolationism to interven-
tionism.

Prof. Bishop

23 222 The United States since 1945 (Group C) 4 Q.H.

America's diverse responses to the postwar challenges of urbanization, economic change,

civil rights, and Communism.

23 228 American Political Parties (Group C) 4 Q.H.

An examination of the emergence and development of parties from the Constitution to mid-

20th century, with attention to their support, programs, and function.

Prof. Campbell

23.229 American Social Structure (Group C) ^ Q ^

A topical survey of the American social structure, focusing on population processes, family
structure, ethnicity, social classes, and mobility.
Prof. Campbell

23.241 Afro-American History (Group C) ^ Q '^■

The history of blacks in the English colonies and in the United States since the 17th century.
The history of relations between whiteand black Americans. Theevolutionofinstitutionsand

attitudes of black Americans.
Prof. Jacobs

23.250 American Historians (Group C) ^ ^

The literature of American history: major American writers of American history from the
colonial period to the present, with emphasis on changing form and substance.
Prof. Robinson

23.251 American Biography (Group C) a ^ "

The history of American biography since 1789 and biographies of representative Americans.

Prof. Robinson

23.276 Latin America to 1850 (Group D) ^ ^ "^ ,

The fusing of the cultures of the Indian, the Iberian, and the Negro; the European and
American forces which gave rise to the Latin American wars for independence; the early
development of the new nations.
Prof. Bishop

23.277 Modern Latin America (Group D) ^ P t^

Latin America from the mid-19th century to the present; dictatorial republics and the
continuation of poverty and injustice; the struggles toward democracy, the rise of
nationalism, and the threat of Communism; the relations between the United States and Latin
America.
Prof. Bishop

23.288 Seminar in Medieval History (Group A) ^ Q '^

Prof. Francois

23.289 Seminar in European Intellectual History (Group B) 4 Q.H.
Not open to students who received credit for 23.126.

Prof. Herman

113

23.290 Seminar in Modern European History (Group B) 4 Q.H.

Prof. Francois

23.291 Seminar in American History (Group C) 4 Q.H

Prof. Campbell

23.292 Seminar in Early Modern Europe (Group A) 4 Q.H

Prof. Francois

23.293 Seminar in the History of Socialist Thought (Group B) 4 Q H

Prof. Backstrom

23.294 Seminar in French History (Group A or B) 4 Q.H.
Profs. Allen and Blaisdell

23.295, 23.296, 23.297 Honors Program (each) 4 Q H.

Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

23.299 Directed Study 4 Q.H.

Staff All Quarters

Afro-American Studies

25.050 Educational Issues for Black Americans

(Prereq. 25.251 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Issues in alternative schools, curricula, funding, and outcomes that concern black people.
These issues are researched and critically analyzed as to what effect they will have on black
America. The course takes the format of a seminar, with well-known guest speaker
presentations integrated with usual class presentations.

25.051 Community School Approaches 4 Q H.

25.100 Science and Black Society I 4 Q H.

A firm foundation in science and scientific method is the groundwork for an interesting look at
the implications of scientific investigations on black society. Has science really enriched the
black society or has it hindered it? What are the far-reaching effects of theTuskegee Project,
the Eugenetics of Jensen and Shockley, legalized abortion and the population explosion.
National Institute of Health (NIH)-granted policies, the shortage of black physicians? What
has been the role of blacks in science? In short, we examine a myriad of questions in orderto
elucidate the interrelationships between science and the black society.

25.101 Science and Black Society II (Prereq. 25.100 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
25.109 Contemporary Black Issues in Statistics 4 Q.H.

25.140 Language Arts (Prereq. 30.113 and consent of instructor) 4 q h.
Designed to sharpen the student's languageskills, emphasizing the achievement of linguistic
analysis and precision in English despite its second-language status for many blacks, and its
several inherently anti-black uses and connotations.

25.141 Elementary Swahili 4 Q H

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary; idiomatic expressions.

25.143 Intermediate Swahili (Prereq. 25.142)4 Q.H.

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation.

25.145 Elementary Arabic 4 Q.H.

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation and progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary; idiomatic expressions.

25.147 Intermediate Arabic (Prereq. 25.145 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

Review of grammar, with practice in composition and conversation.

114

25.149 Introduction to African Languages ^ Q H

25.150 Blacks and the Media 4 Q H

25.170 Economic Problems of Black Americans 4 Q.H.
The correlation among social, political, and economic conditions of black people in the
United States.

25.171 Poverty and Health Care ^ ^-^

25.172 Community Medicine and Delivery of Health Care 4 Q H

25.180 Black Diseases 4 Q.H

25.181 Black Nutritional Habits 4 Q H.

25.210 Contemporary Problems in Black Society 4 Q.H.

Study of contemporary psycho-political problems. From a study of this area in its global
generality should come a careful paper on problem-solving in a specific area.

25.217 The Black Family "* ^^■

25.218 The Black Man/Black Woman 4 Q H

25.219 Researching Black Issues 4 Q H.

25.221 Black Ideogies 4 Q H

An introduction to psychological politics which deals with the traditional approaches to
political science, "The Political You", and the interdisciplinary nature of the social sciences.

25.222 Third World Political Relations 4 Q H

An introduction to theory and practice of relations among nations. Special attention is given
to relations between the "have" and "have-not" nations. Emphasis on Third World problems.

25.250, 251 Foundations of Black Culture I, II, 4 Q H.

An overview of the rich and varied aspects of life for all people of African descent. 25.250
studies black culture from ancient African cultures through the Civil War, and 25.251 from
Reconstruction to the 70's. This introductory course in Afro-American Studies is team-taught
by staff in history, literature, music, drama, education, human services, philosophy, and
social sciences.

25.252 Organizing Black Communities 4 Q H

A seminar designed for thosestudentswhoseconcernsandfutureprofessional involvements
might be in the urban community.

25.253 Seminar: Wright/Ellison

(Prereq. Freshman English and consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Detailed study of the works of Richard Wright and Ralph Ellison. Designed for junior and
senior students with an interest in literary style and content of these two exemplary black
writers.

25.254 Black Community and Social Change

(Prereq. 25.251 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Study of those components of the black community which exercise (active or passive) social
control: the black church family, ethos. What environmental factors make us what we are?
What environmental controls make for change? For what kind of change?

Offered 1974-75

25.257 Field Seminar (Prereq. consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

A practical program of carefully supervised field work, designed to provide a special
opportunity for career preparation. First-hand knowledgeoftherealitiesof working in agiven
situation are expected to begin development. This course is closely supervised by the
appropriate staff member in a given area, and is intended to supplementclassesand co-op in
a particular area of career preparation.

Offered 1974-75

■15

25.258 Directed Study (Prereq. consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
A scholarly piece of independent research underthesupervision of an instructor or professor
of Afro-American Studies (or, by mutual consent, another Department). The student is
expected to choose an academic problem of particular interest to him, in light of his career
preparation, and to develop the tools to show how it might be solved.

Offered 1975-76

25.259 Directed Study Toward Senior Thesis (Prereq. consent of instructor) 4 Q H
All majors are required to do a substantive senior thesis. Advisors in the student's area work
closely with each candidate to show how his scholarly and career preparation best merges
into a final project; where applicable, a field work component is encouraged.

Offered 1975-76

25.260 Black Ethics (Prereq. consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Philosophical treatment of changes in traditional Western ethics produced by such notions as
"Black Power ", "The New Morality", "The New Left". Should be especially usefulforstudents
in Philosophy, Criminal Justice, and Afro-American Studies programs.

25.270 Black Aesthete In Design 4 Q.H.

25.271 History of Afro-American Art 4 Q H

25.280 African Rhythms and Harmonies 4 OH.

25.281 Black Music 4 Q.H.
General survey of Afro-American music in the U.S., traced from its origins in Africa to the
present. Intended to introduce the student to the vast and rich expanses of black musical
culture from a musical and socio-historical standpoint.

25.920 Afro-Americans and the Law 4 QH

The following courses may also be of interest to the student wishing to concentrate in Afro-
American Studies. Descriptions for these courses may be found in the appropriate
departmental listing.

21.145 Urban Society

21.150 Raceand Cultural Relations

21.270 Social Change

20.250 Political Anthropology

20.255 EconomicAnthropology

20.259 Urban Anthropology

22.132 Political Behavior

22.133 Political Partiesand Pressure Groups
22.137 Civil Liberties
22.171 Lawand Society

22.228 Government and Politics in Africa

22.229 Governmentand Politics in North Africa
22.233 International Law
22.242 ThePoliticsof Revolution and Change
22.245 The Politics and Policiesof Developing Nations
22.270 Political Theory
22.278 Contemporary Political Thought

23.241 *Afro-American History I

23.242 *Afro-American History II
23.153 West African History

26.101 Introductionto Philosophy I

26.102 Introduction to Philosophy II
26.155 Moral Philosophy
26.120 Existentialism

116

26.131 Social Philosophy

30.267 *Afro-American Literature I

30.268 * Afro-American Literature 1 1

30.269 The Black Novel
30.276 African Literature

'Required for majors

Philosophy

26.101 Introduction to Philosophy I

26.102 Introduction to Philosophy II (each) 4 Q.H.
An examination of some of the central and persistent issues in philosophy. These courses are
independent and may betaken in reverseorder. Both emphasize philosophical thinking as an
activity rather than the assimilation of an established body of facts. 26.101 includes such
topics as theories of reality, theories of knowledge, and philosophical problems in religion.
26.102 includes such topics as social and political philosophy and philosophies of art and

history.

Staff 26. 101-Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.102-Spring and Summer Qtrs.

26.110 History of Ancient Philosophy 4 Q.H.
From early Greek philosophy before the time of Socrates to the Christian Period. Emphasis
upon the thought and influence of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle; secondary attention given to
the Epicureans, the Stoics, and the Neo-Platonists.

Prof. Fogg f^^" ^'^d Winter Qtrs.

26.111 History of Modern Philosophy (Prereq. 26.110 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
European philosophy from the Renaissance to the 19th century; emphasis upon Francis
Bacon, Descartes, Spinosa, Locke, Berkeley, Hume, and Kant.

Prof. Fogg Spring and Summer Qtrs

26.117 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy

(Prereq. 26.110 and 26.11 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H
Selected trends in this century, such as the development of German idealism, romanticism
evolutionism, materialism, and positivism. Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, Kierkegaard
and Marx are representative.
To be announced Not offered 1973-7^

26.118 Twentieth-Century Philosophy

(Prereq. 26.110 and 26.11 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H
Contemporary philosophic movements in metaphysics and methodology exemplified bv
process philosophy, linguistic analysis, pragmatism, phenomenology, and existentialism.
To be announced Not offered 1973-7^

26.119 American Philosophy

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H
Background to American philosophy; Locke, Newton, Jonathan Edwards, and Cadwalladet
Golden. The American Enlightenment; Jefferson, Paine, and Benjamin Rusn. Pragmatism .
Peirce, James, Dewey, and Meade. Realism; PerryandSellars. All of theabovearedealt witl"
in this course.
Prof. Hacker Not offered 1973-74 .

26.120 Existentialism (Prereq. 4 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H ^
The influence of Kierkegaard and Nietzsche upon 20th-century existentialism; its critique o1
scientific and traditional philosophy; the influence of existentialism upon literature anc .
theology; emphasis upon Jaspers, Heidegger, Marcel, Sartre, and Camus.

Prof. Kovaly Fall and Winter Qtrs p

117

26.121 Analytic Philosophy (Prereq. 8 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
The development of the analytic movement from its beginnings in the early works of Moore
and Russell. Some treatment of Russell's logical atomism, the logical positivists, the thought
of Ludwig Wittgenstein, and their widespread influence.
Prof. DeAngelis Not offered 1973-74

26.130 Aesthetics 4 q |_|
An analysis of the nature and meaning of aesthetic experience and the principles of art
criticism. The possibility of standards in art and the relation of art to ethics, society, and
religion are discussed.

Prof. Hacker Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.131 Social Philosophy (Prereq. 4 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
A study of the major forms of political and social organization, with particular emphasis on the
analysis and explanation of social change. Some attention given to the more general topic of
the nature of explanation in the social sciences.

Prof. Kovaly Spring and Summer Qtrs.

26.133 Philosophy of Science

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of philosophy unless required in your major) 4 Q.H.
An examination of key concepts in the methodology of science: scientific explanation,
prediction, confirmation, laws, and theories.
Prof. Hacker Not offered 1973-74

26.134 Philosophy of Religion 4 q h.
Examines and evaluates such problems as arguments for and against the existence of God,
derived from reason and experience; analytical and psychological approaches toward
religious belief; concept of immortality; nature of revelation and faith; the relation between
science and religion.

Prof. Wellbank Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.135 Philosophy of Man (Prereq. 4 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
An historic, philosophical inquiry into different theories of man, dimensions and
characteristics of man, with a special interest in conceptions of the alienation of man.
Selected readings include: Descartes, Hobbes, Hegel, Marx, Kierkegaard, Maritain, Fromm,
Marcuse, and Frankel.

Prof. Kovaly Not offered 1973-74

26.137 Philosophy and Literature 4 q h.

Analysis of basic philosophic themes expressed in such writers as: Tolstoy, Dostoevski,
Thomas Mann, Sartre, Camus, Kafka, Hesse, Bellow, and others.
Prof. Kovaly Not offered 1973-74

26.150 Introduction to Logic 4 Q H
Recognition of common fallacies, practical exercises in effective argument, formal principles
of correct and incorrect reasoning; entails traditonal, deductive logic. Included are formal
and informal fallacies.

Prof. Hacker and Staff /\\\ Quarters

26.151 Symbolic Logic

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
The application of formal symbolic techniques to logic: elementary first-order deductive logic
is covered; some consideration of the theory of identity, and the metatheory of first-order
logic may be included.
To be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.152 Epistemology (Prereq. 4 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Major theories, problems and concepts in the theory of knowledge: problems of scepticism
and the justification of beliefs; the nature of knowledge and truth; relation of reason and
experience to knowledge.

Prof. Nathanson Spring Qtr.

118

26.153 Metaphysics (Prereq. 4 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4Q.H.

The central questions of metaphysics, as well as a survey of the metaphysical positions of
major importance.
To be announced Spring Qtr.

26.155 Moral Philosophy 4 Q.H.
A critical appraisal of value and obligation, human rights, economic and criminal justice, and
such issues as ethical relativity and empiricism, from the standpoint of rule-utilitarianism.
Prof. Wellbank Spring Qtr.

26.156 Modem Ethical Theories (Prereq. 26.155 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
The aim is to study intensively some recent major developments in moral philosophy. The
topics selected are: the cognitivist-noncognitivist controversy in meta-ethics, the concept of
social justice in normative ethics, human rights, punishment, and the adequacy of rule
utilitarianism as a normative ethical theory.

Prof. Wellbank Not offered 1973-74

26.174 Christian Faith and the Problem of Interpretation 4 Q.H.
An examination of 20th century attempts at understanding the meaning of Christian faith.
Beginning with some of the classical approaches to New Testament interpretation, the study
concentrates on issues raised by Albert Schweitzer's "Quest of the H istorical Jesus," Rudolph
Bultmann's "Demytheologizing," and the problem of the new hermeneutics.

Staff Not offered 1973-74

26.175 Faith and Tradition in India 4 Q H.

An examination of selected historical, philosophical, and theological elements of Indian

tradition, with special emphasis on post-Buddhist periods. The influence of Indian thought in

the Far East is examined, as well as the influence of British Western civilization on Indian

culture.

Prof. Pruett Not offered 1973-74

26.177 Understanding Religious Man 4 Q.H.
An examination and critical analysis of the major methods and definitions of religion, with
emphasis on the anthropological, sociological, theological, and phenomenological meansof
isolating religious experience. The issues of the nature and function of religion are discussed.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.178 Religion in a Social Context 4 Q.H.
An exploration of the social forms of religion in America. The structures and roles of the
church, synagogue, and sect are described and critically evaluated. In addition, emphasis is
given to their function, with reference to general social structure, process, and reform.
Staff Not offered 1973-74

26.180 Myths and Dreams as Religious Experience 4 Q.H.

An inquiry into the basic dimensions of religious experience as illuminated by myths and
dreams. A reading of myths from both Eastern and Western cultures in order to elucidate the
world pictures they create. An attempt is made to identify the questions of man and world to
which these myths respond.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.181 Paradigms for Religious Experience 4 Q.H.
A study of selected spiritual leaders and founders of religion such as Buddha, Socrates,
Confucius, and Jesus, the unique dimensions of whose lifeandteachingsprovide paradigms
for religious experience. It is an attempt to identify the concrete meaning of religious
experience, to discover the means of communicating faith, and to describe the relations as
well as differences between the "teacher" and "saviour".

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

26.182 Religion in the Age of Science 4 Q.H.
An examination of the problems posed by the interaction between religion and the natural

^^9

and social sciences. Representative selections from David Hume, Charles Darwin, Karl Marx,

Sigmund Freud, Eric Ericson, and Ernest Troeltzch are used to interact with selections from

Rudolph Bultmann, Teilhard de Chardin, Reinhold Niebuehr, Dietrich Bonhoeffer, and Paul

Tillich.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.183 Ways of Being Religious 4 q.h.

An identification and appraisal of different ways of approaching religon: the dogmatic, the
rational, the mythical, the ritualistic, the mystical, the moral, and the pragmatic. It serves as an
introductory course geared to the humanistic interests of the undergraduate student.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

26.190, 191, 192 Honors Program (each) 4 Q.H.

Staff All Quarters

26.201 Area Course: Mind and Language

(Prereq. 4 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Contemporary challenges to mind-body dualism by linguistic philosophers, with emphasis
upon their analyses of such concepts as intelligence, consciousness, will and rationality.
Recent views concerning the effects of language on thought, perception, and world-views are
also discussed.
Prof. DeAngelis Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.234 Advanced Philosophy of Religion (Prereq. 26.134 or consent of instructor)4 Q.H.

A critical inquiry into such problems in religious belief as: thecriteriafordemythologization,
the logic of prayer, faith, miracles, and revelation, and the general problem verification of

religious belief.

Prof. Wellbank Spring Qtr.

26.256 Seminar: Moral Philosophy

(Prereq. 26.155, 26.156, or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
An intensive examination of some meta-ethical problems associated with contemporary
utilitarianism, such as the possibility of a non-cognitive utilitarianism, universalizability, and
ethical argument, and such normative problems as social justice, human rights, and
punishment.
Prof. Wellbank Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.265 Seminar in Wittgenstein

(Prereq. 8 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
The overall development of Wittgenstein's thought, with special emphasis upon his later work
as presented in the Philosophical Investigations. Subjects of importance include: language
and thought, meaning, philosophical psychology, knowledge and experience, the nature of
philosophy.
Prof. DeAngelis Spring Qtr.

26.266 Seminar in Dewey (Prereq. 8 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Prof. Hacker Spring Qtr.

26.268 Seminar in Russell (Prereq. 8 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Russell's thought, with emphasis on his views concerning knowledge, language, mind, and
matter; his influence on contemporary thought. Some attention paid to his social and political
political writings.
Prof. Nathanson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.272 American Faiths 4 Q.H.

Denominational institutions as influential forces in American society, and the religious and
ideological commitments of Americans.
Staff Spring Qtr.

26.274 Seminar in Judaism (Prereq. 8 Q.H. of philosophy or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Prof. Pruett Not offered 1973-74

120

26.275 Contemporary Religious Issues in the Western World

(Prereq. 26.174 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
An analysis of some major developments in Christianity and Judaism in the context of
industrialization and urbanization. An exploration of the impact of secularism upon the
religions of the West as evident in Neo-Orthodoxy, Bonhoeffer's "Religionless Christianity,"
the radical theology of the death of God, and the trends toward a new humanism.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

26.276 Mysticism: East and West (Prereq. 26.177, 26.180, or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
An inquiry into mystical experience through a comparative study of the writings of Christian,
Buddhist, and Hindu mystics, and secondary interpretive sources. Areas taken up are: the
potential oneness of man and God, the conflict of mystics with traditional forms of religion,
and the possibility of a common cross-cultural basis for mysticism.

Prof. Pruett Spring Qtr.

26.279 Issues in Contemporary Islam

(Prereq. 26.177, 26.180, or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

A discussion of such issues in 20th-century Islam as; Pan-Islamic movements; relations with
Israel and the West; the Qu'ran as lawbook; social change in modern Islamic countries
through Western influence; variation on the theme of Islam in Africa, Turkey, and Iran; and the
Muslim view of history.
Prof. Pruett Not offered 1973-74.

Art

27.113 Creative Drawing 4 Q.H.
Creative drawing in pen and ink, pencil, and crayon, with emphasis on form and texture.
Prof Wells Fall and Winter Qtrs.

27.114 Theory of Color and Design 4 Q H

Techniques and theories of design and color in painting.

Prof. Bishop Not offered 1973-74

27.115 Basic Painting 4 Q H

Practice and creative expression in the basic techniques of painting, including study of color,

space and form.

Prof. Bishop Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs.

27.116 History of Film Art I 4 Q.H.
A history of the development of film art from the late 19th century to the 1930s. Selected films
are screened and studied. Lab fee.

Prof. Bishop Fall and Winter Qtrs.

27.117 History of Film Art II 4 Q.H.
A history of the development of film art from the 1930s to the present. Selected films are
screened and studied. Lab fee.

Prof. Bishop Spring Qtr.

27.118 History of Art I 4 Q.H.
A survey of western art from prehistoric times to Renaissance.

Prof. Davis Fall and Winter Qtrs.

27.119 History of Art II (Prereq 27.118) 4 Q.H.
A survey of western art from the Renaissance to the 20th century.

Profs. Wells and Serenyi Spring Qtr.

27.120 French Film ' 4 Q.H.
A survey of French film making from the late 19th century to the present. Selected films are
screened and studied. Lab fee.
Prof. Bishop Not offered 1973-74

121

27.121 Contemporary Directions in Cinema 4 Q.H.

A comparative study of selected films by major contemporary directors. Films are screened
and studied. Lab fee.
Prof. Bishop Not offered 1973-74

27.131 Ancient Painting and Sculpture I 4 Q.H.

A concentrated study of art from prehistoric times to Greek civilization, including Egyptian,
Mesopotamian, and Aegean art.
Prof. Davis Not offered 1973-74

27.133 Italian Renaissance Art I 4 Q.H.

A study of Italian painting and sculpture of the 14th and 15th centuries.

Prof. Serenyi Fall Qtr.

27.136 Classical Art 4 Q.H.
A concentrated study of Greek and Roman art.

Prof. Davis

27.137 Nineteenth Century Painting 4 Q.H.
European painting of the 19th century, with special emphasis on romanticism, realism, and
impressionism.

Prof. Sereni Fall Qtr.

27.139 Medieval Painting and Sculpture 4 Q H.

Romanesque and Gothic painting and sculpture from the 10th to the 15th centuries.

Winter Qtr.

27.141 Baroque and Rococo Painting 4 Q.H.

European painting of the 17th and 18th centuries.

Prof. Wells Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

27.143 Mexican Art 4 Q.H.
A concentrated study of Pre-Columbian art from the Archaic and Classical periods to the
present.

Prof. Davis Fall and Winter Qtrs.

27.144 Latin American Art 4 Q H.

The arts of architecture, sculpture, and painting of various countries of Latin America except

Mexico, from Pre-Columbian times to the 20th century.

Prof. Davis Fall and Winter Qtrs.

27.148 European Graphic Arts 4 Q.H.
The history of graphic arts from the medieval period to the end of the 19th century. The
development of engraving, woodcutting, etching, aquatint, and lithography and the work of
representative artists.

Prof. Wells Spring 1974

27.149 American Graphic Arts 4 Q.H.

Development of'the graphic arts in America from the colonial times to the present as shown
through the works of representative artists.

Not offered 1973-74

27.150 History of Photography 4 Q.H.
A concentrated study of the development of photography, with special emphasis on
American photographic art to the present.

Prof. Holden Not offered 1973-74

27.151 Modern Painting 4 Q.H.
Painting from the late 19th century to the present.

Prof. Wells Fall and Spring Qtrs.

27.152 Introduction to Art 4 Q.H.
A basic course in the characteristics of style, media, and techniques of painting, sculpture,

ring Qtr.

4Q.H.

4 Q.H.

Fall Qtr.

4 Q.H.

122

graphic arts, architecture, and film art. Serves as a foundation for future study in art history.
Prof. Wells Fall Qtr.

27.154 Italian Renaissance Art II 4 Q.H.

Italian painting and sculpture of the 16th and early 17th centuries.

Spring Qtr.

27.161 American Art I 4 Q.H.
Development of American architecture, sculpture and painting from colonial times.

Prof. Holden Fall and Winter Qtrs.

27.162 American Art II 4 Q.H.
American architecture, sculpture and painting from 1860 to the present.

Prof. Holden

27.171 Ancient Architecture

The architecture of Egypt. Greece, and Rome.

27.172 Medieval and Renaissance Architecture

Romanesque, Gothic, and Renaissance architecture.

27.173 Modern Architecture I

A study of architecture and city planning from 1850 to 1920.
Prof. Serenyi

27.174 Modern Architecture II

The great figures and the chief movements of 20th-century architecture and city planning.
Prof. Serenyi Winter and Spring Qtrs.

27.175 Late 19th-century American Architecture 4 Q.H.
A survey of the Stick and Shingle Architectural Styles, as well as moregeneral developments.
Introductory lectures are followed by student presentations on selected topics.

Prof. Holden Spring Qtr.

27.176 Contemporary Architecture 4 Q.H.
Architecture and city planning since World War II, with special emphasis on their forms,
theories, and social implications.

Prof. Serenyi Not offered 1973-74

27.177 History of Architecture 4 Q.H.
A survey of the stylistic characteristics of architecture from ancient periods to the present.
Prof. Holden Fall and Winter Qtrs.

27.181 Oriental Art I 4 Q.H.
The prehistoric arts of India, China, and Japan; the rise and spread of international Buddhist
art; the national Indian styles of sculpture, architecture, and painting.

Not offered 1973-74

27.182 Oriental Art II 4 Q.H.

National styles of painting, sculpture, architecture, ceramics, and printmaking in China,
Korea, and Japan.

Not offered 1973-74

27.183 Seminar in Modern Art and Architecture

(Prereq. one course in art history since the Renaissance) 4 Q.H.
Selected topics in modern art and architecture.
Prof. Serenyi Not offered 1973-74

27.295, 27.296, 27.297 Honors Program (each) 4 Q H.

Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

27.291, 27.292, 27.293 Directed Study (each) 4 Q.H.

Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

-'23

Music

28.100 Music I 4 q h.

Introduction to selected works of our musical heritage from earliest times to contemporary
styles. Primarily a survey and listening course, witfi emphasis on styles, basic theory, forms,
and the historical, social, and artistic periods which these works represent.
Staff Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs.

28.101 Music II (Prereq. 28.100, 28.102, 28.106. 28.10120) 4 Q.H.
An in-depth continuation of 28.100 aimed at the further development of appreciation and
understanding of selected works of our musical heritage. The course consists of a detailed
study of these works and their relationships to the artistic milieu in which they are created.
Profs. C. Norvish and Sonnenschein September 1974

28.102 Music Fundamentals 4 Q H.

Introduction to music notation. Course stresses melodic, rhythmic, harmonic, and con-
trapuntal idioms culminating in the creative application of materials.

Prof. Silverman Spring Quarter

28.103 Music Form 4 Q H

The study of major musical works with emphasis on their structural design (binary and
ternary forms, fugue, rondo, theme and variations, etc.).

28.106 Theory I, Tonal Techniques I 4 Q.H.
Essentials of tonal technique: fundamentals, ear training, sight singing, and dictation,
^rof. Keaney Fall and Winter Qtrs.

28.107 Theory II, Tonal Techniques B (Prereq. 28.100, 28.102. 28.106) 4 Q.H.
Advanced ear training, sight singing, dictation, and musical analysis; harmonic principles of
:hords and their inversions.

^rof. Keaney Spring Qtr.

?8.108 16th-century Counterpoint 4 Q.H.

Sight singing, ear training, composition in contrapuntal forms, and writing of species
:ounterpoint.

>8.109 18th Century Counterpoint (Prereq. 28.100,28.102, 28.108) 4 Q.H.

Dight singing, ear training, composition in contraputal forms, and analysis of selected works
)f J. S. Bach.

>8.112 Music of the Baroque 4 Q.H.

irhe development of instrumental writing; evolution of opera, oratorio, and cantata in the
vorks of such composers as Monteverdi, Corelli, Handel, Vivaldi, and J.S Bach.
^rof. Keaney Spring Qtr.

?8.113 Bach 4 Q.H.

The music of J. S. Bach and of the era which produced him. Church and secular works are

studied.

^rof. C. Norvish Fall and Winter Qtrs.

18.115 Music of the Classical Era 4 Q.H

'he period of music history between Bach and Beethoven. Aspects of classical style in

nstrumental and vocal works are discussed. Emphasis is placed on the music of Haydn and

Vlozart.

^rof. Sonnenschein Spring Qtr.

18.116 Great Literature for Keyboard Instruments 4 Q.H.
'he study of music for keyboard instruments (clavichord, harpsichord, organ, pianoforte,
ind synthesizer) from the 16th century to present. Emphasis will be placed on the evolution of

eyboard instruments and differences in techniques required to play them as developed by

arious composers.

'rof. Hache' Spring Qtr.

124

28.117 Medieval and Renaissance 4 Q.H.

The development of sacred and secular monohony, vocal and instrumental works, and of
polyphonic music from its beginning to about 1600.

28.119 Since Webern: The Avant-Garde 4 Q.H.

The avant-garde in music; total serial ism, musique concrete, electronic music, chance music.
The avant-garde in jazz, folk, rock, and pop.

28.120 Survey of Music History 4 Q.H.

An inclusive study of the men, ideas, and events that have shaped music history from ancient
times through the Renaissance, Baroque, Classical, and Romantic eras to our own time.
Among the composers whose works are studied are; Josquin, Bach, Mozart, Beethoven,
Wagner, Mahler, and Stravinsky.
Prof. C. Norvish Fall and Winter Qtrs.

28.123 Music of the Romantic Era 4 Q.H.

Romantic realism and idealism in the 19th century. Emphasis is placed on historical,

nationalistic, and literary influences in music. Composers studied include; Beethoven,

Schumann, Schubert, Berlioz, Liszt, Chopin, Verdi, Wagner, Brahms, Tschaikovsky, and

Mahler,

Profs. Silverman and Snyder Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

28.124 Traditional Folk Music of the Western World 4 Q.H.

A study of ethnic music of Europe, sub-Saharan Africa, and North and South America and

their influence in Western musical culture.

Prof. Silverman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

28.125 Great Choral Literature 4 Q H.

Analysis of sacred and secular choral literature from medieval to contemporary times.
Mr. Jacobson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

28.126 Music as a Means of Social Expression 4 Q.H.
A general and philosophical view of music m Western culture. Emphasis is on social themes
(war-peace, love-rejection), rather than on musical form. Pertinent examples from the other
arts are used.

28.135 Music of the U.S.A. 4 Q.H

American music from Puritan psalm singing to the present time. Folk music of ethnic origin
concert music, ragtime, jazz, and contemporary styles are discussed.

28.136 Music in Popular Culture 4 Q H

Emphasis on the 20th century, especially the last 20 years. Thought is given to various

subcultures as seen in folk, jazz, rock, and soul. Reference is made to popular music of othet

countries.

Prof. Tesson Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs

28.138 Nationalism in Music 4 Q.H

A study of national schools of music. Among the composers studied are; the Russian "Five"
Smetana and Dvorak of Bohemia, Sibelius of Finland, Grieg of Norway, Gade of Sweden, Lisz'
and Bartok of Hungary, Gottschalk, MacDowell, and Ives of the U.S., and others.
Prof. Silverman Spring Qtr

28.139 The Music of Non-Western Societies 4 Q.H

A survey of the music of African, southeast Asian, Indian, and near Eastern societies and the
social and spiritual functions of music in these cultures.

28.140 Mozart 4 Q.H

A musical development from child prodigy to mature artist is traced from his own letters anc
from biographies. Many of his major works, including opera, symphonies, concertos, anc
chamber music, are analyzed in detail.

28.141 20th-century Music: Debussy to Schoenberg 4 Q.H

The developments in music from 1900 to mid-century. Impressionism, Expressionism, Neo-

125

Classicism, Post Romanticism, and Neo-Nationalism.

Prof. Hache' Fall and Winter Qtrs.

28.142 Stravinsky 4 q h.

His life and works; Le Sacre. Petrouchka. Symphony of Psalms, and more recent works are

given detailed attention. His contributions to 20th-century style— neo-classicism, pan-

diatonicism, additive style-are analyzed and his strong influence on other composers is

noted.

28.145 Beethoven 4 q |_|

An analysis of the complex personality and art of this major figure. His relation to the

turbulent times in which he lived; his role in classical and romantic music.

Prof. Snyder Fall and Winter Qtrs.

28.146 Mahler 4 q |_|
A study of his major works and aesthetic principles. His many large scale symphonic and
vocal works will be viewed in two ways:

1. as a consumation of 19th-century Romanticism, and

2. as a forerunner of 20th-century Expressionism.

Prof. C. Norvish Spring Qtr.

28.160 The Symphony 4 q |_|

A study of the symphony as the major genre in the classical, romantic and contemporary
periods. Works by Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, Schumann, Tschaikovsky, Brahms, Sibelius,
Prokofiev, and others are studied.
Profs. Sonnenschein and Nadeau Fall, Winter and Spring Qtrs.

28.170 Chamber Music 4QH

Ensemble pieces for small groups. Examples for analysis are selected from all periods from
the Baroque to the present.

28.180 Introduction to Opera 4 Q H

Analysis of opera as a dramatic form. Aria, recitative, ensemble, and other basic elements of
opera are isolated and discussed. Numbers Opera, Music Drama, and Singspiel are some of
the types of opera considered. Composers whose works are analyzed include Mozart,
Wagner, Verdi, and Puccini.
Prof. Snyder Fall and Winter Qtrs.

28.181 Contemporary Opera 4 Q H
Almost every major composer including Schoenberg, Berg, Bartok, Stravinsky, Hindemith
and Poulenc have contributed to the opera repertory, thus illustrating 20th century style.
Among the works studied are: Wozzeck, The Rake's Progress. Dialogue of the Carmelites.
and Bluebeard's Castle.

Prof. Snyder Spring Qtr.

28.182 Wagner's Ring Cycle 4 q h.
An in-depth study of Wagner's Cycle of music drama; Das Rheingold, Walkure, Siegfried,
Gotterdammerurig, Wagner's compositional techniques (e.g., the use of leitmotif and musical
metaphor) is examined in detail.

28.190 The Concerto 4 Q.H.

The concerto is studied from its origins in the Baroqueera to itscrystalization during the 18th
and 19th centuries. Concerti grossi, as well assolo works for various instruments, are studied
in detail.

28.200 Jazz 4 Q H

Jazz from its origins in New Orleans to the avant-garde experiments of today. The rhythmic,

harmonic, instrumental, and stylistic characteristics of jazz are analyzed. Attention is given to

the work of creative jazz artists such as Armstrong, Beiderbecke, Parker, Ellington, and

Coltrane.

^rofs. Mitchell and Tesson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

126

28.201 Jazz II (Prereq. 28.200 Jazz I) 4 Q.H.
In-depth study of various recorded works of important jazz performers/composers with
respect to their work as creative artists. The study is not chronological, but deals with the
dynamics of artistic growth and change. Special attention isgiven to developments of the last
decade.

Profs. Mitchell and Tesson Spring Qtr.

28.202 Black Artist in Music 4 Q.H.
A study of the contributions of black composers and performers to the world of music.
Prof. Mitchell Spring Qtr.

28.230 Musical Performance I (Prereq. audition or permission of instructor) 1 Q.H.
Participation in rehearsals and public performances and/or research, composition, arrang-
ing, conducting, solo and ensemble activity, etc., with the Chamber Orchestra, the Early
Music Players, the NU Chorus, the NU Bands , or other ensembles, under the supervision and
coaching of a faculty member of the Music Department. The student's progress will be
evaluated at the end of the quarter by audition or otherwise.

28.231 Musical Performance II 1 Q H.

28.232 Musical Performance III 1 Q H.

28.233 Musical Performance IV 1 Q H.
(Continuations of 28.230)

Drama and Speech

29.100 Public Speaking 3 q.h.
A participation course for students interested in acquiring skills and experience in public
communication. Emphasis on conversational delivery, organization, and audience analysis.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

29.101 Public Speaking (Prereq. 29.100) 3 Q.H.
Speech patterns which involve effective discussion; analysis, evidence, and reasoning as
factors in convincing and persuading people.

Staff Not offered 1973-74

29.102 Effective Speaking 3 Q.H.
The study of verbal and nonverbal features of communicative and expressive utterance.
Consideration of principles and methods of effective communication in the preparation and
delivery of various types of speeches.

Staff All Quarters

29.105 Argumentation and Debate

(Prereq. 29.100 or 29.102 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Argumentation and debate presented as techniques of a free society, bringing reasoned
discourse to bear on personal and social problems for purposes of decision and action.
Attention is given to the various forms of debating technique.
Prof. Woodnick Not offered 1973-74

29.106 Speech Fundamentals 3 Q.H.
An overview of speech communication, examining areas of voice and articulation, oral
interpretation, and public speaking.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.107 Interpersonal Communications 4 Q.H.
Ways of becoming more aware of self and one's relation to others. An exploration of various
options for communicating and increasing one's knowledge of group process.

Profs. Woodnick and Rothbard Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.108 Business and Professional Speaking 4 Q.H.
Practice on oral presentations, group communication, conference and discussion techni-

127

ques, interview methods, and occasion speaking. The course combines performance aspects

with case study methods of communication on the professional level.

Profs. Woodnick and Eastman All Quarters

29.109 Speech for the Theatre (Prereq 29 110) 4 Q.H.
Special speech problems confronting actors performing in classical and contemporary
theatre.

To be announced Winter Qtr.

29.110 Voice and Articulation 4 q h.

The study of voice technique: emphasis on pitch, projection, articulation, and vocal variety. A

combination of theory and practical application.

Profs. Woodnick and Eastman and Mrs. Littlefield All Quarters

29.111 Oral Interpretation 4 q j-i.
Application of basic vocal techniques to the dramatic reading of prose, poetry, and drama.

Through literary analysis the author's meaning is understood and, by means of oral reading

skills, communicated to an audience.

Prof. Eastman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.112 Advanced Voice and Articulation (Prereq. 29.110 or consent of instructor) 4 q.h.
Development and application of vocal technique acquired in 29.110. Emphasis on vocal
analysis, flexibility, regional patterns of speech.

Prof. Woodnick Spring and Summer Qtrs.

29.113 Effective Speaking Workshop 1 q h.

Communication through individual speaking and small group conferences.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

29.114 Advanced Oral Interpretation (Prereq. 29.111) 4 Q.H.
Further development of oral reading skillsacquired in 29. 111. In addition, the courseincludes
work with accents and dialects, study of reader's theatre, and an investigation of classical and
modern philosophies of the art.

Prof. Eastman Spring Qtr.

29.115 Theories of Persuasion 4 Q.H.
Persuasive discourse as it effects and refutes the process of dynamic social change;
approaching critically the theories of persuasion derived from historical, philosophical, and
psychological sources and their application to contemporary problems of politicking, mass
media, and advertising as they influence attitude, opinion, and action.

Prof. Rothbard Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.116 Persuasive Techniques (Prereq. 29.115) 4 Q.H.
Application of the principles of persuasion to preparation and delivery of speeches and to
critical analysis of modes of persuasion in representative speeches.

Prof. Rothbard Spring Qtr.

29.117 Group Discussion 4 Q.H.
Focus on the task-oriented group; development of skills in decision-making, problem-
solving, membership, and leadership. Both the content and the process are discussed and
analyzed.

Prof. Rothbard Spring Qtr.

29.118 Speech Communication in Education 4 Q.H.
Through lectures, discussions, and performance projects an investigation is made of several
activities. They are: conference and discussion techniques, both in decision-making
situations and as teaching techniques; personal interviews, collective bargaining, and various
speech situations involving the teacher's several audiences.

Prof. Eastman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.119 Explorations in Communication 4 q.h.
Designed to provide basic knowledge and understanding of the processes involved in the

128

transference of meanings. An analysis of contemporary concepts of human communication.
Projects in examining cases of communication breakdowns, feedback systems, problems of
modern channels, and sender-receiver analyses.
Mrs. Littlefield Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.120 Introduction to Theatre Arts (for non-Drama majors) 4 Q.H.
A brief view of the historical development of acting, directing, and production design.
Emphasis on appreciation of contemporary theatrical forms.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.121 Survey of the Theatre I 4 Q.H.
Introduction to the drama as a dynamic medium of human expression; historical development
of the theatrical form. Reading and analysis of selected plays as they relate to form, genre and
style from the viewpoint of audience and artist.

Prof. Blackman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.122 Survey of the Theatre II 4 Q.H.
Introduction to the theatre as a collaborative art form (theoretical and practical), with an
emphasis upon acting, directing, designing, lighting, and the necessities of theatre
economics.

Mr. Bailey Winter and Spring Qtrs.

29.123 Propaganda (Prereq. 29.115 or 29.119) 4 Q.H.
A descriptive and analytical survey of propaganda techniques and devices used in a
conscious attempt to manipulate and ultimately control behavior.

Prof. Rothbard Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.127 The Mass and the Media 4 Q.H.

An exploration of the many media through which man expresses himself: i.e., music, art, film,
radio, television, theatre, graffiti. Supplementing the course are lecturers, films, and
attendance at various productions.
Prof. Woodnick Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.130 Makeup 4 Q.H.

The principles of, the reasons for, and the materials used in makeup for the theatre, television,
and films. The practical application of types and styles of makeup: straight, old-age,
character, and corrective.

Winter Qtr.

29.150 Elementary Acting I (Prereq. Drama major or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Fundamental techniques of stage use. The actor and his stage environment. Improvisations
for strengthening imagination and increasing freedom. Analysis of scripts for work on
performed scenes.

Prof. Kaplan Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.151 Elementary Acting II (Prereq. 29.150) 4 Q.H.
Fundamental analysis of the script, including physicalizations and vocal scoring; character
analysis; scenes performed for classroom analysis.

Prof. Kaplan Spring Qtr.

29.152 Intermediate Acting III (Prereq. 29.151) 4 Q.H.
Further development of the actors tools, script and character scoring, exercises for physical
and psychological freedom. In-class scenes as works-in-progress.

Prof. Kaplan Spring Qtr.

29.156 Stage and Body Movement

(Prereq. Drama major or permission of instructor) 4 Q.H.
A workshop course in movement and improvisation techniques, which explore inner
resources and allow the actor greater freedom of expression on the stage.

Spring Qtr.

129

29.160 Concepts of Direction (Prereq. Drama major or permission of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Theories of dramatic presentation through analysis of selected historical developments.
Purposes and techniques of theatrical direction as they relate to script analysis, production
style, pictorial composition, rhythmic evolution, emphatic responses.

Prof. Blackman Winter Qtr.

29.161 Problems in Direction 4 Q.H.
Experimentation in theory related to the staging of classical and modern drama. Analysis of
plays for actual production; casting, rehearsals, character interpretations. Each student is
responsible for the production of a one-act play.

Prof. Blackman Spring Qtr.

29.163 Play Production 4 Q.H.

The basics of play production for recreation and education leaders in schools, camps, or

settlement houses. Both formal and informal dramatics activities areexplored, along with the

problems involved in preparing the creative, performing, design, and technical aspects of a

production.

Mr. Bailey Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.164, 29.165, 29.166, 29.167 Practicum in Play Production 1 Q.H.

Laboratory practice in technical theatre: scene building and painting, and the performing of
backstage functions. To be repeated for credit up to four credits.
Prof. Bailey All Quarters

29.170 Scenic Production 4 Q.H.
Principles which underlie the coordination and execution of scenery for the stage;
examination of different kinds of scenery, tools, equipment, construction materials, and
techniques; handling of scenery and basic scene painting. Laboratory work: constructing and
painting scenery for University productions.

Mr. Bailey Winter and Spring Qtrs.

29.171 Design and Lighting (Prereq. 29.170) 4 Q.H.
The basic principles of design and lighting for the stage; historical analysis of composition
and design from classical to modern periods; execution of designs for productions.

Mr. Bailey Not offered 1973-74

29.172 Scenic Design for the Stage (Prereq. 29.17) 4 Q.H.
Practical problems of scene design and methods of approach. Classwork and projects in
analysis of a script in terms of visual requirements; elements of design and their application to
scenery; methods of inspiration; presentation of ideas including sketches, renderings,
models, working drawings, and elevations; basic scene painting and evaluation of designs.
Laboratory work includes designing and executing scenery for University productions.
Mr. Bailey Not offered 1973-74

29.173 Lighting Design for the Stage (Prereq. 29 170) 4 Q.H.
Basic principles and practices of stage lighting, including the qualities and functions of light,
lighting instruments and controls, basic electricity, color in light, and analysis of the script in
terms of light requirements. Students develop light plots and schedules for various kinds of
stage productions, and frequently design University productions. Class work includes
laboratory work on lighting crews for University productions.

Mr. Bailey Spring Qtr.

29.174 Scene Painting 4 Q.H.
The history of scene painting and ornament from classical to contemporary times. Studio
organization, color, color theory, equipment, tools, materials, and costs involved with
painting stage scenery. Projects and exercises in the useof different media, matching colors,
painting of textures, light and shade, and the use of stencils and physical textures. Laboratory
sessions include painting stage scenery for University productions.

Mr. Bailey Spring Qtr.

130

29.175 Costuming for the Stage 4 Q.H

The theoretical and practical aspects of costuming are covered through a combined
lecture/laboratory format. Basic design concepts, techniques of rendering costume plates,
pattern drafting, draping, fabric usage, and special effects. Particular emphasis is given to
problems of costuming for high school and college theatres.

Fall Qtr.

29.176 Historic Costume and Design (Prereq. 29.175) 4 Q.H.
A survey of historic costume and civil dress through the ages of Western man. Its adaptation
and relevance to the problems involved in designing for high school and college stages are
the foundation for this area of study. Emphasis is on the use of research sources for design
assignments within various periods.

Spring Qtr.

29.180 Playwriting 4 Q.H.

The principles and practices of modern dramatic composition: characterization, plot, plot
structure, dialogue, and other dramaturgical elements as seen in theone-act play. The writing
of brief scenes; the dramatic; and the one-act play.
Prof. Phillips Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.185 Children's Theatre 4 Q.H.
Theories and methods of relating creative techniques to children's programs in schools,
churches, and recreational facilities. Analysis of literature in preparation for production of
children's plays.

Prof. Blackman Spring and Summer Qtrs.

29.186 Educational Theatre 4 Q.H.

Drama and drama activities in community, social, health, and educational agencies.
Qrganizing and directing young people's theatre programs.

Not offered 1973-74

29.200 History of the Theatre 4 Q.H.
Development of the theatre and the drama of Greece and Rome, medieval Euope, Elizabethan
and Restoration England, and 17th-century France; an examination of playwriting, acting
styles, scene design, theatre architecture, and the relationship among these elements.
Prof. Phillips Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.201 History of the Theatre 4 Q.H.
Development of the European theatre of the 18th, 19th, and early 20th centuries; growth and
development of the proscenium theatre; the emphasis upon naturalistic and realistic
presentation; theatre innovations.

Prof. Phillips Spring and Summer Qtrs.

29.202 The Classic Theatre of Greece and Rome 4 Q.H.
The beginnings of theatre and its growth as a potent institution and art form. A detailed study
of the interrelation of the dramatic form, theatre structure, and works of major playwrights.

Not offered 1973-74

29.205 The Restoration Theatre 4 Q.H.

The philosophical, social, historical, and critical influences upon the Restoration theatreand
its dramatists.

Not offered 1973-74

29.210 The American Theatre 4 Q H.

The American theatre from the Revolutionary War to the present.

Prof. Phillips Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.211 The Theatre of Williams, Miller, and Albee 4 Q.H.
An intensive study of the works of three major post-World War II American playwrights.
Prof. Phillips Spring and Summer Qtrs.

'31

29.230 Contemporary Theatre 4 q h.

[The traditional and contemporary forces that shape the trends in present-day theatre.
Emphasis upon the works and contributions of Wilder, Pirandello, Brecht, Bolt, Ghelderode,
lonesco, Osborne, Pinter, the major absurdists, and the present experimentalists.
Prof. Kaplan Fall and Winter Qtrs.

29.231 The Theatre of the Absurd 4 Q H

The Theatre of the Absurd as a mirror of present existentialist thinking and its effects upon the
History of Western drama.

^'rof. Kaplan Spring and Summer Qtrs.

29.240 Drama Criticism 4 Q H

\n examination of both the major historical statements of drama theory and contemporary

jrama criticism as evidenced in journalistic play reviews. Students prepare reviews of local

productions.

^rof. Phillips Spring Qtr.

?9.290 Directed Study 4 q h.

5tat^ All Quarters

English

'Prerequisite for all English courses is Freshman English (30.113 and 30.114) or equivalent.
«0.104 Advanced Expository Writing 4 q ^

\ practical course in writing direct prose with clarity and precision. Includes various methods
)f development; diction, style, tone; the article, review, and other forms,
'rof. Norvish All Quarters

0.108 Creative Writing: Poetry 4 Q H

'ractice in various forms and strategies of verse, with specific assignments in different

nodes; discussion and criticism of student work and selected texts.

/\r DeRoche All Quarters

0.109 Creative Writing: Fiction 4 q h

:;onducted as an introduction to fiction writing, with emphasis on the short story. The course
> open to students in all disciplines, whether or not they have previously written fiction. The
linimum requirements are 10,000 words of original work divided into three assignments,
ieadmg and discussion of manuscripts written by the students occupy the bulk of class time.
^r. Sandberg All Quarters

0.110 Literary Analysis: Poetry 4 Q h

:iose reading of selected poems, mastery of critical terms, practice in varied critical
pproaches to poetry. A number of critical papers are written. Required of English majors,
■taff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

0.111 Literary Analysis: Fiction 4 qh

> formal study of selected novels and short stories, mastery of critical terms, practice in varied

ritical approaches. A number of critical papers required.

'^a^^ Spring and Summer Qtrs.

0.112 Literary Analysis: Drama 4 Q H.

. formal study of selected plays, mastery of critical terms, practice in varied critical

pproaches. A number of critical papers required.

^a^^ Spring and Summer Qtrs.

0.113 Freshman Writing 4 qh.

nportant principles of logic and rhetoric applied to exposition and argumentation writing;

5view of sentence structure, punctuation, and paragraphing; extensive reading and analysis

f the essay form; theme assignments.

^3^f All Quarters

132

30.114 Introduction to Literature (Prereq 30.113) 4 Q H,|
An introduction to literary forms: poetry, prose fiction, and drama. Intensive reading various «
forms and discussion of different approaches to literature.

Staff All Quarters

30.115 Great Themes in Literature (Prereq. 30.114) 4 Q.H.
Content determined by instructor, who chooses a theme and a number of books from.j
different periods to illustrate it.
Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

30.120 Introduction to Linguistics 4 Q.H.
Theories of the nature and origin of language; review of historical and comparative
linguistics; differences between written and spoken language, prescriptive and descriptive
grammars; structural and generative-transformational phonology, morphology, and syntax;
distinctive features; current trends; investigation into dialectology and linguistic field work;
methodology regarding unwritten languages.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.121 Foundations of the English Language 4 Q H.

Development of modern English from pre-Anglo Saxon beginnings; effects of Roman,
Scandinavian, and Norman invasions; dialect geography; evolutionary changes, word
formation and borrowing; English as an international language; origins of writing and
problems of spelling.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.124 Traditional Grammar 4 Q.H

A reappraisal of traditional grammar in the light of recent advances in grammatical theory; the
practical application of such grammar in both studying and teaching English as a medium o1
expression; supplementary readings by way of transition to the newer grammars.

Fall and Winter Qtrsq

30.125 Grammars of English 4 Q.H

An attempt to understand and apply the newer grammar, especially the structural.

Spring and Summer Qtrs?

30.126 Transformational Grammar 4 Q.H

The development of the theories of generative-transformational grammars by Noam
Chomsky and others, and the development of the skill to construct and operate specific
generative-transformational grammars.

Spring and Summer Qtrai

30.130 Introduction to Semantics 4 Q.H

The relation between language and behavior, levels of abstraction in communication, habit:
of evaluation of linguistic phenomena, and the modification of such habits in the direction o 3
human understanding and survival. ;

Fall and Winter Qtrs ;

30.140 The Novel of Violence 4 Q H

The hard-boiled tradition in American literature. Works by Fenimore Cooper, Qwen Wister 3

Jack Scheafer, Ernest Hemingway, Dashiell Hammett, Raymond Chandler, and others an ;

discussed in terms of their response to the conflict between the ideal of community and thf

ideal of individualism. Critical theories of D.H. Lawrence, R.W.B. Lewis, Leslie Fiedler, Lee

3l
Marx, A.N. Kaul, and others are considered.

Prof. Parker Fall and Winter Qtrs -

30.141 Science Fiction 4 Q.H

The myths and rhetorical (scientific and pseudo-scientific) strategies of science fiction fron

Mary Shelley's Frankenstein through current authors such as Vonnegut, Bradbury, Heinlein ;

Clarke.

Prof. Goshgarian All Quarters 3r

133

30.142 The Psychological Novel 4 Q.H.
Concentration on 20th-century novels whose themes stress individual behavior and
motivation, and whose form and style often try to imitate human mental and emotional
processes. Authors studied include; Kafka, Dostoevski, Faulkner, Conrad, and Lawrence.
Prof. Sullivan Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.143 Autobiography and Fiction 4 Q.H.
Autobiography as the product of creative and therefore fictional impulses is studied by
examining the way autobiographers shape the facts of their lives into patterns reflecting
attitudes toward self. This study is extended to novels narrated by fictional self-historians.
Prof. Roemer Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.144 Literature of the Absurd 4 Q.H.
Outstanding novels of the 20th century, with emphasis on literary trends and implied social
outlook.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.151 The Modern Novel 4 Q.H.
Outstanding novels of the 20th century, with emphasis on literary trends and implied social
outlook.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.152 Modern Drama 4 Q H.

Native and European drama since 1880, with emphasis on the relationship between drama

and society in the 20th century.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.154 The Modern Short Story 4 Q.H.

Selected British and American writersof the short story, with close attention to contemporary

practitioners (Salinger, Malamud, Roth) as well as to major figures (Joyce, Lawrence,

Faulkner).

Prof. Griffin Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.160 New Topics in Literature 4 Q.H.
This experimental course deals with a different topic each fall/winter and spring/summer,
providing the opportunity for students to study unusual or nontraditional aspects of
literature. Sample possibilities: Gothic and Horror Fiction, Victorian Children's Literature,
and the Literature of Utopia. Topic will be preannounced.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.161 New Topics in Literature 4 Q.H.
Not a continuation of 30.160, but the same course with a different topic.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.162 Major Figure 4 Q.H.
Devoted entirely to the work of a single writer, with a different one each fall/winter and
spring/summer: i.e., Wordsworth, Joyce, Tolstoy, Dickens. Subject will be preannounced.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.163 Major Figure 4 Q.H.
Same as 30.162, but with a different writer.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.170 Survey of English Literature 4 Q.H.
English literature to 1800.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.171 Survey of English Literature 4 Q.H.
English literature from 1800 to the present.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.180 Survey of American Literature 4 Q.H.

American literature to 1860.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

134

30.181 Survey of American Literature 4 Q.H.
American literature from 1860 to the present.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.182 Major American Novels 4 Q.H.
An intensive analysis of the themes, forms, and techniques of American novelists of the 19th
and early 20th centuries. Critical papers are required.

Prof. Trachtenberg Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.183 Major American Novels 4 Q.H.
An intensive analysis of the themes, forms, and techniques of modern American novelists.
Critical papers are required.

Prof. Trachtenberg Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.186 Early American Literature 4 Q H.

The development of early American culture of the colonial and federal periods. Letters,

narratives, verse, polemics, the Federalist Papers, etc.

Prof. Lesser Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.187 New England Renaissance 4 Q.H.
An intensive survey of transcendentalism, and relevant works of Melville and Hawthorne.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.188 American Romanticism 4 Q H.

An mtensive survey of Poe, Melville, Whitman, Dickinson, and others.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.189 American Realism 4 Q H.

American literature from the Civil War to Norris, Crane, Twain, and James.

Prof. Nagel Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.190 Modern American Literature 4 Q.H.
Fiction, drama, and poetry from the turn of the century to the mid-forties.

Prof. Nagel Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.200 Western World Literature I 4 Q H.

The major literary forms of classical Greece, with special attention to the epic, drama, and
dialogue. In-depth study of selected works of Homer, Plato, Aristotle, and the dramatists.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.201 Western World Literature II 4 Q H.

The major literary forms of the Roman Empire, with special attention to the epic, drama, and
oration. Emphasis on the works of Virgil, Horace, Qvid, and Cicero.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.202 Western World Literature III 4 Q.H.

The major literary forms in the European tradition from the medieval period to the 19th
century. Selected readings from the writings of Dante, Calderon, Milton, Racine, Corneille,
Johnson, and Goethe.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.203 Western World Literature IV 4 Q.H.
The major literary forms of the 20th century. Readings from major American and European
figures are surveyed, with special emphasis on Kafka, Camus, Sartre, lonesco, Beckett, and
Albee.

Prof. Sands Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.204 Practical Writing 4 Q.H.
Designed for people who wish to write professionally, but who are not primarily interested in
writing fiction or poetry. Discussions on how to write and edit essays, advertisements, feature
stories, articles, film strips, news stories, news releases, technical manuals, house organs,
industrial films, direct mail, radio commercials. Guest lecturers from various professions

(35

appear from time to time.

Prof. Parker All Quarters

30.209 Advanced Fiction Writing (Prereq. 30.109 or permission of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Reading and discussion of student manuscripts (longer and more complex than those
developed in 30.109, Creative Writing: Fiction).

Mr. McHale All Quarters

30.210 Major British Novelists 4 Q H
The 18th-century English novel, with special attention to Defoe, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne,
the Gothic novelists, and Austen; the development of the English novel and the characteristic
quality of 18th-century fiction.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.211 Major British Novelists 4 Q H

The 19th-century English novel, with special attention to the Brontes, Thackeray, Trollope,
Eliot, Meredith, Gissing, and Hardy; the Victorian frame of mind as seen in the novels.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.218 Medieval English Literature 4 q h
Major works in Middle English: Sir Gawain, Piers Plowman, and Pearl.

Profs, Blanch and Kroll Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.219 Major British Dramatists: Restoration and 18th Century 4 q h

Major dramatists from 1660—1800. Among those studied are: Etherege, Wycherley,
Congreve, Dryden, Addison, Goldsmith, and Sheridan.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.220 Major British Dramatists: Elizabethan and Jacobean 4 q h.

The origin, theme,form, technique, and poetry of such dramatists as Kyd, Webster, Tourneur,
Fletcher, and Beaumont, with particular emphasis on the works of Marlowe Jonson and

Ford.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.221 Major British Dramatists: 19th Century and Modern 4 Q H

British drama with particular emphasis on the poetic and experimental in the works of Shaw,

Synge, Yeats, Q'Casey, Eliot, Behan, Pinter and Beckett.

^rof. Bernstein Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.222 Chaucer 4 q |_|

Selected Canterbury Tales.

Profs. Blanch and Kroll Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.223 Chaucer 4 q |_|.
Selected Canterbury Tales and Chaucer's early poems.

Profs. Blanch and Kroll Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.224 Spenser 4 q |_|
pelected early poems and portions of the Faerie Queene.

^rof. Blessington Spring and Summer Qtrs.

J0.225 Milton 4 q h.

Concentration on Milton's Paradise Lost, with supplementary readings in his minor poems
jnd prose.

^rof. Blessington Fall and Winter Qtrs.

J0.230 Seventeenth-Century English Literature 4 Q.H.

yiajor writers of the first half of the century, with special emphasis on Bacon, Jonson, and the
netaphysical poets Donne and Herbert; the effect of science on the literature and the thinking
)f the times.

Vof. Howes Fall and Winter Qtrs.

10.231 Seventeenth-Century English Literature 4 Q H

/lajor writers of the second half of the century, with emphasis upn Dryden and Milton. Satire
I

136

as a literary genre and its relationship to the times.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.236 Eighteenth-Century English Literature 4 Q H.

Significant dramatic works of the period and the writings of Pope and Swift.

Prof. Weitzman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.237 Eighteenth-Century English Literature 4 Q H.

Writings of Dr. Johnson, Boswell, and Blake.

Prof. Weitzman Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.240 Nineteenth-Century English Literature: The Romantics I 4 Q.H.
The poetry of Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, and related critical material; the relationship
between the poetry and the time.

Prof. Roemer Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.241 Early Victorian Literature, 1830-1870 4 Q.H.
Survey of the major literary forms of the period. Readings in Tennyson, Browning, Arnold,
Carlyle, Mill, Ruskin, Dickens.

Prof. Sussman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.242 Nineteenth Century English Literature: The Romantics II 4 Q.H.
The poetry of Byron, Shelley, Keats, and related critical material; the essays of Lamb, Hazlitt,
and DeQuincey.

Prof. Roemer Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.243 Later Victorian Literature, 1870—1900 4 Q.H.
Emphasis on the movement toward "modernism" in the later 19th century. Readings in Pater.
G.M. Hopkins, Wilde, Hardy, and the early work of G.B. Shaw and Conrad.

Prof. Sussman Spring and Summer Qtrs.-

30.246 Twentieth-Century Literature 4 Q.H^
The development of the British Novel from 1900 to 1920. Writers studied are: ConradI
Galsworthy, Bennet, Wells Forster, Joyce, Lawrence, Ford.
Prof. Roby Fall and Winter Qtrsi

30.247 Twentieth-Century Literature 4 Q.H*

The development of the British novel from 1920 to the present. Writers to be studied ares

Woolf, Orwell, Beckett, Cary, Amis, Snow, Murdoch, Fowles.

Prof. Roby Spring and Winter Qtrs!

30.248 Sixteenth Century-English Literature 4 Q.H

Fall and Winter Qtrss

30.250 Shakespeare 4 Q.H*

A chronological approach to Shakespeare's plays, beginning with Romeo and Juliet anc
ending with Julius Caesar. Emphasis on diction, dramatic structure, and psychology.
Profs. Howes and Westlund Fall and Winter Qtrsf

30.251 Shakespeare 4 Q.H

Shakespeare's middle and last phases (Hamlet to The Tempest); selected plays.

Profs. Howes and Westlund Spring and Summer Qtrs

30.260 The Bible 4 Q.H

A close study and textual analysis of selected books of the Bible. The assigned texts are

especially considered in their historical and literary aspects.

Prof. Blois Spring and Summer Qtrs

30.261 Mythology 4 Q.H

The mythological patterning of human experience; the philological and anthropologics

approaches to specific myths, especially those of the Greeks; and the themes of sacrifice anc

change.

Prof. Blois Fall and Winter Qtrs

137

30.262 Literary Criticism: Approaches to Literature 4 q.h.

Exercises and readings in ancient and modern theories of literature. Included are: Marxist,
Freudian, Jungian and New Critical theories, as well as selections from Plato, Aristotle and
the Romantics.
Prof. Nelson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.263 Modern Poetry I 4 q h.
A study of the origin and development of modern poetry. Poets studied are: Hardy, Yeats,
Robinson, Frost, Stevens, Moore, Eliot, and Pound. Recommended for students who have
already had an introductory course in poetry.

Prof. Morse Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.264 Modern Poetry II 4 q h.
A continuation of 30.263, with emphasis on the later work of Eliot and Pound, William Carlos
Williams, the Objectivists, the Fugitives (Ransom, Tate, Warren), Auden, Lowell, Roethke,
Dylan Thomas, and the "new poets" from 1945 to 1960.

Prof. Morse Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.266 Literary Criticism: Myth and Archetypal 4 q h.
Exercises and readings in selected schools of myth and archetypal literary criticism.
Prof. Nelson Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.267 Afro-American Literature 4 q h.
A survey of the development and range of black American writers, emphasizing poetry and
prose from the post-Civil War period to the present.

Mr. Hurreh Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.268 Afro-American Literature 4 q h.

Continuation of 30.267.

Mr. Hurreh Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.269 The Black Novel 4 q h.

A study of the black novel— its theme, structure, and style— and its historical, cultural, and
iterary importance.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.
30.270, 30.271 Junior Seminar 4 Q H

Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

30.272 Studies in English Literature 4 q h.

A seminar course on a special topic which is announced in advance. Examples: The Pre-
Raphaelites, Literature and Psychology, and John Donne.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.273 Studies in English Literature 4 q h.

Continuation of 30.272.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

30.274 Studies in' American Literature I 4 q.h.
\ seminar course on a special topic announced in advance. Examples: Puritanism, Early
Drama, and The Genteel Tradition.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

30.275 Studies in American Literature II 4 q h.

Continuation of 30.274.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.
JO. 276 African Literature 4 q h.

^r Hurreh Fall and Winter Qtrs.

50.280, 30.281 Senior Seminar (each) 4 Q.H.

Fall Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

138

30.290, 30.291 Directed Study (each) 4 Q H.

All Quarters
30.295, 30.296 Junior Honors (each) 4 Q.H.

All Quarters
30.297, 30.298 Senior Honors (each) 4 Q.H.

All Quarters

French

Prerequisites listed for Modern Languages are based on current course numbers at
Northeastern. Equivalent course work done elsewhere will be considered acceptable to
satisfy these prerequisites.

31.201 Elementary French I 4 Q.H.
Essentials of grammar; practice in speaking and reading; progressive acquisition of basic
language skills.

Prof. Williams and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

31.202 Elementary French II (Prereq. 31.201) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of grammar study and basic language skills; reading of French of increasing
difficulty; practice in conversation.

Prof. Williams and Staff

31.203 Intermediate French I (Prereq. 31.202) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of grammar, oral practice, and the reading of selected texts.

Prof. Stephan and Staff

31.204 Intermediate French II (Prereq. 31.203) 4 Q.H.
Prof. Stephan and Staff

31.205 Reading French in the Arts and Sciences (Prereq. 31.202 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Designed for those students who wish to develop their reading skills, without regard to other
aspects of the language such as speaking or writing. To this end, the grammar necessary for
reading is stressed, together with vocabulary building. Scientific and nonscientific texts are
read. This course is also very helpful for students, graduate and undergraduate, who need to
pass a reading examination to fulfill specific degree requirements. However, it should be
made clear that this course is not a substitute for 31.203 and 31.204 (Intermediate French).
Mr. Robinson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

31.217 French Literature in Translation 4 Q.H.

An elective course for all students, offering a study of some of the most significant works of
French literature in translation. The topic will vary from year to year. Language majors would
receive major credit for this course only by making special arrangements with the instructor
for extra work to be done.
Mr. Robinson Spring and Summer Qtrs.

31.219Cherchez la Femme! Women in French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries

4 Q.H.
A one-quarter course conducted in English of French literature in translation. An opportunity
to see how woman is viewed by some of the great French novelists of the 18th and 19th
centuries. The class meetings alternate between lectures and group discussions of literary,
psychological, and sociological issues raised by the texts. A reading knowledge of French is
desirable, but not essential.
Mrs. Gill y Spring and Summer Qtrs.

31.227 French Composition and Conversation I (Prereq. 31.204) 4 Q H.

Aiming at perfect speaking and writing ability; the basis of work is analysis of the language,
oral and written reports and general discussions. Conducted in French.
Prof. Cedrone and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

139

31.228 French Composition and Conversation II (Prereq 31 227) 4 Q.H.

Continuation of 31.227, with stress on individual work, free discussions, and compositions.
Conducted in French.
Prof. Cedrone and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

31.231 Masterpieces of French Literature I (Prereq. 31.204) 4 Q.H.
Introductory course in French literature. Selected works from the Middle Ages to the 18th
century.

Prof. Oilman and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

31.232 Masterpieces of French Literature II (Prereq. 31.204 or equiv.) 4 Q H
Introductory course in French literature. Selected works from the 19th and 20th centuries.
Prof. Oilman and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

31.233 Applied French Linguistics (Prereq. 30.120) 4 Q.H
For teachers or prospective teachers of French: phonemes and allophones, breath groups
and sentences, intonation patterns, comparison between oral and written French.

Prof. Williams

31.243 French Classicism (Prereq. 31.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Intellectual currents and other nondramatic literature of the 17th century.

Prof. Williams Fall and Wmter Qtrs.

31.244 French Classicism (Prereq. 31.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Dramatic literature of the 17th century. Plays of Corneille, Moliere, and Racine.

Prof. Williams Spring and Summer Qtrs.

31.245 French Literature of the 18th Century (Prereq. 31 232, equiv.) 4 Q.H.
The progress of the philosophical spirit and rationalistic thinking as reflected in the works of
Fontenelle, Bayle, Montesquieu, Voltaire, and others.

Prof. Fabrizi Offered 1974-75

31.246 French Literature of the 18th Century (Prereq. 31.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
The achievements of the spirit of enlightenment and the awakening of the romantic
sensibility, as seen in such authors as Diderot, Rousseau, St. Pierre, and Beaumarchais.
Conducted in French.

Prof. Fabrizi Offered 1974-75

31.247 French Literature of the 19th Century (Prereq 31.232 or equiv.) 4 OH.
Romantic poetry and drama; the realist novel.

Prof. Stephan Offered 1974-75

31.248 French Literature of the 19th Century (Prereq 31.232 or equiv ) 4 Q.H
Flaubert; Parnassian and Symbolist poetry.

Prof, Stephan Offered 1974-75

31.249 French Literature of the 20th Century (Prereq 31 232 or equiv ) 4 OH.
Narrative and dramatic prose writers prior to World War II, including Proust, Claudel, Gide,
and Mauriac.

Prof. Fabrizi Fall and Winter Qtrs.

31.250 French Literature of the 20th Century (Prereq 31.232 or equiv ) 4 OH.
The prose literature of present-day France as illustrated by the works of Sartre, Camus,
lonesco, and others.

Prof. Fabrizi Spring and Summer Qtrs.

31.291, 31.292, 31.293, 31.294 Directed Study 4 Q.H. (each)

Staff All Quarters

31.295, 31.296, 31.297, 31.298 Honors Program 4QH (each)

Staff All Quarters

140

Spanish

Prerequisites listed for Modern Languages are based on current course numbers at
Northeastern. Equivalent course work done elsewhere will be considered acceptable to
satisfy these prerequisites.

32.301 Elementary Spanish I ^ '^■^■

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary and idiomatic expressions.

Prof. Kitchin and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

32.202 Elementary Spanish II (Prereq. 32 201) 4 Q H.
Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of basic Spanish prose.
Prof. Kitchin

32.203 Intermediate Spanish I (Prereq 32,202) 4 Q.H.
Intensive grammar review. Reading of modern prose and poetry, with occasional oral or
written translation. Basic elements of composition and conversation practice based on
assigned readings.

Prof. Modee and Staff

32.204 Intermediate Spanish II (Prereq. 32.203 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Intensive reading of modern Spanish prose and poetry of moderate difficulty. Further
practice in composition and continued conversation practice based on assigned readings.
Prof. Modee and Staff

32.209 Conversational Spanish I , s . r^ lj

(Prereq. 32.204 or equiv,; open to non-majors only) 4 U.H.

Emphasis on developing the student's ability to speak Spanish and to comprehend it.
Ordinarily the entering student will have completed 32.204, ortheequivalent, but particularly
able students may be accepted after having completed only 32.202. In this case, the sequence
32 209-210 may be used to satisfy the language requirement.
Mrs. Licis F«" ^-d Winter Qtrs.

32 210 Conversational Spanish II (Prereq. 32.209 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

Continuation of 32.209, with continuing emphasis on the development of oral facility m

Spanish. , ^ ^.

Mrs. Licis Spring and Summer Qtrs.

32.211 Advanced Conversational Spanish

(Prereq. 32.210 or equiv; open to non-majors only) 4 Q.H.
Continuation and more intensive practice of work begun in 32.210.
Mrs. Licis
32.213 Readings in Spanish Literature

(Prereq. 32.204 or equiv.; open to non-majors only) 4 Q.H.
The opportunity to read some of the most interesting works of Spanish literature without the
intensive survey required in the Masterpieces course. Conducted in English.
Mrs. Jolliff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

32.214 Readings in Latin American Literature (Prereq. 32.204 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Companion course to 32.213. Emphasis upon the literature of Latin America. Conducted in
English.

Mrs. Jolliff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

32.215 Backgrounds in Hispanic Culture I 4 Q.H.
Open to all interested students. A reading knowledge of Spanish is helpful, but not essential
This course provides a multimedia survey of Spanish culture; slides, concerts, films, field
trips, and guest lecturers utilized. Language majors should consult with the instructor
concerning possible major credit. Conducted in English.

Prof. Kitchin Fall and Winter Qtrs

141

32.216 Backgrounds in Hispanic Culture II (Prereq. 32 204 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

Reading knowledge of Spanish required. This course begins with a survey of the three most
important pre-Coiombian cultures (Incas, Mayas, and Aztecs). Subsequently, the focus ison
intellectual history of Latin America Readings include Carta de Jamaica and Discurso ante el
Congreso de Angostura.
Miss Lopez Spring and Summer Qtrs.

32.227 Spanish Composition and Conversation I (Prereq. 32.204 or equiv ) 4 Q.H.
Practice in writing and speaking Spanish, including written and oral resumes, prepared

speeches and themes, impromptu speaking and writing. A review of the more subtle problems
of grammar.

Prof. Jaramillo and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

32.228 Spanish Composition and Conversation II (Prereq. 32.227 or equiv ) 4 Q H.
Further practice in oral and written Spanish; continued study of problems of advanced
Spanish grammar.

Prof. Jaramillo and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

32.229 Advanced Spanish Proficiency I (Prereq. consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Designed for those preparing to enter the teaching profession, as well as qualified advanced
students. Advanced elements of Spanish syntax, with emphasis upon achieving superior
speaking, reading, and writing skills.

Prof. Jaramillo Qffered 1974-75

32.230 Advanced Spanish Proficiency II

(Prereq. 32.229 and consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of aims and goals of 32.229.
Prof. Jaramillo Offered 1974-75

32.231 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature I (Prereq 32.204 or equiv); 4 Q H.
Introductory course in Spanish literature. Selected works from the Middle Ages to the Siglo
de Oro.

Mrs. Wegmann Fall and Winter Qtrs.

32.232 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature II (Prereq. 32.204 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Introductory course in Spanish literature. Selected works from the 19th and 20th centuries.
Mrs. Wegmann Spring and Summer Qtrs.
32.239 Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages (Prereq. 32 232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Selections from the major works of the Middle Ages, from the Poema del Cid to the Libro de
buen amor.

Prof. Modee Offered 1974-75

32.241 Spanish Literature of the 15th and 16th Centuries

(Prereq. 32.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Selections from the major works of the 15th and 16th centuries, from La Celestina to
mysticism.
Prof. Modee . Offered 1974-75

32.243 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age (Prereq. 32.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Cervantes; selections from the Entremeses. the Novelas ejemplares. and Don Quijote. with
emphasis on the latter as Spain's greatest literary masterpiece.

Prof. Kitchin p^H ^^^ winter Qtrs.

32.244 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age (Prereq 32.232 or equiv ) 4 Q H.
Readings from the comedias of Lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Galderon, and Ruiz de
Alarcon; also prose and poetry selections from Gongora and Quevedo.

Prof. Kitchin Spring and Summer Qtrs.

32.247 Spanish Literature of the 19th Century (Prereq. 32.232 or eqiv.) 4 Q.H.)

Readings in the prose, poetry, and drama of the romantic period, including selectionsfrom el
Duque deRivas, Larra, Espronceda, Zorrilla, and Becquer.
='rof. Modee Pa,, a^d Winter Qtrs.

142

32.248 Spanish Literature of the 19th Century (Prereq 32.232 or equiv ) 4 Q H
A study of some of the major novelists of the second half of the 19th century.

Prof Modee Spring and Summer Qtrs.

32.249 Spanish Literature of the 20th Century (Prereq. 32.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Selections from the writings of the Generation of '98: Unamuno, Valle-lnclan, Pio Baroja,
Benavente, Azorin, and the Machado brothers.

Prof. Jaramillo Offered 1974-75

32.250 Spanish Literature of the 20th Centuryy (Prereq. 32.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H
Prose and poetry of modern writers, such as Ortega y Gasset, Perez de Ayala, Garcia Lorca,
Juan Ramon Jimenez, Gironella, and Jose Cela.

Prof. Jaramillo Offered 1974-75

32.251 Latin American Literature (Prereq. 32.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Early Latin American literature; the literature of the colonial period and the early 19th century
based primarily on selections from an anthology.

Prof. Jaramillo Fall and Winter Qtrs.

32.252 Latin American Literature (Prereq. 32 232, equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Modern Latm American literature; readings from 19th- and 20th-century prose and poetry.
Prof. Jaramillo Spring and Summer Qtrs.

32.291,32.292,32.293,32.294 Directed Study 4 Q.H. (each)

c*gff ' All Quarters

32.295, 32.296, 32.297, 32.298 Honors Program 4 Q H (each)

g^gff All Quarters

German

Prerequisites listed for Modern Languages are based on current course numbers at
Northeastern. Equivalent course work done elsewhere will be considered acceptable to
satisfy these prerequisites.

33.201 Elementary German I 4 Q.H.
Essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, acquisition of a basic vocabulary, idiomatic
expressions.

Prof. Cooperstein and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

33.202 Elementary German II (Prereq 33.201) 4 Q.H.
More difficult points of grammar; reading of simple German prose, with oral and written
exercises.

Prof. Cooperstein and Staff

33.203 Intermediate German I (Pereq 33 202) 4 Q H.
Reading practice, using texts of average difficulty; review of grammar; written and oral
exercises.

Prof. Aluf and Staff

oJ.204 Intermediate German II (Prereq 33 203) 4 Q H.

Readings from modern German prose; practice in speaking and writing.
Prof. Aluf and Staff

33.205 Reading German in the Arts and Sciences 4 Q H.

A one-quarter course designed to give students sufficient knowledge of German grammar

and sentence structure to enable them to translate critical and scientific texts with the aid of a

dictionary. Students do not learn to speak or write German; instead, class time is devoted to

the acquisition of the grammar necessary for translation, as well as to practice in translating

texts from various scientific and humanistic fields. May not be used to fulfill a language

requirement.

Prof. Andrea Fall and Winter Qtrs.

,43

33.207 Scientific German (Prereq, 33,204, 33.205, or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

Review of grammar and syntax, advanced readings in expository German. Articles dealing
with chemistry, physics, mathematics, biology, and other disciplines in the arts and sciences,
in keeping with the students' major fields.
Prof. Aluf Spring and Summer Qtrs.

33.217 German Literature in Translation I 4 q h.
Elective open to all students. Offers a study of some of the most significant works of German
literature in translation. Topics vary from year to year. Language majors receive major credit
for this course only by making special arrangements with the instructor for extra work to be
done. Conducted in English.

Prof. Andrea Fall and Winter Qtrs.

33.218 German Literature in Translation II 4 q h
Companion course to 33.217. Readings center around the theme of "The Search for Identity".
Novels and plays by such 20th-century German authors as Mann, Rilke, Frisch, and
Durrenmatt are read.

Prof. Andrea Spring and Summer Qtrs.

33.227 German Composition and Conversation I (Prereq. 33 204) 4 Q H.
Aimed at developing writing and speaking ability. Some grammar review and weekly
compositions; prepared and impromptu speaking on avariety of topicsdealing with everyday
German Life.

Miss Boehme Fall and Winter Qtrs.

33.228 German Composition and Conversation II (Prereq. 33.227) 4 Q H
^ continuation of 33.227.

Vliss Boehme Spring and Summer Qtrs.

33.231 Masterpieces of German Literature I (Prereq. 33.204 or equiv ) 4 Q.H
=ieadings of 20th -century works accompanied by selections from major writers extending
Tom the Hildebrandslled to Luther.

\^iss Boehme Fall and Winter Qtrs,

33.232 Masterpieces of German Literature II (Prereq. 33.204 or equiv.) 4 Q H.
headings of 19th-century works accompanied by selections from major writers from Luther
:o the present.

\/1iss Boehme Spring and Summer Qtrs.

33.245 Classical Period of German Literature (Prereq. 33.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Background and general survey of the period from 1750 to 1800, with particular emphasison
;he works of Lessing and Schiller.

' ^rof. Cooperstein Qffered 1974-75

33.246 The Works of Goethe (Prereq. 33.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Dramas, prose writings, and lyric poetry of Goethe. Lectures, collateral readings, reports,
^rof. Cooperstein Offered 1974-75

33.247 German Literature of the 19th Century (Prereq. 33.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Background and general survey of German literature in the 19th century, with particular
attention to prose and lyric poetry.

Prof. Cooperstein Offered 1975-76

33.248 German Drama of the 19th Century (Prereq. 33 232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
^lays by Kleist, Hebbel, Grillparzer, and Ludwig. Lectures, collateral readings, reports.
^rof. Cooperstein Offered 1975-76

f 33.249 German Literature of the 20th Century (Prereq. 33.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

3 decent German literature, particularly prose and lyric poetry,
^rof. Cooperstein Fall and Winter Qtrs.

33.250 German Drama of the 20th Century (Prereq. 33.232 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

^lays by Schnitzler, Hofmannsthal, Wedekind, Kaiser, Toller, Unruh, and Weichert.
rof. Cooperstein Spring and Summer Qtrs.

144

33.251 The German Lyric (Prereq. 33.204 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.

German lyric poetry from the 1 2th century to the present. Analysis of selected poems, reports,

discussions.

p^Qf Aluf Fall and Winter Qtrs.

33.291, 33.292. 33.293, 33.294 Directed Study 4 Q.H (each)

g^g^f All Quarters

33.295, 33.296, 33.297, 33.298 Honors Program 4 Q.H. (each)

o* (t All Quarters

Staff

Russian

Prerequisites listed for Modern Languages are based on current course numbers at
Nortlieastern. Equivalent course work done elsewhere will be considered acceptable to
satisfy tfiese prerequisites.

34.201 Elementary Russian I 4 Q.H.
Essentials of grammar, practice in pronunciation, progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary, idiomatic expressions.

Staff Fall af^d Winter Qtrs.

34.202 Elementary Russian II (Prereq 34.201) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of grammar study; oral and written exercises.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

34.203 Intermediate Russian I (Prereq. 34.202) 4 Q.H.
Designed to further the student's knowledge of Russian through oral and written work; thei
study of grammar and reading in texts of moderate difficulty.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

34.204 Intermediate Russian II (Prereq 34.203) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of work and aims of 34.203.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs,

34.207 Scientific Russian (Prereq. 34.204 or equiv.) 4 Q.H

Readings of Russian texts in mathematics, physics, chemistry, astronomy, biology, anC
medical science. Designed to prepare the student for the departmental reading examination
he may wish to take in his chosen field. As far as possible, texts are selected on the basis of the
students' needs and interests.
Prof. Spiegel Not offered 1973-74

34.215 Backgrounds of Russian Culture 4 Q.H

Conducted in English. Designed to give the student a view of all aspects of Russian culture

and civilization. The course utilizes guest speakers, films, field trips, and discussions in its

presentation. Language majors should consult with the instructor concernmg possible major

credit.

Prof. Spiegel Fall and Winter Qtrs

34.217 The Works of Alexander Pushkin in English Translation 4 Q.H

A survey and analysis in English of Alexander Pushkin's artistic prose, his lyric, hij
correspondence, and Eugen Onegin (his novel in verse). Some attention is devoted to the
story of his life, literary friendships, and major literary influences. Language majors shoulc
consult with the instructor concerning possible major credit.
Prof. Spiegel y Spring and Summer Qtrs

34.227 Russian Composition and Conversation I (Prereq 34 204) 4 Q H

Designed to develop skills in speaking and writing of colloquial Soviet usage of the Russian
language. Classroom work is supplemented with tapes.
Mr. Ford Fall and Winter Qtrs

145

34.228 Russian Composition and Conversation li (Prereq. 34 227) 4 Q H

A continuation of 34.227.

Mr Ford Spring and Summer Qtrs.

34.247 Russian Short Story of the 19th Century (Prereq 34 204) 4 Q.H.
Detailed analysis of selected short stories of the 19th century read in Russian; study of the
development of the genre.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

34.248 Russian Drama of the 19th Century (Prereq. 34.204) 4 Q H
Detailed analysis of selected representative plays read in Russian; study of the development
of this genre.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

34.251 Russian Expository Prose (Prereq. 34.204) 4 Q.H.

Selected readings of lectures, speeches, essays, and critical studies by outstanding Russian

scholars.

Staff Not offered 1973-74

34.253 Russian Folklore (Prereq. 34.204) 4 Q.H.
Various genres of Russian folk literature read in Russian. Readings are supplemented with
lectures and tape recordings.

Staff Not offered 1973-74

34.254 Russian Poetry (Prereq. 34.204) 4 Q.H.
The major works of important classical and modern poets read in Russian and analyzed.
Staff Not offered 1973-74

34.255 Pushkin's Artistic Prose (Prereq. consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Reading of Pushkin's major prose fiction in the original, accompanied by stylistic and
structural analyses. Background materials and articles of criticism are consulted. Individual
oral presentations by students (in English)) and research papers (in English) by arrangement
with instructor.

Prof. Spiegel Not offered 1973-74

34.256 Pushkin's Narrative Poetry (Prereq. consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Reading of Pushkin's narrative poems in the original, accompanied by the study of the
author's poetic techniques and devices. The evolution of this genre is examined in the light of
literary trends, influences, and controversies. Research papers on selected topics in English.
Prof. Spiegel Not offered 1973-74

34.291, 34.292, 34.293, 34.294 Directed Study 4 Q.H. (each)

Staff All Quarters

34.295,34.296,34.297,34.298 Honors Program 4 Q H (each)

Staff All Quarters

Italian

Prerequisites listed for IVIodern Languages are based on current course numbers at
Nortiieastern. Equivalent course work done elsewhere will be considered acceptable to
satisfy these prerequisites.

35.201 Elementary Italian I 4 Q.H.
Essentials of grammar, practice in speaking and reading, progressive acquisition of basic
language skills.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

35.202 Elementary Italian II (Prereq. 35.201) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of grammar study and basic language skills. Reading of Italian of increasing

146

difficulty; practice in conversation.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

35.203 Intermediate Italian I (Prereq. 35.202) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of grammar. Oral practice and the reading of selected texts.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

35.204 Intermediate Italian II (Prereq. 35.203) 4 Q H
Continuation of 35.203, with greater emphasis on reading.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

35.227 Italian Composition and Conversation I (Prereq. 35.204) 4 Q.H.
Aims at perfect speaking and writing ability. The basis of work is analysis of the language, oral
and written reports, and general discussions. Conducted in Italian.

Prof. Fabrizi Fall and Winter Qtrs.

35.228 Italian Composition and Conversation II (Prereq. 35.227) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 35.227, with stress on individual work, free discussions, and compositions.
Conducted in Italian.

Prof. Fabrizi Spring and Summer Qtrs.

35.231 Masterpieces of Italian Literature I (Prereq. 35.204) 4 Q.H.
Introductory course in Italian literature. Selected works from the Trecento to the 18th
century.

Prof. Fabrizi Fall and Winter Qtrs.

35.232 Masterpieces of Italian Literature II (Prereq. 35. 204) 4 Q.H.
Introductory course in Italian literature. Selected works from the 19th and 20th centuries.
Prof. Fabrizi Spring and Summer Qtrs.

35.291, 35.292, 35.293, 35.294 Directed Study 4 Q.H. (each)

Staff All Quarters

35.295, 35.296. 35.297, 35.298 Honors Program 4 Q.H.

Staff All Quarters

Latin

36.201 Elementary Latin I 4 Q.H.
The essentials of Latin grammar, with progressive acquisition of skill in reading and
translation of simple texts.

Ms. Landesman " Fall and Winter Qtrs.

36.202 Elementary Latin II (Prereq. 36.201) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of 36.201. Additional grammar study and reading practice.

Ms. Landesman Spring and Summer Qtrs.

Journalism

38.101 History and Principles of Journalism 4 Q.H.
Development of American journalism from European and English beginnings. The problems
and contributions of the "Colonial Press", the Revolutionary War period, the "Party Press",
the "Penny Press", and the leading contributions to early American journalism. The evolution
of freedom of the press and the concurrent responsibility of the press media. Some writing
required.

Prof. Speers Fall and Winter Qtrs.

38.102 History and Principles of Journalism 4 Q.H.
A continuation of 38.101 from mid-19th century. America's great personal journalists and
mass circulation "giants" and their contributions; Greeley, Bennett, Raymond, Dana, Grady,

147

Nelson, Ochs, White, Medill, Pulitzer, Hearst, Scripps, Howard, McCormick, and others. The
relationships of journalism to such events as the Civil War, the Spanish-American War; the
unfolding principles. Some writing required.
Prof. Speers Spring Qtr.

38.103 Fundamentals of Newswriting 4 Q H
Functions of the editorial department and procedures in obtaining and writing news stories.
Extensive practice in writing news stories.

Mrs. Ackerman and Mr. Pothier Fall and Winter Qtrs

38.104 Fundamentals of Newswriting (Prereq. 38.103 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Problems of reporting and news writing with written assignments in various types of spot
news reporting.

Mrs. Ackerman and Mr. Pothier Spring and Summer Qtrs.

38.105 Techniques of Journalism (Prereq. 38.104 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Advanced practice in writing news stories along with editorials, feature stories, criticisms and
other assignments.

Mrs. Ackerman and Mr. Pothier Fall and Winter Qtrs.

38.106 Techniques of Journalism (Prereq. 38.105 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Editing the news, with practice in copy editing, headline writing, and newspaper makeup,
VIrs. Ackerman and Mr. Pothier Spring and Summer Qtrs.

38.107 The Press and Society 4 q h.
The relationships of the press media to American society: the various roles of the press; the
unfolding legislative pattern before and after the First Amendment; some outstanding court
cases concerning the press; i.e., contempt of court, licensing, taxing the press; relationships
between the press and the U.S. Post Qffice. A study project, involving work with professional
newspapers, is required.

^rof. Speers Fall and Winter Qtrs.

J8.108 The Press and Society 4 q h

Someof the major legal considerations concerning the press media, such as libel and slander;
•ight of privacy; the public's "right to know"; some current and past restrictive legislation. A
5tudy project involving work with professional newspapers, is required.
='rof. Speers Spring Qtr.

J8.121 Television Newswriting 4 Q.H.

Techniques of writing for television news as opposed to writing for other news media. The
narriage of script to various video outputs; importance of the writer-reporter in both his new
oles as a field-producer and a writer-producer; terms and language used in the production of
rv news shows. Actual individual production of student news shows; field trips to TV stations;
^uest lecturers from the TV news media.

58.130 Advanced Reporting 4 Q H

\ll over the country increasing numbers of special teams are being utilized to handle

nvestigative reporting. This course coversthedailypress, but alsodelvesintothetechniques
ised by radio-TV, the underground press, wire services, suburban weeklies, and magazines,
students participate in a selected controversial project and produce a series for publication
ind broadcast.

8.135 Public Affairs and Journalism 4 Q H

^ series of seminars featuring well-known professionals from major newspapers, radio-TV
tations, wire services, magazines, photography, and public relations. An up-to-date, in-
epth explanation of techniques and theories utilized in various media. Instructors include
lany award winners and even Pulitzer Prize recipients. Sponsored by the New England
'hapter of Sigma Delta Chi, the professional journalism organization, to benefit its
)urnalism scholarship program at the University.

8.190 Directed Study in Journalism (Prereq. consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

I Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

148

Economics

Unless otherwise stated, a prerequisite for all advanced economics courses is two quarters of
a basic economics course, sucti as 39.105 and 39.106, or 39.115 and 39. 116, or 39.125 and
39.126. Exceptions to this prerequisite made at the discretion of the instructor.

39.105 Principles of Economics 4 Q H.

Development of macroeconomic analysis; review of national income concepts; national
income determination, fluctuation, and growth; role of the banking system and the Federal
Reserve System; government expenditures and taxation; international trade; balance of
international payments.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.106 Principles of Economics 4 Q.H.
The role of a market pricing system, demand and supply, in determining the allocation of
resources to competing uses and why this system may not function adequately in certain
areas. Application of economic principles to private and public problems in such areas as
pollution, poverty, and racial discrimination.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

39.115 Principles and Problems of Economics 4 Q.H.
An introduction to the conceptual aspects of economics; the flow of national income;
economic growth and fluctuation; the role of money and banking; monetary and fiscah
policies. Emphasis on developing conceptual tools for use in the analysis of economic
problems facing modern society.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.116 Principles and Problems of Economics 4 Q H.

Development of basic theory of demand, supply, and market price. Applications to selected
microeconomic problems, such as basic economics of monopoly and competition, poverty,
race and discrimination, urban affairs, pollution, and other problems which relate to the role'
of the pricing system in resource allocation and income distribution.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

39.125 Economics 4 Q.H

Macroeconomic problems, theory and policy; basic economic concepts and the institutiona
setting of the American economic system, its goals and problems; national income anc
product definition and measurement; the theory of income determination; the relation
between prices and money; the mechanics of commercial banking operations, centra'
banking, and monetary policy; government and fiscal policy; appraisal of stabilizatior
policies; economic growth theory and problems.
Prof. Herman Fall and Winter Qtrs

39.126 Economics 4 Q.H

Explanation of elements of demand, supply and cost, market pricing, and allocation of
resources. Application of market theory to selected current areas of concern; pollution,
poverty, racial discrimination, urban problems, monopoly and competition, etc.
Prof. Herman Spring and Summer Qtrs.

39.190, 39.191 Directed Study 4 Q.H.

Independent work under the direction of member of the Department on a chosen topic.
Limited to qualified seniors majoring in Economics, with approval of Department.
Staff

39.250 Statistics I 4 Q.H.

Elementary set theory, basic probability, Bayesion decision making, measurement and

presentation of economic statistics, descriptive statistics, basic estimation techniques,

applications.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.j

39.251 Statistics II (Prereq. 39.250) 4 Q.H.|
Testing statistical hypotheses, sampling problems; analysis of variance; correlation and

149

linear regression analysis.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

39.255 Microeconomic Theory 4 q h

A detailed study of supply and demand analysis, various elasticity concepts and applications,
theory of consumer demand, theory of production, derivation of cost curves. Detailed
analysis of pricing and output behavior in the several market structures with their welfare
implication; the pricing of resources.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.256 Macroeconomic Theory 4 q h.

Investigation of the conceptual and empirical problems of creating and usmg national
accounts; price index problems; conceptual and empirical evaluation of several consumption
and investment functions, and their policy implications: multiplier and accelerator models; a
brief history of recent cyclical fluctuations. Theories of inflation and growth are analyzed in
the light of recent economic history.
Prof. Shelby Spring and Summer Qtrs.

39.259 European Economic Development 4 q h

Economic inheritance of the 19th-century development of capitalism and laissez-faire. The
aftermath of the Industrial Revolution, European overseas expansion, the 20th century, the
yA/orld wars, the dissolution of empires, American economic conquest and European
ntegration, the future of less developed areas in southern Europe. Environmental impact of
ndustrialism and the implications of technological society.
='rof. Schachter Fall Qtr.

39.260 American Economic Development 4 q.h

Economic development of the U.S. from the colonial period to the present; historical changes
n available factors; economic institutions and technologies; special attention to precon-
jitions of industrialism. The American Industrial Revolution, its spread and socioeconomic
:onsequences. The Great Depression and the subsequent rise of mixed economy and welfare
state; U.S. adjustments to postwar economic changes,
'^rof. Shelby Spring Qtr.

39.261 Economic History of Less-Developed Countries 4 Q H

The problems of initiating and sustaining growth in selected third-world countries during the
ast 200 years, with emphasis on traditional vs. contemporary economic development. Role of
A/estern society; impact of technological and structural changes; relations between states
and economic enterprises.
Staff Winter Qtr.

39.265 Money and Banking (Prereq. only 39.105, 39.115 or 39.125) 4 Q.H.
The nature and function of money, credit, and monetary standards, and the role of our
Tionetary and banking system in the economy. Topics include; commercial banking,
monetary theory and policy, the role and instruments of the Federal Reserve System, and
nternational monetary problems.

='rof. Caligaris Spring and Summer Qtrs.

39.266 Government Finance 4 Q h

-iscal functions, institutions, and politics; growth of the public sector; expenditure planning
n theory and practice; cost-benefit analysis; principles of taxation and tax incidence; major
axes at Federal and state-local levels; fiscal policy for high employment, price stability, and
growth; current fiscal problems such as tax reform, urban fiscal problems, fiscal federalism,
and income maintenance programs,
^rof. Musgrave Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.267 Economics of Urban Transportation 4 Q H.

Transportation and land-use patterns; externalities; social costs and social benefits of various
nodes of urban transportation; ownership, regulations, and financing of various modes of

150

transportation; economies of new technology in urban transportation.

Staff Winter Qtr.

39.268 Urban Economics 4 Q H.

An inquiry into the causes of the location and thegrowth of urban centers; economic analysis

of selected urban problems.

Prof. Brown Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.269 Urban Economic Problems and Policies 4 Q.H.
Sequel to Urban Economics. Detailed analysis of urban problems, such as housing,
transportation, land use, public services. Exploration of public policies related to such
problems.

Prof. Brown Spring and Summer Qtrs.

39.271 Social Control of Economic Activities 4 Q.H.

Historical development of the government's role in economic affairs. The relationships
between the government and industry, labor, agriculture, public utilities, consumers;
economy in general; antitrust laws and their effects on market structure and performance;
theoretical analysis of interaction of various sectors of the economy.
Prof. Horowitz Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.273 Industrial Organization and Public Policy (Prereq 39.255) 4 Q.H.

The theoretical framework for analysis and evaluation of the static and dynamic performance
of real markets. An examination of the empirical studies testing the usefulness of applying
theory to real markets. An examination of antitrust as a public policy designed to promote
better market performances.
Staff Spring Qtr.

39.275 Labor Economics 4 Q.H.

Examination of the economics of the labor market and the labor force and of the institutions
and policies dealing with them; employment, unemployment, wage determination, income
distribution, and the development and efficient use of labor resources; development of trade
unions; collective bargaining issues and their economic consequences.
Prof. Herrnstadt Winter and Spring Qtrs.

39.277 Economics of the Quality of Urban Environment and Control 4 Q.H.

Economic analysis of air, water, thermal, and noise pollution; the utilization of urban space
and other urban resources; identification of possible economic effects of urban environment,
such as crime, delinquency, immobility, and congestion.
Prof. Swanson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.278 Poverty and Discrimination 4 Q.H.
Dimensions of poverty in America; the economics of race and racism. Analysis of other
contributors to income and wealth inequities; age, education, and sex discrimination;
domestic and world poverty.

Prof. Kidder Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.279 Manpower and Anti-Poverty Policies and Programs 4 Q.H.

Sequel to 39.278, Poverty and Discrimination; assessment of government and private efforts
to fight poverty and improve the labor market position of impoverished groups; relationship
between causes of poverty and discrimination; and possible remedies. Manpower training
programs, negative incometax, family allowances, and other income maintenance schemes.
Prof. Herrnstadt Spring and Summer Qtrs.

39.280 Comparative Economics 4 Q.H.
Competing types of theoretical economic systems; analysis of organization and operation of
currently existing types of communist, socialist, and capitalist economies; comparison and
evaluation of economic behavior and performance of different economic systems.
Profs. Shelby and Schacter Spring and Summer Qtrs.

151

39.281 Introduction to Mathematical Economics

(Prereq. 10.105; calculus not required) 4 Q.H.
Functional analysis, nnatrix algebra, analysis of statistical economics models, derivatives, and
differentiation and optimization.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.282 Mathematical Economics (Prereq. 39.281 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
For economics, mathematics, business, and engineering students interested in a broad
coverage of economic analysis using mathematical techniques as tools. Topics are: models
of the firm, demand theory, input-output, and other planning and policy models of the
national economy.

Staff Spring Qtr.

39.285 Economic Development 4 Q H.

Prospects for economic grov\/th in poor nations as indicated by economic analysis and
historical experience; social, cultural, and institutional determinants of growth; implications
for the international position and policies of the U.S.
Prof. Schachter Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.286 International Economics 4 Q H.

Introduction to the theory of international trade and its role in resource allocation;
implications of economic v\/elfare; foreign exchange; the balance of payments mechanism;
and problems of disequilibrium and adjustment.
Prof. Lapan Spring Qtr.

39.288 Economic Growth and Instability 4 Q.H.
Measurement and cost of economic growth and instability; long-run models and ex-
planations of aggregate growth; short-run models and causes of fluctuations in output,
employment, and prices; long-run projections and short-run forecasts of aggregate change;
policies for optimal growth and stability.

Prof. Shelby Fall and Winter Qtrs.

39.289 Advanced Economic Theory (Prereq. 39.255 and 39 256) 4 Q.H.
Advanced theoretical treatment of selected topics in microeconomics and macroeconomics.
Recommended for students planning to take graduate economics.

Staff Spring Qtr.

39.291 Senior Economic Seminar (Prereq. 39.255 and 39.256) 4 Q.H.
Course for senior Economics majors; coordinating and applying economic concepts,
methodology, and data to contemporary issues and problems of broad social, economic, and
philosophical importance.

Prof. DeCicco Spring Qtr.

39.292 History of Economic Thought 4 Q H.

Comprehensive course of study in the development of economic thought. Coverage includes
mercantilism as the first economic doctrine; analysis of older classical school, its later
refinements (modern marginalism), and its importantcritics (socialists, Marxists); Keynesian
and modern developments.
Prof. DeCicco Spring Qtr.

39.293 Introduction to Econometrics (Prereq. 39.251) 4 Q.H.
The methods of econometric estimation and forecasting. Coverage includes topics in various
statistical techniques. Students are given the opportunity to construct their own models and
use computer facilities for estimation and forecasting.

Staff Spring Qtr.

39.294 Problems in Economic Research 4 Q.H.
Research methods of practicing economists with typical problems from applied areas of
economics and choice of modeling framework; problems of data collection, review of
estimation techniques and interpretation of results; development of static and dynamic
adaptive policy models.

Staff Spring Qtr.

152

39.295, 39.296, 39.297, 39.298 Honors Program (each) 4 Q H.

Prof. DeCicco All Quarters

Accounting

41.111 Accounting Principles I 4 Q.H.
An exploration of the relationship between business activity and accounting, with focus on
the nature and purposeof accounting; the uses of management accounting data and reports.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

41.112 Accounting Principles II (Prereq. 41111) 4 CI.; 4 Q H.
Emphasizes financial reporting, measuring and appraising the financial results of business
operations, and accounting for business assets.

Staff Spring Qtr.

41.201 Introduction to Accounting— I.E. 4 Q.H.

To acquaint Engineering students with the basic purposes, principles, and practices of
financial accounting; to discuss cost patterns and measurements in terms of their limits and
usefulness; and to familiarize students with managerial accounting, including such topics as
break-even analysis, budgets, standard costs, and capital budgets.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

41.205 Cost Accounting for Management (Prereq. 41 112)4 Q H.

An examination of cost accounting from a managerial viewpoint. The impact of quantitative
and behavioral aspects on budgets and cost control is stressed.
Prof. Grossman and Staff All Quarters

41.207 Analysis of Financial Statements (Prereq. 41 1 12) 4 Q.H.

Preparation of accounting statements; uses of ratios and analytical statements; composition
of statements and statement classification; fund and cash flow analysis.
Prof. Malchman Not Offered 1973-74

41.210 Introduction to Accounting - L.A. (Formerly Accounting Principles) 4 Q.H.

For Liberal Arts undergraduates. A survey of the foundations of accounting and the role

accounting plays in the management of the profit and non-profit sectors of the American

economy.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

41.213 Survey of Federal Taxes (Prereq 41 1 12) 4 Q.H.

Intended for the student who has not majored in Accounting but who desires to gain a basic
appreciation and understanding of the Federal tax structure rather than detailed knowledge.
A survey of Federal taxation as it applies to individuals, partnerships, corporations, gifts,
estates, trusts, and business decisions.
Prof. Malchman Spring and Summer Qtrs.

41.251 Intermediate Accounting (Prereq. 41.112) 4 Q.H.
Emphasis on accounting theory and concepts, together with an analysis of the special
problems that arise in applying these concepts to financial accounting. Areas discussed are:
the basic accounting process, cash receivables, liabililties, and inventory valuation.

Prof. Slavin Fall and Winter Qtrs.

41.252 Intermediate Accounting (Prereq. 41.251) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of the discussion of the structure of accounting theory and its underlying
issues, together with an evaluation of the conflicts and shortcomings in accounting concepts.
Areas discussed are investment in productive resources and accounting for corporations.
Prof. Slavin Spring and Summer Qtrs.

41.253 Cost Accounting I (Prereq 41.112) 4 Q.H.
The accumulation of cost data for managerial analysis and control; familiarization with
product costing systems and their usefulness.

Prof. Curran Fall and Winter Qtrs.

153

41.254 Cost Accounting II (Prereq. 41.253) 4 Q.H.

Budgetory planning and control, with emphasis on using cost data for decision-making.
Prof. Curran Spring and Summer Qtrs.

41.257 Auditing (Prereq. 41.252) 4 Q.H.

Designed to give the Accounting major a thorough knowledge of auditing through the
application of auditing principles and adherence to auditing standards; the ethics of the
profession; and the significance of new and advanced audit techniques.'
^^^^^ Spring and Summer Qtrs.

41.260 Federal Taxes (Prereq. 41.112) 4 Q.H.

Intended primarily to provide a comprehensive study of the Federal tax structure for the
Accounting major who plans to enter the professional field of accounting. The student
researches cases which introduce the various source materials on basic tax problems apart
from specific changes made in the Internal Revenue Code. The course contains a thorough
study of Federal taxation approaches to individuals, partnerships and corporations
Prof. Malchman Pal, a^d Winter Qtrs.

41.262 Accounting Theory and Practice (Prereq. 41.252) 4 Q H
Objectives are to examine; 1. the theory and practice of corporate financial reporting and
some of the controversial areas in accounting; 2. the pronouncements and research studies of
the authoritative institutions of the profession relating to the practice of accounting; 3. the
textual and periodical literature on accounting theory.

^^°^- ^°y Fall and Winter Qtrs.

41.263 Accounting Planning and Control (Prereq. 41.112) 4 Q H
The organization as a system, considering the informational needs for long- and short-run
planning. The control mechanism in goal attainment. Includes both quantitative and
behavioral aspects of planning and control.

Profs. Lindhe, Carter, and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

41.264 Advanced Accounting Problems I (Prereq. 41.252) 4 Q H
Intended for the student who is planning to enter the professional field of accounting^
Included are pronouncements and recent statements by authoritative bodies, as well as
discussions of the various approaches to problem solving and a review of the accodunting
principles involved. Among the topics are: partnerships, installment sales, consignments,
home office and branch office relationships, and governmental and institutional accounting'
Prof. Malchman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

41.265 Management Accounting

(Prereq. 41.205, 41.253, or consent of instructor) 4 q.h.
Designed as an "enlarged" managerial accounting course in which accounting technique is
made subordinate to a consideration of management uses of the end products of accounting
analysis. Its main objective is a greater appreciation of the role of accounting in the basic
management functions of planning, controlling, and decision making.

41.266 Contemporary Accounting Problems (Prereq. 41.252) 4 Q.H.
A seminar designed to survey some of the important problem areas currently facing the
accounting profession: 1 . the criteria for a profession, 2. the legal and ethical responsibilities
of the profession, 3. the profession's social responsibilities, and 4. the accounting and
reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission and other Federal
agencies.

Prof. Roy Spring and Summer Qtrs.

41.267 Tax Factors in Business Decisions 4 Q.H.
A survey of the role of taxes in decisions involving mergers, acquisitions, profit sharing,
pension plans, contracts, costing procedures, employee compensation, and other tax-
planning variables.

Prof. Curran Spring and Summer Qtrs.

41.268 Appraisal of Management Enterprise (Prereq. 41.112, 41.205 or 41.253) 4 Q.H.
Designed to examine the usefulness of accounting data in managementappraisal, thecourse

154

also discusses variousapproachesforaccountantsto provide a management appraisal which
goes beyond the conventional financial statement. Topics are: management's social
responsibilities, the attest function and possible extensions, behavioral aspects of using
accounting data for performance evaluation, the accountant's role as a consultant,
"management auditing," and "social audits."

41.269 Advanced Accounting Problems II (Prereq 41.252) 4 Q.H.

Intended for the student who plans to enter the professional field of accounting. The course
consists of a concentrated study of three areas: 1. consolidations, 2. fiduciaries, and 3.
actuarial science. Pronouncements and recent statements by authoritative bodies are
discussed. Problem solving is used to demonstrate the application of accounting principles.
Prof. Malchman Spring and Summer Qtrs.

Marketing

43.120 Introduction to Marketing 4 Q.H.

An overview of marketing and its role both within the firm and within society. Emphasis on the
pervasive interrelationships among dynamic dimensions of the environment, marketing
activities, consumer attitudes, and consumer behavior. Open as elective to non-CBA
sophomore and upper-class students.
Staff All Quarters

43.125 Consumer Problems of the 70s 4 Q.H.

Readings, discussions and class projects are used to examine and evaluate the respon-
sibilities of business to society and to the consumer. Elective open to all upperclassmen.
Prof. Collazzo Fall and Winter Qtrs.

43.223 Introduction to Advertising 4 Q.H.

An overview of advertising and its role in our society. Advertising is examined: 1. as part of
marketing, 2. as a communications process and 3. as a viable social and economic force.
Open to all upperclassmen.
Prof. Dufton Fall and Winter Qtrs.

43.233 Retail Management (Prereq. 43.120 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

From a marketing management point of view, study is made of the activities and contributions
of major retailing institutions, including department and specialty stores, supermarkets, and
discount outlets. Upper-class elective.
Prof. Mmichiello Spring and Summer Qtrs.

43.235 Marketing Channels (Prereq. 43.250 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

Marketing structures and institutions: their evolution, functions, interrelationships, and the
management of their role in the marketing process. Upper-class elective.
Prof. Verma Every Other Year, Spring Qtr.

43.240 Marketing Research (Prereq. 43.251 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

The use of marketing research as a tool in planning and controlling marketing activities,
including an introduction to the application of behavioral and quantitative concepts in the
solution of marketing programs. Upper-class elective. Required for Marketing juniors.
Profs. Wiseman and Moriarty Fall and Winter Qtrs.

43.242 Sales Management (Prereq. 43.250) 4 Q.H.

Creation, management, and appraisal of the sales force. Case studies and discussions, plus
selected readings. Junior and senior elective.
Prof. Minichiello Every Other Year, Spring Qtr.

43.244 Quantitative Methods for Marketing Management (Prereq. 49 251) 4 OH.

The contribution of quantitative techniques and the computer to decision-making in
marketing and related business policy areas. Junior and senior elective.
Profs. Verma and Wiseman Every Other Year, Spring Qtr.

43.250 Marketing Management I (Required of Marketing majors) 4 Q.H.

An introduction to market analysis and the design and implementation of marketing

155

Strategies. Of primary concern is the appraisal of the environment of business and marketing
activities, with particular emphasis on factors affecting the nature and extent of consumer
demand. An upper-class elective prerequisite to a number of other elective Marketing
courses. Open to non-Marketing majors in middler, junior, and senior years.
Profs. Minichiello and Verma Fall and Winter Qtrs.

43.251 Marketing Management II (Prereq 43 250) 4 Q H

A continuation of 43.250. Based on understanding of business and marketing environment
and of consumer demand, this quarter focuses on the interrelated roles of product, price,
distribution and promotion in the development and operation of marketing programs. Upper-
class elective required of Marketing middlers.
Profs. Dufton and Verma Spring and Summer Qtrs.

43.261 International Marketing 4 q h

The opportunities, methods, and policies in management of international marketing

programs. Upper-class elective.

Prof Verma Fall and Winter Otrs.

43.262 Advertising Management (Prereq. 43.251 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Advertising management through class discussions of case studies selected to illustrate
means of achieving proper balance and coordination of advertising with other elements in the
marketing mix. Junior and senior elective.

Prof. Dufton Fall and Winter Qtrs.

43.265 Industrial Marketing (Prereq. 43.250 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

The marketing of products where business firms are the potential customers. Upper-class
elective, open to juniors and seniors.
Prof. Dufton ' Every Other Year, Spring Qtr.

43.270 Senior Seminar in Marketing (Prereq 43.251) 4 Q.H
^n m-depth study of selected topics in marketing. The subjects explored will differ each time
the seminar is offered, based on the research interests of the instructor. An elective course
Dpen only to seniors.

Senior members of the Department Spring Qtr.

43.271 New Product Development (Prereq. 43.120) 4 Q.H
^n analysis of the problems which firms face in directing and managing their new product
development activities. Open to seniors only.

^rofs. McDonald and Verma Spring Qtr.

43.275 Foundations of Consumer Behavior (Prereq 43 120) 4 OH

Economic, behavioral, and other models of consumerbehaviorareexamined as bases forthe
Dianning and evaluation of marketing effort. Upper-class elective,
^rofs. Dufton and McDonald Fall and Winter Qtrs.

43.277 History of Marketing Thought (Prereq. 43.251) 4 OH.

^n analytical survey of the evolution of marketing and marketing thought. Emphasis is on

:hanges in the role of marketing as practiced by business firms and as viewed by society. All

jpperclassmen.

^rof. Collazzo Every Other Year, Spring Qtr.

J3.278 Competitive Strategy (Prereq. 43.251) 4 Q.H

The capstone marketing course, a required elective for seniors majoring in Marketing. The
ocus is upon the formulation of marketing strategy at a policy level and its implementation in
J dynamic environment.
=rof. McDonald Fall and Winter Qtrs.

Finance and Insurance

4.120 Introduction to Financial Activity 4 Q H

xquaints students with the important analytical tools, habits of thought, concepts and

156

knowledge surrounding the management of the flow of funds within the corporation. Deals
with the firm's demand for capital, sources of capital, management of assets, dividend
payments, and forecasting of funds needed.
Profs. Cerullo, Willett, and Staff All Quarters

44.144 Management of Financial Institutions (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q H

The broad range of decision-making problems faced by major financial institutions, such as
commercial banks, savings and investment institutions, and finance companies when viewed
as competitive, profit-seeking business entities. The course considers such topical areas as
the nature and scope of the capital markets confronting these institutions, specializec
problems with regard to the sources and uses of funds of the financial institutions, anc
strategic policy planning of financial institutions. I

Prof. Fletcher Fall and Winter Qtrs., 1973-7^"

44.150 Corporate Financial Management (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q H
Extends a student's grasp of theory and analytical tools and concepts which have genera
applicability in most profit- and nonprofit-seeking organizations through readings and case
discussions. Such analysis is primarily concerned with the evaluation of expected benefit?
from invested capital in relation to its costs and availability. While techniques of economic
appraisal are stressed, the course also aims to locate financial valuation within the overal
structure of administrative decisions concerning theallociation of an organization'sfinancia
resources.

Prof. McCarthy and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs

44.151 Interpreting Financial Data (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q.H
Development of the capacity for proper utilization of outputs of the financial accountinc
process for purposes of financial management, and the associated decision-making tasks
The specific objectives are fourfold: 1. an understanding of the differences between casl-
flows and reported profit (i.e., net income); 2. an awareness of the implications of "generalh
accepted accounting principles" for financial management; 3. recognition of the need fo
balancing attention to profitability matters with concern for balance sheet consideration;
(e.g., liquidity and solvency): and 4. an understanding of the auditor in achieving creditabilit;
with respect to financial data. Contemporary issues in financial reporting are examined, witt
the view of illuminating the basic ideas of the course.

Prof. Caplan and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs

44.159 Small Business Finance (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q.H
Investigates the financial requirements of smaller businesses and the sources of funds opei
to them. Methods of financial control in the small business are covered, as well a;
requirements of financing institutions. The problem of obtaining adequate equity financinc
and equity sources is highlighted.

Prof. Hehre Fall and Winter Qtrs., 1974-7!

44.160 International Financial Management (Prereq. 44.150) 4 Q.H
The issues and problems encountered by the financial function of an international firm
Considers the investment and financing decisions of a firm in the context of an Internationa
or multi-country environment. Specific topics are: capital budgeting, capitalization policies
the use of Eurocurrency and Euro-bond markets, and liquidity management by th(
international firm.

Prof. Duckworth Spring and Summer Qtrs., 1973-7'

44.161 Financial Control Systems 4 Q.H

The control process in the management of any organization and the role of systemati(

financial controls in facilitating that process. Particular attention given to the needs o

financial managers as key participants in the process. The relationships between financia

planning activities and financial control are examined. Qther areas of emphasis in the course

are: profit planning, budgeting, performance evaluation, and incentives tied to measurec

performance.

Prof. Caplan Fall and Winter Qtrs., 1973-7^

•57

44.162 Risk Management (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q.H.

The concept of risk and thewaysof dealing with it, including risk reduction, risk combination,
and insurance. Considerations of cost and risk management in comparison to the risk-cost
preferences of the insurer.
Prof. Hehre Spring and Summer Qtrs., 1973-74

44.130 Investment Strategy (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q.H.

The objective is to present selection and valuation techniques for the purpose of constructing
an investment portfolio of financial assets including common stocks and bonds. Topics
covered are the evaluation of individual security risk and return characteristics and the
interpretation of financial market behavior in the context of security valuation. Emphasis is
placed upon ways of evaluating individual security characteristics for portfolio purposes.
To be announced Fall and Winter Qtrs.

44.185 Management of Financial Resources (Prereq. 44 120) 4QH

Focuses on the raising of the supply of funds and their allocation to long-term uses in order to
accomplish an organization's objectives. Standard and innovative types of securities
surveyed and techniques for choosing the best mix of securities developed. The processes by
which funds are obtained are described. The determination of investment opportunities and
systems for their evaluation are presented.
Prof. Marple Spring and Summer Qtrs., 1974-75

44.220 Insurance and Enterprise (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q.H

^ broad course approach to the theory and economics of the use of life, property, and
casualty insurance in enterprises. Emphasis placed on the principles underlying the selection
and use of insurance as a tool to reduce risk exposure, as well as a thorough review of contract
provisions, rate making, and loss adjustment,
^rof. Willett Spring and Summer Qtrs., 1974-75

H.240 Personal Finance

(Qpen to Business Administration students only with consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
The management of the total personal estate; budgeting, savings, insurance, investments,
sorrowing, taxes, social security, pensions, annuities, securities markets, mutual funds, and
heir integration,
^rof. Cerullo All Quarters

14.255 Estate Planning (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q.H.

Estate planning is essential for anyone who intends to advise others in the area of financial
Planning or desires to accumulate funds for himsif or his dependents. It is concerned both
/vith the accumulation of capital and its preservation. The objective of financial planning isto
provide essential information necessary to make intelligent decisions and a knowledge of
available alternatives. Expertise in this field requires an understanding of methods of
ntegrating life insurance into an overall financial plan; a knowledge of basic information
concerning wills, trusts, gifts, etc.; methods of funding business continuation; and estate
iquidity requirements.

^rof. Willett , Fall and Winter Qtrs., 1974-75

14.260 Financial Planning (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q.H.

^ review and evaluation of the theory and practice related to forecasting business and
inancial operations on both the short and long run. Particular attention is paid to controlling
)perations within goals and plans established by management and within constraints
m posed by the industry and national economy. The relationship of the business enterprise to
he national economy is stressed,
'rof. Hehre Spring and Summer Qtrs.

4.275 Money and Economic Activity (Prereq. 44.120) 4 Q.H.

t is said; "Money is that institution which brought humanity from a primitive stage into
ivilization" and there is much truth in this statement. An American industrial society
• riented toward general welfare and stability is also inconceivable without the help of a sound
nd well-organized monetary and banking system. In this spirit, the study of money and

158

economic activity enriches the background of any student in business and finance with

valuable knowledge for becoming an enlightened manager and citizen.

Profs. Fletcher and Rugina Spring and Summer Qtrs.

44.290 Business Ethics 4 q h

The survival of the American economic system depends, to a considerable degree, on the
faith which the public places in the integrity of its business leaders. Their decisions are
emulated and affect the national, ethical, and economic health. Individual student participa-
tion in this course assists students in recognizing the added complexity brought to business
problems by a consideration of ethics and/or responsibility and helps students to construct
and solidify a personal code of ethics which they may follow in their own careers.
Prof. Willett

44.295 The Development of the Capitalistic System 4 q.h.

Introduction to the arguments surrounding the nature and functioning of the American
capitalistic system and capitalism in general. One school of thought accuses the system of
being monopolistic, whereas another defends the system as being competitive. Around this
argument, excerpts from the work of great economists are used to show the development of
tools of analysis for a better understanding of western capitalistic society and its problems.
Prof. Rugina Spring and Summer Qtrs., 1974-75

Management

45.112 Business Policy (Prereq. 45.210) 4 Q.H.

Corporate strategy and its elements, including an analysis of the company, its resourcesand

opportunities, its environment, and decision makers. Emphasis on decision making and

implementation of strategy while operating a company in the context of a business

simulation.

College of Business Administration Faculty All Quarters

45.114 Social Change (Prereq. 45.210 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Extends the student's understanding and awareness of the dynamics of .group behavior by
intensive experiential involvement, particularly through the use of situational scenarios in
which classroom setting becomes the research learning laboratory. Selective use is made o1
related research on groups.

Prof. Rochwarg Spring Qtr

45.115 Small Group Behavior (Prereq. 45.210 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H
Seminar survey of various contemporary views about the determinants, directions, and
projected effects of a rapidly changing society on the behavior of individuals and groups, and
such institutions as the industrial organization. This is fundamentally a reading /discussion
seminar, and the class size is limited to students having a serious interest in examining a
range of conceptual views on the nature of revolutionary social change in this decade,
explaming its manifest signs, and projecting its implications.

Prof. Rochwarg Spring Qtr,

45.160 Operations Planning and Control (Prereq. 45.265) 4 Q.H

The requirements of planning in order for an enterprise to respond to customer demand and
the control functions necessary for successful operations. The development of the planning
and control system, inventory planning and control, forecasting foroperations planning, and
operations scheduling.
Prof. Olive Spring Qtr.

45.209 Organization Behavior I 4 Q H

Application of concepts from the behavioral sciences to an understanding of the behavior of
people in organizational settings. Focus is on systematic approaches to understanding
behavior, looking at people as individuals and as members of small groups, and determining

159

implications for management. Emphasis on the development of student skills in applying
behavioral concepts to situational problems.

Human Resources Faculty Fall and Winter Qtrs.

45.210 Organization Behavior II (Prereq. 45.209) 4 Q.H

Continuation of study of behavior of people in organizations. Initial focus is on behavior of
people in two-person relations and as members of separate groups. Later focus is on the
understanding of large, complex organizations and simultaneous development of student's
skill in planning and achieving change.

Human Resources Faculty Spring and Summer Qtrs.

45.212 New Venture Creation 4 q (_(

Designed to assist students interested in small business to ansv\/er a number of important
questions through a systematic analysis of their own potential for an entrepreneurial career:
i.e., What is my own entrepreneurial career? What is my own entrepreneurial orientation and
commitment? What managerial and behavioral skills do I need for achievement? How do I
plan for my personal and entrepreneurial goals?
Profs. Olive and Timmons Spring Qtr.

45.250 Business and Society (Prereq. 45 210) 4 Q H.
An analysis of developing external influences on the business organization— social, legal,
economics, cultural, ethical, and technical. Examination of the corporation in its interactions
with these forces. Focus on reconciling the strains generated by these societal factors and
their impact on the management and decision-making process.

College of Business Administration Faculty All Quarters

45.251 Comparative Management 4 q h

The ways in which organizational structure and management processes are shaped by the
mission and objectives of the organization. Examination of different types of organizations:
profit-oriented business organizations, public corporations, governmental agencies, unions,
schools and universities, research laboratories, police and military organizations, hospitals,
trade associations, and voluntary groups.
Prof. Marshall Fall and Winter Qtrs.

45.258 Dynamics and Practice of Superior-Subordinate Relations

(Prereq. 45.210 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Behavioral theory and concepts applied to the understanding and performance of the
leadership function in organizational management. Various laboratory procedures used in
conjunction with discussion sessions to highlight individual and group concepts in problem
sensing, location, and exercises as key guides to understanding.
Prof. T. Anderson Spring Qtr.

45.260 Personnel - Industrial Relations (Prereq 45.210) 4 Q H.
Investigating man and his institutions in the world of work. The "actors" (i.e., business
organizations, managers, workers and unions) are examined in order to ascertain the
assumptions, objectives, values, and behavior of each party under constraints. Among
combinations of constraints considered are: technology, market or budgetry, legal, public
values, and political systems. Utilizing the interactions which occur between the actors in the
system, the student studies current problem areas of personnel and industrial relations.
Profs. Hobart and Marshall All Quarters

45.261 Interpersonal Relations (Prereq. 45.210 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
An intensive inquiry into the communication from one person to another— the longest
distance of all. Makes use of unconventional media for learning: selected films, drama, and
the short story, in which universal qualities of the interactions between people are described,
analyzed, and reinterpreted in different settings in today's world.

Profs. Rochwarg and Walker Spring Qtr.

45.262 Collective Bargaining by Professional Associations 4 Q.H.
In recent years professional employers have become more numerous. They, in turn, have

160

made the management of organizations more complex by introducing into the employment
relationship the issue of professional self-determination of goals and responsibilities. Within
professional associations such as engineering, teaching, nursing, and medicine, new
structures have been formed for purposes of collective bargaining, as well as for more
traditional economic reasonsof salaries and working conditions. The purpose of the course is
to compare these different structures and to evaluate the impact of important social factors.
These factors include: the development and present status of the profession, its level of
autonomy, its self-image, and the market demand for its services. Case analyses, reading,
guest lecturers, and independent research are utilized.
Prof. Hobart Spring Qtr.

45.263 Career Planning and Managerial Skill Assessment

(Consent of instructor (Prereq. 45.209, 45.210) 4 Q.H.
Effective career planning and development can be viewed most profitably in the larger
context of an individual's actualization process in life. On the one hand, the student explores
his career with refernce to personal values, interests, aspirations, sense of self-worth and
managerial skills, and on the other, the realities of specific occupational and professional
choices. During the course each participant provides and analyzes a wide variety of data for
better insight into his career future and the specific steps leading to greater goal fulfillment.
Designed for ninth- and 10th- quarter students.
Prof. Croke Summer Qtr.

45.265 Production Management (Prereq. 49.251) 4 Q.H.

Production management is concerned with planning and controlling the use of such
resources as men, materials, facilities, technology, and information to accomplish the
objectives of an organization. The course provides a basic understanding of the management
of the production system— its design, operation, control, evolution, and modification— to
enhance managerial decision making in technical matters. Topics discussed are: design of
product and process, human factors concepts, capacity considerations, man-systems, work
measurement, wage administration, production planning, inventory management produc-
tion control, and product quality managment.
Profs. Ammer, Godin, Olive, and Shore All Quarters

45.275 Labor Law (Prereq. 45.260, 39.275) 4 Q.H.
The changing judicial principles and statutory standards of employment and management-
union relations since 1800.

Prof. Myers Fall and Winter Qtrs.

45.276 Seminar in Collective Bargaining (Prereq. 45.275) 4 Q.H.
Cases or reports on problems faced by industrial relations departments dealing with
employees through collective bargaining. Individual research.

Prof. Myers Spring Qtr.

Transportation

48.101 Principles of Transportation (Prereq. 39.105) 4 Q.H.
The political, social, and economic functionsof transportation; developmentand structure of
the domestic transportation system; the nature of government regulation and promotion of
the several modes.

Prof. Lieb Fall and Winter Qtrs.

48.102 Current Issues in Transportation Policy (Prereq. 48.101) 4 Q.H.
An overview of the regulatory process and its impact on the domestic transportation system.
Critical examination of topical policy issues which confront carriers, shippers, and the
agencies of regulation.

Prof. Lieb Fall and Winter Qtrs.

161

48.103 Carrier Management (Prereq. 48.101) 4 Q.H.
The transportation system from the carrier's viewpoint; managerial response to a heavily
regulated and rapidly expanding environment; focus on carrier decision-making involving
routes, scheduling, financing, and pricing of services.

Prof. Lieb Fall and Winter Qtrs.

48.104 Physical Distribution Management (Prereq. 43.120) 4 Q.H,
Movement, distribution, and control of raw material and finished goodsflows. Examination of
the importance of inventory control, scheduling, warehousing, and transportation in the
design and operation of distribution systems.

Prof. Lieb Spring and Summer Qtrs.

48.105 Urban Transportation (Prereq. 39.105) 4 Q H.
Impact of private and public transport systems on urban development. The planning and
implementation of government programs concerning construction and promotion of system
alternatives.

Prof. Lieb Spring and Summer Qtrs.

General Business

49.100 Introduction to Business 4 Q.H.
The business organization as a system of interrelated functions and operations; the
interactions between the organization and its environment; and the role of management in
business organizations.

College of Business Administration Faculty Fall and Winter Qtrs.

49.101 Introduction to the Computer (Prereq. 10.125) 4 Q.H.
Provides the undergraduate business student with a basic computer capability. The student
develops a familiarity with the computation center and experience in the use of canned
programs. Skills developed are reinforced and augmented in core and elective courses in
upper-class years.

Profs. Briggs, Grossman, and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

49.107 Small Business Management 4 Q H

The characteristics and problems of small enterprises at different stages of their life cycle,
from post-natal to maturing periods. Focus is on the operating problems and strategies of
established small enterprises for the benefit of students whose careers as owner-managers
and consultants, or in venture financing, are likely to be centered on the smaller business.
Prof. Olive Spring Qtr.

49.108 Opportunity Identification and Analysis

(Prereq. 45.212 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Emphasis is on risk taking in new business ventures, ratherthan on day-to-day management.
Cases and readings focus on the opportunities, risks and contributions necessary for success
in an entrepreneurial career. Case discussions on starting or acquiring companies stress the
finding of a suitable opportunity, appraisal of profit potential, determination of acceptable
purchase price, negotiation of terms, raising of capital, and organization of a new business.
Profs. Olive and Timmons Fall Qtr.

49.109 Statistical Methods for Data Analysis (Prereq. 49.205) 4 Q.H.
Examines someof the most commonly used methodsfor analyzing largeand small quantities
of data. Included are: 1. regression and correlation, 2. chi-square, 3. discriminant, 4. factor
analysis, 5. sampling, and 6. designing and analyzing experiments. Extensive use is made of
laboratory (problem) sessions and of canned computer programs which require no previous
computer experience.

Prof. Wiseman Spring Qtr.

162

49.155 Legal Aspects of Business 4 Q H.

The legal aspects of business transactions and business relationships involving contracts,

agency, negotiable instruments, suretyship, and guaranty.

Profs. Fiumara and Scioletti All Quarters

49.156 Management Planning and Control (Prereq 41.105, 45 210) 4 Q.H.
Develops systematic and integrated framework of concepts and theory useful for considera-
tion of management control, and for the design and implementation of management control
systems. Integrates pertinent material from the formal disciplines, particularly those in
organizational behavior, with "control." Develops skill in analyzing real-world situations
involving management control considerations. Achieves higher level of understanding of the
interrelated nature of the management control process with other processes operating within
an organization and the broader functional areas of business. The course covers the
following topics: basic conceptual framework, responsibility centers, measurement, expense
centers, profit centers and transfer pricing, investment centers, planning and budgeting,
control reporting, incentives for performance, organizational relationships (role of con-
troller), and evaluation of comprehensive systems.

Prof. Caplan Fall and Winter Qtrs.

49.206 Management Information Systems (Prereq. 49.251) 4 Q.H.

The design and implementation of a computer-based management information system.
Includes programming, flow diagramming, and documentation of business subsystems. A
term project requirement provides experience with realistic design problems and computer
application. Computer Model 6000 Series is used.
Prof. Gubellini Spring and Summer Qtrs.

49.210 Legal Aspects of Business Organization and Property (Prereq. 49.155) 4 Q.H.

The legal aspects of the typical forms of business ownership. The law of sales and property
transactions in business.
Profs. Fiumara and Scioletti Fall and Winter Qtrs.

49.212 The Law of Wills, Trusts, and Estates 4 Q.H.

The requirements of a valid will, claims of and against the estate, and final distribution of
property. The requirements of a valid inter-vivos trust, a testamentary trust, the respon-
sibilities and liabilities of a trustee, the rights of beneficiaries, and administration of an estate,
both formal and informal.
Prof. Scioletti Spring Qtr.

49.240 Law in Society 4 Q.H.

Acquamts the student, as a member of society, with his legal rights, obligations, and
responsibilities applicable in his relationship with others and with the state.
Profs. Fiumara and Scioletti Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

49.250 Quantitative Methods I (Prereq. 10.125) 4 Q.H.
Topics treated are: descriptive statistics, statistical inference (probability), sampling, payoff
table analysis, probability distributions, statistical estimation, hypothesis testing, and
Bayesian statistics. The course is characterized by a decision-making orientation.

Profs. Briggs, Grossman, Moriarty, Parsons, Shelley, and Wiseman

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

49.251 Quantitative Methods II (Prereq. 49.250) 4 Q.H.
The role of the model as an analytical device designed to aid the decision maker. Simple
regression and correlation, multiple regression and correlation, exponential smoothing,
linear programming, network models, and simulation models.

Prof. Briggs, Grossman, Moriarty, Parsons, Shelley, and Wiseman

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

49.258 Accounting Systems and Data Processing (Prereq. 41 112) 4 Q.H.

Information flows throughout the organization; the use of quantitative decision techniques in
planning and control; the concept of the integrated and the total information system; and the

applications of computer programming to business, nonprofit organizations, government,

and other areas.

Prof. Grossman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

49.261 Quantitative Models in Operations Analysis (Prereq. 45.265) 4 Q.H.
The use of quantitative models for understanding problems in the management of complex
systems. The course draws on linear programming, integer programming, transportation
method, dynamic programming, simulation, and network analysis. These techniques are
used in thefollowing problem areas: capital investment, replacement, materials handling, line
balancing, project scheduling, and planning and control.

Prof. Shore Spring Qtr.

49.262 Independent Study 4 Q H.

-or a student who has received approval of a proposal to undertake independent study in lieu
Df any course required in the various concentrations. Each teaching area considers proposals
^resented by students to its Independent Studies Committee for evaluation and approval.
Every proposal requires a detailed outline of the objectives and plan of study and must be
accompanied by a supporting statement from the supervising faculty member under whose
jirection the study will take place. A copy of the final report prepared by the student will be
presented to the appropriate Independent Studies Committee. Further information aboutthe
ndependent Studies Program can be obtained from Area Coordinators.
College of Business Administration Faculty All Quarters

Education Foundations

>0.114 Education and Social Science 4 Q H

ntroduction to the social scientific analysis of education and a brief exposure to the methods
ind thinking of these social sciences. The student should develop an orientation to and
iwareness of the complexity of the educational scene in America and the world today,
jtaff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

i0.121 Human Development and Learning I 4 Q.H.

Developmental processes from prenatal life up to adolescence. Theories of learning and

)ersonality, with research and case material covering major aspects of psychological

ievelopment.

'rofs. Bernheim, Hanks, and Nichols All Quarters

0.131 Human Development and Learning II 4 Q H

;)ontmuation of Human Development and Learning I. Significant aspects of adolescence;

)hysical, social, and psychological factors as they influence adolescent behavior.

'rofs. Gulo and Rosenthal All Quarters

0.132 Creative Expression in Children (Prereq. 50.121) 4 Q.H.

Study of creativity and the role which creative expression plays in the psychological
evelopment of the young child. Examination of various media (i.e., visual, dramatic,
•hotographic, literary) and their use in the educational setting,
'rof. Bernheim Spring and Summer Qtrs.

0.133 Educational Applications of Social Psychology (Prereq. 50.121 or 50.131) 4 Q.H.
ocus on theory and research in social psychology especially relevant to education. Areas
overed are: prejudice in the classroom; the school as a setting for manifestation of
uthoritarian personality; attitude organization and change in an educational environment;
ie class and the clique as "small groups"; the expression of need for achievement in various
chool structures; and related topics,
rof. Hanks Spring and Summer Qtrs.

0.134 Mental Health in Teaching (Prereq. 50.121 or 50.131) 4 Q.H.

actors involved in the choice of teaching as a career, and of psychological and occupational

16^'

factors which contribute to teacher happiness and dissatisfaction, adjustment, and
maladjustment. Examination of these factors is a background against which to consider: 1.
what teachers can do to foster healthy personalities, 2. how to deal with psychological forces
m the classroom, and 3. steps to strengthen the emotional development of the normal child.
Prof. Gulo Spring and Summer Qtrs.

50.135 Cross-Cultural Studies of Child Rearing and Education

(Prereq. 50.121 or 50.131) 4 Q.H
Patternsof socialization in contrasting cultures, and possible and/or demonstrated resultants
in areas of personal development of concern to educators. Readings are mainly ethnographic
studies of child rearing and psychological investigations of children from contrasting
backgrounds. ||

Prof. Herzog Spring and Summer Qtrs I

50.136 Language and Cognition: Educational Implications '

(Prereq. 50.121 or 50.131) 4 Q.H
Development of language and thought in the child: concept learning, problem solving, anc
language acquisition. Particular consideration given to the implications of current research
and theory in these areas for educational practice. .

Prof. Nichols Spring and Summer Qtrs!

50.137 Seminar in Adolescent Psychology (Prereq. 50.131) 4 Q.H
An in-depth examination of the motivational, intellectual, social, and emotional developmen'
of adolescents from the end of preadolescence to the beginning of young adulthood
Emphasis is also on current issues such as drug use, sexual behavior, and vocationa
problems.

Prof. Gulo Spring and Summer Qtrs

50.138 Seminar in Human Learning and Motivation (Prereq. 50 121 or 50 131) 4 Q.H
Survey and analysis of the literature on human learning and motivation. Emphasis or
interaction between human learning and motivation in the developmental process and in thf
classroom.

Prof. Rosenthal Spring and Summer Qtrs

50.139 Seminar in Early Childhood Development (Prereq. 50.121) 4 Q.H
The theory and research regarding the cognitive, personality, and social development o
children from birth to six years, with respect to their implications for early childhooci
education. Various existing programs examined and new directions explored. I
Prof. Bernheim All Quarter;

50.141 Measurement and Evaluation (Prereq. 51.135) 4 Q.H

The fundamentals of measurement; the use of basic statistical concepts and techniques
evaluation of standardized and teacher-made tests.
Staff All Quarter;

50.152 Comparative Education 4 Q.H

Education in other nations. Relationships with the political, economic, social, and cultura

milieu in Western and Eastern Europe, the Near and Far East.

Prof. Baptiste Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs

50.153 Philosophy of Education 4 Q.H

Objective is to help participants examine their own purposes in relation tothoseof theschoo
as an institution. Philosophical writings (on topics such as the ethics of educations
intervention, the delineation of educational concepts, the educational messages of long-
range speculations and Utopias, and normative assumptions underlying educational policies)
and the practice of education in the class are the main materials. Dialogue is the main method.
Prof. Meier Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs

50.154 Current Issues in American Education 4 Q H

An analysis of the variety of educational issues confronting elementary and secondary
teachers. Attempts will be made to place issues in a historical context, and to expose students

165

to a variety of educational programs in the Boston area that are palpable efforts to deal with

the issues.

Profs. Baptiste and Meier Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

50.161 Seminar in Group Process 4 q h.

A study of the structure, dynamics, and function of face-to-face groups leading to learning

about goal achievement and task orientation. The course operates mainly by committee or

group instrumentation. A serious student should gain an understanding of the function of

informal relationships within formal organizations, the various roles within groups, peer

relationships, superior-subordinate relationships, authority and intimacy, and the inclusion

and exclusion processes. Also involved is the aspect of self-understanding.

Prof. Meier Winter and Sprmg Qtrs.

50.163 Schools as Social Systems (Prereq. 50.114 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
An analysis of schools as sociocultural subsystems within the larger society. Functional
interrelationship between student and school subcultures; status and role systems, and
authority structures in American schools.

Prof. Brown Winter and Spring Qtrs.

50.164 Class and Ethnic Relations in Education (Prereq. 50.114 or equiv ) 4 Q.H
The various ways in which the American class system and patterns of ethnic group relations
have affected, and have been affected by, American education. The limitations and potential
of educational institutions with respect to the resolution of intergroup conflicts and the
establishment of equal educational opportunities.

Prof. Zaiinger Winter and Spring Qtrs.

50.165 Organization and Politics of School Systems (Prereq. 50.114 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
The political sociology of school systems in the U.S. An analysis of the power and authority
structures in contemporary education. Who decides what and how? Who controls the
system? How are the various interest groups organized? What are the mechanisms for
conflict resolution? The relationship between professional and nonprofessional interest
groups.

Prof. Brown Winter and Spring Qtrs.

50.166 Teaching and the Human Service Professions (Prereq. 50.114 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
An analysis of responsibility for socialization in modern society, focusing on the inputs of
teachers and other school personnel, various human service professions, and the family and
informal peer groups. These topics are approached through sociological and historical
materials concerning the development of selected school and human service professions,
and by comparison of contemporary American practice with child-rearing arrangements in
other modern nations.

Prof. Herzog Winter and Spring Qtrs.

50.167 Education and Psychosocial Development (Prereq. 50.114 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Theories and research on the socialization functions of education. The relative influence of
early vs. post-chiJdhood socialization; professional and adult socialization; the role of diverse
educational experiences and institutions in personality development and change.

Profs. Durham and Zaiinger Winter and Spring Qtrs.

50.168 Education and Social Change (Prereq 50 114 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
A sociological exploration ofeducationalsystemsasindependentanddependentvariables in
social change. Instances of planned educational change in various countries and their
implications for contemporary American society.

S^af^ Winter and Spring Qtrs.

Education— Instruction

51.124 Modern Mathematics Curricula 4 Q.H.

Mathematics curricula in junior and senior high schools, including experimental programs,

166;

presented in their historical setting.

Prof. McLean Spring Qtr.

51.131 Fundamentals of Arithmetic I 4 q h.

Techniques of teaching arithmetic so that underlying principles are stressed. Topics are
selected to serve as a foundation in mathematics appropriate for any elementary program.
Deductive and inductive reasoning, numeration systems, elementary concepts of set theory, .
whole numbers and rational numbers and their properties, decimal numerals, linear
equations, and inequalities.
Prof. Clark Fall and Winter Qtrs.

51.132 Fundamentals of Arithmetic II (Prereq. 51.131) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of Fundamentals of Arithmetic I. Rate, ratio and percent, informal geometry,
elementary theorems and proofs, similarity and trigonometry, area of volume, elements of
spherical geometry.

Prof. Clark Spring and Summer Qtrs.

51.135 Analysis of Teaching and Educational Process (Prereq. 50.131) 4 Q.H.

The relationships that exist between instructional objectives and teaching behavior;
applications of human development and learning concepts as they relate to subsequent
specialized teaching methods and materials. Research results and promising theory are used
to extend the prospective teacher's concepts of the teaching function.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

51.139 Writing and the Teaching of Writing (Prereq. 51.135) 4 Q.H.
A study of the logical and rhetorical bases of exposition and argumentative writing; the role of
definition in exposition and argumentation; relationships of assumptions, assertions, and
implications; the nature of proof in the sciences, social sciences, and the humanities;
strategies of argumentation; the affective consequences of word choice and sentence
structure.

Prof. Favat Spring Qtr.

51.140 Methods and Materials of Teaching Modern Languages I

(Prereq. 51.135) 4 Q.H.
The most effective types of classroom activities, subject unit organization, assignments,
examinations, and teaching aids used in modern language. The role of the language
laboratory with its problems of selecting equipment, scheduling pupils, planning tapes and
content of drill exercises, evaluating results, and coordinating its functions with conventional
classroom instruction.
Prof. Petralila Fall and Winter Qtrs.

51.141 Elementary Education Compendium I (Prereq. 51.135) 4 Q H.
The curriculum is analyzed on the basis of the overall objectives of the American elementary
school. Students evaluate and organize units of work which are appropriate to the level at
which they plan to teach. The integrated approach to learning is emphasized, but the
integrated approach to science, social studies, and language arts subjects is given special
attention.

Prof. Lee in charge Fall and Winter Qtrs.

51.142 Elementary Education Compendium II (Prereq 51.141) 4 Q.H.
The objectives, activities, and methods of evaluation in the elementary school arecontinued,
with special attention to the areas of music, art, and physical education.

Prof. Lee in charge Spring and Summer Qtrs.

51.143 Methods and Materials of Teaching English (Prereq 51 135) 4 Q.H.
An introduction to the structure and functions of language as they apply to the teaching of
English; curriculum and planning in English. The unit approach; specific techniques of
teaching reading and literature, grammar and usage, written and oral composition, listening,
spelling, vocabulary, and the use of mass media.

Prof. Favat Fall and Winter Qtrs.

,67

51.144 Methods and Materials of Teaching Modern Languages II

(Prereq. 51.140) 4 Q.H.
Continuation of IVIethods and Materials of Teaching Modern Languages I.
Prof. Petralia Spring and Summer Qtrs.

51.145 Methods and Materials of Teaching Mathematics (Prereq. 51.135) 4 Q.H
Theory and practice of teaching secondary mathematics, including a discussion and
9valuation of instructional problems. Lesson planning and presentations by individual
students afford appropriate practice and serve as the medium of instruction.

^rof. McLean Fall and Winter Qtrs.

51.147 Methods and Materials of Teaching the Sciences (Prereq. 51.135) 4 Q.H.

The prospective science teacher is introduced to the following: the philosophies of science
3nd their applicability in society and the secondary school; science curriculum development
jnd application: and pertinent methods and materials in science education,
^rof. Miner Fall and Winter Qtrs.

)1.149 Methods and Materials of Teaching Social Studies (Prereq 51 135) 8 Q H

\ field-oriented course conducted off campus in one or more schools of cooperating public
school systems where College of Education students work with pupils of the school
ndividually and in small groups. Techniques of planning, development of curriculum
naterials, utilization of audio-visual equipment, simulations, development and implementa-
ion of evaluation instruments, presentation of original materials in class,
'rof. Tedesco Fall and Winter Qtrs.

11.151 Student Teaching and Seminar

Prereq. formal acceptance into and completion of Advanced Professional sequence with
minimum 2.0 Q.P.A., both overall and in teaching major) 8 Q.H.
-ull-tlme participation in a university-arranged and supervised school program designed to
)rovide opportunity for the analysis of learning and teaching and for the demonstration,
ivaluation, and development of teaching skills.

Education— Reading

4.126 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools 4 Q H

or English and Social Studies majors in the College of Education who are preparing for
iaching in the junior or senior high schools, Basically, the same approach and organization
opiies to this course as to the elementary level course. (One quarter)
rof. Maguire Spring Qtr.

M35 Fundamentals of Reading I 6 Q.H.*

he basic, introductory course in developmental reading for prospective elementary
achers. In the first term the emphasis is on language and symbolic process as it relates to
Bginning reading. The word recognition and meanings growth areas are studied in detail, as
e some methods'and techniques of testing and grouping. An introduction to some reading
ooks and materials, methods of teaching, and the psychology of learning to read. Tutorial
ork begins with students.
'Of. Howards in charge Fall and Winter Qtrs.

1.136 Fundamentals of Reading II (Prereq. 54.135) 6 Q.H.*

continuation and extension of the first term. Study skills; speed and fluency growth areas.

le tutorial work is extended and greater familiarity with books, materials, and methods

;hieved.

of. Howards in charge Spring and Summer Qtrs.

il.141 Remedial Reading (Prereq. 54.136) 4 Q.H.

I)r prospective teachers in the primary unit. This introductory course familiarizes the student

deluding lab.

16a

with some of the most commonly known reading problems in the typical classroom as well as
in the reading clinic; analysis and evaluation of the typical diagnoses of such problems;
corrective programs. Tutorial work with a retarded reader, with each student keeping a log or
journal of his work with a particular reading problem.
Prof. Burg Fall and Winter Qtrs

54.142 Linguistics and Reading (Prereq 54.136) 4 Q.H.

For elementary level teachers (primary unit). The major objective is to translate the
knowledge gathered from structural and descriptive linguistics into useful classroom
instruction, which includes not only reading instruction, but basic instruction in the related
language skills. The contributions, particularly of such writers as Fries, Barnhart, Bloomfield,
and LeFevre, are experimented with and analyzed.
Prof. Kaufman Spring Qtr. '

54.151 Children's Literature (Prereq. 54.136) 4 Q.H.

For prospective teachers in the primary unit. A comprehensive survey and critical analysis of
the booksand materialsavailablefor basic reading instruction and forsupplementary reading
activities. After a massive review of the available literature for the children, especially in
grades K-3, each student is responsible for developing some material of his own for trial with
subjects. The ultimate goal is to make the student aware of what is available and how to use it
most effectively in a readmg program.
Prof. Buffone Spring Qtr.

Education— Speech and Hearing— Special Education

55.121 Introduction to Special Education 4 Q.H

An introductory survey course which emphasizes the characteristics and needs o
exceptional children and youth. Recognition of exceptional children in the classroom
including the trainable and educable retarded, emotionally disturbed, social offender, brain
injured, speech-, hearing-, and language-impaired, the physically handicapped, the visualh
handicapped, and the gifted.

Fall and Winter Qtrs

55.122 Introduction to Speech and Hearing Therapy 4 Q.H

Normal language and speech development in children. Analysis of the most prevalent organic
and functional communication disorders, with emphasis on identification techniques
Lectures, demonstrations, and 15 clock hours of observation in the University clinic.

Spring and Summer Qtrs

55.124 Anatomy, Physiology, and Neurology of the Speech and Hearing Mechanism

4 Q.H
Physiological and mechanical components of speech and hearing. The skeletal, muscular
and nervous systems. Lectures and laboratory demonstrations.

Spring and Summer Qtrs

55.126 Communication Skills 4 Q.H

The importance of effective communication in the teaching profession. Utilization of the
knowledge of the scientific principles of voice production, with practice in effective voca
usage. Integration of communication skills with regular classroom curriculum. Lectures
exercises, demonstration, and observations.

Fall and Winter Qtrs

55.131 Normal Development of Language and Speech (Prereq. 55.122) 4 Q.H

Analysis of theories related to concept formation, development, and utilization of symbols
from birth to maturation. Foundations and developmental phases of language and speech,
The significance of physiological, neurological, psychological, and intellectual factors
affecting language and speech development. Case studies, lectures, demonstration, and

169

observations.

Prof. Ferullo Fall and Winter Qtrs.

55.133 Introduction to Linguistics and Phonetics (Prereq. 55.122) 4 Q.H.
Learning and applying the International Phonetic Alphabet. A consideration of articulated
phonemes and allophones, sound change, structural and descriptive linguistics asapplied to
problems in communication. The nature of language. Lectures, demonstrations, and
observations.

Mrs. West Fall and Winter Qtrs.

55.134 Organic Speech Disorders (Prereq. 55 124) 4 Q.H.
Etiology, diagnosis, and prognosis of non-neurological communication disorders; con-
sideration of therapeutic procedures in cleft-palate and cleft-lip, and related maxillo-facial
abnormalities; laryngectomy; and tongue-thrusting. Lectures, observations, and
demonstrations.

Prof. Ferullo Spring and Summer Qtrs.

55.141 Methods and Materials in Speech and Hearing and Articulation Disorders

(Prereq. 51.135)4 Q.H.
Various materials and methods used in the correction of speech problems. The rationale of
the corrective process; selection, preparation, and presentation of materials. Speech
correction and improvement through an integrated approach.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

55.142 Introduction to Audiology (Prereq. 55.124) 4 Q.H.
The physics of sound, anatomy, physiology, and neurology of the ear. Basic techniques in
audiometric testing. Lectures, demonstrations, and observations.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

55.143 Diagnostic Techniques in Speech and Hearing (Prereq. 55.134) 4 Q.H.
Diagnosis and therapy in communication disorders in children and adults; tests utilized in
evaluation of individuals with language, speech, and hearing disorders. Demonstrations,
case histories, and experience in the University clinic.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

55.144 Clinical Practice in Speech and Hearing I (Prereq 55.131, 55.133) 4 Q H.*
Practicum in language, speech, and hearing diagnosis and therapy in the University clinic.
Students should reserve a block of hours for clinic practicum. A minimum of 100 hours.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

55.145 Functional Speech Disorders (Prereq. 55.124) 4 Q.H.
Etiology, diagnosis, and prognosis of communication disorders of nonorganic origins.
Language and speech disorders and the psychodynamics of personality development.
Lectures and demonstrations, case histories, and experience in the University clinic.
Prof. Ferullo Fall and Winter Qtrs.

55.152 Speechreading and Auditory Training

Variousspeech-reading methods; an integrated approach tothetreatmentof hard-of-hearing

individuals; auditory training techniques and materials.

Prof. Ferullo Spring Qtr.

55.154 Introduction to Stuttering (Prereq. 55 145) 4 Q.H.
A consideration of some of the major theories of stuttering. Diagnosis and therapy
procedures. Lectures, demonstrations, and observations.

Staff Spring Qtr.

55.155 Clinical Practice in Speech and Hearing II

(Prereq. 55.144 and 100 in University clinic)4 Q.H.*
Practicum in language, speech, and hearing diagnosis in a medical and/or rehabilitation

*'ncluding lab.

170vjS

center; a multidisciplinary approach to the treatment of children and adults.

Mrs. Troutman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

55.230 Introduction to Emotional Disturbances in Children ■

(Prereq. 55.121, 19.201 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
An introduction to the etiology, dynamics, and diagnosis of emotional disturbance in
children. Special attention is given to emotional blocks to learning.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

55.237 Introduction to Learning Disabilities (Prereq. 55.121) 4 Q.H.

An introduction to the learning problems of children with perceptual-motor handicaps, but
who generally meet the criteria of normal intelligence.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

55.240 Psychology of the Mentally Retarded (Prereq 55.121) 4 Q.H.

An analysis of the nature and needs of the retarded individual, with emphasis on
characteristics of physical, mental, social, and emotional development. Implicationsof these
characteristics for educational, social, and employment training programs are explored in
conjunction with parental and community reactions and involvement. The positive ultimate
role of the retarded as a successful citizen, employee, and homemaker is a major emphasis.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

55.250 Introduction to Rehabilitation (Prereq 55 121) 4 Q H.

An overview of and an orientation to the field of rehabilitation, including its historical
development, psychological implications, and sociological dimensions.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

Physical Education

Most courses are coeducational. Some courses for men and women will be offered separately
where deemed advisable.

60.140 Analysis and Teaching of Physical Activities I

(Prereq. 60.131; women only) 3 Q.H.*
Analysis of performance and methods of teaching in the areas of gymnastics and racquet
sports.

2^3^^ Fall Qtr.

60.141 Analysis and Teaching of Physical Activities II

(Prereq. 60.131; women only) 3 Q.H.*
Analysis of performance and methods of teaching in the areas of team sports (indoor) and
aquatics.
Staff Winter Qtr.

60.142 Analysis and Teaching of Physical Activities III

(Prereq. 60.132; women only) 3 Q.H.*
Analysis of performance and methods of teaching in the areas of field sports and dance.
Staff Spring Qtr.

60.143 Winter Sports 1 Q.H.
Five-day resident session at North Conway, New Hampshire. Participation according to
ability in classes of Hannes Schneider Ski School. Evening seminars in skiing theory and
teaching methods.

Staff Winter Qtr.

60.160 Instructional Technology 2 Q.H.

Survey of selection, evaluation, preparation, and production of audio-visual media,

instructional television, and programmed learning. Some opportunity to work with related

equipment.

Staff Fall Qtr.

171

60.220 Program and Methods in Elementary School Physical Education Activities

(Prereq. 19.102, 50.121, 50.131;women only) 4 Q.H.
Philosophy, program-planning, and methods for teaching children; guided observation
experiences with children in schools; individual teaching presentations and evaluations in
basic motor skills, dance activities, games, gymnatics, and sports.

Staff Winter Qtr.

60.230 Advanced Teaching and Analysis

(Prereq. 60.140, 60.141, 60.142; women only) 3 q.h.*
Advanced study of teaching methods and analysis in one of the areas studied in Physical
Education 60.140—42 and one individual sport.

Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

31.212 Handball and Squash (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.*

The skills and techniques involved in the teaching of handball and squash. Special emphasis
Dn skills involved, rules, courtesies, and strategies in each sport.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

J1.220 Survey of Recreational Sports (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.*

Recreational activities such as archery, deck tennis, table tennis, horseshoes. Emphasis on
ules, teaching techniques, place in the program.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

)1.230 Secondary School Dance 1 q.h.*

The techniques of dance instruction at the junior and senior high school levels.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

)1.237 Team Sports III (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.*

Techniques of teaching soccer, speedball and Softball; special emphasis placed on rules,
courtesies, and strategies,
^taff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

)1.241 Advanced Wrestling (Prereq. 61.240 or consent of instructor; men only) 2 Q.H.*
\dvanced techniques in coaching wrestling at the senior high school and college levels;
emphasis on fundamentals of a more advanced nature; care of athletes, officiating, conduct
)f meets,
^taff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

i1.242 Advanced Boxing (Prereq. 61.240 or consent of instructor; men only) 2 Q.H.*

\dvanced techniques in coaching boxing; emphasis on offensive and defensive techniques,
ules, and officiating,
'taff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

i1.263 Methods and Materials In Physical Education

(Prereq. 61.236 or consent of instructor; men only) 4 Q.H.
/lethods and materials to be used in curriculum development, class management, and
9aching preparation for student teaching,
itaff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

1.265 Advanced Football (Prereq. 61.236 or consent of instructor; men only) 3 Q.H.*
5asic techniques in coaching football at the senior high school and college levels. Emphasis
in individual and team play, offensive and defensive systems, role of head and assistant
caches, scouting, use of teaching aids, team management.

•taff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

1.266 Advanced Basketball (Prereq. 61.235 or consent of instructor; men only) 3 Q.H.*
lasic techniques at the senior high school and college levels. Emphasis on systems of
ffensive and defensive team play, scouting, use of teaching aids, team management,
taff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

1.267 Advanced Baseball (Prereq. 61.235 or consent of instructor; men only) 3 Q.H.*
asic techniques in coaching baseball at the seniorhigh school and college levels. Emphasis

ncluding lab.

172 J

on individual and team play, role of head and assistant coaches, team management.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

61.268 Advanced Track (Prereq. 61.236 or consent of instructor; men only) 3 Q.H."

Basic techniques of coaching track and field at the senior high school and college levels
Emphasis on care and training of athletes, practice schedules, coaching techniques, conduct
of meets.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs,

61.280 Camp Leadership (Prereq. men only) 2 Q.H.*

Introduction to the procedures of organized camping and outdoor activities. Emphasis
placed on camp skills, equipment, counseling, trip leadership, laboratory experiences.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

62.10A Beginning Swimming 1 Q.H.*j

Instruction in basic swimming skills, with emphasis on personal water safety. '

Staff All Quarters

62.10B Intermediate Swimming (Prereq. 62.10A or equivalent) 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in basic and advanced swimming skills, with emphasis on form and efficiency.
Staff All Quarters

62. IOC Advanced Swimming (Prereq. 62.10B or equivalent) 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in advanced swimming skills with emphasis on form and efficiency.

Staff All Quarters

62.10D Diving (Prereq. 62. 10A or equivalent) 1 Q.H.'

Instruction in basic one-meter and three-meter springboard diving in all five categories o1

dives.

Staff All Quarters

62.10E Competitive Swimming (Prereq. 62.108 or equivalent) 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in the four competitive strokes, starts, and turns, with emphasis on speed anc

conditioning.

Staff Winter and Summer Qtrs

62.10F Synchronized Swimming (Prereq. 62.10B or equivalent) 1 Q.H.

Instruction in basic synchronized swimming skills, with emphasis on stunts, rhythmic
swimming, and choreography.

Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs

62.10G Water Polo (Prereq. 62.10B or equivalent) 1 Q.H.'

Instruction in beginning water polo, with emphasis on personal skill, offensive and defensive
team play.
Staff Fall and Spring Qtrs

62.10J Survey of Aquatic Activities (Prereq. 62.108 or equivalent) 1 Q.H.'

Competitive swimming, diving, skin diving, synchronized swimming, and water polo, with
emphasis on recreational values.

Staff All Quarters

62.10K Senior Life Saving (Prereq. 62.108 or equivalent) 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in life-saving skills, or techniques and theory. Red Cross Certification possible.
Staff All Quarters

62.10L Water Safety Instruction (Prereq. 62.108, 62.10K) 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in techniques, theory and teaching methods in swimming and life-saving courses.
Red Cross Certification possible.
Staff Spring Qtr.

62.10M Beginning Scuba (Prereq. 62.108 or equiv.) 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in basic skin diving and scuba diving skills, with emphasis on personal safety.
Staff All Quarters

including lab.

,73

32.10P Canoeing (Prereq. 62.10B or equiv.) 1 Q.H.*

nstruction in basic canoeing skills.

Staff Summer and Fall Qtrs.

52.10Q Sailing (Prereq, 62. 10B or equiv.) 1 Q.H.*

nstruction in rowing and in basic sailing skills.

5taff Summer and Fall Qtrs.

)2.10S Advanced Beginning Swimming 1 q j-l

Continuation of elementary swimming. Emphasis on basic stroke improvement and
jnderstanding and gaining confidence in deep water.

5taff All Quarters

>2.12A Beginning Foll< and Square Dance 1 Q h.*

ntroduction to folk and square dance at the beginning and intermediate levels.

5taf^ Fall Qtr.

»2.12B Intermediate Folk and Square Dance (Prereq. 62.12A or equiv.) 1 Q.H.*

nstruction in folk and square dance at the intermediate and advanced levels.

'taff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

;2.12C Ethnic Dance Forms (Prereq. 62.12A or consent of instructor) 1 Q.H.*

\ study of primitive, folk, and national dance forms.

'taff Spring Qtr.

12.12E Beginning Modern Dance 1 q.h.*

ntroduction to modern dance technique and improvisation.

'taff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.12F Intermediate Modern Dance (Prereq. 62. 12E or equiv.) 1 Q.H. *

ntermediate modern dance technique and improvisation.

>taff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

.2.12H Ballet I 1 q h*

\n introduction to the fundamental techniques and terminology of the classic ballet,
'taff Fall Qtr.

'2-12J Ballet II (Prereq. 62. 12H or equiv.) 1 Q.H.*

V continuation of 62.12H. Progression into the expressive and choreographic use of classic

lallet techniques.

'taff Winter Qtr.

2.12L Beginning Jazz Dance 1 Q.H.*

ntroduction to several contemporary styles of jazz dance technique.

•taff All Quarters

I2.13P Beginning Gymnastics Orientation 1 Q.H.*

development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in the orientation

kills of tumbling, trampoline, and vaulting at the beginning level. Coed.

2.13Q Beginning Men's Apparatus (Prereq. 62.13P or equiv.; men only) 1 Q.H.*

!)evelopment of knowledge and skill for competent performance at the beginning level
ommel horse, parallel bars, horizontal bars, and rings.

2.13R Beginning Women's Floor Exercise and Apparatus

(Prereq. 62. 13P or equiv.; women only) 1 Q.H.*
levelopment of knowledge and skill for competent performance in Floor Exercise, and
eginning bars and uneven parallel bars.

2.13S Intermediate Gymnastics

(Prereq. 62.13P and 62.13R or equiv.; women only) 1 Q.H.*
development of skill and knowledge for competent performance at the intermediate level in
le competitive areas for women, including floor exercise, vaulting, beam and uneven bars.

Including lab.

174

62.13T Intermediate Gymnastics (A)

(Prereq. 62.13P, 62.13Q and 62.13T or equiv.; men only) 1 Q.H.*
Development of skill and knowledge for competent performance at the intermediate level in
three of the six competitive areas for men. This includes the choice of floor exercise, side
horse vaulting, pommel horse, parallel bars, horizontal bars, or rings.

62.13U Intermediate Gymnastics (B)

62.14A Beginning Badminton 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in beginning badminton skills, rules, strategy, and care of equipment.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

62.14B Beginning Squash Racquets 1 Q.H.*

Introduction to squash racquets at the beginning level; development of skills, rules strategy,
and etiquette.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.14C Beginning Tennis 1 Q.H.

Instruction in beginning tennis skills, rules, strategy, and care of equipment.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

62.14D Indoor Tennis 1 Q.H.*

Introduction to tennis at the beginning level through the use of paddles and racquets in
modified game situations; development of skill, rules, strategy and etiquette. (Does not fulfill
skill requirement in Physical Education major curriculum.)
Staff All Quarters

62.14E Intermediate/Advanced Badminton (Prerew. 62.14A or equiv.) 1 Q.H.'

Instruction in badminton, including intermediate and advanced skills, with emphasis or
singles and doubles match play and strategy.
Staff Spring Qtr

62.14G Intermediate/ Advanced Tennis (Prereq. 62.14C or equivalent) 1 Q.H.'

Instruction in tennis, including intermediate and advanced skills, with emphasis on single?
and doubles match play and strategy.
Staff Summer Qtr

62.15A Fundamentals of Movement 1 Q.H.'

Understanding and performance of basic motor and sports. Efficientand effective movement
for sports activities and daily living is stressed.
Staff Fall Qtr

62.15B Beginning Archery 1 Q H.*

Selected skills in target shooting and practical experience in archery games, novelty events

and conduct of tournaments.

Staff All Quarters

62.15D Beginning Bowling 1 Q H.*

Development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in bowling at the

beginning level. Practice provided in nearby commercial alleys. Lab. fee.

Staff All Quarters

62.15F Beginning Golf 1 Q H.*

Instruction in fundamental golf skills, knowledge of clubs and their uses, and rules and

etiquette. Indoor only during winter season.

Staff All Quarters

62.15G Intermediate/ Advanced Golf (Prereq. 62. 15F or equiv.) 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in golf at the intermediate-advanced level. Emphasis is placed on course play,

'including lab.

175

rules, and selection of equipment. Lab. fee.

Staff Fall and Summer Qtrs.

62.15H Beginning Judo 1 Q.H.*

A survey of the principles and fundamental skills of judo. Instruction is geared to the
beginning and intermediate levels.

Staff All Quarters

62.15J Beginning Boxing (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in boxing at the beginning level; emphasison offensiveand defensive techniques,
scoring, training, and officiating.
Staff All Quarters

62.15K Beginning Wrestling (Prereq men only) 1 Q.H.*

Beginning level of instruction in basic wrestling maneuvers. Stress on fundamental
breakdowns, escapes, takedown, rides, and pinning combinations. Rules and scoring
procedures discussed and modified matches conducted.
Staff All Quarters

62.15L Intermediate/Advanced Wrestling (Prereq. 62.15K or equiv.; men only) 1 Q.H.*

Intermediate-advanced levels of instruction presented. Emphasis is placed on training and

training principles; selected skills not covered in beginning wrestling, scrimmages, and

officiating.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.15M Beginning Fencing 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in basic foil fencing, including introduction to competition.

Staff Spring Qtr.

62.15N Intermediate/Advanced Foil Fencing

(Prereq. 62.15M or equiv.; women only)1 Q.H.*
Instruction in intermediate-advanced techniques of foil fencing, with special emphasis on
competition, judging, and the use of electrical equipment.
Staff Spring Qtr.

62.15P Intermediate/Advanced Fencing (3 weapons)

(Prereq. 62.15M or equiv.; men only) i Q.H.*
Instruction in intermediate-advanced techniquesof foil, epee, and sabre fencing, with special
emphasis on competition, judging, and the use of electrical equipment.
Staff Spring Qtr.

62.16B Weight Training (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.*

Introduction to the principles and use of resistive exercises; isotonic exercise (weights),
isometric, and the appropriateness of each.
Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

62.16C Physical Conditioning 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in basic exercise and conditioning techniques. Special emphasis on individual

needs for exercise and activity. The relationships of diet and relaxation to exercise are

discussed.

Staff All Quarters

62.16D Exercise and Figure Control (Prereq women only) 1 Q.H.*

Instruction and guidance in contouring, fitness, and poise. (Does not fulfill skill requirement
in Physical Education major curriculum.)
Staff All Quarters

52.16E Adapted Physical Education I (Prereq. medical consent) 1 Q.H.*

A course designed for students whose physical activity program must be modified for medical
reasons. Personalized instruction and programs are provided according to individual needs.
Staff All Quarters

Including lab.

176

62.16G Principles of Physical Activities and Conditioning 2 Q.H.*

Survey of the physiological principles, concepts, and applications of skills concerned with
individual or group fitness programs. (Not open to Physical Education majors.)
Staff All Quarters

62.16H Ski Conditioning 1 Q.H.*

Instruction in skills and techniques for the development of strength, endurance, flexibility,
and efficient use of body for skiing. (Does not fulfill skill requirement in Physical Education
major curriculum.)
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.16J Beginning Skiing and Winter Sports 2 Q.H.*

Instruction in fundamental techniques of skiing, skating, and tobogganing. Lab. fee.
Staff Winter Qtr.

62.16K Intermediate/ Advanced Skiing and Winter Sports

(Prereq. 62.16J or equiv.) 2 Q.H.*
Instruction in skiing and skating at the intermediate-advanced level. Emphasis placed on
skills, teaching, techniques, and safety procedures. Lab. fee.
Staff Winter Qtr.

62.16L Beginning Track and Field 1 Q H *

Instruction in the fundamental skills in the various track and field events.

Staff Spring Qtr.

62.16M Intermediate/Advanced Track and Field (Prereq. 62. 16L or equiv.) 1 Q H.*

Instruction in intermediate-advanced techniques in track and field events. Emphasis is placed
on improvement of individual skills; techniques of officiating are discussed.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

62.16P Beginning Handball (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skills necessary for competent performance in handball at
the beginning level.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.16Q Intermediate/ Advanced Handball (Prereq. 62.16P or equiv.; men only) 1 Q.H.*
Development of knowledge and skills necessary for competent performance in handball at
the intermediate to advanced levels.
Staff Winter Qtr.

62.17C Beginning Basketball 1 Q H.*

Development of knowledge and skills necessary for performance in basketball at the

beginning level.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.17D Intermediate/Advanced Basketball (Prereq. 62.170 or equiv.) 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skills necessary for performance in basketball at the
intermediate to advanced levels.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.17F Beginning Ice Hockey (Prereq. consent of instructor) 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skills necessary for performance in ice hockey at the
beginning levels. Candidates must be able to skate forward and backward and cut right and
left for admission.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.17G Intermediate/ Advanced Ice Hockey (Prereq. 62.17F or equiv.; men only) 1 Q.H.*
Development of knowledge and skills necessary for performance in ice hockey at the
intermediate to advanced levels.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

'including lab.

.11

52.17J Beginning Volleyball 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skill for performance in volleyball at the beginning level.
3taff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

52.17K Intermediate/Advanced Volleyball (Prereq. 62.17J or equiv.) 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skill for performance in volleyball at the intermediate to
'advanced levels.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

)2.17L Beginning Field Hockey (Prereq. women only) 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skill for competent performance in field hockey at the
beginning level.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

)2.17M Intermediate Field Hockey (Prereq. 62.17L or equiv.; women only) 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skill for competent performance in field hockey at the
ntermediate to advanced levels,
jtaff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

)2.17N Flag Football (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.*

Development of fundamentals of football through noncontact work at the beginning level,
'osition play, passing, catching, running.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

;2.17P Beginning Football (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.*

Development of fundamental football skills and knowledge to the beginning level of

;ompetence.

5taff ' Fall and Winter Qtrs.

12.170 Intermediate/Advanced Football (Prereq. 62.17P or equiv. ;men only) 1 Q.H.*

Development of football knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in
ootball at the intermediate to advanced levels.
5taff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

;2.18C Beginning Softball 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in softball at the
)eginning level,
'taff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

i2.18D Intermediate/Advanced Softball (Prereq. 62.180; women only) 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in softball at the
ntermediate to advanced level.
)taff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

2.18E Baseball (Prereq. 62.180 or equivalent; men only) 1 Q.H.*

Development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in baseball at the
ntermediate to advanced levels,
'taff ' Spring and Summer Qtrs.

2.18G Beginning Lacrosse (Prereq. women only) 1 Q.H.*

)evelopment of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in lacrosse at the
leginning level,
'taff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

2.18H Intermediate/Advanced Lacrosse

(Prereq. 62.18G or equiv.; women only) i Q.H.*
)evelopment of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in lacrosseatthe
itermediate to advanced levels,
'taff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

2.18J Beginning Lacrosse (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.*

development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in lacrosseatthe

ncluding lab.

17£

beginning level.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

62.18K Intermediate/ Advanced Lacrosse (Prereq. 62.18J or equiv.; men only) 1 Q.H.'

Development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in lacrosse at the
intermediate to advanced levels.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

62.18M Beginning Soccer (Prereq. women only) 1 Q.H.'

Development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in soccer at tht
beginning level.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

62.18N Intermediate/Advanced Soccer (Prereq. 62.18M or equiv.; women only) 1 Q.H.'
Development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in soccer at the
intermediate to advanced levels.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

62.18Q Beginning Soccer (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.'

Development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in soccer at th(
beginning level.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

62.18R Intermediate/Advanced Soccer (Prereq. 62.18Q or equiv.; men only) 1 Q.H.

Development of knowledge and skill necessary for competent performance in soccer at the
intermediate to advanced levels.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

62.18T Selected Field Sports (Prereq. women only) 1 Q.H.

Development of knowledge and skill in speedball, speedaway, and flag football.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

62.18V Selected Field Sports (Prereq. men only) 1 Q.H.

Development of knowledge and skill in speedball and speedaway.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

62.19A Early Childhood Motor Skill Development 2 Q.H.

A study of the development of fundamental motor patterns (run, catch, kick, strike, jump
throw) from age 0 to 10 years, including perceptual motor organizations of vision, audition
and proprioception.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs

62.19B Games and Activities for Children 2 Q.H.

Introduction to simple ball games, running and tag games, self-testing activities, movemen
exploration, and rhythms appropriate for children. Course content appropriate for futurt
parents, teachers, and youth leaders.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs

62.19D The Spectator and Sports (Pass/Fail) 1 Q.H

Instruction in the understanding for enjoyment as a spectator of such sports as football
basketball, ice hockey.
Staff All Quarter;

62.19G Perceptual Motor Training Programs 2 Q.H.

An introduction to the role motor activities play in enhancing perceptual development. Ar
examination of some current training programs: Frostig, Kephart, Doman-Delacato, Winter-
Haven.
Staff ' Spring Qtr

62.201 Human Movement 4 Q H.*

An introduction to the nature and role of human movement and the analysis of skillfu

'Including lab.

179

movement performance through participation and observation. Introduction to the objec-
tives, literature, and organization of the profession of physical education.
Staff Fall Qtr.

62.203 Practicum in Group Dynamics (Prereq. 62.201) 4 Q.H.
A three-week residence group living experience at the Warren Center. An introduction in
group dynamics through selected activities, discussion, living and working together.
Staff Spring Qtr.

62.204 Psychology of Sport (Prereq. consent of instructor) 2 Q.H.
The psychological analysis of behavioral patterns and interactions in individual and team
sports; includes personality and motivation, competition and sportsmanship, the role of
spectators.

Staff Spring Qtr.

62.206 First Aid 2 Q H.*

First Aid procedures recommended for the home, school, and community. Emphasis on

practices endorsed by the American Red Cross.

Staff Spring Qtr.

62.208 Sociology of Sport and Dance (Prereq. consent of instructor) 2 Q.H.

The study of sport and dance as a social institution, including theories explaining the role of
each in contemporary society, and the part of each in evolving societies.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

62.210 History and Principles of Physical Education 4 Q.H

Preview of history of physical education; the place and function of physical education in

society; identification of principles for development of sound programs.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.212 Theory of Coaching (Prereq. consent of instructor) 2 Q.H.

An analysis of learning principles, sociology, and psychology as applied to the coaching of
individual, dual, and team sports. Techniques and standards of squad recruitment,
organization, leadership, and coaching ethics are presented.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.215 Observation of Student Behavior 2 Q H.*

The growth and development of elementary children and adolescents in physical education

through direct observations and laboratory work with children.

Staff Spring Qtr.

62.217 Theory of Play 2 Q.H.
The nature of play and a study of cross-cultural patterns of play. An investigation of selected
theories of play, including Huizinga, Caillois, Sutton-Smith, and Lee.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.218 Elementary School Activities I (Prereq. 50.121) 4 Q.H.*
The development of knowledge and skill beyond the advanced beginning level in the
following activities for elementary school children: dance, gymnastics, movementeducation,
low organization games, lead-up games, and aquatics. Analysis of elementary school
children's performance and appropriate teaching techniques for the elementary school are
observed and applied through observations and laboratory experience.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

62.221 Perceptual-Motor Learning and Development (Prereq. 50.121) 3 Q.H.

Interrelationships of movement behavior and perceptual-motor organizations of vision,
audition, proprioception, and psycho-social effects of perception. A brief overview of major
theories of learning as they apply to learning motor skills.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

*lncluding lab.

180

62.24A Coaching Competitive Swimming

(Prereq. 62.10B or consent of instructor) 2 Q.H.*
Instruction in the techniques, theory, and coaching methods of competitive swimming and
diving.
Staff Winter Qtr.

62.24B Swimming Analysis (Prereq. 62.10B or consent of instructor) 2 Q.H.*

Instruction in theory, analysis techniques, and teaching methods in swimming.

Staff All Quarters

62.24C Smallcraft Analysis (Prereq. 62. 10Q) 2 Q.H.*

Instruction in techniques, theory, and teaching methods of small craft classes. Red Cross
certification possible.
Staff Summer Qtr.

62.24E Analysis and Coaching of Men's Gymnastics (Prereq 62.13T) 2 Q.H.*

Skill analysis and coaching of men's gymnastics, with emphasis on appropriate teaching
methods, new trends, and judging.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.24F Analysis and Coaching of Women's Gymnastics (Prereq. 62. 13S) 2 Q.H.*

Skill analysis and coaching of women's gymnastics, with emphasis on appropriate teaching
methods and new trends.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.24G Advanced Analysis and Judging of Women's Gymnastics

(Prereq. 62.13P or R) 2 Q.H.*
Advanced skill analysis techniques and instruction in judging women's gymnastics leading
toward a judging certification.
Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

62.24H Analysis and Coaching of Badminton (Prereq. 62. 14E) 2 Q H.*

Analysis of performance and methods of teaching and coaching in badminton.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

62.24J Analysis and Coaching of Tennis (Prereq. 62.14G) 2Q.H.*

Analysis of performance and methods of teaching and coaching in tennis.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

62.24K Analysis and Coaching of Fencing (Prereq. 62.15N or 62.15P) 2 Q.H.*

Advanced skill analysis and coaching of fencing. Special emphasis on current research and
teaching methods of fencing.
Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

62.24L Analysis and Coaching of Golf (Prereq. 62.15G or equivalent) 2 Q.H.*

Advanced skill analysis and coaching of golf. Special emphasis on course play and teaching
methods. Lab. fee. ■

Staff Fall, Spring, and Summer Qtrs. I

62.24M Analysis and Coaching of Track and Field (Prereq. 62.16M or equiv.) 2 Q.H.* *

Advanced skill analysis and coaching of all track and field skills. Special emphasis placed on
the analysis of common movement patterns, teaching methods, and coaching techniques for ,.
the individual performer.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

62.24N Analysis and Coaching of Wrestling (Prereq. 62.15L or equiv.; men only) 2 Q.H.*
Analysis of performance and techniques of teaching selected wrestling skills are covered in
detail. Application of research to methodology is stressed.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.24P Analysis and Coaching of Baseball (Prereq. 62.18E) 2 QH."*

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching interscholastic and intercollegiate

'including lab

c,1

baseball; to include advanced skill analysis, position and team play, conditioning, practice

organization, and team management.

Staff Fall and Spring Qtrs.

62.24Q Analysis and Coaching of Basketball (Prereq. 62 17C) 2 Q.H *

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching interscholastic and intercollegiate
basketball; to include advanced skill analysis, position and team play, conditioning, practice
organization, and team management.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

B2.24R Analysis and Coaching of Field Hockey (Prereq. 62.17K; women only) 2 Q.H.*
The basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching intramural, interscholastic, and
intercollegiate field hockey; to include advanced skill analysis, position, and team play,
conditioning, practice organization, and team management.
Staff Fall and Spring Qtrs.

52.24S Analysis and Coaching of Football (Prereq. 62 17Q; men only) 2 Q H.*

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching interscholastic and intercollegiate
■ootball; to include advanced skill analysis, team conditioning, offensive and defensive
systems, practice organization, team management, and coaching staff organization.
Staff Fall and Spring Qtrs.

52.24U Analysis and Coaching of Ice Hockey (Prereq. 62.17G; men only) 2 Q.H.*

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching interscholastic and intercollegiate ice
lockey; to include advanced skill analysis, position and team play, conditioning, practice
organization, and team management.
Staff Winter Qtr.

)2.24V Analysis and Coaching of Lacrosse (Prereq. 62.18A or 62.18K) 2 Q.H.*

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching intramural, interscholastic, and
ntercollegiate lacrosse; to include advanced skill analysis, position and team play,
:onditioning, practice organization, and team management.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

)2.24W Analysis and Coaching of Soccer (Prereq. 62.18N or 62.18R) 2 Q.H.*

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching intramural, interscholastic, and
ntercollegiate soccer; to include advanced skill analysis, position and team play, con-
jitioning, practice organization, and team management.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

)2.24X Analysis and Coaching of Softball (Prereq. 62.18D; women only) 2 Q.H.'

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching intramural, interscholastic, and
ntercollegiate softball; to include advanced skill analysis, management.
Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

J2.24Y Analysis and Coaching of Volleyball (Prereq. 62.17J) 2 Q.H.*

The basic techniques and responsibilities of coaching intramural, interscholastic, and
ntercollegiate volleyball; to include advanced skill analysis, position and team play,
:onditioning, practice organization, and team management.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

52.249 Physical Science Foundations 3 Q.H.*
^ treatment of basic concepts and fundamentals of chemistry and physics as applied to
Tuman physiology and movement.

Staff Spring Qtr.

52.250 Anatomy and Physiology I 4 Q.H.*
3ross anatomy and physiology of the human skeletal, joint, and muscular systems.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

52.251 Anatomy and Physiology II (Prereq. 62.250 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.*
3ross anatomy and physiology of the human nervous and circulatory systems.

Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

Including lab.

182

62.252 Anatomy and Physiology III (Prereq. 62.251 or consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.*
Gross anatomy and physiology of the human endocrine, respiratory, digestive, and urinary
systems.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.253 Kinesiology (Prereq. 62.250 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.*I
Science of human motion and anatomic and mechanical principles as they relate to an
understanding of skillful, efficient, and purposeful human motion. Introduction to
cinematographic analysis.

Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

62.254 Exercise Physiology (Prereq. 62.253) 4 Q.H.*
Study of the immediate and long-range effects of exercise upon the human body, with
emphasis on muscles, circulation, respiration, and metabolism; the scientific foundations of i
physical fitness; survey of related research. I
Staff Fall, Winter, and Summer Qtrs.

62.255 Adapted Physical Education (Prereq. 62.252 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.*
Study of disabilities which prevent participation in unrestricted physical education programs.
Selection and modification of physical activities to meet individual needs.

Staff Fall, Winter, and Summer Qtrs.

62.256 Athletic Training and Conditioning 3 Q H.*

The training and conditioning procedures in athletic programs; special emphasis on the
prevention of athletic injuries; role of the trainer, athlete, coach, and health service.
Staff Fall, Winter, and Summer Qtrs.

62.257 Advanced Athletic Training (Prereq. 62.256) 4 Q.H.*
The advanced preparation and utilization of programs of conditioning and administration for,,
prevention and care of injuries associated with competitive athletics. I
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.260 Measurement and Evaluation 4 Q.H.

Construction, use, selection, and interpretation of evaluative tools applicable to physical
education; elementary statistical methods.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.270 Administration of Physical Education (Prereq. 62.210) 4 Q.H

The organization and administration of programs in physical education, with emphasis on the
elementary and secondary school program.
Staff Spring Qtr.

62.273 Sports Officiating (Prereq. women only) 2 Q.H.*
Theory, practice, and techniques of officiating, (choices of: basketball, volleyball, Softball,
soccer, field hockey, lacrosse). ||
Staff All Quarters'

62.274 Sports Officiating (Prereq. women only) 2 Q.H.
Theory, practice, and techniques of officiating (choices of: basketball, volleyball, Softball
soccer, field hockey, lacrosse).

Staff All Quarters

62.275 Critical Teaching Skills 3 Q.H

Experience using the taxonomies of educational objectives to write, conduct, and evaluate
educational and behavioral objectives. Analysis of direct and indirect, verbal and nonverbal
teaching behavior for classroom and activity teaching to be studied by micro-teaching,
simulation, and interaction analysis techniques.
Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.jl

62.277 Outdoor Teaching Lab 2 Q.H.||

A three-week resident summer practicum at the Warren Center. Provides opportunities for

'Including lab

183

assumption of counseling, teaching, and leadership roles in special camp programs, land
sports, nature, pioneering, arts and crafts, and aquatics. Youngsters of various agesfrom the
Boston area are assigned in residence as subject campers.
Staff Summer Qtr.

62.279 College Teaching Experience (Pass/Fail)

(Prereq. seniors with consent of instructor) 1 Q.H.*
Experience in teaching physical education at the college level. Achieved by assisting and
teachng in University classes supervised by a member of the college faculty.
Staff All Quarters

62.280 Curriculum Development (Prereq. 62.275 or consent of instructor) 3 Q.H.
Basic foundations of curriculum development stressing fundamental principles and guides to
curriculum organization, format, and evaluation. Survey of existing curricula and the
development of an understanding of current curriculum trends.

Staff Spring Qtr.

62.282 Supervised Student Teaching 12 Q.H.
Assignment to public school (s) for observation and practice teaching under the guidance of a
cooperating teacher and a college supervisor. Association with the main duties assumed by
physical education teachers, including coaching and/or intramural organization and
supervision. Individual conferences and seminars.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

62.283 Modern Dance Composition (Prereq. 62.12G or consent of instructor) 3 Q.H.*
An analysis of dance composition, with practice in choreography for solo, duet, and trio.
Staff Spring Qtr.

62.284 Dance History and Philosophy 4 Q.H.
A survey of dance from ancient times to the present. Consideration of dance as an art form in
relation to other art forms and of dance as an educational discipline.

Staff Spring Qtr.

62.286 Dance: Choreography and Production 4 Q.H.*

Choreography for trio, quartet, and large groups based upon the projection of an idea or
mood. Theory and practice in the staging of student choreography, including lighting,
costuming, scenery, and makeup.
Staff Winter Qtr.

62.288 Recreational Dance (Prereq. 62.12B or equiv.) 2 Q.H.*
Theory and practice of the methods and materials in the teaching of recreational dance forms
at the primary and secondary levels.

Staff Spring Qtr.

62.289 Creative Dance I (Prereq. 62. 12F or equiv.) 2 Q.H.*
Theory and practice of methods and materials in the teaching of creative dance to elementary
school children. Examination of the aims and responsibilities of dance education at the
primary level.

Staff All Quarters

62.290 Creative Dance II (Prereq. 62.12F or equiv.) 2 Q.H.*
Theory and practice of methods and materials in the teaching of creative dance to secondary
school children. Examination of the aims and responsibilities of dance education at the
secondary level.

Staff All Quarters

62.291, 62.292, 62.293 Special Problems

(Prereq. consent of Dept. chairman) 2, 3, or 4 Q.H.
Independent investigation of physical education in an area of each student's interests. The
investigation will be supervised by an appointed faculty member and will culminate in a
formal written report.
Staff All Quarters

'including lab.

184

Recreation Education

63.120 Orientation to Recreation 1 q. h.

A general orientation to the entire field of recreation and its role in society. Exposure to
background, goals, philosophy, leadership, and programs in various settings. Orientation to
the curriculum, the three-track system, and career opportunities.
Prof. Robinson Fall Qtr..

63.121 Recreation Skills I 3 Q.H.*

Skill development, participation, and leadership in the following selected recreational
activities; social recreation, volleyball, and badminton and music (introduction to guitar).
Prof. Hache' and Ms. Dawson Fall Qtr.

63.122 Recreation Skills II 4 Q.H.*
Skill development, appreciation, participation, and leadership in tumbling and gymnastics,
folk dance, music (introduction to guitar), and basic Red Cross swimming.

Prof. Hache and Ms. Dawson Winter Qtr.

63.123 Recreation Skills III 4 Q.H.*
Development of leadership skill in social recreation activities: music, folk dance, games, and
party program planning, including leadership experience with groups. Counseloreducation,
philosophy, and ' leadership methods in camping. Red Cross life saving course .

Prof. Hache' and Ms. Dawson Spring Qtr.

63.125 Outdoor Education and Camp Leadership 4 Q.H.

A two-week resident summer session at Warren Center: includes natural science, aquatics,
overnight camping, Indian lore, ACA campcraft certification, leadership in special camp
programs, outdoor sports, and small craft training.
Prof. Eliopoulos and Staff Summer Qtr.

63.126 Outdoor Education I 3 Q.H.*
Interpretation of natural science and ecology. Emphasis on the development of personal
skills through laboratory, field trips, lectures, and learning experiences in the out-of-doors.
Prof. Jeffrey and Staff Fall and Winter Qtr.

63.127 Outdoor Education II 3 Q H.*

Emphasis in developing understanding, interest, and field biology skills for ecology,

conservation, and recreation.

Ms. Dawson Spring and Summer Qtr.

63.128 Survey of Outdoor Recreation and Park Facilities 3 Q.H.

Fundamental management and administration concepts for a wide variety of outdoor areas

and facilities such as parks, beaches, ice rinks, marinas, and camps.

Ms. Dawson Spring and Winter Qtrs.

63.129 School Camping - Organization and Administration 3 Q.H.
Administration and leadership in school outdooreducation and conservation programs in thS'
natural environment. Field trips and laboratory include experience with school-age groups.
Prof. Jeffrey and Staff Spring Qtr.

63.133 Recreation Skills IV 3 Q.H.*
Development of skills and teaching techniques in both men's and women's basketball.
Techniques of teaching volleyball and badminton. Survey of recreational swimming skills,!
including participation. Techniques of leadership in aquatics games, competitive swimming, i
diving, skin diving, and synchronized swimming.

Ms. Dawson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

63.134 Recreation Skills V 3 Q.H.
Techniques of teaching tennis and gymnastics. Red Cross standard and advanced first aid.
Ms. Dawson Spring and Winter Qtrs.

*lncluding lab.

'.'.85

(63.135 Social Recreation 2 Q.H.

' Techniques of leadership, participation, and planning for recreation in social settings forall
j ages and typical and atypical groups: parties, programs, special events. Repertoire: mixers,

dances, games, crafts, and music activities.

Prof. Eliopoulos Spring Qtr.

63.143 Winter Sports 1 Q.H.

Five-day resident session. Instruction and practice in Alpine and Nordic skiing (downhill and
touring), snow shoeing, winter mountain hiking, winter camping skills; optional overnight
campout as well as environmental observations in the winter season. Fee charged for room
and board. Equipment rented as needed.
Prof. Eliopoulos Winter Qtr.

63.146 Camp Administration 3 Q.H.

Major pfODlems involved in the establishment and operation of organized camps, including
school, summer, and day camps. Selection of camp sites; sanitation, program, schedule,
training personnel, finances, good management, and promotion.
Prof. Jeffrey Fall and Winter Qtr.

63.147 Outdoor Education for Handicapped 3 Q.H.
Technical training and experience with atypical individuals. Recreation and education for
exceptional and handicapped age groups.

Prof. Sayed Spring Qtr.

63.148 Introduction to Mountaineering 4 Q.H.
All aspects of mountaineering, exposing students to the physical, emotional, and intellectual
challenges afforded by technical mountaineering. An interdisciplinary study drawing upon
social, physical, and natural sciences: I.e., physical, political and economic geography,
glaciology, meterorology, structural geology, physiology, and social psychology. Basic
skills are developed in friction and technical climbing, route finding, navigation, expedition
planning, and wilderness living. The course includes a technical rock-climbing laboratory,
and a two-day mini-expedition in the Northern Presidential Range.

Not offered 1973-74

63.150 Anatomy and Physiology I 3 Q.H.*
Gross anatomy and physiology of the human skeletal, articular, muscular, and nervous
systems. Implications for recreation programs.

Prof. Sayed Fall and Winter Qtrs.

53.151 Anatomy and Physiology II 3 Q.H.*
Gross anatomy and physiology of the human endocrine, circulatory, respiratory, digestive,
and urinary systems. Implications for recreation programs.

Prof. Sayed Spring and Summer Qtrs.

53.160 Recreation Resources 3 Q H.

A study of practical use by recreation professionals of audiovisual, instructional, and

computer technology.

Prof. Morrison Spring and Summer Qtrs.

53.210 Philosophy of Recreation 3 Q.H.

A study of history, theories, concepts, attitudes of play, recreation, and leisure related to
developing a personal philosophy. Viewpoints and Input from other fields as they apply to
recreation and leisure.
Prof. Robinson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

63.215 Trends and issues in Recreation 3 Q.H.

^or nonmajors in Recreation. National and international issues and trends in the professional
'ield: trends in participation with professional implications; emerging programs; legislation;

he leader and the future.

^rof. McCay Spring Qtr.

Including lab.

186

63.220 Methods and Materials in Recreation 3 Q.H. !

Program planning in recreation includes the study of the physical, social, and emotional
characteristics and needs of all age groups, and the most appropriate recreational programs
that meet the needs of these individuals and groups. Also includes programs for special
occasions and evaluation of programs for improvement purposes. The role of leadership in
developing and operating programs is discussed.
Prof. Sayed Fall and Winter Qtr.

63.240 Dance and Cultures 3 Q H.*

Learning and teaching folk dances; also cultural appreciation through dance, music, arts,

crafts, customs, foods, dress, history, and traditions.

Prof. Eliopoulos Fall and Winter Qtrs.

63.250 Group Dynamics 3 Q.H.

Designed for promoting an understanding of group processes and developing human
relations skills. Major areas of concentration include; communications, leadership, decision
making, and evaluation of the group process.
Prof. Eliopoulos Fall and Winter Qtrs.

63.254 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation Services 3 Q.H.

Understanding of the needs and attitudesof and toward people who are impaired, disabled, or
handicapped. Study of the various disabling diseases and conditions, as well as the people in
therapeutic recreation services.
Prof. Robinson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

63.256 Recreation Activities for Atypical Individuals and Groups I 3 Q.H.
Adaptation of recreational activities to meetthe needsof handicapped individuals in hospitals
and other agencies offering recreational programs for handicapped. Emphasis on the basic
principles of recreational therapy.

Prof. Eliopoulos Fall and Winter Qtrs.

63.257 Recreation Activities for Atypical Individuals and Groups II 3 Q.H.
A continuation of 63.256 in adaptation of recreational activities to meet the needs of
handicapped individuals. Includes observation of activities in therapeutic setting.

Prof. Eliopoulos Spring Qtr.

63.260 Administration of Recreation and Parks 4 Q.H.

Administration procedures of tax-supported recreation and park operations. Concentration
on legality, commissions, area and facility design. Also personnel policies and problem
solving related to administration and management.
Prof. Robinson • Fall and Winter Qtrs.

63.262 Recreation and Budgeting and Financing 3 Q.H.

A study of the process of budget and finance planning in the field of recreation. Planning a

short- or long-term budget, including budget evaluation and a study of financial policies of

government and private agencies. Also procedures for bidding, purchasing, inventory, and

others.

Profs. McCay and Morrison Spring Qtr.

63.266 Recreation and Community Schools 3 Q.H.

The place of the school in community recreation. Special emphasison theschools' 12- month

program to meet the needs of all ages. Field programs dealing with the community school

concept.

Prof. Sayed Spring Qtr.

63.257 Introduction to Youth Groups 3 Q.H. *

Philosophy, history, and program of such various youth groups as YMCAs, YWCAs, and
Boys' and Girls' Clubs. Visiting and evaluating programs of selected clubs and organizations;
identification of service agencies in the United States; and comparative study of youth

'including lab.

■87

programs in different countries.

Prof. Sayed Fall and Winter Qtrs.

63.270 Arts and Crafts 3 Q H.*

Survey of selected handicraft arts; sketching, acrylic painting, paper sculpture, wood carving,

decoupage, printing, weaving, macrame and batik, and selected independent study.

Emphasis on acquisition of fundamental skills, experimentation, and preparation for

teaching.

Ms. Dawson Fall and Winter Qtrs.

63.280 Supervised Field Experience and Teaching 16 Q H

Comparable to student teaching in education. Professional assignment in recreation setting;
i.e., industry, center, school, hospital, agency, organization, housing, settlement, park
playground, camp. Supervision and conferences; seminar.
Profs. McCay and Jeffrey Spring and Summer Qtrs.

53.285 Introduction to Research 4 Q H

^ study of empirical research procedures, including; planning the study, sampling, designing
nstrumentation, gathering and analyzing data. Students write a research proposal, simulate
'esponse data, and analyze such data through use of computer-based statistical packages.
Prof. Morrison Fall and Winter Qtrs.

53.290 Research Seminar

Students design and carry out individual or collaborative research projects under close
faculty supervision. Each student is encouraged to use the proposal developed in 63.285
(Introduction to Research) as a basis for such a project. A written report of research findings
s required,
^rof. Morrison Spring Qtr.

Physical Therapy

54.111 Introduction to Physical Therapy 1QH*

Drientation to the field of physical therapy and its role in the health professions.

\/Iiss Cardinali and Miss Foster Winter Qtr.

54.113 Introduction to Physical Therapy (Prereq 64.111) 2 Q H.*

Theory and practice in applied body mechanics and basic procedures relating to patient

Tianagement.

\/liss Foster and Mrs. Leventhal Spring Qtr.

54.115 Introduction to Physical Therapy (Prereq. 64.113) 2 Q H.*

Practice in the preparation of patients and equipment for various treatment procedures.

ntroduction to ambulation and safety procedures. Theory, demonstration, and practice in

lydrotherapy.

vliss Cardinali, Miss Foster, Mrs. Leventhal, Miss Sloop, and Staff

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

)4.121 Gross Anatomy (Prereq. 18.126 , 18.148, 64.115) 5 Q.H.*

The structure and functions of the human body, with particular emphasis on the skeletal,
muscular, and nervous systems. Lecture and laboratory with dissection,
^rof. Powers and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

>4.131 Applied Anatomy (Prereq. 11.172, 18.126, 18.148, 64.115) 5 Q.H. *

\ further study of neuromuscular function, with emphasis on the mechanical and
)hysiological factors involved; application to normal and pathological movement; physiology
)f exercise.
>/liss MacFarlane and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

Including lab.

188

64.144 Physical Therapy I (Prereq. 11.172, 18,126, 18.148, 64.115) 4 Q.H.
Theory, demonstration, and practice in massage; heat and light.

Miss Foster, Mrs. Leventhal and Staff

Fall and Winter Qtrs

64.145 Physical Therapy II (Prereq. 64.121, 64.131, 64.144) 4 Q.H.
Theory, demonstration, and practice in evaluation procedures and analysis of functiona
activities.
Prof. Cerasoli, Miss Cardinali, Mrs. Leventhal, and Mrs. Williams

Spring and Summer Qtrs

64.146 Physical Therapy III (Prereq. 64.121, 64.131, 64.144) 4 Q.H.'
Theory, demonstration and practice in basic therapeutic exercise.
Prof. Van Slyck, Miss Cardinali, and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

64.156 Physical Therapy IV (Prereq. 64.145, 64.146) 4 Q.H.
Theory, demonstration, and practice in prosthetics and orthotics; physical therapy manage-
ment of medical and surgical chest disorders.
Prof. Van Slyck, Prof. Cerasoli, Miss Foster, and Mrs. Williams Fall and Wmter Qtrs

64.157 Physical Therapy V (Prereq. 64.145, 64.146) 3 Q.H.'
Theory, demonstration, and practice in electrical muscle stimulation and testing procedures.
Prof. Shaffer, Miss Sloop, and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs

64.158 Physical Therapy VI (Prereq. 64.156, 64.157) 4 Q.H.'
Theory, demonstration, and practice in advanced therapeutic exercise.
Prof. Van Slyck, Prof. Cerasoli and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs'

64.159 Clinical Seminar (Prereq. 64.156, 64.157) 3 Q.H.-
Selected topics related to clinical aspects in physical therapy. Interpersonal relationships
ethics, and teaching methods.

Profs. Shaffer and Cerasoli Spring and Summer Qtrs

64.165 Professional Literature and Research (Prereq. 64.158, 64.159) 2 Q.H.

Professional literature through Journal Club; introduction to scientific methodology anc
preparation of an independent research proposal.
Prof. Cerasoli and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrai

64.173 Rehabilitation (Prereq. 64.186) 2 Q.H-

Concepts of rehabilitation and community health presented by allied health personneh
Emphasis on the role of the physical therapist as a member of the health team. Clasi-i
discussion and seminar.
Mrs. Leventhal Spring Qtr

64.176 Administration (Prereq. 64.186) 3 Q.H

Principles and methods in administrative responsibilities, including supervision anc

consultation.

Prof. Carlisle and Mrs. Leventhal Spring Qtr|

64.186 Supervised Clinical Education

(Prereq. professional cumulative average of 2.0) 8 Q.H^
Advanced clinical experience (full time), providing the student with opportunities to practice
various phasesof physical therapy under supervision in preparation for assuming the role of c
qualified physical therapist.
Profs. Shaffer, Cerasoli, and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs

64.210 Pathology (Prereq. 18.126, 18.148) 3 Q.H

Lectures and demonstrations of pathological and gross specimens. Inflammation, repair
infection, immunity and hypersensitivity, degenerative processes, disturbances c
metabolism and circulation; disorders of grov\/th, including tumors.
Gherardo J. Gherardi, M.D. Fall and Winter QtrS:

64.220 Clinical Medicine I (Prereq. 18.126, 18.148) 2 Q.Hi

Lectures covering the various areas of medicine and surgery related to conditions commonly

encountered in patients treated by the physical therapist. Pediatrics, general nnedicine,

general surgery.

John W. Graef, M.D., and Sidney Koretsky, M.D. Winter Qtr.

64.221 Clinical Medicine II (Prereq. 18.126, 18.148, 64.121, 64.210) 3 Q.H.
A continuation of Clinical Medicine 64.220. Orthopedic conditions, thoracic surgery, role of
the laboratory.

Henry H. Banks, M.D., and Associates Spring Qtr.

54.222 Clinical Medicine III (Prereq. 18.126, 18.148, 64.121, 64.210) 3 Q.H.
A continuation of Clinical Medicine 64.220. Clinical neurology and neurosurgery, plastic
surgery, burns, dermatology, gynecology, urology.

John J. Sullivan, M.D., and Associates Spring Qtr.

54.235 Psychiatry (Prereq. 19.102, 19.140) 3 Q.H.

Review of psychiatric categories, including consideration of etiology and treatment.
Psychosocial variables significant in the management of patients with whom the physical
:herapist is concerned.
=red Hinman, M.D. Fall Qtr.

54.246 Applied Physiology (Prereq. 18.126, 64.165) 4 Q.H.*

mplementation of independent research proposals. Effect on the physiological processes of
he body produced by basic treatment and testing procedures of physical therapy;
modifications due to pathological changes. Patient presentation included.
\/larch Enders, M.D., Prof. Cerasoli, and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

54.250 Neuroanatomy (Prereq. 64.121, 64.131) 3 Q.H.

viorphological and functional management of the nervous system; derangement of normal

structure and function of the nervous system in various diseases. Lecture and laboratory with

jissection.

^rof. Powers and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

School and Community Health Education

55.110 Foundations of Health Education 2 Q.H.

Drientation to school health education: introduction to the conceptual approach in health
education, with emphasis on personal health and factors influencing health. Introduction to
he philosophy of health education,
staff Fall Qtr.

55.114 Mental Health (Prereq. 19.102 or equiv.)4 Q.H.

\n investigation of mental illness and well-being as they relate to total health, with concern
or the factors that influence mental and emotional behavior. Various approaches to mental
"lealth education in school programs included.
\/liss Zaremba Fall and Spring Qtrs.

)5.116 Nutrition (Prereq. 12.102) 4 Q.H.

The principles of good selection, including knowledge of the basic nutrients, with emphasis
)n building and maintaining sound health. Nutritional problems, such as deficiency diseases,
cod fallacies and fads, and weight control, including various approaches to nutrition
iducation in school programs.
5taff Fall and Spring Qtrs.

15.118 Drug Use and Abuse 4 Q H

"he use and abuse of modern drugs in our society, including prescription and nonprescrip-
ion drugs, alcohol and tobacco, and their physiological and psychological effects on the
)0dy; the social problems surrounding drug abuse, including various approaches to drug
education in school programs. (Qpen to all N.U. students.)
/liss Maguire Fall and Winter Qtrs.

ncluding lab.

190

65.129 Health Education 3 Q H

Principles of personal health; emphasis on information pertinentto mental and physical well-
being, current social behavior, and effective approaches to college living.
Staff Fall and Spring Qtrs.

65.130 Health Problems of the College Student

(Prereq. Physical Education Majors only) 3 Q.H.
Discussion of the major health problems affecting college students. Principles of personal
health, with emphasis on healthful college living.
Staff Spring Qtr.

65.140 Concepts in Health, Aging, and Longevity 4 Q.H.

Principles of the aging process and implications for diverse community, state, and national
health programs.
Staff Fall Qtr.

65.160 Instructional Resources 2 Q.H.

Survey of audiovisual media. Actual operation of selected types of equipment. Production of
transparencies, felt boards, etc. Creative approaches stressed.
Staff Winter Qtr.

65.207 First Aid, Safety, and Preventive Health Education (Prereq 65 110) 4 Q H

Personal habits and activities which may delay the aging process and/or preserve the
homeostatic balance of the human being, with special attention to physical fitness, first aid,
safety education, and other preventive health measures as they relate to total health.
Staff Winter and Spring Qtrs.

65.215 School and Community Health (Prereq. 65.129) 3 Q.H.
Focus on the teacher's all-important role in developing and relating the principles, patterns,
and programs of school and community health education.

Staff Summer Qtr,

65.216 Methods and Materials in Health Education (Prereq. 65.129) 4 Q.H.
Materials appropriate to the teaching of health and safety in the elementary and secondary
school; emphasis on direct unit instruction.

Staff Winter Qtr.

65.217 Teaching Procedures/Curriculum in Health Education in School and Community

(Prereq. Motivation, 19.146, or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
Current methods, with study of new approaches to instruction in health education. Includes
analysis of curriculum and the relationships among curricula and teaching methods.
Staff Spring Qtr.

65.218 Public Health 3 Q H.

Principles of public health, with particular emphasis on the emerging patterns of community

organization and activities in the public health field.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

65.219 Public Health and Community Resources 4 Q.H.
Principles of community health, with emphasis on emerging contemporary local, national,
and world health problems; health services, including the choice of medical care; consumer
health; and available community resources for enriching school health programs. Focus on
public and community service through health education.

Staff Spring Qtr.

65.222 Drug Use and Abuse (Prereq. 65.114, majors only) 4 Q.H.

Investigation of the use and abuse of modern drugs in our society, covering prescription and
nonprescription drugs, alcohol and tobacco, and their physiological and psychological
effects on the body. The social problems surrounding drug abuse are discussed, as are
various approaches to drug education in school programs.
Miss Maguire Spring Qtr.

191

65.223 Human Sexuality and the Family (Prereq. 50.131) 4 Q.H.

Physical, psychological, social, historical, semantic, and comparative cultural aspects of
human sexuality; needs and problems at several stages of maturation, including various
approaches to sex education in the school.
Staff Fall Qtr.

65.225 Communicable and Degenerative Diseases (Prereq. 18.120) 4 Q H.

The disease immunity process, with emphasis on prevalent communicable diseases in the
United States today and their transmission; chronic diseases; cardiovascular diseases;
cancer, diabetes, and other constitutional and degenerative diseases and disorders v^hich
affect the nation's health.

Sta^f Spring Qtr.

65.233 Organization and Administration of School and Community Health Education

4 Q.H.
Principles and methods of organization and administration of school health and community
health education programs: ethics, personnel, budget, facility management, priorities.
Sta^f Spring Qtr.

65.234 Health Problems of the School Child 4 q h.
Recognition of common physical, mental, and emotional health problems of children and
youth, so that they may be dealt with intelligently by the classroom teacher.

Miss Maguire Winter and Spring Qtrs.

65.235 Health Counseling 4 Q H
The identification of physical, mental, emotional, and social health problems; remedial
procedures; and counseling techniques, so that problems may be dealt with intelligently by
health educators.

S^^^^ Spring Qtr.

65.238, 65.239 Seminar (Prereq. for 65.238 is 50.141) 2 Q.H.

(Prereq. for 65.239 is 65.238) 2 Q.H.
Discussion of current problems and new developments as they relate to health education in
school and a variety of community settings. An introduction to research culminating in the
writing of a research paper.

^^^^^ Spring Qtr.

65.240 Student Teaching/Field Experience (Prereq. 65.217) 12 Q.H.

Observation and practical teaching experience in school health programs and/or field

experience in selected community health education settings. Supervision and evaluation by

personnel in cooperating schools and agencies and by Boston-Bouve' College faculty;

seminars.

Staff Pall Qtr.

Pharmacy

71.201 Pharmacy Orientation 1 q H.

A survey course designed to introduce the beginning Pharmacy student to the simple

fundamentals of using the basic toots and equipment in the practice of pharmacy. Modern

audiovisual aids explain the prescription balance, graduals, mortars and pestles, filtration,

emulsification, tablet triturates, ointments and creams, suppositories, and prescription

packaging.

Prof. Smith Fall Qtr.

71.202 Pharmacy Orientation 1 q h.
Calculations to enable a student to prepare various pharmaceutical formulations and
prescriptions. A programmed instruction text is used.

Prof. Smith Winter Qtr.

192

71.228 Special Research Project (Prereq. consent of Dean) 3 Q.H.

Research on special problems may be undertaken In one or more of the following areas:
medicinal chemistry, pharmacognosy, pharmacology, pharmacy, and pharmacy administra-
tion.
Staff Spring Qtr.

71.229, 71.230/Special Research Project 3 Q.H. ea.

A course of directed study or research in one of the pharmaceutical sciences wherein the
student may undertake in-depth investigation of a special interest area.
Prof. Goldstein

71.243 Pharmaceutical Jurisprudence 4 Q.H.

A comprehensive analysis and interpretation of all laws relating to the practice of pharmacy.
Federal and state food and drug laws, narcotic laws, Medicareand Medicaid regulations, and
state pharmacy laws are discussed.
Prof. Goldstein Fall Qtr.

71.245 Pharmacy Administration I 4 Q.H.

Socioeconomic aspects of pharmacy: the government's relationship to the pharmaceutical
industry, trends in contemporary practice, third-party payment plans, macroeconomic
impact on the industry, and the interaction of current concepts in pharmacy.
Prof. Goldstein Winter Qtr.

71.251 Clinical Pharmacy (Prereq. 65.218, 72.244) 3 Q.H.

Initial course in clinical pharmacy wherein the student learns to gather and evaluate
medication data of patients, make interpretations of clinical laboratory data, and study
potential drug interactions of clinical significance.
Staff Winter Qtr.

71.253 Clinical Pharmacy (Prereq. 71.251 or equiv.) 7 Q.H.*

Learning to observe patient response to medication and to evaluate and advise on all factors

which may modify efficacy, safety, and economy of therapy. Lectures are devoted to basic

facts needed to make evaluations and reports. Laboratory consists of two mornings of

medical work rounds in the hospital, as well as case discussion orientation in various medical

specialties.

Prof. Inashima Spring Qtr.

71.261 Pharmacy I (Prereq. 12.145,11.172) 4 Q.H.*
The study of physicochemical theories and principles, and their application to phar-
maceutical systems: intermolelcular forces of the various states of matter, colubility
phenomena, equilibria, complexation, micrometities, mico- and macromolecular systems,
rheology, stability, and chemical kinetics.

Prof. Smith Fall Qtr.

71.262 Pharmacy II (Prereq. 71.261) 4 Q.H.*
Application of fundamental principles and methods to the formulation of official and
nonofficial preparations and dosage forms.

Prof. Smith Winter Qtr.

71.263 Pharmacy III (Prereq. 71.262) 4 Q.H.*
A continuation of 71.262, with further reference to official and nonofficial preparations and
more advanced dosage forms.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

71.264 Pharmacy IV (Prereq. 71.263) 4 Q.H.
Physicochemical considerations relating to drug effectiveness and dosage from design.

' Spring Qtr.

71.265 Professional Practice I (Prereq 71 264) 5 Q H.*
Correlates previous pharmacy courses. The compounding and dispensing of solid and liquid

including lab.

193

dosage forms of medication, with emphasis on chemical incompatibilities. Prescription
practice involving specialties in the completely stocked, operative Gillette Pharmacy.
Prof. Palumbo Fall Qtr.

71.266 Professional Practice II (Prereq. 71.265) 4 Q.H.*
A continuation of Professional Practice I, including lecture demonstration designed to
provide the student with practical knowledge of various surgical devices, appliances, and
hospital and sickroom supplies used in modern patient care. Prescription practice is
continued, with emphasis on specialties and possible drug interactions.

Prof. Palumbo Winter Qtr.

71.267 Professional Practice III (Prereq. 71.266) 4 Q.H.
The current practice of pharmacy. The practical aspects of pharmacy, including the various
laws and problems of non-prescription pharmaceuticals applied to case situations in
dispensing.

Spring Qtr.

71.270 Principles of Management 3 Q.H.
The fundamentals of business organization, with emphasis on the qualitative and legal
aspects of management. An analysis of the marketing structure of the drug trade, forces of
organizations, personnel management, and decision-making theory using non-qualitative
data.

Prof. Goldstein

71.271 Financial Management 3 Q.H.
The quantitative aspects of management relating to the operation of hospital and retail
pharmacies. Emphasis placed on basic accounting procedure, statement analysis, budgets,
cash flow, and taxation.

Prof. Goldstein

71.272 Community Pharmacy Management 3 Q.H.
The management requirements for establishing a community pharmacy. A comparative
analysis of the prevailing types of operations, location, leases and business organization,
staffing, plant layout and design, and financial factors.

Prof. Goldstein

71.275 Seminar in Community Pharmacy Management 3 Q.H.

A discussion course on all phases of community pharmacy operations, with extensive
utilization of the case method of instruction.
Prof. Goldstein

71.278 Hospital Pharmacy I 3 Q.H.
The relationship of the pharmacy to the total hospital structure. Design of the physical plant,
staffing personnel management, and the law of institutional practice.

Prof. Goldstein

71.279 Hospital Pharmacy II 3 Q.H.
An analysis of various concepts in drug distribution, with extensive utilization of the case
method of instruction.

Mr. Brass

71.280 Seminar in Hospital Pharmacy 3 Q H.

A discussion course on special topics of current interest relating to hospital pharmacy

practice.

Mr. Brass

71.282 Parenterals 3 Q.H.*

A study of parenterals, injectibles, and intravenous additives, with their formulations,
properties, methods of preparation, and administration.
Prof. Krause

'Including lab.

194

72.230 Drug Analysis (Prereq. 12.145) 5Q.H.*'

A survey of the quantitative analytical techniques applicable to the evaluation and assay of
natural and synthetic drugs and their formulations. Ennphasis on chromatographic,
spectroscopic, and other instrumental methods, with selected laboratory experiments in the
use of these as defined in official compendia.
Prof. Raffauf Spring and Summer Qtrs.,

72.241 Introduction to Therapeutics (Prereq. 18.182, 12.145) 4 Q.H.
Principles of pharmacognosy, pharmacology, and medicinal chemistry applied to the
discovery of drugs of therapeutic utility to man. A detailed discussion of drugs affecting the
central nervous system.

Prof. Raffauf Winter Qtr.

72.242 Chemical Pharmacology I (Prereq. 72.241) 5 Q.H.
A continuation of 72.241. An interdisciplinary approach to the fundamental chemical and I
pharmacological principles of drug action. A discussion of the structure-activity relationship, "
adsorption characteristics, metabolic fate, pharmacodynamics, and therapeutic application
principally of those drugs acting at sympathetic and neuroeffecter junctional sites.

Prof. Neumeyer Spring and Summer Qtrs.

72.243 Chemical Pharmacology II (Prereq. 72.242) 6 Q.H.*
A continuation of 72.242, with special emphasis on drugs affecting the hematopoetic
systems, the kidneys, and the adrenals.

Prof. Neumeyer Fall Qtr.

72.244 Chemical Pharmacology III (Prereq. 72.243) 6 Q.H.*
A continuation of 72.243, with special emphasis on anti-infectives and others
chemotherapeutic agents, biologicals, and vitamins.

Prof. Raffauf Winter Qtr.

72.250 Identification of Abuse Drugs 3 Q.H.*
An introduction to the chemistry, biological action, and methods of detection and assay of'
commonly abused drugs.

Prof. Raffauf

72.251 Radiopharmaceuticals 3 Q.H.*
The physics, chemistry, and pharmaceutical uses of radiopharmaceuticals. Methods for
preparation and handling of these drugs are discussed in a practical way, as well as the
rationale for their use in diagnosis and therapy.

Dr. Davis

73.203 Anatomy-Physiology (Prereq. 12.145, 18.132) 5 Q.H.
Structure and function of cells, tissues, organs, and systems discussed in an integrated
manner. The cell, the endrocrine system, the reproductive system, and the nervous system
are covered.

Prof. MacKeen Fall Qtr.

73.204 Anatomy-Physiology (Prereq. 73.203) 5 Q.H.*
Structure and function of the various life-supportive systems not covered in the first quarter.
Laboratory is devoted to basic principles involved in understanding life systems and cell
function.

Prof. Inashima Winter Qtr.

73.223 Clinical Biochemistry (Prereq. 90.151) 4 Q.H. *

Electrolytes, enzymes, and hormones of clinical and pathologic interest, with experiments to
interpret disordered biochemistry.
Prof. Spector ' Spring and Summer Qtrs.

73.245 Introduction to Pathology (Prereq 73.204, 73.223) 4 Q.H.
Basic concepts of pathology for the Pharmacy student, with emphasis on disease processes

*lncluding lab.

.95

and alterations of normal biochemical mechanisms.

Fall Qtr.

73.247 Toxicology (Prereq. 72.244) 4 Q.H.

Principles of toxicology, including FDA requirements relating to new drugs, environmental
and other factors affecting the toxicity of therapeutic agents, mechanism.s of toxicity, and
clinical applications.
Prof. Reinhard Spring Qtr.

Nursing

80.101 Fundamentals of Nursing 6 Q.H *

Basic to all other courses in nursing. Focus is on the patient as an individual. Underlying this
is the concept of homeostasis and the role of the nurse in meeting basic needs. Nursing action
is based upon the principles drav\/n from the behavioral social and biological sciences.
Assignments in patient care are designed to provide the student with opportunities to
interpret these principles in the promotion of health and the prevention of illness.
Prof. Wilcox and Staff Fall Qtr.

80.102 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80 101) 6 Q.H.*
The major focus is the identification of common deviations from homeostasis and the
supportive nursing measures involved in the restoration of the patient to normal homeostasis.
Prof. Wilcox and Staff Winter Qtr.

80.103 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80.102) 6 Q.H. *
The major focus is on the identification of specific long-term deviations from homeostasis
and the nursing actions involved in the restoration of the patient to optimal function and
adaptation.

Prof. Wilcox and Staff Spring Qtr.

80.108 Introduction to Technical Nursing 5 Q.H.*
Focus on the role of the technical nurse as a member of the nursing team. Major emphasis
placed upon the ability to provide direct nursing care through the use of theproblem-solving
process in developing and implementing an effective care plan, based upon principles from
the biophysical, behavioral, and social sciences with broad application to nursing problems.
Prof. Kane and Staff Fall Qtr.

80.109 Technical Nursing (Prereq. 80.108) 2 Q.H.
Emphasis on the student's understanding of selected medical and surgical conditions and
developing the ability to relate principles from biophysical and psychosocial sciences to
concepts which give meaning to the nursing care of patients.

Prof. Kane and Staff Winter Qtr.

80.110 Nursing Seminar (Prereq. 80.108— 80.109) 3 Q.H.
A scientific approach to the analysis of health problems and related medical and nursing
.therapy. Students present the results of independent research in class.

Prof. Kane and Staff Spring Qtr.

30.111 Trends in Nursing 1 Q.H.

^cquaints the student with the evolvement of nursing and its role in society today. Emphasis

Diaced on the latter in discussions of preparation for nursing responsibilities inherent in the

lursing role, and events that influence nursing practice as it is today and projected for the

'uture.

^rof. Kane Spring Qtr.

J0.201 Nursing 3 Q.H.*

The first course in nursing introduces the student to varying levels of educational preparation
n nursing, philosophy, purposes and objectives of the program; interpretation of one's own
lealth behavior patterns; identification of basic needs of man; identification of patterns of

Including lab.

196

meeting one's own needs; distinguishing physiological, sociological, and psychologicaj
components of human sexuality; communication techniques; interpersonal processes; roles
and role conflicts; group dynamics and group processes; and methods of problem solving.
Miss Gagnon and Staff Fall and Summer Q!rs.

80.202 Nursing 3 Q.H.*
The second course assists the student in identifying general social trends and their
implications for nursing; characteristics of a profession; functions and purposes of nursing
organizations; standards of behavior of the professional nurse; fundamental principles oj
malpractice law; legislation affecting health care and factors influencing thedelivery of health
care; major world health problems and selected health problems affecting the welfare o1
communities; and the roles and responsibilities of the comprehensive health team.

Miss Gagnon and Staff Winter and Summer Qtrs

80.203 Nursing 3 Q H.*

The science of nutrition, assistmg the student in recognizing factors influencing the
formation of food habits in self and others; identifying normal nutrient needs according to age
groups; recognizing the need for objectivity in working with individuals in meeting theii
needs, as well as the importance of nutrition and its relationship to health. Medica
terminology commonly used is studied.
Miss Gagnon and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

80.204 Nursing— Universal Needs (Prereq. 80.201, 80.202,80.203) 5 Q.H.'
Basic nursing theory and application in caring for people in hospital settings. Selectee
universal needs of man serve as the basis for the course, and the focus is on the nursing
process as it relates to meeting these needs.

Prof. Gates and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs

80.205 Nursing— Common Problems I (Prereq 80.204) 5 Q.H.'
Exploring problems common to individuals who are unable to meet their own health needs
Clinical practice introduces skills and activities to meet the needs of patients with these
common problems in general hospital settings.

Prof. Gates and Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs

80.206 Nursing— Common Problems II (Prereq. 80.205) 8 Q.H.
Physiological and psychological disturbances in illness. Emphasis on the analysis of patien
problems and the nurse's role in the control of infection; pharmacology and drug therapy
responses of body to stress, maintenance of nutrition, and patient teaching in long-terrr
illness. Clinical laboratory experience and a weekly discussion-seminar group.

Prof. Goodfellow and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs

81.101 Medical-Surgical Nursing (Prereq. 80.103) 11 Q.H.
Utilizing the concept that all illnesses produce alterations in body function, the student ij
introduced to selected conditions requiring medical and/or surgical intervention. Majoi
emphasis in classroom and clinical instruction is upon the nurse's role in meeting patients
physical and psychosocial needs, further developing nursing techniques, and learninc
specific skills needed to care for assigned patients.

Prof. DeScenza and Staff All Quarters

81.102 Medical-Surgical Nursing (Prereq. 81.101) 7 Q.H.'
Sequential to 81 .101 . Designed to broaden the student's understanding of adults with more
serious forms of physical illness. The content has been developed to present the nurse's
responsibilities in caring for patients with alterations in physiologic functions and bod>
image. Classroom and clinical experiences focus on principles and nursing skills that are
involved in providing complex care for selected patients.
Prof. Carroll and Staff All Quarters

81.201 Medical-Surgical Nursing (Prereq. 80.206) 9 Q.H.*

Focuses on selected physiologic problems encountered in the care of adult patients. Guided
clinical experiences are planned, with special emphasis on the effects of illness on the

'Including lab

197

individual's pattern of living, continuity of care, and health teaching. Classroom and clinical
experiences focus on the knowledge and skills necessary to plan and implement conn prehen-
sive health care.
Prof. Johns and Staff All Quarters

82.101 Maternal and Child Health (Prereq. 19.141, 19.142, 80.103) 12 Q.H.*

Focuses on the family and the individual and their developmental task, with emphasis on
positive health practices within the family unit. The nursing approach centers upon the health
needs of mothers and children of all ages. The needsof the hospitalized child are identified by
studying the effect of illness upon his normal growth and development. The common
illnesses of childhood are discussed.
Prof. Otto and Staff All Quarters

82.201 Maternal and Child Health (Prereq. 80.206, 19.141) 9 Q.H.*

Maternal and child nursing focuses on the nursing needs of mothers and children. This
course considers various aspects and stresses encountered within the family structure,
particularly as they relate to the expanding family and the child's need in health or illness.
Exploration is made of the present-day problems relating to maternal and child welfare and
their implications for society.
Prof. Lynch and Staff All Quarters

83.101 Psychiatric Nursing (Prereq. 81.101, 82.101) 6 Q.H.) 6 Q.H.*

Assists the student to acquire additional knowledge of human behavior; to provide the
opportunity to achieve understanding of selected human motivations and defenses; and to
learn additional interpersonal skills which may be used in the nursing care of patients. The
opportunity to apply this knowledge, to observe and analyze behavior, and to practice skills is
offered in supervised laboratory sessions.
Prof. Gonyow and Staff Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

B3.201 Psychiatric-Mental Health Nursing (Prereq. 80.206) 9 Q.H.*

Designed to increase and develop knowledge of mental illness, understanding of the
dynamics of human behavior, and the interrelationship of theory and practice as it applies to
clinical and community aspects of mental health and psychiatric nursing.
Prof. Lee and Staff All Quarters

34.201 Public Health Nursing (Prereq. 81.201, 82.201, 83.201) 9 Q.H.*

Increases understanding of the variety of ways in which communities organize to meet the
lealth and welfare needs of their members. Principles of public health and public health
nursing are examined in depth. Attention is given to current health and welfare legislation,
environmental factors affecting health, and the role of the nurse in prevention of disease and
maintenance of health. Laboratory experiences provide opportunities to work with in-
dividuals, families, and community agencies.
Prof. Tingle and Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs.

85.201 Contemporary Nursing (Prereq. 84.201) 9 Q.H.*

The final nursing course beforgraduation. Includes lectures, seminars, progress reports, and
eight weeks of student-selected placement experience. The core content includes legal
aspects, roles, leadership, change, and research methods. Students demonstrate self-
direction by defining their objectives for placement experience, pursuing an area of nursing
in which they are particularly interested, utilizing basicprinciplesof research, and evaluating
their own performance.
Staff Spring Qtr.

Allied Health Professions

General Courses
"36.102 Hospital Law 2 Q H

^n analysis of the legal principles relating to medical and paramedical practice within a

Including lab.

198

hospital environment. The common law and statutory rights of the hospital, practitioner, and
patient are discussed.

Spring Qtr. 1974

86.107 Medical Terminology 4 Q.H.

A study of the language of medicine, including prefixes, suffixes, roots, abbreviations,
disease and operative and drug terms. Also included are terms related to all area specialties.
The terms are studied as they relate to a specific system of the body.
Prof. Zamczyk Fall Qtr. 1974

86.112 Foundations of Medical Science I 3 Q.H.
Major disease problems in our society and modes of treatment. Discussion of organized care,
diagnosis, and treatment. Consideration of reproduction, birth, and pediatrics.

Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1973-74

86.113 Foundations of Medical Science II (Prereq. 86.112) 3 Q.H.
A continuation of 86.112 covering heart, cancer' stroke, blood and lymphatic diseases,
accidents, and musculoskeletal, respiratory, and gastrointestinal diseases.

Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1974

86.174 Health, Disease, and Disability I 3 Q.H.
Major disease or disability states and their impact on human physiology and psychology.
Social and individual response to these states. Lectures, demonstrations, field visits. Part I
emphasizes medical areas.

Winter Qtr. 1974

86.175 Health, Disease, and Disability II (Prereq 86.174) 3 Q.H.
A continuation of 86.174. Part II emphasizes surgical areas.

Spring Qtr. 1974

87.131 Dynamics of Health Care I 1 Q.H.
Orientation of the Allied Health Profession student to the history and organization of health
care in the United States, with an introduction to the roles of the health-care team members.
Allied Health Faculty Fall Qtr. 1973

87.132 Dynamics of Health Care II 1 Q.H.
Orientation of the Allied Health Profession student to interdisciplinary health care
organization, administration, and procedures.

Allied Health Faculty Winter Qtr. 1974

87.133 Dynamics of Health Care III 1 Q.H.
Orientation of the Allied Health Profession student to current social situations and problems
in the delivery of medical care services.

Allied Health Faculty Spring Qtr. 1974

MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCE

The Medical Laboratory Science professional courses are taught by University faculty,
together with supportive clinical faculty.

87.100 Laboratory Medicine— Orientation 1 Q.H.
The history and development of the medical laboratory technologies and pathology.
Prof. Karlsson Winter Qtr. 1974

87.101 Basic Medical Laboratory Science (Prereq. 18.132, 12.104, or 12.107) 4 Q.H.*
Introductory course in the basic medical laboratory sciences: methods, principles, theories.
Medical Laboratory Science Faculty Fall Qtr. 1973

Spring Qtr. 1974

87.102 Basic Medical Laboratory Hematology (Prereq. 81 101 or concurrent) 2 OH *
Principles and procedures of basic medical laboratory hematology, including basic
coagulation.

Prof. Karlsson Winter and Summer Qtrs. 1974

199

87.103 Basic Medical Laboratory Immunohematology (Prereq. 87.101) 2 Q.H.*

Basic principles in immuno-hematology and related techniques, with particular emphasison
those procedures used in blood banking.
Prof. Barr Winter and Summer Qtrs. 1974

87.105 Basic IVIedical Laboratory Chemistry and Instrumentation

(Prereq. 87.101, 12.171) 4 Q.H.*
Principles, procedures, and techniques of basic clinical chemistry and instrumentation.
Prof. Hallsworth Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1974

87.111 Medical Microbiology Applied Study (At Hospital)

(Prereq. 18.220, 87.101) 4 Q.H.

Clinical practicum in applied microbiology at an affiliated accredited hospital school of
medical technology.

Spring Qtr.

87.112 Hematology and Immunohematology Applied Study (At Hospital)

(Prereq. 87.102, 87.103) 4 Q.H.*
Clinical practicum in applied hematology, coagulation, and and blood banking atan affiliated
accredited hospital school of medical technology.

Fall Qtr.
87.115 Medical Laboratory Chemistry Applied Study (At Hospital)

(Prereq. 12.145, 12.171, 87.105) 4 Q.H.*
Clinical practice in applied clinical chemistry at an affiliated accredited hospital school of
medical technology.

Winter Qtr.

87.120 Communications in the Health Sciences 3 Q H

Effective communication in the medical scientific community.

Staff Spring Qtr. 1974

87.121 Quality Control (Prereq. 12.171, 10.105, 87.101, 87.105) 2 Q.H.
Basic statistical methods used in medical laboratory quality control.

Prof. Hallsworth and Dr. Copeland Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1974

87.190 Undergraduate Research (Prereq. 87.102, 87.103, 87.105) 2 Q.H.

Special problems in laboratory medicine involving individual research under the direction of
a faculty member.
Prof. Karlsson Fall Qtr. 1973

87.201 Pathogenic Microbiology (Prereq. 18.220 and 87.101) 4 Q.H.*
Methods of identification and differentiation of normal and pathogenic body flora. Basics of
virology; fundamentals of mycology and mycological infections.

Profs. Barr and Bump Spring Qtr.

87.202 Hematology and Immunohematology (Prereq. 18.132, 87.102, 87.103) 4 Q.H.*
Review of hemopoiesis morphology and physiology of blood cells and bone marrow. Basic
lectures with complementary clinical pathology conferences; discussions on current
literature and applied laboratory experiences.

Prof. Karlsson Fall Qtr. 1973

87.203 Medical Immunology and Serology (Prereq 87 201, 87.103) 2 Q H *
Medically applied immunological and serological concepts and procedures.

Prof. Bump and Dr. Gozzo Fall Qtr. 1973

87.204 Medical Parasitology (Prereq. 18.220) 2 Q.H.*
Laboratory identification of human parasites and a study of their life cycles.

Prof. Bump Winter Qtr. 1974

Including lab.

200

87.205 Clinical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.171, 12.145, 87.101, 87.105) 4 Q.H.* >

Principles and methodologies of current clinical chemistry procedures used in the medical
laboratory for the assessment of human physiological conditions.
Prof. Hallsworth Winter Qtr. 1974

87.221 Medical Laboratory Management 2 Q.H.

Principles of laboratory supervision, communication, and personnel relations. Professional
ethics, relationships, and legal responsibilities.
Prof. Bump Spring Qtr.

87.226 Medical Laboratory Science Education 2 Q.H.

Use, evaluation, and development of educational media with particular emphasis on
correlation of didactic and clinical instruction.

Profs. Barr and Donahue Winter Qtr. 1974

MEDICAL RECORDS ADMINISTRATION

86.151 Medical Record Science I (Prereq. two years of liberal arts) 4 Q.H.*
Introduction to medical records; history of the medical record and medical record forms. A
study of the professional medical record administrator and his relationship to the health
facility. Medical staff and committees in hospital. Quantitative analysis of medical records.
Prof. Zamczyk Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1975

86.152 Medical Record Science 11 (Prereq 86.151) 4 Q.H.*
The numbering, filing, securing, and preserving of medical records. Principles of law as
related to patient care and medical records. Study and practice of medical transcription. The
rules of privileged communications and the release of information to agencies are stressed.

Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1975-76

86.153 Medical Record Science III (Prereq. 86.152) 4 Q.H.*
Basic principles of compiling statistics for hospital and other health institutions. Includes the
preparation of the daily census, discharge analysis, monthly, annual, and special reports.
Birth and death certificates are included. Principles of Standardized Nomenclature of
Diseases and Operations and International Classification of Disease, adapted - 8. Study of
other indexes used in medical records departments.

Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1976

86.154 Advanced Medical Record Science IV (Prereq. 86.153) 4 Q.H.*
Advanced aspects of medical record science. Includes developing of forms and forms
control, planning and managing, new record systems; advanced aspects dealing with
statistics and consulting in extended-care facilities and nursing homes.

Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1976-77

86.155 Organization and Management of Medical Record Department I 3 Q.H.
The hospital: patterns of organization, lines of responsibility and authority, medical staff and
administrative organization, departmental functions and organization. Fundamental prin-
ciples and successful practices in accomplishing office work. Office management problems
and their solution; conceptual framework for the operation of essential management
function, facilities, solutions, and contributions of the office.

Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1976-77

86.156 Organization and Management of Medical Record Department

(Prereq. 86.155) 3 Q.H.
Development of an efficient medical record department in any medical care facility.
Application of the principles of organization and management in the development and
administration of a system of handling medical information.

Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1977

86.157 Seminar in Medical Records (Prereq. 86.154 or concurrently) 2 Q.H.
Case study and discussion for the purpose of integrating the discrete skills and knowledge of

*lncluding lab.

201

the professional curriculum into a meaningful whole by student analysis of real and
hypothetical problems.

Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1976-77

86.252 Applied Medical Record Science— Directed Study l(Prereq.86.151, 86.107) 3 Q.H.*
Clinical practicum in medical record science and management techniques at one or more of
several affiliated hospitals.

Prof. Zamczyk Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1973-74

86.253 Applied Medical Record Science— Directed Study II (Prereq 86 252) 3 Q H '
Clinical practicum in medical record science and management techniques at one or more of
several affiliated hospitals.

Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1974

86.254 Applied Medical Record Science— Directed Study III (Prereq. 86.253) 2 Q H *
Clinical practicum in medical record science and management techniques at one or more of
several affiliated hospitals.

Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1974-75

RESPIRATORY THERAPY

86.181 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy 2 Q.H.
The development and understanding of the respiratory therapist's role as a member of the
health care profession. A concise survey of the normal structures and functions of the human
body with particular emphasis on the organs of respiration and circulation and the principle
of oxygen and tissue metabolism.

Mr. McNeil and Mr. Donahue Fall Qtr. 1973

86.182 Introduction to Respiratory Therapy II (Prereq. 86.181) 3 Q.H.
An expansion of the information from 86.181 into the area of cardiopulmonary pathology,
with an introduction to the therapy modalities.

Mr. McNeil and Mr. Donahue Winter Qtr. 1974

86.183 Mechanics in Respiratory Therapy (Prereq. 86.182) 4 Q.H.*
The application of basic microbiologic principles to the sterilization of respiratory therapy
equipment. Theory and classification of flowmeters, regulators, nebulizers, humidifiers, and
ventilators. The laboratory is devoted to the application and troubleshooting of the apparatus.
Mr. McNeil and Mr. Donahue Spring Qtr. 1974

86.184 Procedures of Respiratory Therapy I (Prereq. 86.183) 4 Q.H.'
This course is designed as the didactic portion of beginning clinical experience to augment
the student's understanding of physiologic respiratory care. Physical examination of the
chest, laboratory diagnosis, and chest X-ray are presented. The pathophysiologic basis of the
therapy of restrictive and obstructive diseases, acute respiratory failure, and chronic
respiratory failure are discussed in detail.

Prof. Cassara Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1973-74

86.185 Procedures of Respiratory Therapy II (Prereq. 86.184,86.284) 4 Q.H.*
The major chest diseases of neonates, children, and adults from the approach of diagnosis,
etiology, treatment, and prognosis.

Prof. Cassara Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1974

86.186 Respiratory Diagnostics (Prereq. 86.185, 86.285) 4 Q.H.*
The third didactic companion to the third clinical experience quarter. It teaches the theory
and technique of blood gas analysis and pulmonary function testing.

Staff Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1974-75

86.187 Advanced Respiratory Care (Prereq. 86.186, 86.286) 4 Q.H.*
Principles of departmental organization and concepts of organizational professional
responsibilities. Each student presents an independently researched clinical paper based on

'Including lab.

202

the current literature and visits to representative patients in the clinical affiliates.

Prof. Cassara Spring Qtr. 1975

86.197 Procedures in Respiratory Therapy IV(for 1973-1974 only) (Prereq. 86.196) 4 Q.H.
Applied cardio-pulmonary physiology.

Mr. McNeil and Mr. Donahue Winter Qtr. 1974

86.198 Procedures in Respiratory Therapy V (for 1973-1974 only) (Prereq. 86.197) 4 Q.H.
Principles and practices involved in the supervision and administration of a respiratory
therapy department. Intensive review for professional qualification in oral and written
examination.

Prof. Cassara Spring Qtr. 1974

86.284 Directed Applied Study— Respiratory Therapy (Prereq. 86.184 concurrent) 4 Q.H.*
Clinical experience matched to concurrently taught didactic subject matter. Skills acquired
include: physical examination of the chest, airway management techniques, basic oxygen
administration, and intermittent positive pressure breathing exercises.

Clinical Faculty Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1973-74

86.285 Directed Applied Study— Respiratory Therapy (Prereq. 86.185 concurrent) 4 Q.H.*
Clinical material matched to concurrently taught didactic subject matter. Skills acquired
include: tracheostomy and endotracheal tube care, management of continuous artificial
ventilation with volume and pressure pre-set devices, and chest physical therapy techniques.
Clinical Faculty Spring and Summer Qtrs. 1974

86.286 Directed Applied Study— Respiratory Therapy (Prereq. 86.186 concurrent) 4 Q.H.*
Clinical experience matched to concurrently taught didactic subject matter. Skills acquired
include: spirometric measurement of lung volumes and flow rates, dilution techniques for
measurement of residual volume, measurement of A/a gradient and vd/vt, and blood gas
measurement of PO2, PCQ2> and pH.

Clinical Faculty Fall and Winter Qtrs. 1975

Cooperative Education

90.251 Placement Techniques 1 Q.H.

Career selection and development are discussed concurrently with resume preparation,
interviewing technique, and effective written communication to facilitate the planning and
implementation of a professional career program.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

90.253 Professional Development for Teachers 1 Q.H.

Teacher certification, professional ethics, and professional development are examined,
along with effective methods of achieving career goals through resume preparation, written
communication, and the interviewing process. |

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

90.254 Professional Development for Nurses 1 Q H.

Personal, legal, and professional responsibilities of nursing are discussed concurrently with
resume preparation, personal presentation, and effective written communication.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

90.255 Professional Development in Criminal Justice 1 QH.

Career options in criminal justice are reviewed, along with the techniques of resume
preparation, interviewing, and effective written communication.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

90.257 Professional Development for Engineers 1 Q H.

Career development in the respective engineering fields is examined with a view to current'
practice and developing trends, along with discussion of resume preparation, interviewing

'Including lab.

_Q3

techniques, and effective written communication.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

Military Science

Military Science I

91.101 U.S. Defense Establishment 1 q.h.
Emphasis is given to the history, organization, and mission of the Department of Defense.
Further, the mission and organization of the U.S. Army is studied, with emphasis given to the
integration of small units into larger units and the general design of military organization.

Fall Qtr,

91.102 Map and Aerial Photo Reading (Prereq. 91.101) 1 Q.H.
Use of maps and aerial photographs to develop an understanding and an appreciation of
these instruments of command and their application to the military service.

Winter Qtr.

91.103 Leadership Laboratory (Prereq. 91.102) 1 Q.H.
Progressive training in leadership, drill, and command. Exercise in command is stressed
wherein students perform duties and functions as officers incident to conduct of training.

Spring Qtr.

Military Science II

91.104 American Military History and Tactics (Prereq. 91.103) 2 Q.H.
Selected battles and campaigns, coupled with major periods of international crises, are
studied with a view towards giving the student an appreciation of the development of the U.S.
Army. An introduction to the fundamentals and principles of small unit tactics.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

91.105 Officer Development Leadership Laboratory (Prereq. 91.104) 1.5 Q.H.
The functions, duties, and responsibilities of junior military leaders and the development of
leadership potential through practical exercises; discussion of the ROTO Advanced Course.
Leadership laboratory as described in 91.103.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

Military Science III

91.106 Leadership and Management (Prereq. 91.105) 2 Q.H.
Review of the basic problems in leading small units, with emphasis on the role of a platoon
leader in setting goals, standards, and motivating performance. Familiarization with
communications equipment organic to small units within the Army. Methods of instruction
for small unit training classes.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

91.107 Fundamentals and Dynamics of the Military Team I— Leadership Laboratory

(Prereq. 91.106) 2 Q.H.
Organization of small units within the army and the support which they receive. Familiariza-
tion with the principles and fundamentals of small unit tactics. Leadership laboratory as
described in 91.103.

Spring and Summer Qtrs.

91.108 Fundamentals and Dynamics of Military Team II (Prereq 91 107) 2 Q H.
Staff organization and responsibilities; troop leading procedures; decision making; composi-
tion and development of military intelligence; combined arms operations from patrol to
company level. A discussion of the role of the branches of the army within the overall mission
of the army.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

Military Science IV

91.109 Leadership and Management Leadership Laboratory (Prereq 91.108) 2 Q H.
I Composition and mission of combined arms forces, company size through battalion size, in

204

offensive, defensive, and special operations. Leadership laboratory as described in 91.103

Spring and Summer Qtrs

91.110 Leadership and Management II— Internal Defense Development

(Prereq. 91.109) 2 Q.H.
The organizational, environmental, personnel, and operational problems encountered by the
manager of the modern military team. Included is a discussion of the strategic environmental
background in which the military team is employed.

Fall and Winter Qtrs.

91.111 Pre-Camp Orientation— Leadership Laboratory (Prereq. 91.1 10) 2 Q.H.
An orientation designed to prepare the cadet for summer camp. Physical training is
emphasized to ensure that the cadet is physically prepared. Leadership requirements for the
future officer are discussed.

Spring Qtr.

Criminal Justice

92.104 Administration of Criminal Justice 4 Q.H.

Surveys the entire contemporary criminal justice system from the initial contact with the
offender through prosecution, disposition, incarceration, and release to the community.
Emphasis is placed on major systems of social control: police, corrections, juvenile justice,
mental health systems, and their policies and practices relative to the offender. A balance is
maintained in providing legal, empirical, and sociological materials.
Prof. Senna Fall and Winter Qtrs

92.110 Police-Community Relations 4QH

Police-public contact; uses of the communications media in projecting the police image;.

responsibilities of police in dealing effectively with minority groups, civil rights, civil disorder,!

and public protection. An exploration of the role and function of the role in intergroup'

relations.

Prof. Sheehan Sprmgand Summer Qtrs..

92.112 Criminal Behavior 4 Q.H

An analysis of various nonconformist and criminal activities generating contemporary
subcultures. Societal norms and legal precepts, including the police, the courts, and the
correctional systems, are explored as they relate to deviant subcultures.
Prof. Natoli Fall and Winter Qtrs.

92.113 Law Enforcement Procedures and Social Structure 4 Q.H

Law enforcement systems in relation to classstructure, political, economic, and social power;
police and community subcultural developments and problems of professionalization.
Prof. Natoli Spring and Summer Qtrs-

92.115 Police Operations 4 Q H.

A general survey of police operational procedures, including patrol, traffic, interrogations,
and report writing. Roleplaying is used extensively to demonstrate interviewing methods.
Prof. Sheehan Spring and Summer Qtrs.

92.131 Law Enforcement Administration and Management 4 Q.H.
The principles of police organization, administration, and management, including staff and
line functions, chain of command, span of control, selection of personnel, and promotional
systems. Consideration is also given to special problems such as strikes, natural and atomic
disasters, narcotic traffic, and vice control.

Prof. Sheehan Fall and Winter Qtrs.

92.132 Police Supervision

The police supervisor's role in discipline, intradepartmental relations, prolem-handling and
personnel policies. Problems relating to supervisory relationships, wages, grievances,
morale, and safety.
Prof. Natoli Spring and Summer Qtrs.

205

92.134 Const. Problems I: The Police and the Criminal Suspect 4 Q.H.

Utilizing Supreme Court decisions and othersources, this course encompasses a study of the
constitutional rights of speech, press, religion, association, equal protection of the laws, and
their relevance to a democratic society.
Prof. Kassler Spring and Summer Qtrs.

92.137 Criminology 4 Q.H.
Patterns and evolution of criminal behavior, the social forces involved, and development of
the individual criminal; administration of criminal justice; law, courts, police, prisons.
Prof. Schafer Fall and Winter Qtrs.

92.138 Juvenile Delinquency and Youth Crime (Prereq. 92.137 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
The sociological and psychological approaches and their implications for a typology of
delinquency; problems of prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation.

Prof. Schafer Spring and Summer Qtrs.

92.140 The Nature and Behavior of Fire

(Prereq. 11.113, 114 or 18.114, 115 or 92.113 or equiv.) 4 Q.H.
A course in the examination and behavior of fire. Deals with fire-related phenomena such as
convection, radiation, contact, and ignition. This embodies consideration of arson,
explosions, asphyxiation, and combustibility. The engineering is dealt with in terms of
fireproofing agents such as plastics, textiles, building materials, and the chemistry of the
halogens. Finally, some time is given to areas of fire experimentation and the potential for
more sophisticated inquiry.
Prof. Cunliffe Fall and Winter Qtrs.

92.141 Criminal Law: Procedural Due Process 4 Q.H.
U*.ilizing current Supreme Court decisions and other sources, this course examines the
relationship between the Bill of Rights and the states, with primary emphasis on the
guarantees of fair trial, counsel, privacy, immunity from self-incrimination, and other
constitutional safeguards in state and Federal criminal proceedings.

Prof. Kassler Fall and Winter Qtrs.

92.142 Const. Problems II: The Courts and the Accused 4 Q.H.
Rules of evidence, principlesof exclusion, evaluation and examination of evidenceand proof,
competency, consideration of witnesses. Fundamentals of courtroom procedure, testifying
in court, the principles of prosecuting a case, the introduction of evidence. Roleplaying is
used as a learning device in mock trials. Class members are required to attend and report on
criminal trials.

Prof. Kassler Spring and Summer Qtrs.

92.143 Introduction to Criminalistics 4 Q.H.*
A survey of the elements of microscopy, spectroscopy, and basic chemistry as they apply to
the study of firearms, hair, fibers, blood, paint, tools, glass, documents, laundry marks,
poisons, and other materials which comprise physical evidence.

Prof. Cunliffe - Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

92.146 Legal Aspects of Society 4 Q.H.

Twentieth-century society, with an emphasis upon the legal structure and its impact upon

society.

Prof. Kassler Fall and Winter Qtrs.

92.147 The Juvenile and the Courts 4 Q H.

Course work examines the juvenile court; its philosophy, procedure, and personnel. Focus is
on the discretionary processes by which juveniles are labelled delinquent, dependent and
neglected. The roles played by police, prosecution, defense, bench, and social service
workers are considered. Field visits arranged.
Prof. Pieczenik Fall and Winter Qtrs.

'Including lab.

206

92.155 Seminar in Law Enforcement 4 Q.H.
An opportunity for free discussion about the numerous probiemsfacing the law enforcement
officer. Periodic oral and written reports are required. Guest lecturers are invited to
participate in and lead discussion sessions. An effort is made to have each studentformulate
his own philosophy of law enforcement prior to his graduation.

Prof. Sheehan Spring and Summer Qtrs.

92.156 Seminar in Law and Criminal Justice 4 Q.H.
Prof. Kassler Fall Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

92.157 Research Methods in Criminal Justice 4 Q.H.
Development of research design of the kind most useful to criminal justice problems;
understanding of some of the most important issues and problems facing researchers in the
field; use of various data collection methods including observation, interviewing, question-
naire construction, and scales for survey analysis; validity and reliability; computer
application in criminal justice.

Prof. Siegel Fall and Winter Qtrs.

92.160 Social Welfare Problems in Criminal Justice 4 Q.H.
A critical examination of culture-of-poverty themes; a brief study of the social welfare system;
development of techniques for referral to social agencies; development of self-awareness
through thoughtful evaluation of personal bias and experience.

Prof. Ames Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

92.161 Delinquency and Adolescent Behavior 4 Q.H.
Psychodynamic development of the adolescent personality and growth of delinquency
patterns in this culture. Current novels and essays, as well as standard texts are used.
Prof. Ames Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

92.162 Introductory Statistics and Social Research 4 Q.H.
An elementary survey and analysis of the uses of statistics and social research methods, with
special reference to utilization of data from the field of criminal justice. The first part of the
course covers descriptive statistics and the second examines the basic techniques in social
research. Attention is given to methods of collecting, analyzing, and interpreting statistical
data, and to the use of statistics in the development of research designs.

Prof. Senna Fall and Winter Qtrs.

92.165 Rehabilitation of the Offender 4 Q.H.

Basic concepts for influencing and changing human behavior. Special attention is given to an
examination of various types of current programs and services developed in the criminal
justice system to rehabilitate the offender. Particular emphasis is made of contemporary
practices in corrections, such as the community-based work release program, halfway
houses, and various forms of individual treatment services.
Prof. Senna Spring and Summer Qtrs.

92.191, 92.192, 92.193, 92.194 Directed Study 4 Q.H. (each)

92.207 Suicide (Prereq. consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.

The social and psychological implications of suicide. Theoretical readings begin with
Durkheim and go through Alvarez. Qne day each week spent in study and research at "hot
lines " and suicide prevention centers in the metropolitan area.
Prof. Ames Spring and Summer Qtrs,

92.209 Female Offender 4 Q.H.

The course addresses itself to the female at the various stages in the criminal justice system,
from commission of a crime to parole. Both the juvenile and adult offender is studied. The
thrust of the course is a critical analysis of existing theory and research on the female
offender, with emphasis on the socialization, roles, and social participation of women in
society at-large. The male offender is also considered at each level in a comparative sense.
Prof. Turek Fall and Winter Qtrs. f

207

92.210 Topics in History of Criminal Justice 4 Q.H.
An historic survey of the principles of criminal justice in the ancient and medieval periods,
with emphasis upon the impact of religion and philosophy.

Dean Rosenblatt Fall Qtr.

92.211 Topics in History of Criminal Justice 4 q h.

A continuation of the historic survey with an examination of the effect of the Renaissance

Reformation and the rise of nation states.

Dean Rosenblatt Winter Qtr.

92.280 Seminar in Victimology

(Prereq. Juniors and Seniors with consent of instructor) 4 Q.H.
Criminal-victim relationships, with emphasis on victim-precipitated crimes and compensa-
tion to the victims. The concept and significance of "victimology"; time, space, sex, age, and
occupational factors in criminal-victim relationships; victims of murder, rape, other violent
crimes, and property crimes; victim typology; thepublic orvictim; restitution to crime victims.
The functional responsibility of the victim.
Prof. Schafer All Quarters

)2.285 Practicum in Community Service

(Prereq. 92.161 or equiv. and consent of instructor) 4 Q.H
rof. Ames All Quarters

Interdisciplinary Courses

93.110 Programming Computers with FORTRAN (Prereq. one year college math.) 4 Q H
Techniques for programming problems on any large computer. Emphasis is on general
Drogramming methods using the language of FORTRAN. A large number of example
problems are presented in an effort to display the applicability of computers to awide variety
Df professional activities. No prior computer experience is required,
^rof. Rule Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

J3.111 Advanced FORTRAN Programming (Prereq 93.110) 4 Q H

Higher-level aspects of the FORTRAN language are considered. Topics covered include: the

jse of software packages, the manipulation of large data arrays, processing of non-numeric

nformation, magnetic tape operations, and data file management. An introduction to

systems analysis is presented, with emphasis on Monte Carlo and queuing simulation

echniques.

^rof. Finkenaur Fall, Winter, and Spring Qtrs.

)3.113 Computers for the Social Sciences 4 Q.H.

Simple FORTRAN is covered only to the point where students can solve elementary original
Droblems. Emphasis is then given to communicating with a discipline-oriented software
Dackage, SPSS (Subroutine Package for Social Scientists), to show how computers solve
Droblems peculiar to the social scientist,
rof. Rule and Staff Winter Qtr.

)3.120 An Analysis of American Racism 4 Q.H.

\ seminar in contemporary aspects of racism in America. The cycle by which racism in our
nstitutions helps form our attitudes, and how our attitudes in turn shape our institutions, is
studied and discussed. Emphasis is on the practical, day-to-day aspects of racism, rather
han the theoretical and historical.

J3.125 COBOL Programming I 4 Q.H.

-undamentals of computer programming in COBOL. Topics include: elementary computer
unctioning, program organization, input/output operations, arithmetic and data-handling
'erbs, and program logic development through the use of flow charts. Storage and
nanipulation of large data files on magnetic tape are introduced. No prior computer
xperience is required,
^rof. Finkenaur Fall, Winter and Qtrs.

208

93.126 COBOL Programming II (Prereq. 93.125) 4 Q H

Higher-level aspects of the COBOL language are considered. Use of decision tables in
development of program logic. Improving program efficiency. Error detection and minimiza-
tion techniques. Bulk data storage in magnetic tape and disc files. Storing, merging,
updating, sorting, and purging of data files. Report generation.
Prof. Finkenaur Spring Qtr.

93.151 Genera! Biochemistry (Prereq. two quarters organic chemistry) 4 Q.H.
Introduction to biochemical compound types, occurrence, chemistry, and introduction to
metabolis

93.152 Physical Biochemistry (Prereq. 93.151) 4 Q H.
Bioenergetics, enzymes, and enzyme kinetics, with application to central area of metabolism
biooxidation and reduction processes.

Chemistry Staff Spring and Summer Qtrs.

93.153 Metabolic Biochemistry (Prereq. 93.152) 4 Q.H.
Survey of intermediary metabolism, including carbohydrate, lipid, protein, and nucleic acid
biochemistry.

Prof. Bialy (Biology)

93.160 American Musical Theatre 4 Q.H.

An interdisciplinary course, taught by the departments of Drama and Music. The develop-
ment of the American musical, from the Black Crook to Hair and Jesus Christ Superstar, as an
entertainment and as a serious art-form, through an examination of script, score, dance, and
design. Works by Bernstein, Rodgers and Hammerstein, the Gershwins, Weill, Lerner and
Loewe, and Cole Porter, are examined. Guest lecturers, recordings, films, live productions,
supplement the course.
Prof. Blackman and Silverman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

93.201 Computers in Our World 2 Q.H.
An introductory course designed for Liberal Arts majors, showing how computers function
and how they are used. No prior experience is needed. Students learn how to use the large
University computer.

Dr. Eiseman Fall and Winter Qtrs.

93.202 Using Computers 2 Q.H.
An intermediary level course designed for Liberal Arts majors, exploring the use of computers
to solve typical problems.

Dr. Eiseman Winter and Spring Qtrs.

93.203 Advanced Computer Applications 2 Q.H.
An advanced level course designed for Liberal Arts majors with programming experience.
Application of sophisticated techniques to solve more advanced and difficult problems.
Dr. Eiseman Spring Qtr.

93.210 Assembly Language Programming

(Prereq. knowledge of some compiler language) 4 Q.H.
The unique programming concepts encountered in assembly language programming.
Course content includes; number system theory, internal machine representation of
information, complement arithmetic, basic machine language programming, assembly
language instructions; concepts of addressing, subroutine linkage, character manipulation;
floating vs. fixed point operations.
Prof. Rule and Staff Spring Qtr.

.■.trf{/-\,-: ,'■ ' ',? ■■^>''■■■::^^■'.■''■'■^■W"■^.^"■^ ■

'')lSt?'^fc> "T iw? ''•^.'^•'•■^SRPai^SlW"^*^"

Ireshman ProQiinB
1973-74

Equal Opportunity Policy

Northeastern University is committed to a policy of providing equal opportunity for
all. In all matters involving admission, registration, and all official relationships with
students, including evaluation of academic performance, the University insists on a
policy of nondiscrimination. Northeastern University is also an equal opportunity
employer; it is institutional policy that there shall not be any discrimination against
any employee or applicant for admission because of race, color, religion, sex, age,
or national origin.

yiTA(j7ss

The New England Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools accredits schools and colleges in
the six New England states. Membership in one of the six regional accrediting associations in the
United States indicates that the school or college has been carefully evaluated and found to meet
standards agreed upon by qualified educators. Colleges support the efforts of public school and
community officials to have their secondary schools meet the standards of membership.

Inliodudns
Northeastern

Universily

Enjoy learning on the world-famous Cooperative Plan

Boston-Bouve College

College of Business Administration

College of Criminal Justice

College of Education

College of Engineering

College of Liberal Arts

Lincoln College

College of Nursing

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Freshman Piosrams

r.9.h'.

.<<.

->4

"•IT

.-cVj:

•■c

►V*

•> rt *

^ UA

*rti

V" C>'

:./

' ^^^B^

A Message from the President

When a college or university is located in an urban setting, its students have num-
erous opportunities to relate what they learn in the classroom to the world outside
the campus, and to share their experiences with fellow students and professors.

When such an urban institution is operated on the Cooperative Plan of Education
— in which students alternate regular periods of classroom study with periods of
paid employment in positions directly related to their academic major — the oppor-
tunities are multiplied even further. This is what Northeastern University has to offer.

Through the unique mix of work and study, Northeastern students are not only
widening their own career horizons, but are also involved in activities of great benefit
to others. You might find a Northeastern student singing in the chorus for a Boston
opera performance, doing research at the Boston Athenaeum or Massachusetts His-
torical Society, tutoring Spanish-speaking residents in English, or teaching physi-
cally handicapped children to swim.

What type of student is this so-called "co-op"? Our experience has shown that the
great majority of them are career-oriented, with their goals already clearly defined;
if they have not reached that point as yet, they are keen enough to seek an educa-
tional experience best suited to help them do so. Co-op students place a high value
on education, and particularly on one which prepares them for vocational or profes-
sional career opportunities. They have a deep appreciation of the value of the off-
campus experience, and regard it as a significant part of their overall educational
processes.

Among today's college students, the co-op is indeed fortunate. He is able to take
advantage of an educational system which has a built-in financial aid feature of great
benefit to him. Without it, he might not ever have gone to college. His academic
curriculum is relevant, innovative, and individualized. His off-campus experience
gives him a career head start on his counterparts at traditional institutions, and he
is generally able to command a higher starting salary in his first job after graduation.

The co-op student has a coordinator who meets with him frequently to discuss his
educational program, his career objectives, and his personal problems. Through
such personalization of the educational process, the student's motivation is en-
hanced, both in class and on the job, and he develops skills in human relations
which would otherwise be impossible.

Today Northeastern University is the world leader in cooperative education, as well
as its prime consultant for other institutions interested in adopting the system. Many
of its cooperative employers are located in Boston, although there are numerous
others in urban centers from New York to California. Cooperative positions are found
in virtually every career area — the arts, science, technology, health, education, busi-
ness, industry, research, communications, just to name a few.

As a prospective college student, you are no doubt wondering how to select an
institution. During these times of increased social awareness you will probably wish
to study in a college or university which is truly part of the world around it. To be in
the mainstream of urban life, where the city and the man teach each other, I urge
you to give Northeastern University your serious consideration.

ASA S. KNOWLES

Contents

A Message from the President

Part I About Education

A IVIessage from the Dean of Admissions

Part II The Academic Programs

Boston-Bouve College

College of Business Administration

College of Criminal Justice

College of Education

College of Engineering

College of Liberal Arts

Lincoln College

College of Nursing

College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

ROTC
Part III The Particulars of Education

Department of Admissions

General Requirements for Entrance

Applying for Admission

Expenses

Financial Aid

Scholarship Programs

Student Loan Programs

Part-Time Work

Housing

Student Activities

Department of Athletics

Freshman Orientation Programs

Counseling and Testing Center

Faculty Advisory System
Part IV The Pillars of Education

The University Library

Learning Resources

Research

The Computation Center
Part V Freshman Course Descriptions
Map of the Main Campus
Freshman Academic Calendar 1972-73
Admissions Application

103

117

121

122

123

126

129

132

133

135

136

137

143

144

145

149

151

152

153

155

176

Inside back cover

Insert at back

Tuition rates, all fees, rules and
regulations, courses and course
contents are subject to revision
by the President and Board of
Trustees at any time.

We hope that you will enjoy reading Introducing Northeastern Univer-
sity. This publication has been designed to help you in your educational
and career planning, and to provide the f<ind of information you will need
as an applicant for admission.

Quite naturally, we are enthusiastic about what Northeastern can
offer you: an attractive combination of an exciting urban location, fully
accredited programs of study in the Undergraduate Colleges, and unique
learning experiences provided by the Cooperative Plan of Education. North-
eastern University is now recognized as the international center for co-
operative education. Through the Cooperative Plan, now being adopted by
increasing numbers of colleges and universities, you will profit from chal-
lenging employment in a wide variety of fields of work.

\Ne encourage early application for admission, and we hope that we
can be of service to you as you make plans to continue your education.
Your admissions application may be found at the back of this catalog.

The Committee on Admissions
Department of Admissions
Northeastern University
360 Huntington Avenue
Boston, Massachusetts 02115
Tel. (617) 437-2200

I T

♦

parti

About Education

The Philosophy of Education

Northeastern has never forgotten its original purpose: to offer an education
to all qualified students who possess both the desire for additional knowl-
edge and the determination to acquire it in spite of possible hardships.

The University's long experience in offering a realistic type of education
that provides an opportunity for productive work as a part of the total edu-
cational experience is particularly significant today, since Northeastern is
fully aware of the importance of bringing its full resources to bear in helping
to solve monumental — and universal — social problems. It has also made
it possible for many additional members of minority groups to obtain an
education.

Northeastern's location in Boston and the fact that it is the largest
Cooperative Plan university in the world are significant factors which pro-
vide opportunities for student involvement in areas of national concern.
For example, undergraduates have cooperative work assignments in such
areas as air pollution research, rehabilitation, medical research, social
service, environmental studies, and law enforcement. Student activities,
too, offer a chance to "be where the action is": namely, in a wide variety
of community-action programs, many of which help handicapped people,
ghetto residents, and minority groups.

Today's socially conscious and alert students often wish to continue
their education on the graduate level. In response to this desire, North-
eastern has extended its Cooperative Plan to some areas of graduate
education. One example is the School of Law, which stresses a curriculum
substantially shaped around the significant social issues of contemporary
society.

Many prominent educators, including those who are graduates of tradi-
tional, non-Cooperative Plan schools, are now urging that all college
students have opportunities for on-the-job experience before graduation.
These educators realize that the practical experience thus gained can
complement college curricula.

Thus by alternating between classroom instruction and cooperative
assignments, a Northeastern student is in a much better position to ex-
amine, to doubt, and to explore than his counterpart at other educational
institutions. By constructive criticism he can justify the opinions he has

formed. He sees society not for what it is, but for what it can be, and is
determined to help his country reach its full potential.

This is the challenge of opportunity which Northeastern provides. It is the
challenge of the Age of Social Conscience which is being met effectively
by its students and graduates.

The Problem of Education

"To teach them to think: that is the problem. It is impossible, today, for
any school, undergraduate or professional, to equip its students with all
the knowledge they will need to become competent" in their special fields
of endeavor. "On the other hand, it can provide its students with a chance
to discover something with which, on their own, they can live an extraordi-
nary life: their ability to think."

Since 1898 Northeastern has helped young men and women to think — to
think in the classrooms; to think in the laboratories. But the development of
their ability to think for themselves, to weigh all sides of an issue or prob-
lem, and to analyze, has always been due, in large part, to the Cooperative
Plan of Education.

Under this plan you and your classmates will learn to think — to think on
the job as well as in the classroom.

If your goals are well defined, cooperative education can give you the
opportunity to obtain practical experience in your field. Theories learned
from books and classroom discussions can be put into actual practice.

if you are still considering alternate career paths, cooperative education
can provide the opportunity to test your ideas and help you decide. Obser-
vation of career fields through your experience on co-op adds a new
dimension to helping you choose your career.

Your various cooperative work assignments will speed your progress in
the art of thinking for yourself.

The Plan of Education

The Cooperative Plan is a dynamic system of education which helps to fit
you in your career and personal development. It requires both concentrated
study and hard work, but its rewards for you are many.

Upon graduation you will not only have a degree, but also a substantial
amount of experiences to offer your potential employer. You'll find out just
how important these experiences are when you begin your job interviews
for after-graduation employment.

The "Co-op Plan" demonstrates that practical experience, when com-
bined with excellent classroom instruction, challenges you to your greatest
effort. In many instances, you will earn enough money to defray the cost
of your tuition, books, and incidentals.

The Cooperative Plan

After your freshman year you will alternate periods of classroom at-
tendance at Northeastern with periods on cooperative assignments. With

the exceptions noted below, it will take you five years to complete degree
requirements.

in the College of Liberal Arts each of the majors offers the option of a
four-year plan in which eight quarters of upper-class study are completed
in three upper-class years.

All programs in Boston-Bouve College are on the five-year Cooperative
Plan.

The Associate Degree program in the College of Nursing is completed
in three years, with cooperative experience provided during the second and
third years. Students holding an L.P.N, designation who wish to apply their
credits to the Associate Degree will complete their program in two years.

John Ruskin once wrote: "Education is leading human souls to what
is best and making what is best of them . . . the training which makes
men happiest in themselves also makes them more serviceable to others."

Under the careful personal guidance of your faculty advisers and co-
ordinators at Northeastern and the supervisors of your various cooperative
work assignments where you are employed, you will be assisted in dis-
covering the type of career which will bring you most genuine satisfac-
tion ... the kind which will make you happiest and most serviceable to
your community and nation.

The Place

From what was once a barren circus ground and baseball field, the North-
eastern University campus of today has emerged on Huntington Avenue
in Boston's Back Bay.

Today the University campus is one of the city's finest and most modern
centers of education. Under the Diamond Anniversary Development Pro-
gram, a master plan was drawn up in 1961 for the expansion of facilities
on this 48-acre site, with completion scheduled for 1973, Northeastern's
75th anniversary.

Many steps have been taken to implement the plan: two women's dormi-
tories, Speare Hall and Stetson Hall, housing 1,200 coeds; the addition to
the Carl Stephens Ell Student Center, giving the students a much-needed
cafeteria and expanded areas for extracurricular activities; Mary Gass Rob-
inson Hall, housing the College of Nursing, the Division of Health Science
of the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions, and the Riesman
Biology Center, as well as physical therapy classrooms, offices, and labora-
tories, and educational television facilities; the Sarkis and Vosgitel Mugar
Life Sciences Building, housing the College of Pharmacy and the Depart-
ments of Biology, Chemical Engineering, and Psychology; and the Charles
A. Dana Research Center, providing facilities for the research programs of
the Departments of Physics and Electrical Engineering. The Edward L.
Hurtig Chemistry Building was opened in 1968 and the Asa S. Knowles
Center for Law and Criminal Justice opened in 1969.

Ethel G. and Reuben B. Gryzmish Hall, the section of the Knowles Center
in which the School of Law is housed, was opened in 1970. Gryzmish Hall
is a building especially designed for the School's distinctive program of

legal education. It contains a law library, student lounge, moot courtroom,
jury room, judge's chambers, classrooms, and offices.

John A. Voipe Hall, the second section of the Knowies Center, is the
headquarters of the College of Criminal Justice. VoIpe Hall was dedicated
in the spring of 1972.

Two facilities for Boston-Bouve College have also been opened: one,
Charles and Estelle Dockser Hall, a five-story structure housing class-
rooms, laboratories, libraries, gymnasium, dance studio, recreation center,
and faculty offices; and the other, the Barletta Natatorium, consisting of a
swimming pool, four handball courts, and a practice tank for the crew.

Another facility for Boston-Bouve College, the Warren Center for Physi-
cal Education and Recreation Education, has been developed in Ashland,
Massachusetts, to serve as an outdoor laboratory for students majoring in
Physical Education, Recreation Education, Physical Therapy, and Health
Education.

Freshmen in the Colleges of Liberal Arts, Criminal Justice, Education,
Business Administration, and Engineering who prefer a suburban atmos-
phere may attend classes on the 165-acre Suburban Campus, located near
Route 128 in Burlington, Massachusetts. After their first year, they will
transfer to the Huntington Avenue Campus in Boston.

Prospective students will find another good reason for attending North-
eastern besides the wide range of programs and facilities which it offers
its students. This is the location of the main campus. In very few instances
are educational institutions situated in such a varied cultural and social
environment as Northeastern.

Within walking distance from the University are the Museum of Fine Arts,
Symphony Hall, the Gardner Museum, the New England Conservatory of
Music and Jordan Hall, and the Boston Public Library. Upon boarding a
bus or the subway, students can easily travel to the theatre district, where
pre-Broadway plays are often "tried out" and smash hits staged. Among
the numerous cultural organizations that call Boston home are the Boston
Symphony Orchestra, the Boston Pops, the Boston Ballet Company, The
Opera Company of Boston, and the Theatre Company of Boston.

Boston offers students every range of shopping facilities, from tiny
boutiques to huge department stores, all within a short distance of the
University. And nearby restaurants serve everything from soul food to
sukiyaki for that special weekend date.

The Faculty

It has been said that "the most essential thing in the work of education
is that sympathetic touch of life on life. It is by that fine process that per-
sonality is developed, matured, and enriched in all the younger candidates
for human existence."

One reason for the success of the Cooperative Plan at Northeastern
University is the "touch of life on life" which is made possible by the close
association between more than 700 scholars on the faculty of the Basic
Colleges and their students. This is made possible by the University's
advisory system. Although these scholars represent the best in American
education and are alumni of distinguished colleges and technical institu-
tions, Northeastern insists that their achievements in every case be supple-
mented by such important factors as enthusiasm for teaching, ability to
stimulate intellectual and scientific curiosity, and genuine understanding
of young people.

As a student at Northeastern you will have the advantage of studying
under a faculty chosen for these qualities, and through the time-tested
advisory system you will be certain always of seasoned and sympathetic
guidance and assistance in developing your particular talents.

A Message from the Dean of Admissions

To put into words ttie true story of Northeastern University and the challenging
opportunities which it presents to young men and women is a very difficult task. As
one student said: "You almost have to live it in order to appreciate it."

A recent full-page news story carried the headlines: "Northeastern's Co-op Pro-
gram Comes Into Its Own — A Model For Nation." But even this fails to tell the full
story of the excitement of our educational programs. It can be sensed in the com-
ments of a student as he returns from his cooperative work assignments and shares
his experiences with a close friend. It can be appreciated by observing a student as
she relates to children with special learning disabilities, or by watching one who
works as a team member on a problem in environmental engineering. It can be
understood when one talks with a student about the challenge of his job at the
National Archives in the Nation's Capital or at the famed Oceanographic Institute
at Wood's Hole, Cape Cod.

Northeastern University is cooperative education at its best. Our students seek
relevancy and involvement in their educational experiences, and they find these
qualities as they are able to relate the theory of the classroom to the actual world
of adult employment. In so doing, they gain a good measure of financial indepen-
dence through salaries paid for services rendered. Cooperative education has, in fact,
prospered because of its uniqueness, its relevance, its built-in financial aid feature,
and its direct orientation to the individual student. No other type of higher education
can make these claims.

Each fall about 3,500 freshmen arrive on this campus. Approximately one half are
resident students and one third are girls. They come to us from 30 states and 40 for-
eign countries. They represent a wide range of student aptitudes and career interests.
Together they participate in a student activity program of social, musical, dramatic,
literary, and athletic events which contribute greatly to enjoyable and meaningful
student life.

The University is located in the very heart of what is perhaps the greatest con-
centration of college and university students in the world. They make extensive use
of the cultural and recreational opportunities available in the City of Boston and its
suburbs. It is an exciting place in which to prepare one's self for the challenges of
tomorrow. Yet, in the midst of excitement and change. Northeastern places the
emphasis where it properly belongs — upon the student.

We cordially invite you to visit our campus. Please let us know if we may assist
you in your educational and career planning.

GILBERT C. GARLAND

part 2

The Academic Programs

Catherine L. Allen, Dean

Boston-Bouve College

Boston-Bouve College offers degree programs in professional education
for botfi men and women in:

Health Education

Physical Education

Physical Therapy

Recreation Education

Programs

Each curriculum combines basic liberal education and professional prep-
aration including related supervised field experience. The Cooperative Plan
of Edu'cation of Northeastern University affords diversified opportunities for
alternating terms of v\/ork and study beginning in the sophomore year in
every department. All programs in the College are five years in length.

Aims

To meet demands for fully qualified personnel in Health Education, Physi-
cal Education, Physical Therapy, and Recreation Education, modern edu-
cation seeks to develop the independent, self-reliant individual, liberally
educated and professionally skilled, who is a socially responsible and
contributing member of society.

Facilities

Dockser Hall houses administrative and faculty offices, libraries, gymna-
sium, dance studio, physiology of exercise laboratory, classrooms, locker
and shower facilities; and the Department of Recreation Education with
the community recreation laboratory, cultural arts area, seminar and
research center. Within the Barletta Natatorium the swimming pool,
weight room, handball courts, offices, and shower and dressing facilities
are located.

The Physical Therapy Department is located in Mary Gass Robinson
Hall. On the third floor are the physical therapy faculty offices, a library,
classrooms, and laboratories. One of the laboratories is specially designed
to simulate a modern physical therapy department and is well equipped
for the practice of clinical procedures. These rooms are wired for closed
circuit television to carry programs pertinent to the profession. This is also
true of Dockser Hall.

Degrees

In Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation Education, the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Education is awarded; and in Physical
Therapy, the Bachelor of Science in Physical Therapy. All programs are
accredited.

Your Freshman Year in Boston-Bouve College

The academic curriculum in your first year of college is planned pri-
marily to provide basic foundation and knowledge in the physical and social
sciences, the humanities and arts, although these courses and those offered
in each of the major fields. Health Education, Physical Education, Physical
Therapy, and Recreation Education, differ because of increasing special-
ization in upper-class years. Later, you have the opportunity to select
electives which enrich your program and help you to recognize and
develop other talents and interests.

Your cooperative work assignments bring insight and responsibility as
you apply your knowledge, skills, and resources acquired in both the
general and professional studies of your college education. The abilities
to work well with others and to appreciate the associations are important
attributes in your profession.

Upper-class students and graduates say that the most exciting chal-
lenge of their college careers is experienced when the field work assign-
ments, whether recreation leadership, student teaching, or clinical practice,
reveal the significance of the role of professional service.

HEALTH EDUCATION

Description

Health education is a teaching profession. The primary goal of the pro-
gram in Boston-Bouve is the preparation of professional students for careers
as teachers of health education in elementary and secondary schools,
colleges and universities, and in community centers and agencies.

The way of life that an individual chooses in health matters will affect all
that he does and dreams of being. The health educator teaches people
about health concepts and health maintenance throughout life; the use of
health services; active community involvement in health; the solution of
individual, family, and community health problems; the fulfillment of poten-
tial; and the living of a fuller, better, more useful life.

Your Program of Study

Your program of study includes the liberal arts and sciences concen-
trated in the first two years, with a major concentration in the last three
years on professional courses, student teaching, or field experience. In the
third year a student may select either the School Health or Community
Health track.

Cooperative education, beginning in the sophomore year (in alternate
periods of paid employment and study), has exciting possibilities for place-
ment in health agencies, schools, community and continuing education
centers, housing complexes, and halfway houses.

Special Requirements

Uniforms. All Health Education majors are required to purchase an
activity uniform for physical education. Information is furnished at the
appropriate time by Boston-Bouve College.

Student Teaching/ Field Experience. The requirement in supervised stu-
dent teaching in the School Health track or supervised field experience
in the Community Health track is completed during one quarter of the
senior year.

Your Future

As a graduate, you will be qualified to teach in schools at all levels
and/or ,in community centers and agencies.

The need for health educators is increasing with constant requests for
highly qualified personnel. There is growing concern about problems of
society: drugs and alcohol, smoking, family life and sex education, the
environment, nutrition, consumer education, and other aspects related to
the quality of life. Health educators are concerned about such things; in
fact, health and education are inseparable.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Health Education

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

12.101 General Chem. 12.102 General Chem. 10.104 Mathematics*

18.141 Biology 18.142 Biology Gen. Studies Elect.

50.116 Social Science I 50.117 Social Science II Gen. Studies Elect.

65.110 Foun. Health Educ. Gen. Studies 19.102 Bas. Psych.

BBC elective Elect. Phys. Educ.

Physical Educ.

'Students with a mathematics proficiency may elect a general studies coarse.
In addition to the above courses, a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back ol catalog for full course descriptions.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Professional Program

The professional program in Physical Education is designed to prepare
specialists capable of developing the materials and methods appropriate to
teaching physical education in public and private schools at all levels: ele-
mentary, secondary, and college. Its graduates are qualified as athletic
coaches, physical education teachers, directors of athletics, supervisors
of physical education, and leaders in YMCAs, YWCAs, and other youth
organizations.

Students majoring in this program receive a strong background in edu-
cation and liberal arts. Elective hours are required in each of the areas of
science, social science, and humanities. Specialization in Physical Educa-
tion includes such courses as History, Philosophy, Principles, Curriculum
Development, and Class Procedures, Measurement and Evaluation, Kinesi-
ology, Exercise Physiology, and Perceptual-Motor Development. Students
are well grounded in the techniques of coaching the various individual,
dual, and team sports, and in adapting these activities to the needs of the
handicapped. Because of the close and overlapping relationship of physical
education, health, and recreation. Physical Education majors may take
courses in these areas and are also afforded laboratory experiences in
them.

The development and demonstration of personal skill in performance and
teaching are an integral part of the professional program. Each student will
be expected to demonstrate a level of personal proficiency in one activity
from each of these areas: aquatics, dance, gymnastics, racquet sports,
individual activities, and team sports. The degree of skill may be demon-
strated through proficiency testing or by taking appropriate courses from
among electives offered by Boston-Bouve College. Major students are
assigned supervised student teaching responsibilities in elementary and
secondary schools throughout the Greater Boston area. In addition, stu-
dents increase their experience with children through their cooperative
work assignments and as counselors in summer camps.

Special Requirements

Approximately $85 is required for physical education uniforms. Fees
may be assessed in courses requiring highly specialized equipment, sup-
plies, or off-campus facilities. In the spring quarter of the freshman year
there is a required two-week resident program at the Warren Center. An
additional fee is charged for room and board.

Student Teaching — The requirement of student teaching is completed dur-
ing one quarter of the senior year. Students are assigned to public schools
in the Greater Boston area.

Resident Camping — Students are scheduled for their resident camp coun-
seling experience during the third- or fourth-quarter summer quarter. This
program is conducted at the Warren Center in Ashland, approximately
25 miles west of the Huntington Avenue Campus in Boston.

Cooperative Education — Under the Cooperative Plan of Education, majors
receive unique experiences after the freshman year working in Boys' Clubs,
YMCAs, YWCAs, hospitals, and community recreation programs, or under
the direction of master teachers in public schools.

Your Future

As a qualified graduate, you will be certified for positions in physical
education according to your individual career preference: teaching in
elementary and secondary schools, colleges or universities; coaching or
directing sports and athletics; or conducting seasonal camping and year-
round physical activity programs.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
In Physical Education

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

62.201 Human Movt. 30.114 English 62.249 Phys. Science

30.113 English 18.142 Biology II Found.

18.141 Biology I 50.117 Soc. Sci. II 62.203 Group Dynam.

50.116 Soc. Sci. I Gen. Studies Elect. Practicum

Prof. Skills Elect. Prof. Skills Elect. 62.215 Observ. of Stud.

Behavior
65.130 Health Prob. of
The Coll. Stud.
62.206 First Aid

Prof. Skills Elect(s).

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTO.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

PHYSICAL THERAPY

Description

The qualified physical therapist is a highly skilled member of the health
professions concerned with the total rehabilitation of the patient and con-
tributing to the present-day challenge of comprehensive medical care. He
(or she) carries out evaluation and treatment procedures which are care-
fully planned and directed toward helping the patient regain functional
independence. Treatment procedures include the use of heat, cold, mas-
sage, hydrotherapy, electrotherapy, and therapeutic exercise for the specific
purpose of restoring the disabled individual to the optimum of his capacity.
In addition, the responsibilities of a physical therapist may include health
planning and community service. The qualified physical therapist admin-
isters physical therapy only upon referral by a licensed physician.

Your Program of Study

Your program of study includes the liberal arts and sciences as well as
professional courses. Major emphasis is placed on liberal arts and sci-
ences in the first two years and on professional preparation in the last three
years.

Your professional studies include Anatomy, Kinesiology, Physiology,
Clinical Medicine, Pathology, Physical Therapy Procedures, and supervised
practical experience in various hospitals and clinics.

Lecturers from Tufts University School of Medicine and the New England
Medical Center, as well as from the many medical and social agencies in
the Boston area, augment the professional staff in the approved Physical
Therapy program. Graduates are eligible to take the state examination
for registration.

Special Requirements

Uniform. A basic activity uniform is required for Physical Education and
Physical Therapy laboratory classes beginning in the freshman year. White
uniforms are required at the appropriate time for supervised clinical
practice.

Your Future

The need for registered physical therapists is critical, and the opportuni-
ties for employment are unlimited and challenging. Positions are available
in general hospitals, children's hospitals, university hospitals, rehabilitation
centers, schools or centers for crippled children, and community, state, and
governmental agencies.

In addition, there are increasing opportunities in teaching and research
in physical therapy.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Physical Therapy*

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.104 Fund. Math. 10.105 Fund. Math. 12.107 Gen. Chemistry

18.141 Basic An. Biology 12.106 Gen. Chemistry 18.142 Basic An. Biology

30.113 English 30.114 English 64.113 Intro. Ph. Th.

65.129 Health Education 64.111 Intro. Ph. Th. Elective

Physical Educ. Physical Educ.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

'Prerequisite subjects are concentrated in the first two years.

RECREATION EDUCATION

Description

The recreation educator is a qualified, broadly skilled member of the
community team. He or she serves boys, girls, and adults in a recreation
center or a hospital; teaches crafts in a settlement house; develops year-
round enrichment programs in school systems and agencies for afternoon,
evening, weekend, and summer fun and learning; works in service clubs
on military bases or in the Peace Corps or the Red Cross; organizes em-
ployee and family recreation for industry and business, including vacation
periods; teaches children and youth in recreation for the mentally re-
tarded; supervises the school camping program; or directs a resident or
day camp.

Your Program of Study

The recreation educator builds tastes and talents, interests, skills, appre-
ciation, and knowledge; is sensitive to the needs of people; is a leader
dedicated to service.

Your program of study as a Recreation Education major is based in the
liberal arts and sciences, with professional education beginning in the
freshm&n year. Academic and professional preparation continue as parallel
programs, with electives in areas of interest, supervised field experiences
in selected settings, and cooperative opportunities.

Special Requirements

Uniforms. All Recreation Education majors are required to purchase pro-
fessional activity uniforms. Information is furnished at the appropriate time
by Boston-Bouve College.

Outdoor Education and Camping are integral parts of the curriculum,
with both resident and year-round opportunities in the out-of-doors.

Your Future

Cooperative Education offers excellent employment opportunities in
schools, hospitals, social agencies, and in community recreation settings.

Field Experiences in the junior year consist of selected placement,
qualified supervision, and graded evaluation in institutions, schools, and
hospitals, in agencies, and in community recreation settings.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in
Recreation Education

First Quarter

18.141 Basic Biology
29.106 Speech

Fundamentals
50.111 Social Science

63.120 Orient. Rec.

63.121 Rec. Skills I

Second Quarter

18.142 Basic Biology
30.113 English
50.112 Social Science
63.122 Rec. Skills II

Quarter 3A

63.125 Outdoor Educ. &
Camp Leadership

Tiiird Quarter

30.114 English
50.113 Social Science
63.123 Rec. Skills III
65.129 Health Education

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

(

Accounting

Finance and Insurance

Industrial Relations

International Business

Management

Marketing

Small Business
Management

Transportation

James S. Hekimian, Dean

The College of Business Administration

The College of Business Administration offers programs of study to pre-
pare men and women for positions of administrative responsibility in busi-
ness, governmental, and other organizations. Preparation for administrative
positions requires a subtlety of mind in the recognition and solution of
problems. In order to accomplish this, the business student is given a
broad understanding of business and organizational problems, as well as
first-hand knowledge of effective methods of solving them. In addition, the
broader scope of the business firm must be understood, especially its role
and responsibility In community, national, and international relations.

Aims

In keeping with the current trends in collegiate education, the educa-
tional policy of the College has the following aims:

1. To develop attitudes and ideals that are ethically sound and
socially desirable.

2. To cultivate an appreciation of the social, political, and economic
developments to which the business firm must adjust and adapt.

3. To develop the habits of accurate thinking that are essential
to sound judgment.

4. To provide an opportunity to develop a specialization in business
in accordance with the student's interests and talents.

The Cooperative Plan is particularly helpful to the student in attaining
these goals. To accomplish these objectives, the fundamental skills and tool
subjects are dealt with in their relation to the broader context of the
business firm.

The upper-class program of study assimilates the practice of modern
business management and administration with elective courses in Liberal
Arts and other non-business areas.

The courses in the curriculum fall into four broad categories: (1) re-
quired liberal arts courses; (2) business administration core courses; (3)
courses in several business administration concentrations; and (4) elec-
tives in business administration, liberal arts, or other nonbusiness areas.

Students may decide to concentrate in Accounting, Finance and Insur-
ance, Industrial Relations, International Business, Marketing, Small Busi-
ness Management, or Transportation; or they may structure their own
concentrations suitable to their specific educational goals.

Method

The College makes use of the problem and the case methods of instruc-
tion in addition to the lecture and recitation system. Students should learn
to analyze every proposition, to challenge unsupported assertions, to think
independently, and to support their thinking with logic and facts. Hence,
concrete problems and cases which executives have faced in accounting,
marketing, organizing, and the like constitute a large proportion of class-
work in the upper-class years.

Degree Granted

The Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree is awarded
to qualified candidates.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Business Administration

You will find that the freshman year is devoted primarily to a survey of
the political and social institutions that significantly influence the conduct
of business and nonbusiness organizations. You will also be introduced to
a basic tool of business — accounting — and have an opportunity to choose
electives from the humanities, behavioral and social sciences, and natural
sciences, or from history and political science.

Throughout your upper-class programs of study other courses in the lib-
eral arts, such as philosophy, literature, history, political science, psychol-
ogy, and sociology, will be available as electives. Therefore, in addition to
the depth of instruction provided in a business concentration, you will also
be able to take numerous courses in the liberal arts areas. Courses in
other colleges within Northeastern University will also be available as
electives.

Through the Cooperative Plan, Business Administration students develop
first-hand knowledge of management practices, together with an under-
standing of the basic principles of business which have been studied in the
classroom.

Your Future

A concentration in Accounting will prepare you for professional public
accounting, as well as for positions in private industry or government service.

The concentrations in Finance and Insurance, Industrial Relations, Inter-
national Business, Management, Small Business Management, and Trans-
portation, when combined with the experiences gained in both business
and nonbusiness organizations on your cooperative work assignments, will
give you the experience and educational background for almost any type
of administrative position for which your interests and abilities qualify you.

The business training and experiences which you undergo during your
eight cooperative work periods will be most important factors in helping
you to determine the specific type of work and kind of organization with
which you would like to be associated after graduation.

An increasing number of qualified graduates of the College of Business
Administration see fit to continue their formal education in graduate pro-
grams in order to extend their professional and research abilities to better
serve employers in business and industry or to prepare themselves for
careers in college-level teaching.

Students who plan to continue their formal education by enrolling in a
law school after graduation will find that the undergraduate program in the
College of Business Administration provides an excellent foundation. Many
careers in law are directly involved in the business world: in large corpora-
tions or in private practice. The College's curriculum provides a broad
understanding of the business environment, as well as specific skills in the
problems of operating a business in the socio-legal environment.

While the Association of American Law Schools does not recommend
particular courses or curricula for prelegal students, it does advise that
undergraduates build skills in comprehension and oral expression; critical
understanding of the human institutions and values with which the law
deals; and the development of the creative power of thinking. The flexi-
bility and liberal arts content of Northeastern's Business Administration
curriculum allows a student to fulfill these requirements, while at the same
time acquiring a specialized skill in and knowledge of the field of business
management.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the College of Business Administration

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

19.105 Psychology 19.106 Psychology Liberal Arts

Liberal Arts 10.124 Math. Elective

Elective Liberal Arts 10.125 Math.

30.113 English Elective 30.114 English

49.100 Intro, to Business 41.111 Accounting 41.112 Accounting

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

ACCOUNTING

Description

Accounting encompasses a broad range of activities. These include all
phases of record-keeping, internal reporting, financial planning, cost con-
trol; the design and installation of systems and procedures; and the appli-
cation of electronic and other modern business methods to these activities.

Type of Worl<

Accounting is the second largest field of professional employment for
men. Of more than 400,000 accountants and auditors engaged in profes-
sional accounting work, over 60,000 are certified public accountants who
have passed rigorous examinations prescribed by law in their states. The
certified public accountant has been called "the guardian of the con-
science of the business community."

Your Program of Study

Accountants in any of the three major fields of employment — public,
private, and government — may specialize in such areas as auditing, tax
work, cost accounting, budgeting and control, or systems and procedures.
The Federal Government employs accountants as Internal Revenue
agents, investigators, and bank examiners, as well as in regular account-
ing positions.

Accounting, the nerve center of business today and one of the fastest-
growing professions in the United States, is an exacting field. It seeks men
and women who like to solve mathematical problems, who enjoy working
with statistics, who are accurate, and who enjoy the process of reasoning
and interpretation which characterizes accounting.

You will spend the first year surveying the political and social institu-
tions that underlie the conduct of business. As you approach your second
year, you will consult with your faculty adviser and your coordinator from
the Department of Cooperative Education about your work assignment.

In the Accounting concentration, your courses may include such techni-
cal subjects as Accounting Theory and Practice, Cost Accounting, Auditing,
and Taxes, along with Economic Problems, Statistical Analysis, Govern-
ment Regulations, and General Studies.

MARKETING

Description

Without successful marketing and advertising, the products of industry
remain unsold. More and more companies are finding that today's tempo
of progress and high levels of production require up-to-date techniques
of marketing to generate an increasing volume of sales.

Your Program of Study

A business organization not only designs and produces products, but
must also market and sell them — to manufacturers, to wholesalers, to re-
tail stores, and to consumers. With a concentration in Marketing, this is
what you will study in class.

Weekly meetings of the Advertising Club and the student chapter of the
American Marketing Association give you an opportunity to further your
interests in these areas and to discuss issues with leaders in these fields.

In a variety of courses, by lectures and class discussion, through analysis
of case material and preparation of written reports, you will learn how goods
and services are marketed.

Your Future

You will find marketing a challenging field . . . one that puts responsi-
bility squarely on the shoulders of the individual ... a field that rewards
maturity of judgment together with effectiveness in getting results ... a
field that increasingly leads to executive and top administrative posts. The
Cooperative Plan is particularly valuable in preparing young men and
women for careers in marketing.

FINANCE AND INSURANCE

Aims

The Finance and Insurance concentration of Northeastern's College of
Business Administration has two chief objectives:

1. To provide a series of courses that will acquaint you with the tech-
nical aspects of all fields of finance and the fundamentals of insur-
ance, and

2. To provide a broad, general knowledge of the field of business.

Type of Work

Today there is a real need for young men and women who have been
well trained in investment analysis and investment management. Other
opportunities may be found in banking, with brokerage firms or with in-
vestment trusts, in business forecasting, or with an insurance company.
Business leaders are seeking for administrative positions young men and
women not only competent in the basic skills of communication and in tech-
nical knowledge, but also endowed with the knowledge and skills of finance
and management.

Northeastern University is ideally located to train young men and women
for work in these important fields. The City of Boston, a leading center of
finance and insurance, does a great volume of trust work — the managing
of estates and investment programs for other people.

Your Program of Study

As a sophomore, you will study Introduction to Finance, together with
introductory courses in other business fields. Specialization will occur in
the upper years, as you study advanced courses in insurance, investments,
and security markets. Other courses, particularly in the broad field of eco-
nomics, are available to provide a well-rounded education.

Your Future

Financial institutions perform indispensable services for present-day
business and industry. A list of these institutions must include banks,
insurance companies, investment houses, credit concerns, financial ex-
changes, business forecasting organizations, financial service institutions,
mortgage companies, national and local real estate brokerage firms,
and appraisers.

There are career opportunities in all areas of business, industry and
government, where financial planning and operation are a vital necessity.

INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS

Aims

Industrial relations personnel, working closely with engineers and pro-
duction supervisors, are primarily concerned with workers as people. They
must, therefore, become skillful in the art of human relations. The program
in Industrial Relations will lay a sound base for the development of this skill.

Type of Work

Industrial Relations is closely related to Management. If you were to
choose this program of studies, you might be employed as a supervisor in
job analysis or placement, employment interviewing, industrial accident
prevention, public relations, labor-management relations, training or recre-
ational programs for employees, or psychological and aptitude testing.
You might supervise an employee suggestion system, or direct a company
training program. Responsibility for the development of industrial publi-
cations is usually carried by members of the industrial relations staff.

The day is past when "anyone" can direct labor-management relations.
Therefore, a host of opportunities exists in this field, the human side of
conducting a business. Both unions and management offer a wide selec-
tion of positions in personnel, bargaining, wage administration, and public
relations. The government, too, has many openings for men and women
who have taken this program of studies.

Your Program of Study

After the freshman year your program of studies will include such courses
as Labor Economics, Personnel and Industrial Relations, Collective Bar-
gaining, and Labor Law.

INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS

Aims

Several factors in recent years have contributed to a rapidly increased
need for qualified people in the field of international business. The growth
of multinational firms, expansion of international trade, and the growth
of regional international trading blocs have created a shortage of skilled
managers who are qualified in analyzing the complexities of international
business problems. This concentration aims at developing students to meet
these management needs.

Your Program of Study

Students who choose this concentration will develop an understanding
of the environmental, economic, political, and social constraints impinging
on international business. They will also develop skills in analyzing the
financial, marketing, and operational strategy of the multinational firm.

The curriculum of the College of Business Administration provides an
opportunity for the student concentrating in International Business to com-
plement his business studies with liberal arts electives appropriate to the
understanding of international relations. These can include studies in the
modern languages, political science, international economics, and the
geography and history of the world's nation-states.

Your Future

Careers in international business are available in most companies which
carry on trade or manufacturing operations in foreign countries. An in-
creasing number of multinational firms are requiring that candidates for
their top management positions have gained experience in international
operations. Large banks and insurance companies also need managers
who understand international business.

Students following this concentration may find employment opportunities
both in the United States and in foreign locations. Needless to say, the op-
portunity for foreign travel is frequently available. The government, trade
associations, and large unions also provide employment opportunities for
students who have studied international business.

MANAGEMENT

Aims

The curriculum in Management is designed to appeal to you if your in-
terests lie in the broad areas of business rather than in more spe-
cialized fields.

It seeks to encourage the breadth and depth of vision demanded for
successful business leadership in a highly complex society.

Your Program of Study

As a student who concentrates in Management, you will study accounting
as a tool of management rather than as a means of developing proficiency
as an accountant. You will study several areas of marketing to gain a better
appreciation of its role in business operations. Likewise, the role of a
sound human-relations program in the modern business organization will
be considered. In addition, you will study problems relating to the physical
aspects of management: the plant, its facilities, its internal organization,
and the problems involved in the production of goods and services.

The courses in Management vary a great deal in their content and in the
way they are taught. Several courses of study pertain to theory and are con-
ducted on a straight lecture basis. Other courses, especially in the last
two years of college, afford an opportunity for research, new ideas, and
self-expression. Together, these courses will provide a foundation for a
successful career in management.

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT

Aims

The concentration in Small Business Management is offered to provide
students who plan to operate their own businesses with an opportunity to
develop skills necessary for the effective management of small enterprises.

Your Program of Study

Students following the Small Business Management concentration will
take courses which will develop their ability to find and evaluate business
opportunities, to secure adequate sources of funds, and to organize and
manage the various facets of the small business: marketing, manufacturing,
finance and control, and personnel.

Your Future

Small business management presents a student with the opportunity to
prepare for a career in which he can be involved in the management of
business while maintaining a significant degree of autonomy and inde-
pendence. Some students will enter this career at graduation, or sometimes
even before it. However, many find that first they will obtain experience
through their cooperative work and postgraduate employment prior to
establishing their own enterprise.

TRANSPORTATION

Description

The need for qualified people in the field of transportation and business
logistics has increased rapidly in recent years. In the industrial setting, con-

tinued emphasis on cost control and the pressures of widespread distribu-
tion have created a demand for personnel who understand the dynamics of
logistical function, involving inventory control, warehousing, and trans-
portation, and the interaction of these activities with other functional
operations.

Growing concern with the economic and service conditions of the trans-
portation industry has created many governmental positions with Federal,
state, and local agencies which are engaged in policy development and
administration. Similarly, carriers such as airlines, railroads, and trucking
companies are interested in hiring those familiar with the operational and
regulatory-oriented aspects of their business. Employment opportunities
may also be found in consulting and teaching.

Your Program of Study

Course offerings in Transportation and Business Logistics are sequenced
so that students who desire only an introductory exposure to the field
may take one or several courses as part of a broader business background.
However, a sufficient number of courses will be offered to enable students
to choose a concentration in Transportation and Business Logistics in
preparation for a career in this field. By electing a specific combination
of courses, students may tailor their program to meet the requirements of
several of the previously mentioned occupations.

The graduate of the College of
Criminal Justice must be pre-
pared to judge objectively the
many socio-economic problems
inherent in the administration of
justice in contemporary Ameri-
can society. Obsolete and intel-
lectually antiquated methods of
administering justice have no
place in the modern world.

Norman Rosenblatt, Dean

The College of Criminal Justice

The College of Criminal Justice, first of its kind in New England and the
only one in the nation operating on the Cooperative Plan of Education,
opened in the fall of 1967.

Methods of police administration, law enforcement, forensic science,
rehabilitation, and corrections are changing drastically to cope with con-
temporary developments; and those who intend to become professionally
engaged in these important services, as well as in other areas of social
and community service to society, now need much more formal education
than in the past.

Aims

A grant of $90,000 has been made by the Ford Foundation in partial
support of the program. The purpose of the five-year curriculum is to pre-
pare students for careers in law enforcement, corrections, rehabilitation,
and delinquency prevention.

It is Northeastern University's hope and expectation that the College of
Criminal Justice will make a substantial contribution to the education of
professional personnel in these important services in the years ahead and
thus will provide a real service to community, state, and nation.

Co-opportunities

After your freshman year, consisting of 36 weeks of full-time study, you
will alternate periods of study at Northeastern with periods of paid em-
ployment in cooperative work assignments. You will find that a wide range
of assignments will be available to you, including work in ballistics and

chemical laboratories, record and identification bureaus, planning and
community relations groups, and a number of private and public agencies
associated with problems of a criminal justice nature.

Most cooperative work opportunities are in New England, but there are
also many elsewhere in Federal, state, and local agencies, as well as in
private business and industry.

At the successful completion of your program, you will be awarded the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice.

Your Program of Study

As shown below, you will study Political Science, English, Economics,
Psychology, Sociology, and Criminal Justice as a freshman. You may also
elect to take Basic ROTC Training or Physical Education.

In subsequent years you make take such professional courses as Criminal
Investigation, Evidence and Court Procedure, Criminalistics, Corrections,
Police-Community Relations, Criminal Law, Civil Liberties, Law Enforce-
ment Administration, Rehabilitation, and Research Methods.

Your professional study will also include many liberal content courses,
giving you a broad, general background in the liberal arts and behavior-
istic sciences.

Your Future

The College of Criminal Justice prepares young men and women for
professional careers in law enforcement and corrections. The curriculum
has been designed primarily for students interested in municipal and state
police service and correction agencies. However, Federal agencies and
industrial security operations in private industry also offer many challenging
and rewarding opportunities. It is expected that a number of graduates will
choose to pursue advanced study in academic fields such as social work,
criminology, law, and public administration.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the College of Criminal Justice

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

21.100 Principles of Soc. 19.105 Found, of Psych. 19.106 Psychology

30.113 English 22.101 Intro, to Pol. Sci. 22.102 Intro, to Pol. Sci.

39.115 Econonnics 30.114 English 39.116 Economics

92.201 Hist, of Crim. Just. 92.202 Hist, of Crim. Just. 92.203 Hist, of Crim. Just.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see bacl< of catalog for full course descriptions.

^^^^^^B ^^^^^^B

'-"^^^Bi ^^^^^^H

^•»I\ M

p»^1

Elementary Education

With a concentration in one of the
following:

Humanities
Social Science
Mathematics-Science
Reading-Language
Special Education

Secondary Education

With a major in one of the following:

Earth Sciences

English

Social Studies

Mathematics

General Science

Biology

Chemistry

Physics

Modern Languages

Special Program

Speech and Hearing Therapy

Frank E. Marsh, Jr., Dean

The College of Education

Aims and Programs

The general objective of the College of Education Is to develop teachers
adequate to do America's most important work — guiding the young to
maturity.

All programs In Teacher Education are built upon a broad liberal arts
base. Professional competence is added to this understanding of our own
and past culture. The College believes that an effective elementary teacher
requires this broad, liberal experience as a base for professional develop-
ment.

Secondary education students should be prepared to continue graduate
work either in education or in the major subject-matter area.

The course of study in Teacher Education has several distinctive fea-
tures. A unified professional sequence starts in the first year with social
science (Anthropology and Sociology) and continues in the second year
with Human Development and Learning. In the third year this program in-
cludes the Analysis of Teaching; in the fourth year, Methods and Materials
(in specific subject fields), and Measurement and Evaluation; and in the
fifth year, Backgrounds of American Education (history and philosophy).

Secondary School Preparation

If you are preparing for secondary school teaching, you must meet the
same requirements in your major field as a student in a liberal arts pro-
gram (30 semester hours above the freshman year). You have a choice of
English, Social Studies, Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, General
Science, Earth Sciences, or Modern Languages. If you wish to major in

Modern Languages, you must continue in college with one language
studied previously and add a second one. (See page 43.)

A special program in Speech and Hearing Therapy also is available.

Elementary School Preparation

if you are enrolled in Elementary Education, you must complete 40
quarter hours in one of the following areas:

A. Science and Mathematics (biology, chemistry, geology, mathematics,
natural science, physics).

B. Humanities (art, drama, literature, languages, excluding freshman
English and elementary modern language, music, philosophy, speech).

C. Social Sciences (economics, history, political science, psychology,
sociology-anthropology).

D. Language-Reading (modern language, linguistics, semantics, speech
and hearing, reading, literature).

E. Special Education (mental retardation, emotional disturbance, psy-
chology of personality, abnormal psychology, sociology, industrial
arts and crafts, rehabilitation).

In addition to the sequence of professional education courses listed
above, preparation is given in the content and methodology of arithmetic,
reading, language arts, social studies, arts and crafts, music, science, and
physical education.

The Teacher Aide Program

Opportunities are steadily increasing for selected students to participate
as employees of cooperating school departments. If your record justifies
your selection, you will assist in administrative as well as instructional
functions. Thus you will enjoy a unique opportunity to develop broad view-
points and gain rich experience which will greatly enhance your con-
fidence and effectiveness as a teacher.

Degrees

The College of Education will award the degree of Bachelor of Science
in Education to those who successfully complete the program of prepara-
tion for teaching at elementary or secondary school levels.

Your Freshman Year In the College of Education

There are several programs of study in the freshman year, depending
upon your field of interest. Common to all programs are English and social
science. Specific courses for each major are shown on the following pages.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
Teaching of Nonscience Fields

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION/SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY/
ENGLISH/SOCIAL STUDIES/MODERN LANGUAGES

Mathematics or a modern language may be substituted tor Political Science upon approval ot the
dean during orientation week.

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

16.104 Earth Science 16.105 Earth Science 23.102 Western Civ.

22.101 Political Science* 22.102 Political Science* 30.114 English

30.113 English 23.101 Western Civ. 50.113 Social Science

50.111 Social Science 50.112 Social Science Elective

*Students may substitute Basic Mathematics or a modern language for Political
Science.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

Your Program of Study

Each student must complete a concentration In one of the following
subject-matter areas: social science, the humanities, science and mathe-
matics, language-reading, or special education. The social science field
includes anthropology-sociology, history, political science, economics. The
humanities include literature, art, music, philosophy, and foreign languages.
Special education includes studies in those areas of psychology and
sociology most concerned with mental retardation, emotional disturbance,
and rehabilitation.

Other courses provide the necessary professional equipment of the
teacher. They include Human Development and Learning, Analysis of Teach-
ing, Methods and Materials in Elementary Science, Arithmetic, Reading,
Language Arts, Arts and Crafts, Music, Social Studies, Physical Education,
Evaluation and Measurement, and Backgrounds of American Education.

The program culminates in a quarter of supervised student teaching in
the senior year. Elementary Education students are assigned to a grade
in a public elementary school and work under the supervision of the regu-
lar classroom teacher and a Northeastern faculty member. They will be
actually teaching a good share of the time and observing and assisting the
critic teacher the rest of the time.

Your Future

Many persons are content to make a career of classroom teaching in
the elementary school and find this a completely rewarding vocation.

others are interested in qualifying eventually for administrative positions,
supervisory positions, or careers in the special education of exceptional
children. Such persons v\/ill want to go into graduate work to prepare
themselves for these positions. A very common practice is for in-service
teachers to work part time toward the master's degree while continuing
their regular employment as classroom teachers.

With the added experience gained from Northeastern's unique Teacher
Aide Program and the opportunity to not only learn the mechanics of your
profession but to also make invaluable contacts with various school sys-
tems, you should be in an enviable position to find the type of teaching
opportunity for which you are best qualified and trained.

SECONDARY EDUCATION

Description

As a Secondary Education major (English, Social Studies, Earth
Sciences, Biology, Chemistry, Physics, General Science, Mathematics,
Modern Languages), you will teach several classes daily in your main field
or in one or two related subjects.

Type of Work

In addition to giving 20 or 30 hours of classroom work per week, you
will have many other duties — which always are part of a teacher's job —
from correcting papers and planning programs to interviewing parents or
directing extracurricular activities.

Your Program of Study

The sequence of professional education courses is essentially the same
for both elementary and secondary teachers. Turn to pages 43 and 46 for
your program of study. The program culminates in a quarter of supervised
student teaching in the senior year. Under the supervision of a regular
classroom teacher and a Northeastern faculty member, you will teach
three or more classes a day in a public senior or junior high school.

Your Future

Most persons who have mastered a secondary school subject look for-
ward to teaching in the classroom for many years. Some, however, desire
to move eventually into administrative or supervisory positions, or into
the field of guidance. Such persons will want to go into graduate work to
prepare themselves for these positions. A very common practice is for
in-service teachers to work part time toward the master's degree while
continuing their regular employment as classroom teachers.

SPEECH AND HEARING THERAPY

Description

The profession of speech pathology and audiology (speech and hearing
therapy) is concerned with problems and disorders of human communi-
cation as manifested in the processes of speech and hearing. It is devoted
to providing clinical services to children and adults, as well as to related
basic and applied research. Some personnel concern themselves primarily
with speech disorders or with hearing disorders; nevertheless, speech
and hearing are so interrelated that professional competency requires
familiarity with both.

Such terms as speech correctionist and speech and hearing therapist
have been used to identify professional persons; however, the American
Speech and Hearing Association (ASHA), the national scientific and pro-
fessional organization devoted to encouraging basic study of the processes
of speech and hearing, recommends the use of speech pathologist (or
speech clinician) and audiologist.

Type of Worl<

Duties vary constantly with the individual and the setting. Most individ-
uals will be engaged in two or more of the following types of activity:
Clinical: evaluation of the speech and/or hearing impairment by a wide
variety of diagnostic procedures, followed, when indicated, by a thera-
peutic program. These activities involve cooperative endeavor with many
specialists — physicians, educators, psychologists, social workers, rehabili-
tation workers, etc. Research: those pursuits which seek to increase
basic understanding of the complex processes of speech and hearing.
Teaching: primary concern of members of college and university facul-
ties. Administration: constitutes some responsibility of most individuals in
this profession.

These duties are carried on in clinical service centers, hospitals, public
school systems, health departments, colleges and universities, industry,
research centers, and private practice.

Your Program of Study

In your upper-class years, you will have such subjects as: Science of
Voice and Speech, Introduction to Speech Pathology, Introduction to Audi-
ology, Psychology, Phonetics, Clinical Practice, Dynamics of Language
Development, Psychological Speech Disorders, Speech Reading and Audi-
tory Training, and Organic Voice and Speech Disorders.

Your freshman-year program of studies as a major in Speech and Hear-
ing Therapy will be found on page 43.

Your Future

There is a great demand for speech pathologists and audiologists in the

United States. The employment outlook is especially favorable for speech
clinicians in public schools.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
Teaching of General Science, Earth Sciences, or Biology

First Quarter

10.101 Basic Math.

or Calculus
12.106 Gen. Chem.
18.131 Basic Animal

Biology
50.111 Social Science

SECONDARY LEVEL
Second Quarter
10.102 Basic Math.

18.132 Basic Animal

Biology
30.113 English
50.112 Social Science

Third Quarter
10.103 Basic Math.

12.107 General Chem.
30.114 English
50.113 Social Science

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the
Teaching of Mathematics or Physics

First Quarter

10.181 Calculus

11.117 Physics

30.113 English

50.111 Social Science

SECONDARY LEVEL

Second Quarter

10.182 Calculus
11.118 Physics
23.102 Western Civ.
50.112 Social Science

Third Quarter

10.183 Algebra

11.119 Physics

30.114 English

50.113 Social Science

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Teaching of Chemistry

First Quarter

10.150 Calculus

12.103 General Chem.

18.131 Biology

30.113 English

SECONDARY LEVEL

Second Quarter

10.151 Calculus

12.104 General Chem.

18.132 Biology

50.112 Social Science

Third Quarter

10.152 Linear Algebra

12.105 Analytical Chem.

30.114 English

50.113 Social Science

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

. •*^^*;

ii^*«l,

^j^'"-

JaV 3^S^__:-*

Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Mechanical Engineering

General Engineering

Melvin Mark, Dean

The College of Engineering

The College of Engineering prepares students to participate constructively
in a technologically changing world, contributing to the accumulation and
application of new knowledge as professional engineers. Fundamentals
are emphasized to provide the future engineer with the basic technical
knowledge that will enable him to practice in a variety of positions. At the
same time study of the social sciences and humanities provides an op-
portunity to develop an awareness of the social, economic, political,
aesthetic, and philosophical influences that are part of the context in
which he will practice his profession.

Aims

The concept of education as a continuing, lifelong process necessary
for effective work in an environment of constantly new facts, ideas, and
scientific principles underlies the complete structure of the engineering
curriculum.

Engineering education is directed toward assisting you to:

1. Understand the scientific principles and knowledge of that particu-
lar branch of engineering you may choose.

2. Comprehend and develop competence in the engineering method
and its application.

3. Communicate effectively and succinctly the important results of
any technical study both verbally and graphically.

4. Acquire the motivation for continuing professional growth.

Women in Engineering

More women are entering the field of engineering each year, recog-
nizing the opportunities present. Aware of their qualifications and potential,
industry and government provide positions of responsibility for competent
woman engineers. Any woman with scientific or technical interests should
consider the many possibilities offered in engineering.

Degrees Granted

The College operates on the Cooperative Plan and offers five-year pro-
grams of study leading to Bachelor of Science degrees in Chemical, Civil,
Electrical, Industrial, and Mechanical Engineering.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Engineering

The freshman year in Engineering consists of the prescribed courses shown
in the program below. Study during the first year will build your understand-
ing of mathematics and the physical sciences, and improve your ability to
communicate ideas both by verbal and graphic means. Since the first year
of study is identical for all Engineering students, you may change your
choice of engineering specialization at the end of your freshman year with-
out loss.

Your freshman courses act as a foundation for your upper-class studies
which will develop your basic understanding of concepts in the engineer-
ing sciences and introduce you to the engineering method and its ap-
plication. About four fifths of your upper-class program is devoted to
scientific and technological study, and about one fifth to humanistic-social
courses, with the aim of balancing your growing technical proficiency
with a similar development of your appreciation of the nontechnical as-
pects of society and culture.

Cooperative work in the branch of engineering which you choose will
begin upon completion of your freshman year and continue throughout
your remaining upper-class years. Your work assignments during this time
will prove to be most valuable in helping you to integrate the important
elements of both an engineering and a liberal education. They will be in-
strumental in teaching you the value of teamwork while, at the same time,
helping you acquire insight into the problems of actual engineering practice.

Your Freshman-Year Program of Studies in the College of Engineering!

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.150 Calculus 10.151 Calculus 10.152 Calculus

11.203 Physics 11.204 Physics 11.205 Physics

* 9.106 Basic Eng. ** 9.107 Basic Eng. **12.115 Genera! Chem.

*30.114 Intro, to Lit. M2.114 General Chem. **30.115 Great Themes

in Lit.

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.

fFor information and specimen program in General Engineering, see pages 61 and 62.
'First half of a two-quarter sequence. ** Second half of a two-quarter sequence.

With respect to the courses in Basic Engineering, Chennistry, and Literature, as
indicated by * and **, only two of these three are tal<en in any given quarter. The
order in which these courses are taken will vary according to the section in which
students are enrolled. At no time are first-year students required to carry more than
four freshman courses.

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Description

Chemical engineering has grown out of the discoveries in the chemical
laboratories, which have served as a foundation for a great many new
industries whose production processes involve chemical as well as
physical changes.

Petroleum refining, plastics, manufacture of synthetic fibers, and hun-
dreds of other industries require men and women trained in chemistry as
well as in engineering. Moreover, much of the training received by the
chemical engineer is now being applied to the rapidly developing fields of
nuclear engineering, space engineering, and environmental controls. Many
older industries, such as foods, textiles, paints and varnishes, and leather
are also employing chemical engineers.

Type of Work

The chemical engineer has been defined as a "professional man ex-
perienced in the design, construction, and operation of plants in which
materials undergo chemical and physical change." It is the task of the
chemical engineer to reduce the costs, increase production, and improve
the quality of the products in the industry.

Your Program of Study

After you have taken the fundamental courses in chemistry, mathematics,
and physics required of all Engineering students, you will go on to ad-
vanced courses which apply these fundamentals to the solution of engi-
neering problems. These upper-class courses are a skillful blend of the
latest mathematical and theoretical analysis with the practical aspects of
the profession.

Your instructors in the Department of Chemical Engineering have ob-
tained advanced degrees in this field and are directing research programs
aimed at solving tomorrow's problems in the area of chemical engineering.

Advanced degree programs, M.S., Ph.D., and D.Eng., available in the
Department enhance the undergraduate training.

Since the field of chemical engineering is so varied, your program of
study has been designed to provide you with a broad training in which

fundamental principles are stressed. This training will enable you to ac-
climate yourself readily to graduate school or to whatever industry you
may choose.

Your Future

Chemical engineering is one of the fastest-growing major fields of
engineering.

The reason Is tremendous growth of research and development, espe-
cially in such fields as petroleum and chemicals (about one third of all
chemical engineers are employed in these fields).

Demand for good chemical engineers is expected to continue in the
foreseeable future. Biggest demand is being made by chemical and petro-
leum industries.

Other opportunities exist in government agencies, consulting firms, and
in college teaching.

Chemical Engineering Laboratories

The chemical engineering laboratories are designed to acquaint the
student with the experimental approach to the solution of engineering
problems and to develop research interests.

Experimental Methods Laboratories — The student is first taught the
basic measurements in engineering with emphasis on temperatures, pres-
sure, and flow rate. Following this, he is given problems in such areas as
transport properties, kinetics, thermodynamics, and process dynamics,
which he must solve experimentally. He is required to design the experi-
ment, conduct it, reduce the data using computers, and to write a final
report. In the experiments he uses pilot scale chemical engineering equip-
ment when applicable.

Research Laboratories — Used by advanced undergraduates and gradu-
ate students to carry out research in the various areas of chemical engi-
neering. Analytical laboratories and shop facilities are available to support
these research projects.

The Nuclear Engineering Laboratory — This laboratory contains a
subcritical-reactor purchased in part from funds supplied by the U. S.
Atomic Energy Commission. The assembly is fueled with natural uranium
and is water-moderated.

The installation also includes a reactor simulator which has the same
type of instrument panel and gives the same responses and reactions as
any critical reactor in the country.

CIVIL ENGINEERING

Description

"Civil engineers influence the quality of life by shaping the environment
and by effecting the ecology."'

'From Statement of Policy on Environmental Systems by the American Society of Civil Engineers.

Civil engineering deals with the conceiving, planning, designing, con-
structing, and operating of environmental systems in the air, on water, and
on land. Each project or system is unique, designed to fit the particular
requirements of a single location and purpose. These projects or systems
help shape man's environment by making beneficial use of his natural
resources. Competent design solutions represent the most economical solu-
tions, with due regard to a structure's effect on the environment and its
satisfactory performance during its design life.

In general, civil engineering work includes housing, transportation, and
communications; and more specifically, highways, airports, spaceports,
pipelines, rail lines, bridges, dams, irrigation works, water treatment plants
and distribution systems, wastewater treatment and recovery plants, air
pollution treatment, solid waste disposal operations, and the design of
buildings of all sizes for all purposes.

Traditionally, civil engineers have been leaders of an interdisciplinary
approach to the improvement and protection of environmental quality. They
will continue to work toward this betterment as they improve and develop
the science and technology necessary to provide broad and fundamental
benefits for an improving quality of life and a social consciousness to match
their technical know-how.

Type of Work

Civil engineering is as old as civilization itself and, until recent times,
it embraced all phases of engineering except those of a military character.
Today its major branches include topographical, municipal, railroad, high-
way, structural, hydraulic, and environmental engineering.

Civil engineers work with facts rather than fancies, but also work on
problems for which the answers are not known and for which there are
likely to be several possible solutions. They must have imagination and be
inventive and not be afraid of the unknown or untried.

Civil engineers work to improve man's environment; they help produce
industrial plants, great public works, housing, bases for space exploration
and travel, and transportation networks. The work areas range from the
cities to the wilderness, in developed and developing countries, and from
the equator to the polar regions.

Your Program of Study

Since the first step in every civil engineering project involves accurate
measurement of the surface features of the land, of the nature of the soil,
and of the character of the underlying rock, the study of Surveying and
related subjects, such as Geology and Soil Mechanics, will be included in
your program of study.

You will also study in detail such subjects as the Mechanics of Static
Bodies, Strength of Materials, and Theory of Structures, since the primary
consideration in designing any structure is to make certain that it will
safely withstand any force to which it may be subjected.

Your program of study is thus intended to prepare you for graduate
school or to take up the work of design and construction of structures,
and to solve the problems of water supply and waste water disposal, along
with other problems of pollution of our environment. You will also learn to
undertake intelligently the supervision of work in allied fields of engineer-
ing and in general contracting.

Your Future

Your work as a civil engineer will be relevant to man's present culture
and future needs.

Largest employment field: Federal, state, and local government agencies.

Second largest group: construction and consulting engineering offices.

Other major employers: public utilities, railroads, banks, finance, insur-
ance and real estate firms, colleges and universities.

Civil Engineering Laboratories

The Cement and Concrete Testing Laboratories, among the finest in the
United States, are equipped to conduct the standard physical tests in
cement and concrete as specified by the American Society for Testing
Materials. Additional equipment is available for research work. The re-
search facilities are used in conjunction with others throughout the United
States and Canada for work of the A.S.T.M. technical committees.

7/76 Hydraulics Laboratory is designed as a teaching aid and is used in
conjunction with hydraulics courses.

The Environmental Engineering Laboratories are used by both under-
graduate and graduate students. The laboratories are fully equipped to
perform any analysis on the examination of water, waste water, and In-
dustrial wastes. Research in many areas is also conducted.

The Air Sampling and Analysis Laboratory contains sophisticated equip-
ment for sampling and conducting physical and chemical analysis of pollu-
tants in the atmosphere.

The Soil Testing Laboratory is equipped to conduct the usual tests re-
quired to evaluate soil as a construction material and is also equipped
and used for research.

Surveying Equipment is complete and is capable of coping with the
most complex surveying projects encountered in engineering, including
the electronic method (geodimeter) of measuring linear distances.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Description

Electrical engineering today embraces a continually widening sphere of
activity. It ranges in scope from laboratory and theoretical studies in ap-
plied physics to the economic design of communications and energy sys-
tems, serving not only the land-based requirements of entire continents
but also the needs of space exploration.

Because electrical properties, concepts, instrumentation, and control
are basic to much of modern technology, the electrical engineer is often
engaged in interdisciplinary activities. Examples are biomedical elec-
tronics, electro-optics, and machine translation of languages.

Type of Work

Research and development, feasibility studies, design, supervision of
manufacturing or installation, and operation — all involving electrical de-
vices, components, or systems of components — make up the typical work
of the electrical engineer.

Your Program of Study

Since electrical engineering obtains much of its impetus from pioneer-
ing developments in the pure sciences, your program of study will start
with fundamental courses in mathematics, physics, and chemistry. In the
Department of Electrical Engineering, your courses will be divided into
five related sequences: circuits and systems, including feedback control;
electronics and communications, including an introduction to solid-state
physics; electromagnetic field theory and microwave devices; energy con-
version, emphasizing electromagnetic devices; and laboratory work asso-
ciated with all of the foregoing.

In the senior year, engineering electives are offered in order that you
may have the experience of depth and specialization.

Power Systems Engineering

A program in Power Systems Engineering is conducted in cooperation
with electric power companies in New England and other eastern states.
The master's degree can be obtained in six years of cooperative education.
Students should write to Philip R. McCabe, Director of Admissions, for
further information.

Your Future

Employment opportunities are found both in large industrial companies
and small business firms. Satisfying jobs exist in the great university, in-
dustrial,and government laboratories.

Advanced degrees and continuing education courses beyond the bacca-
laureate degree will be of increasing importance to those who wish to prac-
tice electrical engineering as a profession. For others whose inclinations
are directed toward science and technology but who do not intend to prac-
tice electrical engineering professionally, an undergraduate education in
this field is an excellent preparation for a variety of careers. Some electrical
engineering graduates enter graduate programs in the biomedical field,
computer sciences, and other related areas. Still others enter industry and
graduate toward management positions in technically oriented companies.

Electrical Engineering Laboratories

The Northeastern electrical engineering laboratories are patterned
after a composite of typical industrial research and development labora-
tories. Boasting a wide variety of modern testing and measuring equip-
ment, the laboratories are an excellent adjunct to the classroom. Here the
student may simulate or fabricate devices or systems which have been
studied in his lecture courses.

From light machinery and power equipment to microwave precision sys-
terms, students plan and pursue their projects in the laboratory. The recent
acquisition of a digitally programmed analog computer also permits the
study of larger or more complex systems than can be realized in the lab-
oratory itself.

The laboratory programs are organized to provide an atmosphere of
freedom, and students can exert considerable influence on their own
study efforts.

The laboratory program consists of six courses. The first is devoted to
contemporary measurement techniques involving wide-band oscilloscopes,
various test generators, elementary potentiometric systems, and studies
of nonlinear devices. The second course is designed to demonstrate the
significance of device parameters, which must be experimentally deter-
mined to characterize devices completely for incorporation into systems.
The third course shows methods of testing to establish significant com-
parisons of experimental models with analytical models.

The remaining courses depend largely on the individual student. More
than one third of the laboratory program is devoted to laboratory projects
in which students devise and carry out experimental studies under the
guidance of faculty members and laboratory instructors.

Spacious and well-lighted, the laboratories are operated from early
morning to late evening, giving students the utmost freedom in pursuing
their experimental interests in electrical engineering.

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Description

Industrial engineering, one of the most rapidly expanding fields of engi-
neering, is concerned with the design, control, and operation of productive
systems along with manufacturing and service organizations.

The recognition that many management problems can be formulated and
solved with the aid of mathematical or scientific methods has created a
demand for men and women with training in engineering and science to
assume administrative responsibility in industry. Today industrial engineers
are found not only in manufacturing, but also in government service, hos-
pitals, banks, transportation, law, medicine, research, and many other
areas requiring broad engineering and managerial skills.

Should I Study Industrial Engineering?

Do you like to work with things: e.g., machines and automobiles? Do you
like to experiment and make changes? Do you like to get results through
working with people? Do you like (can you tolerate) mathematics and sci-
ence? Do you like to plan projects before doing them? Do you like to save
money? If you answer "yes" to many of these questions, you should con-
sider Industrial Engineering as a concentration.

What Is Industrial Engineering?

Everyone knows what a kitchen is and what activities take place there.
Let us draw the following comparisons between what the industrial engineer
does and activities in the kitchen.

Kitchen Activities

1. Timing preparation of a meal so that
all items are cooked and ready at
mealtime

2. Location of stove, sink, refrigerator,
etc. in the kitchen

3. Moving hot and cold foods from
kitchen to dining room and return-
ing dirty dishes

4. Arranging ingredients and cooking
utensils for the preparation of a pie

5. Persuading the children to wash the
dishes

6. Checking the quality of job the chil-
dren do at dish washing

7. Determining the quantity of can
goods to stock in the pantry

Industrial Engineering Activities

1. Production scheduling

2. Facilities planning and plant layout

3. Materials handling of production
items

4. Arranging a work place with proper
tools and materials to perform an
assembly easily — work design

5. Personnel relations

6. Quality control of production items

7. Inventory control of goods

Your Program of Study

The extensive sequence in physics, mathematics, and engineering sci-
ences in your program sharply differentiates your education from that of the
student of business management.

Your first two years will be devoted primarily to building a strong foun-
dation through the study of mathematics, physics, English, chemistry, and
the engineering sciences.

In your junior and senior years more advanced subjects will be in-
cluded. Among these are statistics, probability, operations research, qual-
ity control, computer science, management information systems, and
plant layout.

Your Future

Occupational outlook: excellent

Factors in your favor as an industrial engineer will be:

1. Expansion of automation.

2. Increasing complexity of industrial operations.

3. Vital role of the industrial engineer in reducing costs and increasing
productivity.

4. Increasing acceptability in nonmanufacturing business: e.g., hos-
pitals, newspapers, airlines, and other service industries.

Integrated Industrial Engineering Laboratories

The facility provides resources for students to work on projects in the
area of plant arrangement and tool location, and studies of production
equipment. Students work as individuals or in groups at the projects, de-
pending on the scope and complexity of the problem. Extensive laboratory
project work is also conducted in outside industrial plants and service
organizations on actual problems, combined with occasional plant visits
to view actual operations.

The Computer

Students are required to learn basic computer programming in their
first year. In later years they are asked to solve complex problems by
computer. The University Computation Center provides a service to the
student where he can leave his program at the Computation Center. An
experienced computer expert will then run the program on a high-speed
digital computer and, in a short time, the student can pick up his results.
The computer is of particular interest to the industrial engineer, since
many complex problems such as assembly line balancing, mathematical
modeling, and industrial simulations require a computer solution.

For further information about the Industrial Engineering curriculum, com-
municate with the Chairman, Department of Industrial Engineering, in
590 United Realty Building, or call (617) 437-2740.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Description

Mechanical engineering has been traditionally defined as that branch
of engineering which is concerned with design, development, and manu-
facture of machines which do work or produce power. Included are such
well-known machines as the internal combustion engine, heating and air
conditioning systems, machine tools, printing presses, and rolling mills.
What is not generally appreciated is the role which the mechanical engi-
neer plays in developing new machines which operate in unique ways under
special conditions. For example, the space program requires engines
which operate in the vacuum of outer space; power supplies for satellites

which operate reliably for long periods of time on a single charge of fuel;
and materials to survive the severe conditions of reentry into the atmos-
phere. Deep-sea exploration requires vehicles which can operate under
enormous pressure loads. Production of electrical power requires effi-
cient operation under conditions which maintain a clean environment and
conserve limited fuel resources. The mechanical engineer is participating
actively in all these areas and many others.

Your Program of Study

The curriculum is designed to accommodate the broadening demands on
the mechanical engineer by first establishing a firm foundation in the basic
sciences and then permitting the student the option of directing his studies
toward a chosen area of interest.

In the first three years the student in Mechanical Engineering studies
the basic sciences (mathematics, physics, and chemistry), the engineering
sciences (mechanics, thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, and materials
science), and the humanities. As an upperclassman he can elect to con-
centrate his studies in the areas of thermofluid engineering, mechanics and
design, or materials science and engineering.

Thermofluid engineering is concerned with the properties and character-
istics of the working fluid of machines. For example, the ability of an air-
craft to fly depends upon the manner in which air flows over its lifting sur-
faces. The engineer must understand the characteristics of fluid flow. The
energy to run a turbine is extracted from the steam or combustion gases
which pass through it and the engineer must have a knowledge of the
concepts of thermodynamics; the efficiency of a cooling tower depends
upon the mechanisms by which fluids transfer heat to surfaces and the
engineer must have a firm grasp of the principles of heat transfer.

Mechanics and design are based upon the fundamental scientific and
mathematical tools which are utilized in the analysis of mechanical con-
figurations as they evolve in the design of machines and power-producing
devices. For example, the engineer in the area of mechanics and design
will analyze and design plate and shell components for nuclear power
plants and deep-sea oceanographic vessels; he will develop new methods
for evaluating filamentary composite structures; in the modern machine
tool industry he will be concerned with computer control of machine tools;
in the engine industry he will analyze stresses in such components as tur-
bine blades. To prepare for this the upper-class student will elect such
courses as experimental stress analysis, advanced strength of materials
and deformation of solids, vibrations, numerical and computer methods in
engineering analysis.

Materials science and engineering are concerned with understanding the
relationships between the structure and properties of materials and with
control of the structure to achieve desired properties. Only recently have
engineers come to realize that an understanding of the principles of mater-
ials science enables them to design more creatively and with greater
freedom than the traditional reference to handbooks. Examples of areas

where mechanical engineers find materials properties a part of the basic
design function are: manufacturing techniques, structures (vehicles, build-
ings), energy conversion, electronic devices (including computers), pack-
aging, and prosthetic devices. For those mechanical engineers who desire
further knowledge in the materials field, advanced courses are available.

Your Future

It is to the credit of the mechanical engineer that he has accepted the
challenge of new technologies and has expanded his areas of competence
to meet this challenge. Today he is found contributing in an important way
to many industries which have not been considered the traditional domain
of the mechanical engineer. Because of this, the opportunities for the
mechanical engineering graduate have been considerably broadened.

The mechanical engineer has played a major role in the development of
new technologies such as space, direct energy conversion, nuclear power,
and materials science. He can be expected to make important contributions
to current problems of environment, pollution, transportation, and ecology.

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories

The concept of instruction in the mechanical engineering laboratory has
departed from the traditional program of a series of separate designated
experiments to one in which the laboratory is used primarily as a vehicle
for investigating a problem of interest to the student. This permits the stu-
dent to examine the problem in greater depth and serves as an introduction
to the manner in which an engineer will function in industry.

The student has free access to the facilities of the various mechanical
engineering laboratories, which include:

Materials and Metallurgy Laboratories — These laboratories are well
equipped to treat the physical examination of materials and their struc-
tures. The equipment includes modern apparatus for vacuum melting
technology. X-ray diffraction, and thermal expansion studies, two research
metallographs, an electron microscope, and a fluid-to-fluid extrusion press.

Fluid and Gas Dynamics Laboratory— Des'\gned to study aerodynamic
and hydrodynamic phenomena such as vortices, separation streamlines,
and shock waves. Equipment includes an aerodynalog, an axial flow fan,
shock tube, subsonic wind tunnel, and a supersonic wind tunnel.

Materials Testing and Stress Analysis Laboratories— Equipped to handle
both the destructive and nondestructive testing of materials, this labora-
tory has a 300,000-lb. Universal testing machine provided with an auto-
matic electronic stress-strain recorder and a high-temperature tensile
test furnace.

Stresses and strains may be determined experimentally by the use of
strain gage, photoelastic, photostress, and brittle lacquer techniques.

Recent additions include a fatigue testing machine of 2,000-lb. capacity,
and vibration testing units.

Heat Engineering Laboratories— These laboratories include:

1. A refrigeration unit which may also operate as a heat pump.

2. Two solid injection diesel engines provided with a continuous

oxygen analyzer, one equipped with a strain gage torque meter.

3. A CFR fuels research engine equipped with a strain gage pressure

transducer.

4. A 60-h.p. Rover gas turbine with automatic controls and Froude

dynamometer.

5. Apparatus for study of steam-to-water heat transfer, comparison of

film versus dropwise condensation, heat transfer to a boiling
liquid, and thermocouple recovery factor.

6. A thermoelectric generator to study the direct conversion of heat

into electrical energy.

7. A thermoelectric refrigeration test facility for development of single

and multi-stage thermoelectric coolers.

8. A Curtis steam turbine and condenser.
Automatic Control Laboratory — This new area includes:

1. A feedback control system.

2. Analog computers for simulation of engineering problems, fluid

power testing units.

GENERAL ENGINEERING

Description

Engineering and technology influence all areas of endeavor and have a
profound effect on the lifestyle and institutions of the society. The impact
is both cultural and scientific and is manifested by the awareness that solu-
tions to society's problems are, in part, technological. The major purpose of
the General Engineering Program is to provide flexible, interdisciplinary
educational opportunities based on fundamental engineering concepts. Its
interdisciplinary nature allows the student to develop other areas of inter-
est in which an engineering background is professionally useful.

Type of Work

The program is designed for students whose interests are in engineering-
related professions rather than in the traditional profession of engineering.
It is expected that the work engaged in by graduates of this program will
encompass the entire spectrum of professional activity. Typical areas in-
clude urban planning, technology of health-care and public administration,
and legal aspects of technology. In addition, opportunity exists in the
emerging, highly interdisciplinary fields, such as ocean engineering, bio-
engineering, and systems science.

Your Program of Study

The General Engineering Program is highly elective and gives the student
the opportunity to develop, in conjunction with his adviser, a program de-

signed to meet his own career objectives. To achieve this goal, the student is
exposed to the fundamental engineering areas of electric circuits, systems,
mechanics, thermodynamics, and materials. These courses are based on
basic principles developed in early courses in the mathematics and physics.
Since the computer is a basic tool In any technological environment,
each student is required to learn the elements of computer programming.

Specimen Freshman Year

Quarter 1 Quarter 2 Quarter 3

10.150 Calculus 10.151 Calculus 10.153 Calculus

11.203 Physics 11.204 Physics 11.205 Physics

9.106 Basic Eng. 9.106 Basic Eng. 30.115 Grt. Them, in Lit.

30.114 Intro. Lit. 'Liberal Arts Elective 'Liberal Arts Elective

'Chemistry or Biology may be substituted for the Liberal Arts Elective provided that the latter is taken
in place of an upper-class elective. In addition to the above courses, the student may elect Basic
ROTC.

Your Future

All of society's forecasting Indicators point to a bright future. It is diffi-
cult to Imagine how society will grow and solve its problems without relying
on personal knowledge In engineering. A wide variety of employment op-
portunities exists in both the private and public sectors of the economy.

Graduate education and continuing education are becoming increasingly
important in professional life. By appropriately planning his program, the
student will be able to satisfy the prerequisites necessary for admission
into all types of graduate and professional schools.

BIOPHYSICS AND BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

An education, which includes a strong background in physical and
engineering science together with studies in biological sciences and hu-
manities, prepares the undergraduate for several careers. These include
medicine, dentistry, biophysics, and biomedical engineering.

There is no special curriculum in Biomedical Engineering. Several of the
engineering disciplines provide the student with a strong background in
physical science and engineering, together with education In the humanities.
The purpose of the Department of Biophysics and Biomedical Engineering
is to help the student choose courses In the biological sciences and to in-
tegrate his program In order for him to achieve the above career objectives.

Students who are interested in the above careers should take biological
sciences in their freshman year. The freshman program in Engineering per-
mits one to do so, since Biology can be substituted for a portion of Basic
Engineering in the freshman year. Students who wish to take an Integrated
program directed toward one of the above areas must contact the Depart-

ment on their arrival as freshmen. This will permit arranging for the above
substitution and for further planning of the student's career.

The Department also provides guidance for students, other than fresh-
men, who are interested in the above careers.

Bachelor of Arts

or Bachelor of Science

Art History

Biology

Chemistry

Drama

Economics

English

Geology

History

Independent Major*

Journalism

Mathematics

Modern Languages

Philosophy

Physics

Political Science

Psychology

Sociology and Anthropology

'Bachelor of Arts only.

Robert A. Shepard, Dean

The College of Liberal Arts

Today it is widely accepted that a liberal education, which guides young
men and women toward intellectual maturity, must prepare them for both
the art of living and for the earning of a living. The College of Liberal Arts
holds that a truly liberal education and preparation for a career go hand
in hand.

As a liberal arts student at Northeastern, your academic study may be
complemented by experiences on the Cooperative Plan, which will enable
you to develop such desirable traits as self-reliance, initiative, and the
ability to work harmoniously with others.

You may also choose to attend Northeastern on a four-year non-
Cooperative Plan instead of on the Cooperative Plan.

Aims

As a student in the College of Liberal Arts you will learn to appreciate
the basic values upon which civilization and culture rest, and perceive and
accept your responsibilities as an active participant in social groups — the
family, the community, the nation, and the world. At the same time you
will be aided in the development of a resourceful and independent mind;
the ability to use, as well as to accumulate, knowledge; and the awareness
of your mental strengths and weaknesses.

Degrees Granted

Students in the College of Liberal Arts may earn either the Bachelor
of Arts or the Bachelor of Science degree. The Bachelor of Arts degree
requires proficiency in a foreign language and supplementation of study
in your major area with a range of courses in the humanities, social sci-
ences, and sciences. The Bachelor of Science degree provides an oppor-
tunity for greater concentration in courses in the major. This concentration
is possible because there is no language requirement (except in the Biology
and Chemistry programs) and because there are comparatively few require-
ments in fields outside the major.

Preprofessional Preparation

In the College of Liberal Arts you will be able to get the necessary
preparation for professional education in dentistry, law, library science,
medicine, social work, and theology.

Since admission requirements of these programs vary, upper-class ad-
visers counsel students on their choice of courses.

Combined Degree Programs

Under Northeastern's combined program with professional schools, stu-
dents may reduce by one year the time ordinarily required to obtain the
Bachelor of Arts and the professional degree. After completing three
fourths of the requirement for the Bachelor of Arts degree and being
admitted to a professional school of dentistry or medicine, students
may qualify for that degree at the end of their second year in profes-
sional school.

Students preparing for dentistry or medicine normally enroll in the Bio-
logical Sciences program. Those preparing for law normally enroll in the
Political Science or History curriculum. However, it is possible to prepare
for these careers with other majors. Professional advising is available and
should be sought before selecting a major.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Liberal Arts

As a student in the College of Liberal Arts, your freshman-year program
will be determined partly by your probable major, and partly by your choice
of courses. It is important that you discuss your particular area of interest
with an admissions or guidance counselor. Entrance requirements will vary
according to the general area for which you have applied, and the extent of
your verbal and mathematical aptitudes will have a direct bearing upon
your success as a student.

During much of your first two years you will study a series of basic
subjects which are determined by your choice of a program. If you are to
obtain a liberal education, you must have preparation in several basic
fields.

Thereafter, in your upper-class years, you will have the choice of a wide
range of Liberal Arts electives which will enable you to plan a program in

keeping with your particular Interests and aptitudes. Certain courses offered
in ttie other Basic Colleges will be open to you.

Through a comprehensive guidance program you will be advised in
your selection of courses so that you may attain reasonable academic
objectives.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies for Liberal Arts Students

All students in the College of Liberal Arts have the opportunity to choose
courses from the following list of subjects:

American History Geology Psychology

Art German Russian

Biology Italian Spanish

Economics Music Sociology

English Philosophy Theatre

French Political Science Western Civilization

Geography

In addition, separate courses, differing in approach, are available in each
of the following subjects; one approach is appropriate for science-oriented
students, one for social science- and humanities-oriented students.

Chemistry

Mathematics

Physics

Your freshman program will consist of either five or six subjects, de-
pending on your intended major. You will take four subjects each quarter.
An example of a six-subject program is shown below.*

First Quarter Second Quarter Ttiird Quarter

Political Science Art English

Spanish Spanish Geology

Art English Sociology

Geology Sociology Political Science

The above is only one of many possible combinations of courses in the
freshman year. You will be asked to select the combination which best
matchres your interests and your intended major. This selection will be
made using forms sent to you in the late spring of the year in which you
enter Northeastern.

Honors Program

For qualified students, the College of Liberal Arts offers a more chal-
lenging course of study in certain courses in the social sciences and hu-
manities. The program offers the student smaller classes, more individual

'ROTO possible.

Please see back ot catalog for full course descriptions.

attention by teachers, and greater opportunities for independent study. The
participating student receives special recognition for his honors work
and the chance to take part in the more specialized honors work of sub-
sequent years. The University will send invitations to eligible students after
their applications have been processed.

ART HISTORY

Description

The Art Department offers courses covering the history of art to the
present, with the objective of developing a knowledge of the various forms
and styles of expression in the visual arts.

Your Program of Study

If you major in Art History, you will study the evolution of architecture,
sculpture, painting, graphic arts, photography and film art, and the most
modern trends in European and American art. All courses are presented by
illustrated lectures using slide projection or films, and students study origi-
nal works of art in various museum collections. You will start by being
introduced to all the art forms in a course titled History of Art I and II; and
then choosing from a variety of courses in the Art Department curriculum,
you will continue through the college years to explore in greater depth all
western and oriental arts.

Your Future

Many Art History majors eventually teach in secondary schools or junior
colleges where there is a considerable demand for people trained in the
arts. Some people work in museums or go on to graduate school involving
art research, writing, and teaching in universities.

The Full-Time and Cooperative Plan Programs

Art History majors may follow a full-time or cooperative program in the
Art Department. Full-time students graduate in four years rather than in the
five-year cooperative program. For students on the Cooperative Plan, jobs
are available in museums, government, and related artistic positions.

BIOLOGY

Description

The world of living things — from microbes to men — is the concern of the
biologist. Biological scientists can be grouped into three broad and gen-
eral subdivisions on the basis of the variety of organism with which they
work: botanists (plants), microbiologists (microorganisms), and zoolo-

gists (animals). There are many subspecialties in each of these three
main subdivisions.

Type of Work

By majoring in Biology at Northeastern you may prepare for many dif-
ferent occupations in the biological sciences, and for dentistry, medicine,
or teaching.

If you have a degree in biology, you may study to become a bacteriolo-
gist or a pathologist, or engage in sanitation work, biological surveying, or
biological engineering. It is also the background for nutritionists, who
study the processes through which human beings and animals utilize food.

Many graduates with degrees in biology are employed in the fisheries
or forestry services, public health, or county agency work. Some under-
take specialized study to prepare for work in museums as botanists or
zoologists; others became interested in various types of experimental
research work. Many Northeastern students have also undertaken gradu-
ate work in these areas, often on fellowships or as teaching assistants.

Premedical

Predental and premedical students major in Biology to obtain the neces-
sary courses for admission to dental or medical school. A predental and
premedical adviser counsels students in their upper-class years to make
certain that the proper courses are elected, since the admission require-
ments of professional schools vary. Premedical students are cautioned
that the successful completion of the required premedical program by no
means ensures admission to a medical school. Since most medical schools
have far more applicants than they can admit, standards of selection are
most rigorous. Premedical students who elect to be excused from the Co-
operative Plan are able to complete the five-year program in four years.

Predental

Predental students at Northeastern ordinarily need three years to meet
dental school admission requirements. Under Northeastern's combined
program with professional schools, predental students may reduce by one
year the time ordinarily required for obtaining the Bachelor of Arts and
the professional degree. After completing three-fourths of the requirement
for the Bachelor of Arts degree, they may qualify for that degree at the
end of the second year in dental school.

Your Program of Study

In your initial classwork you will be introduced to several branches of
the biological sciences. This is to enable you to understand and appreciate
how each related field contributes to the overall view.

Your basic course work will include such subjects as Organic Chemistry,
Physics, and Mathematics, and many hours of laboratory instruction. Stu-
dents interested in experimental biological research should seek additional
training in chemistry, mathematics, statistics, and physics.

Your Future

The demand for biologists fluctuates with general economic conditions,
the supply of graduates, and other factors. Most biologists are employed
by local, state, or Federal government agencies or in private and public
educational institutions, mainly in teaching and research, which are largely
financed, either directly or indirectly, by the public. In the 1970s the
amount of money allotted for conservation, environment protection, and
public health will influence the demand, inasmuch as biologists are in-
volved in these areas at all levels of training.

Because the supply of graduates of dental and medical schools is con-
trolled by the number of spaces available in these professional schools,
and the number of graduates lags behind the demand, the outlook in these
fields is excellent. The nation's expanding population and a rising concern
for medical and dental care ensure an increased demand for trained per-
sonnel which can be expected to continue even if the capacity of profes-
sional schools should be significantly increased.

As a result of the increased needs for medical care, there has been a
trend toward increasing the number of persons in paramedical professions,
most of which require some training in various areas of biology.

Biology Laboratories

The Department of Biology includes major laboratories, aquarium rooms,
stockrooms, preparation rooms, research areas, and a large suburban
greenhouse.

The laboratories are self-contained units fully equipped for the work to
be undertaken in them. Appropriate museum preparations, models, charts,
specimens and slides are present in the laboratories, which include gen-
eral biology, anatomy, bacteriology, microscopic anatomy, and physiology.

Special equipment for field studies on mammals, histochemical investi-
gations, and hematological studies is also available. The Department has a
close association with the University's Marine Science Institute at Nahant.

CHEMISTRY

Description

Many of the startling discoveries affecting man's way of life, and a myriad
of others which add to his comfort and welfare, are the result of chemi-
cal research. Detergents, antibiotics and other wonder drugs, new fabrics
made from synthetic fiber, and rocket fuels — these are just a few examples
of the wide range of products which research chemists have helped to
make possible. To make these discoveries, chemists — through either basic
or applied research — have had to understand the composition of sub-
stances and the transformation which they undergo.

Type of Work

Graduates of the Chemistry program at Northeastern are employed in a
wide variety of technical functions, such as research and development,
production, sales, market analysis, purchasing, and teaching. They are able
to offer prospective employers the benefits of practical experience in some
of these fields as a result of the cooperative work program at Northeastern.
Many graduates decide to continue in graduate studies, for which the
Chemistry program at Northeastern provides an excellent foundation.

Your Program of Study

The Chemistry program at Northeastern is approved by the American
Chemical Society.

In the freshman year the courses taken will generally be Chemistry,
English, Calculus, Physics, a foreign language, and an elective. Upper-level
courses include Organic, Inorganic, Physical, and Analytical Chemistry,
and Advanced Chemical Topics. Qualified students are encouraged to
undertake a research project under the supervision of a faculty member.
For the especially able student, an honors program is available.

Your Future

Chemists find employment in many industries. Good opportunities exist
in the plastics manufacturing industry, the iron and steel industry, rubber
and allied products industries, petroleum production and refining opera-
tions, and in the pharmaceutical industry.

Best bets are research in industrial, foundation, and government labora-
tories. Teaching and research assistantships are generally available while
students are working toward advanced degrees, so that graduate study is
not a financial burden. Research and development is the likeliest spot for
those with Ph.D. degrees.

Chemistry Laboratories

Hurtig Hall, the chemistry building, provides modern, air-conditioned
laboratories for gaining experience in experimental chemistry. The basic
courses include experiments that use up-to-date techniques: i.e., potenti-
ometric and colorimetric analysis, spectroscopy, gas chromatography,
calorimetry, and mass spectrometry. In addition, the excellent research
equipment of the Department of Chemistry is available to upper-class
students who participate in original research conducted by the faculty.

DRAMA

Description

As a student of drama and theater arts, you can cultivate an understand-
ing and appreciation of one of society's main civilizing forces; develop
your creative, emotional, and intellectual powers, and your standard of

taste and craftsmanship; master the tools of your future life — professional,
educational, or avocational; and gain an insight into human behavior
and emotion.

Your Program of Study

If you have chosen to major in Drama, you have probably already been
exposed to theater as an art form or as an extracurricular activity. You
have no doubt already discovered the excitement of either acting a role
or helping in the mounting of a play. As an undergraduate Drama major,
you will be required to follow a program of studies which will introduce
you to the total theater experience, as well as to each of the individual
theater arts and crafts.

You will study theater history and drama criticism, dramatic literature
and play-writing, acting, directing, and technical production. You will learn
in the classroom and perform in the laboratory — the theater and its shops.
You will learn the many interpretative and creative arts and crafts which
compositely and collectively make for the art of the theater. You will be
able to express your creative and interpretative gifts in your courses, in
your laboratory classes, in your working in the casts and on the crews of
productions, and in your seeing and testing of the productions of profes-
sionals and of students in sister institutions. As a senior, you will be able
to demonstrate your artistic abilities in Independently organized but
faculty-directed projects in play-writing, acting, directing, or design.

Your Future

Theater is not just acting. The activities which make up the theater
involve writing, designing, publicizing, criticizing, organizing the business
forces, preparing budgets, estimating costs, and creating and executing
costumes. Studying in the theater can prepare a student for many jobs
exclusive of those waiting for the gifted in professional theater. You can
prepare yourself for journalistic play reviewing, public relations and
advertising, television and radio production and writing, or interior decora-
tion. Of course, you may go on to graduate work in the theater to gain
professional proficiency in one specific area; or you may teach in high
schools and colleges, two of the most active theater-producing agencies
in the country. Also, you may major in the theater in the liberal arts tradi-
tion, to use theater avocationally.

ECONOMICS

Description

Economists study the ways in which men make their living and the
factors which determine their success or failure in satisfying their material
needs.

Some economists are concerned with such problems as the control of

inflation, the prevention of depression, the elimination of poverty, the regu-
lation of pollution, and the development of farm, wage, tax, and tariff
policies. Others develop comprehensive theories to explain the causes of
unemployment and employment or the ways in which international trade
influences world economic conditions. Still others are concerned with
the collection and interpretation of data on a wide variety of economic
problems.

Type of Work

A graduate of the program of study in Economics may be employed in a
community action program, or in the business world as an industrial econ-
omist, in general management, in banking, in industrial relations, or with a
labor union; he may be in foreign trade, advertising, in economic research
on a subject such as plant location; or he may qualify for entrance into the
Civil Service.

A person trained in economics may become expert in analyzing con-
sumer demands, the marketing and developing of new products, or the
making of financial studies. He may conduct research, provide specialized
services on a consulting basis, or go into teaching. Economists are found
in almost every area of human endeavor.

Your Program of Study

You may have several reasons for your interest in majoring in Eco-
nomics. Perhaps you are planning a specific career or wish to study
economics in conjunction with other areas of knowledge in order to obtain
a liberal education.

The core courses will provide training in economic theory, money and
banking, public finance, labor, international trade, growth and development,
and urban problems. In addition, courses are available in the use of such
tools as statistics and the computer. A large number of electives are pro-
vided which permit you to study more deeply in areas of your own interest.

Your Future

Employment outlook: Demand for well-trained economists will increase
throughout the 1970s; those with a bachelor's degree will continue to
be in demand as market research assistants and as administrative and
management trainees.

About one half of the professional economists are employed by colleges
and universities, and a master's degree is usually the minimum require-
ment. Another third of the economists are employed by government
agencies, mostly Federal.

For those starting with research jobs compiling data, a thorough knowl-
edge of statistical procedures will be very helpful.

ENGLISH

Today, perhaps more than ever before in the history of the United States,
a high value is placed on the individual who can express himself well in
both the written and the spoken word. Clarity, a precise choice of words,
accurate description, and brevity in communication are vital to most
phases of business and industry.

Type of Work

After graduation English majors secure permanent employment in pub-
lic relations, advertising, journalism, radio and television, or related fields.
Many go on to graduate study in order to qualify for careers in education,
library service, religion, or other professions.

Your Program of Study

If you are thinking of becoming an English major in Northeastern's
College of Liberal Arts, you have very likely already formed the habit of
reading for pleasure and of jotting down, at least occasionally, some ideas
that you think worth expressing.

Your goal as an undergraduate will be to become acquainted with the
best examples of literature and to develop skill in communication with
others. In addition to the freshman course in English composition, you will
have a chance to take two courses in creative writing and will decide
whether to compose short stories, poems, short plays, magazine articles,
or some of each.

In literature you will survey the outstanding English and American works
from the earliest days to the present. You may also wish to learn some-
thing about the nature and structures of language itself — how words are
formed and why we spell them as we do; how words are borrowed from
other languages and remodeled to suit our English vocabulary: and how
word meanings change.

While much of your study will be concerned with language and litera-
ture, you will also study other subjects as a foundation for well-rounded
thinking: history, economics, government, science, and, perhaps, sociology.

GEOLOGY

Description

Mountain peaks and ocean deeps, volcanoes and earthquakes, trilobites
and dinosaurs, gemstones and precious metals: all materials and features
of the earth are investigated by geologists. Many unexplored frontiers
await each new geologist, as only small portions of the earth have yet been
studied in detail.

Type of Work

Most geologists are people who enjoy the out-of-doors. While laboratory
analysis, microscopy, x-ray crystallography, and computer programs may
all be used in various aspects of the geologist's work, he first collects his
data in the field. The various geological specialties include mineralogy,
economic geology, glacial geology, geophysics, geochemistry, paleontol-
ogy, geological oceanography, and the very new specialty of astrogeology
associated with the space program.

Geologists find employment opportunities in the Federal and state agen-
cies, many segments of private industry (but particularly the petroleum
and mining industries), and in universities where they engage in both
teaching and research.

Your Program of Study

The undergraduate Geology program introduces students to several
areas of geological study. An understanding of minerals and rocks is
fundamental for every geologist, however. Courses in Mineralogy and
Petrology are required of each student following introductory courses in
Geology, Mathematics, Chemistry, and Physics. Students will elect at
least six additional geology courses during their last three years. While not
required, students are strongly urged to include Paleontology, Structural
Geology, and Sedimentation-Stratigraphy among their elective courses.

Field work will be a significant portion of each course wherever appro-
priate. Students will be assigned local areas which they will investigate
under the direction of a faculty member. A presentation (both oral and
written) of the investigation will be made. Cooperative work assignments
will complement the classroom work whenever feasible. The opportunity
to work directly with a practicing geologist is a distinct advantage of the
Cooperative Plan. A full-time option is also available.

Your Future

Most professional geologists hold advanced degrees, so students in
geology should plan now to continue with graduate study. An increasing
number of opportunities for geologists is anticipated during the next 10
years as more emphasis is placed on the environment and natural re-
sources. Problems of land use and water resources are only two of the
many areas where geological knowledge will be needed in the near future.

The rapid increase in earth science courses in the secondary schools
will also provide employment opportunities for many geologists.

HISTORY

Description

History courses at Northeastern seek to describe and explain the varied
activities and problems of human beings from ancient times to the present.

Your Program of Study

If you major in History, you will study the development of western civili-
zation and American history during the first two college years. A course,
The Historian's Craft, focuses on problems, methods, and philosophies of
historians. The History curriculum permits considerable opportunity for
electives both in the major and in the other liberal arts.

Honors in History

Qualified juniors and seniors are urged to follow a program of inde-
pendent study guided by professors in the Department of History.

Your Future

While many majors hope to spend their professional lives as historians,
a considerable number study history to broaden horizons and develop
understanding of themselves and of past and present society. Upon gradu-
ation they may become businessmen or lawyers.

Historians Who Teach

Most majors intend to teach. Students in the College of Liberal Arts may
take a sequence of courses offered in the College of Education which will
prepare them to teach in the public schools; those not taking the educa-
tion courses may teach in private secondary schools, or, after obtaining
master's or doctor's degrees, in junior colleges and universities.

Historians Who Do Not Teach

Not all history jobs involve teaching. Some men and women work for
museums, restoration projects, or archives. Others spend their lives in
research and writing.

The Full-Time and Cooperative Plan Programs

History majors may pursue either a full-time or cooperative program of
study, thereby qualifying for graduation in either four or five years. Co-
operative jobs might be in locations such as Minute Man National Histori-
cal Park, Massachusetts Historical Society, and Statue of Liberty National
Monument.

INDEPENDENT MAJOR

A student in the College of Liberal Arts has the opportunity to design
his own program if he is able to demonstrate that none of the established
programs provide preparation for the professional goal which he has set
for himself. The Independent Major leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree
only and must center on a discipline or combination of disciplines in the
liberal arts.

A student interested in designing his own program should discuss his
aims and ideas for an Independent Major with a counselor in the Liberal
Arts office who will help assign him to one or more faculty advisers.

The following are among the criteria which an Independent Major
must meet:

1. The proposal should be based on educational, professional, or voca-
tional goals.

2. The proposed major should be comparable in depth and scope to a
departmental major.

3. The proposed major should help meet the student's objectives.

JOURNALISM

Description

In this modern world it is evident that society relies increasingly on the
mass media so that its members may keep abreast of rapidly changing
conditions all around them. It is the role of the journalist to observe, under-
stand, analyze, explain, report, and interpret, as well as to provide leader-
ship in ideas and information through the many outlets of the mass media.

Type of Work

Graduates of a journalism program secure positions with newspapers,
television, radio stations, general and specialized magazines, and other
publications. In recent years allied fields have developed alongside the
traditional media, providing rewarding careers for those with a journalism
background. Such fields include public relations, publicity, industrial jour-
nalism, technical writing, and, of course, advertising and teaching.

Your Program of Study

A journalist should have a broad background of liberal arts courses on
the undergraduate level, and most university-level journalism programs
have long recognized this need. Along with this, he should have some
undergraduate background and professional courses, but not to the point
of overspecialization.

The generally accepted formula in journalism for the bachelor's degree
is a combination of approximately 80 percent liberal courses and 20 percent
professional courses. This combination is preferred by most graduate
schools of journalism, as well as by professional journalistic leaders.

In the freshman year at Northeastern all courses are in the liberal arts,
primarily the humanities. In each of the upper-class years the ideal arrange-
ment is to take one journalism course each term with three liberal courses
in the humanities, social sciences, and languages, or in a so-called dis-
ciplined area.

Because journalism thinking and skills can be better expanded and
understood with the aid of a laboratory, upper-class Journalism majors are

encouraged to participate in the Cooperative Plan of Education. Co-op
jobs with newspapers, radio and TV stations, news bureaus, and public
relations offices provide a laboratory experience. This is quite important to
one who wishes to be part of the world of communications. In addition,
such experience gives a student a major advantage if he or she decides to
seek admission to a graduate program in journalism following graduation
from Northeastern.

Your Future

Many opportunities exist in the growing field of journalism. A Journalism
major would be qualified for openings with daily and weekly newspapers,
news departments of radio and TV stations, news bureaus, wire services,
general and specialized magazines, industrial journalism, public relations,
publicity, and many other fields not directly related to mass media. A jour-
nalism education actually provides an excellent background for many non-
media fields where the communications process is important.

MATHEMATICS

Description

From programming and coding for digital computers to solving problems
in engineering; from research on the behavior of the atom to calculating
orbits of earth satellites — these are a few examples of the varied accom-
plishments and activities of those engaged in mathematics — one of the
oldest and most basic fields of science, as well as one of the most dynamic
and most rapidly growing.

Type of Work

Mathematics majors are employed in industry, educational institutions,
insurance companies, mathematical laboratories, engineering research
organizations, and government agencies. They do statistical, computa-
tional, and analytical work.

Your Program of Study

Your interest in studying an exact science such as mathematics must
be supported by a school record which indicates that you have laid a
strong foundation in this field.

During your freshman year the mathematics courses deal mainly with
differential and integral calculus, supplemented by plane analytic geom-
etry, and linear algebra. These provide the groundwork for a variety of
courses in the upper-class years.

Since there are many fields in which mathematical work plays an im-
portant part, you should acquaint yourself with some of these areas. This
may be done through the Cooperative Education Program and through
introductory courses in such subjects as Physics, Chemistry, Mechanics,
Electricity, and Economics.

Your Future

Outlook: continued rapid growth of employment in mathematics, espe-
cially for those with advanced degrees, which are required for many
positions, particularly those in research and teaching. There are many
opportunities in the electronics manufacturing field where mathematicians
work with scientists and engineers on complex mathematical problems.

MODERN LANGUAGES

Description

Some students choose an academic program in Modern Languages be-
cause they are interested in elementary, secondary school, or college
teaching, international business relations, government service, journalism,
or library science. Others major in this field because of their interest in
world affairs or travel, or because they are looking forward to creating the
proper home atmosphere in which to bring up world citizens.

A major in Modern Languages requiring advanced courses in two lan-
guages is available to students who have acquired in high school a strong
foundation in French, German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish. Those who
mean to continue into graduate study will do well to have also two or
three years of high school Latin.

Your Program of Study

The Department of Modern Languages offers in each of the five lan-
guages at least three full literature courses during the regular college
year, and a conversational course.

The study of modern languages has a particular appeal for the person
whose interests are not limited to his immediate neighbors and contem-
poraries. If you desire to become familiar with world affairs, to travel
abroad, and to understand the customs and traditions of peoples in other
countries, you will find great satisfaction in study and research in for-
eign languages.

Your Future

Many professional careers in addition to elementary and secondary
school teaching, are open to the graduate who has majored in Modern Lan-
guages. Those who wish to teach in college must plan on graduate study.
There are challenging opportunities in government service, international
business relations, journalism, and library science. In each of these fields
a knowledge of modern languages is either required or highly desirable.

PHILOSOPHY

Description

Philosophers from Socrates to the present time have studied the ques-
tions and the wider issues which arise out of human experiences and beliefs
in all their rich variety — man's art, his religion, his moral values, his pur-
poses, his science, and his social order. The philosopher's approach be-
gins in his profound wonder about the meaning and importance of these
experiences for human existence as a whole. Philosophy helps man to
create, refashion, and justify the divergent beliefs about the nature of
things. It makes him more aware that the kinds of beliefs he holds or re-
jects govern lives, careers, hopes, and fears.

In this age men have been philosophically reawakened by new and ex-
citing developments in philosophy and in the physical and social sciences.
Philosophers, through discussion and writing, reexamine and reinterpret
such issues as the justification for belief in God, the nature of moral judg-
ments of right and wrong, the questions surrounding the quest for knowl-
edge and value, and the nature of the logic and methods of the sciences.
Through his vigorous analyses, the philosopher questions, increases, and
deepens human understanding and insight. One of his functions is to add
meaning to the fragmentary details resulting from specialization.

Your Program of Study

Northeastern's program for a Philosophy major is designed to provide
you with a balanced understanding of the nature of philosophy and partic-
ular philosophical problems which arise in the various arts and sciences.
A maximum number of electives has been provided so that you may choose
in accordance with your own background and interests.

In your sophomore year, you will begin your study of philosophy with a
two-term History of Philosophy course designed as an introduction and as
a preparation for more specialized study later. By the third or fourth year,
you will find particular areas and seminars within philosophy which have
special appeal for you.

Philosophy majors may pursue either a five-year co-op or a four-year
full-time course of study.

Your Future

Upon graduation, some Philosophy majors go on to graduate school to
prepare to teach not only philosophy but also subjects in many other fields.
This major gives the student the opportunity to discover and communicate
ideas through research, writing, and personal encounter.

Many select philosophy in order to develop a broad background in the
humanities and to sharpen their critical abilities for later specialization in
law, history, political science, education, and literature in graduate school.
Other students find their background in philosophy an excellent prepara-

tion for the ministry, priesthood or rabbinate. Indeed, former Philosophy
majors can be found in most of the major types of professional careers,
including those in school, college, and university administration.

PHYSICS

Description

In physics one studies nature experimentally in order to develop a gen-
eral theory of the universe. The physicist's laboratory extends from a bench
microscope to the body of an exploding superstar, and the theories \Nh\ch
he uses attempt to explain the forces that shape all of nature. For example,
the theory of the chemical bond, and chemical and biological processes, as
well as the formulas of engineering, are all derived from physics.

Physics should be of interest to every educated man because of its gen-
eral nature. It is important to the philosopher interested in epistemology
(the theory of knowledge), as well as to the man with natural curiosity
about his world.

Type of Work

Professional physicists work in industry and in government laboratories
on research, and in colleges and universities as teachers and researchers.
At Northeastern the Department of Physics is especially strong in both
theoretical and experimental high-energy (nuclear-particle) and solid-state
physics. There is also a strong program in statistical mechanics, field
theory (including general relativity), and nuclear theory.

Co-op students and graduates find jobs in the above field, many of them
in the Department itself, as well as in other areas of physics: i.e., under-
water sound, space physics, and plasma physics. Some graduates continue
in the Northeastern Physics program and obtain the Ph.D. degree here.
Others go to different graduate schools, such as Cornell, M.I.T., and Chi-
cago, depending on their interests and abilities.

Program of Study

The program of study is quite flexible, reflecting the various interests of
students majoring in Physics. The first course in Physics is common to all
science and mathematics majors. It is a three-quarter course covering
three areas: mechanics; fluid mechanics, heat, wave motion, and optics;
and electricity and magnetism. It should be taken either with or after the
three-quarter freshman Calculus course. Freshman Physics and Mathe-
matics majors usually start it in the fall, but it can be begun in any quarter.
Furthermore, only the first quarter is a prerequisite to the other two; the
second and third quarters can be taken in reverse order.

The three-quarter introductory course is followed by two-quarter courses
in physics and mathematics, and a two-quarter laboratory in General
Physics. Beyond that, three courses in physics, three laboratories in phys-
ics and one course in mathematics are the only Departmental requirements

for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Most Physics majors will want to take more
physics courses, and many more are offered, including Mechanics, Wave
Motion and Optics, Thermodynamics, Modern Physics, Electricity & Mag-
netism, Quantum Theory, Mathematical Physics, and an additional labora-
tory course.
The Physics major can be taken as a four- or five-year program.

Your Future

Currently there is a falling-off in demand for all scientists and pro-
fessionals, including physicists. Although it is difficult to predict job
opportunities five and 10 years from now, the following facts should be
considered.

1. Physicists are just beginning to understand the nature and dynamics
of the physical universe. The aspiring researcher will find plenty to
do in physics, assuming society will find the search for truth suffi-
ciently important for it to support this search adequately.

2. Physicists should be able to make a contribution to the development
of the new technology needed to solve problems resulting from the
old technology if society decides to solve these problems.

There is also much overlapping between applied physics and engineer-
ing. Physicists, chemists, biologists, and engineers will frequently work on
the same problems. However, when a new field must be developed, such
as nuclear energy or the taming of the fusion ("H-Bomb") reaction, physi-
cists are at an advantage because of the flexibility and fundamental
character of their education. Majoring in physics does not necessarily
imply making physics a career: one may end up in allied fields such as
biophysics, chemical physics, medical physics, astrophysics, geophysics,
oceanography, meteorology, or a completely new field of the future.

Physics Laboratories

The Northeastern University Physics laboratories are under the super-
vision of individual professors who are outstanding researchers in various
fields of physics. Techniques, equipment, and ideas are all stimulating and
up-to-date, from the general physics laboratory (sophomore year) to the
advanced laboratory (senior year).

POLITICAL SCIENCE

Description

Political science is concerned with the study of political institutions, the
social and economic forces which shape them, and the cultural context
within which they operate.

The Department of Political Science at Northeastern University has three
objectives: (1) to educate within the framework of the best liberal arts
tradition; (2) to heighten a student's awareness of political forces in the
environment and to sharpen his or her perception of a student's role as a
citizen in a democratic society; and (3) to provide a solid academic founda-
tion for those who elect political science or the law as a professional
career.

Your Program of Study

Undergraduate work in the Department is designed to give students a
broad and comprehensive exposure to the data of politics, while encourag-
ing them to pursue extensive work in related social sciences. In addition
to elective courses, they will pursue studies in comparative government,
American government, international relations, public administration, and
political theory. If they elect the Bachelor of Science program, they are
required to take courses in quantitative analytical methods.

Your Future

For all students, the study of political science can be the gateway to a
liberal education with its benefits of broadened interests, sharpened sensi-
bilities, and a quickened sense of civic responsibility. If you have a special
interest in politics, studies in this field provide excellent preparation for
governmental services, the study of law, the teaching of government and
related subjects, or for a political career.

For the student who wishes to pursue his professional studies at the
graduate level, concentration in political science opens up many attractive
opportunities. Opportunities for research are available in governmental re-
search bureaus in the universities, in government agencies — state, local,
and federal — and in private institutions teaching careers are opened. The
growth of specialized agencies in international bodies like the United Na-
tions calls for the skills of the political scientist. Individuals with specialized
training in political science are in demand also in some less obvious areas:
in the public service programming of educational and commercial television,
in journalism, and in legislative study and public relations activities with
private associations.

The Department will give assistance as professional objectives are
plannfed and will help to alert the student to professional opportunities
and the means for taking the greatest advantage of them.

PSYCHOLOGY

Type of Work

Psychologists study the way organisms behave and the reasons for their
behavior. The profession of psychology includes a number of different

areas of specialization. Some psychologists direct their efforts toward
the application of psychological knowledge and techniques to the solution
of human problems, while the main concern of others is basic scientific
research.

The majority of psychologists are engaged in providing services in clini-
cal, counseling, industrial, educational, and engineering psychology. These
applied areas are oriented toward helping not only individuals with severe
emotional disorders, but also those with normal, everyday problems such
as social, educational, and vocational adjustment. Employers for these psy-
chologists include business and industry; clinics and hospitals; and local,
state and federal governmental agencies. Some psychologists are self-
employed.

Research-oriented psychologists concentrate their study and work
toward understanding the behavior of man and lower animals through
scientific experimentation. Their research activities are diverse and numer-
ous. They are primarily employed by colleges and universities in a teaching
as well as a research capacity. Opportunities for employment are also
available in a variety of other public and private institutions.

Your Program of Study

The undergraduate program for Psychology majors at Northeastern is
designed to meet a number of educational objectives. First, it provides
preparation for graduate study leading to a variety of professional careers
in psychology. Second, recognizing that not all undergraduate students
majoring in Psychology can or want to become professional psychologists,
the program provides training for individuals who want careers where a
background in psychology is relevant and beneficial: i.e., in personnel
work, advertising, social work, and teaching. Finally, the course of study
provides a liberal arts major that should enable the student to understand
himself and his world of experience more perceptively and sensitively.

In the freshman and sophomore years you will begin the study of your
major with courses designed to acquaint you with the scope of modern
psychology and give you the fundamental background for your later, more
specialized, upper-class program. As an advanced student you will take
courses which treat specific aspects of behavior in considerable detail.
Among the advanced courses are Abnormal Psychology, Experimental Psy-
chology, and seminars dealing with the development of psychology as a
behavioral science and contemporary psychological issues. You will have
a choice of upper-class electives in such fields as personality development,
social influences on behavior, principles of growth and adjustment, physio-
logical determinants of behavior, and principles of psychological testing.

In the experimental courses you will study scientific techniques for in-
vestigating human and animal behavior. You may also have the opportunity
to conduct your own research under the guidance of one of the faculty
members.

In the cooperative work phase of your studies, all efforts will be made to
provide you with valuable and relevant work experiences in research labo-
ratories, clinics, mental hospitals, or social service agencies.

Your Future

The field of psychology offers a wide variety of opportunities for both
men and women. Many factors point to the continued expansion of the
profession, which tripled in size between 1945 and 1955 and has since
grown by almost 1,500 annually. However, an advanced degree has be-
come a necessity for professional employment. Approximately 70 percent
of the 25,000 members of the American Psychological Association, the
national society of professional psychologists, hold the doctorate degree.
While there will continue to be employment possibilities for psychologists
with master's degrees, all indications point to an increasing demand for the
doctorate degree as the standard educational requirement.

The employment outlook for the 1970s will depend upon such trends
as the following.

1. Continued utilization by schools, government agencies, and private
industry of contributions that can be made by psychologists.

2. Funding to meet the growing concern about mental health needs.

3. The availability of government or foundation grants to sponsor psy-
chological research in universities and private industry.

4. Continued expansion of high school, junior college, college, and
university facilities employing psychologists as teaching and coun-
seling personnel.

Psychology Laboratories

The experimental facilities are well equipped for psychological demon-
strations, training, and research with human and animal subjects. Instruc-
tion is provided in human and animal learning, physiological psychology,
sensation, and perception, with emphasis on the visual and auditory
processes and personality and development.

SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY

Description

Sociplogists and anthropologists study the various forms of group ar-
rangement found in the world of man — families, communities, tribes, and
nations; and the wide variety of organization types — religious, business,
professional, and others. The origin and growth of these groups are traced
and analyzed, and their activities are considered as they relate to the in-
fluence they have on their members.

Type of Worl<

Within the Department of Sociology and Anthropology, you can enroll in
a wide range of courses which provides background for courses in such

professional fields as medicine, college and secondary school teaching,
race relations, social research, law, international relations, history, human
relations, social work, and field research in other cultures. Groundwork in
sociology and anthropology can be also increasingly valuable for the
ministry, priesthood, and rabbinate, and will be directly relevant to almost
any career in Federal or state government, from poverty programs to the
foreign service.

Your Program of Study

Two "concentrations" are possible within this Department, although there
is much overlapping in course requirements which will allow flexibility in
planning your courses.

As a Sociology concentrator, you will have a full complement of theory
and research courses in this field and will deal primarily with theoretical
and applied aspects of contemporary urban and industrial societies. If you
are an Anthropology concentrator, you will pursue your studies more in
the direction of tribal and peasant societies, as well as with economic and
technological change in developing societies of the world.

Your Future

A majority of sociologists and anthropologists are employed by colleges
and universities in teaching and research; many others work for Federal,
state, local, or international government agencies; some are employed in
private industry.

Employment opportunities are in college teaching or in social action pro-
grams. Other employment opportunities may exist for research workers
specializing in such areas as social psychology, urban sociology, com-
munity development, and educational and industrial sociology, as well as
in the field of criminology.

Bachelor of Engineering Technology

Electrical Engineering Technology
Mechanical Engineering Technology

Associate Degree

Aviation Technology

=^m

William F. King, Director

Lincoln College

Lincoln College prepares students to enter the technological world as
active participants whose mission is, simply stated, to get things done.
The engineering technologist works with the professional engineer, scien-
tist, medical doctor, supervisor, and craftsman in converting scientific
knowledge and craftsmanship into products and techniques. Fundamentals
are related to current practice, providing a supportive "why" for the prac-
tical "how". At the same time, study of the social sciences and humanities
gives an opportunity for students to develop an awareness of the social,
economic, and political influences that are part of the real world.

Aims

The structure of the Engineering Technology curriculum is based upon
the dual need for relevant technical skills and the foundation for future
growth. Engineering technology education will assist students to:

1. Understand the scientific principles that govern the current techno-
logy of that particular branch of engineering which they select.

2. Develop competence in the application of technology to problem-
solving.

3. Communicate effectively the important implications of technological
advancements.

4. Acquire the motivation for continued relevance in technical skills.

Women in Engineering Technology

Many women enter the technology field each year. Both government and
industry provide positions of responsibility for women technologists. Any
young woman with technical or scientific interests should consider en-
gineering technology as a career.

Degree Granted

Lincoln College operates on the Cooperative Plan and offers five-year
programs of study leading to Bachelor of Engineering Technology degrees
in Electrical and Mechanical Engineering Technology.

Your Freshman Year in Lincoln College

The freshman year in Engineering Technology consists of the pre-
scribed courses shown below. Study during the first year will build your
understanding of mathematics and the physical sciences, and improve your
ability to communicate ideas both by verbal and graphic means.

Since the first year of study is identical for all technology students, you
may change your choice of specialization at the end of the freshman year
without loss.

Your freshman courses act as a foundation for your upper-class studies
which will develop your basic understanding of concepts in the technical
application of the sciences. They will also introduce you to current tech-
nical hardware and its applications. About four fifths of your upper-class
program is devoted to scientific and technological study, and about one
fifth to humanistic-social courses, with the aim of balancing your growing
technical proficiency with an appreciation for the nontechnical aspects of
society and culture.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Lincoln College

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.307 Algebra & Trig. I 10.308 Algebra & Trig. II 10.320 Calculus I

11.317 Physics I 11.318 Physics II 11.319 Physics III

30.113 Freshman Writing 30.114 Intro, to Lit. 30.115 Great Themes in Lit.

9.451 Graphics I 9.452 Graphics II 9.453 Comput. Prog.

11.173 Physics Lab. I 11.174 Physics Lab. II

In addition to the above courses, a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.

Please see bacl< of catalog for full course descriptions.

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

Description

Electrical engineering technology deals with the design and operation of
equipment and systems related to power, communications, data process-
ing, and electrical control. Its major functions are:

1. The generation, transmission, and distribution of electrical energy for
light and power purposes.

2. The development and production of equipment for telephone, radio,
television, radar, and communication.

3. The design and construction of data-processing systems and analog
or digital computers.

4. The application of electrical and electronic devices in the control of
processes and manufacture.

Type of Work

Employment opportunities for the electrical engineering technology grad-
uate are in public and private laboratories; engineering consulting groups
dealing with industrial and plant applications; design organizations dealing
with operation and manufacture; sales engineering; and the electric utility
industry.

Your Program of Study

Since electrical engineering technology derives many of its fundamentals
from developments in the pure sciences, your program of study will begin
with basic courses in mathematics and physics. In addition the freshman
year will include literature and engineering graphics, to aid in developing
your self-expression.

In the upper-class years your courses will be divided into five related
sequences: circuits and systems, including feedback control; electronics
and communications, including an introduction to solid-state physics; elec-
tromagnetic field theory and microwave devices; energy conversion, em-
phasizing electromagnetic devices; and laboratory work associated with
all of the foregoing. Current practice is stressed.

In ,the senior year electives are offered in order that you may have the
experience of depth and specialization.

Your Future

Opportunities for technologists are increasing at a faster rate than for
any other occupational group: a 50 percent increase is expected in the
next five years. More than 100,000 technologists will be needed each year,
whereas schools now graduate only 25,000 per year.

Since this program has been designed to prove an educational exper-
ience different from that of the College of Engineering, it does not prepare

the student for direct admission into graduate schools of engineering. In
most cases, however, graduates will be eligible for programs such as busi-
ness, law, and education. In exceptional cases students may gain admission
to engineering graduate programs by taking additional undergraduate
course work in engineering.

Electrical Engineering Laboratories

The Northeastern electrical engineering laboratories are patterned after
a composite of typical industrial research and development laboratories.
Boasting a wide variety of modern testing and measuring equipment, the
laboratories are an excellent adjunct to the classroom. Here the student
may simulate or fabricate devices or systems which have been studied in
his lecture courses.

From light machinery and power equipment to microwave precision sys-
tems, students plan and pursue their projects in the laboratory. The recent
acquisition of the digitally programmed analog computer also permits the
study of larger or more complex systems than can be realized in the
laboratory itself.

The laboratory programs are organized to provide an atmosphere of
freedom, and students can exert considerable influence on their own study
efforts.

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGY

Description

Mechanical engineering technology deals with the harnessing of power
resources by means of machinery to perform useful work. In contrast to
civil engineering, which deals primarily with static forces and structures,
mechanical engineering is more concerned with the motion and kinetics
of devices which are activated by hydraulic, electrical, mechanical, or
thermodynamic forces. Major functions of the mechanical engineering
technologist are:

1. Design and installation of all kinds of machinery, from pocket watches
to the largest of steel boring mills.

2. Development and production of engines and transport equipment
(automobile, aircraft, ship, railway, etc.).

3. Construction and operation of furnaces and boilers, as well as heat-
ing and air-conditioning equipment, for the control of atmospheric
and environmental conditions.

Type of Work

Employment opportunities for Mechanical Engineering Technology
graduates are in the following areas: 1. Research and design development;
2. Production, operation, testing, or control; and 3. Installation, mainten-

ance, and sales. In performing these functions, graduates of the Mechanical
Engineering Technology program work in close association with profes-
sionals in the field. They may develop technologically to function inde-
pendently and hold positions of managerial responsibility.

Mechanical Engineering Laboratories

The Mechanical Engineering Department includes the following labora-
tories:

Materials and Metallurgy Laboratories — These laboratories are well
equipped to treat the physical examination of materials and their struc-
tures. The equipment includes modern apparatus for vacuum melting tech-
nology, X-ray diffraction, and thermal expansion studies, two research
metallographs, an electron microscope, and a fluid-to-fluid extrusion press.

Fluid and Gas Dynamics Laboratory — Designed to study aerodynamic
and hydrodynamic phenomena such as vortices, separation streamlines,
and shock waves. Equipment includes an aerodynalog, an axial flow fan,
shock tube, subsonic wind tunnel, and a supersonic wind tunnel.

Materials Testing and Stress Analysis Laboratories — Equipped to handle
both the destructive and nondestructive testing of materials, this labora-
tory has a 300,000-lb. Universal testing machine provided with an automatic
electronic stress-strain recorder and a high-temperature tensile test furnace.

Stresses and strains may be determined experimentally by the use of
strain gage, photoelastic, photostress, and brittle lacquer techniques.

Recent additions include a fatigue testing machine of 2,000-lb. capacity,
and vibration testing units.

Heat Engineering Laboratories — These laboratories include:

1. A refrigeration unit which may also operate as a heat pump.

2. Two solid injection diesel engines provided with a continuous
oxyen analyzer, one equipped with a strain gage torque meter.

3. A CFR fuels research engine equipped with a strain gage pressure
transducer.

4. A 60-h.p. Rover gas turbine with automatic controls and Froude
dynamometer.

5. Apparatus for study of steam-to-water heat transfer, comparison of
film versus dropwise condensation, heat transfer to a boiling liquid,
and thermocouple recovery factor.

6. A thermoelectric generator to study the direct conversion of heat
Into electrical energy.

7. A thermoelectric refrigeration test facility for development of single
and multistage thermoelectric coolers.

8. Curtis steam turbine and condenser.

Automatic Control Laboratory — This new area includes:

1. A feedback control system.

2. Analog computers for simulation of engineering problems, fluid
power testing units.

Your Program of Study

Since machinery is predominantly the concern of the mechanical engi-
neer, your program of study is designed to give you considerable training
in the principles underlying the design and operation of engines, power
transmission devices, machine tools, and other machinery. This, of course,
implies a thorough study of the physical law/s concerning motion and trans-
fer of energy. Applied mechanics, thermodynamics, and study of materials
will occupy prominent places in your program.

Your studies will thus provide you with a broad foundation in those
fundamental subjects essential to the understanding of current practice.
In your junior and senior years you will have considerable elective choice
and opportunity for specialization.

Your Future

Since this program has been designed to provide an educational ex-
perience different from that of the College of Engineering, it does not pre-
pare the student for direct admission to graduate schools of engineering.
However, in most cases graduates of this program will be eligible for pro-
grams such as business, law, and education. In exceptional cases students
may gain admission to engineering graduate programs by taking additional
undergraduate course work in engineering.

AVIATION TECHNOLOGY

Lincoln College also offers on a full-time basis a program in Aviation
Technology leading to the Associate Degree. This program operates out of
the Norwood Municipal Airport in cooperation with Wiggins Airways, Inc.
Students having a strong interest in flying as an integral part of their ca-
reers should investigate this unique opportunity by communicating with
the Director, Lincoln College Aviation Program, at (617) 762-5690.

"The essence of nursing is caring for humanity. Excel-
lence in nursing can be achieved only through the
preparation of men and women who are knowledgeable
in liberal arts as well as the science upon which the
practice of nursing is founded."

Juanita O. Long, Dean, College of Nursing

Juanita O. Long, Dean

The College of Hursing

The College of Nursing, first in the nation to operate on the Cooperative
Plan, was established by Northeastern University in the fall of 1964. The
College offers two distinct educational programs which prepare individuals
to practice nursing, an Associate Degree Program and a Baccalaureate
Degree Program.

The Associate Degree Program, established in 1964, which is three years
In length and leads to the degree of Associate in Science, has as its pur-
pose the preparation of a beginning practitioner whose goal is to give di-
rect patient care at the technical level.

The Baccalaureate Degree Program, initiated in 1966, leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Science, is designed to prepare students for profes-
sional nursing practice. The curriculum is five years in length and serves
as a foundation for further professional development and graduate study.

Selection of Your Program

You'are encouraged to acquaint yourself with the two programs offered
by the College of Nursing. An understanding of both programs will assist
you in selecting the one which will best contribute to your personal satis-
faction and success as you continue your education beyond high school.
Counselors in the Department of Admissions will be glad to discuss the
programs with you and to help you in mal<ing your decision.

Method

Freshmen in the College of Nursing remain on campus for three con-
secutive quarters of academic study, and students in succeeding years

alternate periods of study at Northeastern with periods of work in partici-
pating health agencies. The quarters of cooperative employment afford a
valuable work experience, as well as a source of income. Academic studies
in both the Associate Degree and the Baccalaureate Degree Programs in-
clude courses in nursing and general education. Under the guidance of the
College of Nursing faculty, clinical experiences in the care of patients are
introduced in the first year of the Associate Degree Program and in the
second year of the Baccalaureate Degree Program.

Type of Work

It is expected that the majority of new graduates of either program will
be employed as staff nurses in a variety of health agencies. The graduate
of the Baccalaureate Degree Program has the academic prerequisites for
graduate study in nursing.

Your Future

The demand for nurses is increasing steadily. You can be confident that
you will be able to secure a position in the field of your competency, a
choice that will be both satisfying and challenging.

Degrees Granted

At the successful completion of your selected program of study you will
be awarded the degree of Associate in Science or Bachelor of Science.
Graduates of both programs are eligible to take the State Board Examina-
tion required to become a Registered Nurse.

The Associate Degree Program

Your freshman year will be one of full-time study and will include
courses in nursing, liberal arts, and the biological and social sciences. Se-
lected clinical experiences in the nursing care of patients are an integral
part of the first year. Special emphasis is placed upon the responsibility
of the nurse in the promotion of health and the development of basic
nursing skills.

Students interested in the Licensed Practical Nursing Transfer Program
toward the Associate Degree should write to the Admissions Department
for further information.

Upper-Class Years

During your second and third years in the College, you will progress
through alternate quarters of classes at the University and cooperative
work assignments in specific hospitals. Care of patients in the hospital
setting is the principal focus of the laboratory period. Cooperative work
assignments are entirely supplemental to these experiences, and will en-
hance your ability to function as a member of the health team.

Throughout your three years in the University, liberal arts, sciences and
nursing are interwoven into a meaningful whole. This balance of liberal
and technical education provides a firm foundation upon which you will

practice nursing in these changing times. The content of the Associate
Degree Program is not identical to the first three years of the Baccalau-
reate Program; therefore, direct transfer from the Associate to the Bacca-
laureate Program or the Baccalaureate to the Associate Program is not
feasible.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Associate Degree Program

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

80.101 Fund. Nursing 80.102 Fund. Nursing 80.103 Fund. Nursing
18.107 Integ. Science 30.113 English 30.114 English

19.102 Basic Psychology 18.108 Integ. Science 18.109 Integ. Science

19.141 Growth and Devel. 19.142 Growth and Devel.

Please see bacl< of catalog for full course descriptions.

The Baccalaureate Degree Program

This five-year curriculum on the Cooperative Plan provides a broad gen-
eral education which includes a foundation in the sciences and humanities
underlying the practice of nursing. It is designed to prepare students to
provide professional nursing care in a variety of settings. In addition, the
program serves as a basis for further professional development and grad-
uate study essential to leadership positions in nursing.

Your Freshman Year

In the first year, learning experiences are planned that encourage per-
sonal involvement of each student in looking at his or her own growth,
progression, and development. Community, national, and world health prob-
lems, as well as social trends and their implications for nursing, provide
the students with a foundation for successive nursing courses.

Upper-Class Years

You will participate in the cooperative feature of the program through-
out your four upper-class years. During the periods of academic study,
liberal arts courses are concurrent with those in the Nursing major. The
nursing courses include clinical laboratory experiences which are planned
to implement principles presented in classroom and discussion sessions.
During the periods of cooperative employment, you will work in selected
health agencies.

To qualify for the degree of Bachelor of Science, you must complete 11
quarters of academic study and seven quarters of cooperative employment.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Baccalaureate Degree Program

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

18.141 Biology 12.106 General Chem. 12.107 General Chem.

23.101 Western Civ. 18.142 Biology 18.148 Anatomy

30.113 English 30.114 English 23.102 Western Civ.

80.201 Nursing 80.202 Nursing 80.203 Nursing

Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

100

Bachelor of Science

Management in Health

Agencies and

Institutions
l\/leclical Record

Administration
Medical Technology
Pharmacy

Associate in Science

Cytotechnology
Dental Hygiene
Medical Laboratory

Technology

A.D. (M.L.T.)
Radiologic Technology
Respiratory Therapy

LeRoy C. Keagle, Dean

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Accreditation

Each of the programs offered by the College Is accredited by the appro-
priate professional group. The College holds membership In both the Ameri-
can Association of Colleges of Pharmacy and the Association of Schools of
Allied Health Professions.

Aims

Northeastern University recognizes the great need for well-educated
allied health professionals. The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health
Professions is pledged to meet this need through its program of academic
and cooperative work and extracurricular activities, all of which are de-
signed to prepare students effectively to become professional practitioners,
to enter graduate schools, and to accept employment in the many areas
responsible for the delivery of health care.

IVIethod

The five-year curriculum for the bachelor's degree and three-year re-
quirement for the associate degree provide the full amount of academic
learning time required to equip the student with the scientific and technical
knowledge necessary to practice his chosen profession effectively and to
meet licensure or registration requirements. The "side-by-side" study for
the various health professions gives students a clearer understanding of
how their work fits into the broad category of health care.

103

The Cooperative Plan

The Cooperative Plan will enable you to associate with professional prac-
titioners under actual working conditions. Such practical experience will
give greater meaning to your academic program of study.

Many allied health practitioners, like physicians, must meet certain re-
quirements to obtain licensure from the state in which they desire to prac-
tice. Others must meet professional registration requirements. Such
requirements may include graduation from an accredited program, passing
of a licensure or professional registration examination, and completion of
certain internship obligations.

The internship requirements of programs such as Pharmacy can be
partially or completely satisfied during cooperative work periods.

Degrees Granted

The degrees of Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Pharmacy,
and Associate in Science are awarded to qualified candidates.

Your Freshman Year in the College of Pharmacy
and Allied Health Professions

Your freshman year for baccalaureate programs will include a core cur-
riculum generally including English, General Biology, Basic Mathematics,
a liberal arts elective, and General Chemistry. Associate degree programs
will vary depending on their specific nature, but will generally include
some core courses. Like other freshmen, you may also elect Basic ROTC
Training or Physical Education if you desire.

Your choice of major will have some bearing on your final program. It is
important that you discuss your area of interest with an admissions coun-
selor or the director of the selected program.

PHARMACY

Ninety percent of the drugs on the market today were unknown ten years
ago. This is an indication of the vast scope of knowledge which today's
pharmacists must have at their command, whether they are at work in the
familiar corner drugstore or in one of the other fast-developing fields open
to members of this profession. As part of their responsibilities, they are
expected to be expert advisers to other health professionals concerning the
use of these new drugs. Because of the rapid expansion in medical knowl-
edge in the past few years, colleges of pharmacy have assumed an even
greater role in educating patient-oriented pharmaceutical personnel.

Type of Work

A majority of the pharmacists in America today work in retail phar-
macies. A large number are also employed in such rapidly growing
branches of the profession as hospital and industrial pharmacy. There are

104

many careers open to pharmacists in the Armed Forces, government
agencies, professional associations, and colleges.

Pharmacy is not restricted to men. Women now make up 24 percent of
the enrollment in pharmacy colleges, with the number increasing yearly.
They comprise nearly eight percent of all practicing pharmacists and 33
percent of hospital pharmacists.

Your Program of Study

Your program of study in Pharmacy will not only prepare you to operate
a retail pharmacy, but will also equip you for the other occupations men-
tioned above. It will also provide an adequate foundation for graduate work.

The required curriculum includes instruction in each of three natural
divisions: (1) nonscientific courses in general education (the humanities
and social studies); (2) mathematics and the basic physical and biological
sciences; and (3) courses in the areas of professional instruction: phar-
maceutical chemistry, pharmacognosy, pharmacology, pharmacy, and
pharmacy administration.

Your Future

Most pharmacy graduates can expect to find employment readily. There
are increased demands for pharmacists in community practice, hospital
pharmacy, and other health care agencies.

Most significant rise — employment in hospitals.

In both industrial and hospital pharmacy, the demand will be greatest
for pharmacists with graduate education.

The long look ahead — continuous growth in the profession.

Pharmaceutical Sciences Laboratories

The College is housed in the Mugar Life Sciences Building on the Main
Campus of the University, where the services of all other divisions of the
University are available to the students. This wing was built and equipped
at a cost of $2,250,000 and is considered one of the finest physical facilities
devoted to pharmaceutical education.

Four floors of the five-story wing contain staff offices, classrooms,
animal quarters, storerooms, and fully equipped laboratories for under-
graduate instruction in General and Physical Pharmacy, Manufacturing
Pharmacy, Prescription Pharmacy, Pharmacy Administration, Medicinal
Chemistry, Pharmacognosy, and Pharmacology.

In addition, specially designed research laboratories are available to
graduate students and faculty in the aforementioned areas of instruction.
Also, a modern and well-equipped radio-isotope laboratory is available for
instruction and research in radiological health.

105

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Pharmacy

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

10.101 Basic Math. 10.102 Basic Math. 10.103 Basic Math.

12.106 Gen. Chem. or or

30.113 English 10.106 Calculus 10.107 Calculus

71.201 Pharm. Orient. 12.107 Gen. Chem. 18.132 Biology

L.A. Elective 18.131 Biology 30.114 English

71.202 Pharm. Orient. L.A. Elective

In addition to the above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

MEDICAL RECORD ADMINISTRATION

Description

The medical record adnninistrator is a vital member of the hospital team.
He or she is responsible for organizing and managing medical record de-
partments; providing statistics and adequate, complete medical records;
cataloging diseases and operations for research; designing recovery sys-
tems; and providing instruction for medical research and clinical evaluation.

The medical record administrator's responsibility is as follows:

1. To design health information systems.

2. To plan, organize, and direct medical record sciences.

3. To develop, analyze, and evaluate medical records and indexes.

4. To cooperate with the medical staff in developing methods for evalu-
ation of patient care.

5. To cooperate with the medical and administrative staff in research
projects utilizing health care information.

Type of Work

The medical record administrator is found in many types of health facili-
ties: heading medical record departments in hospitals, nursing homes,
health centers, and satellite clinics; performing staff functions for regional
planning councils or health insurance organizations; serving on faculties
of colleges or schools; and acting as consultant to business in developing
systems and equipment for use in hospitals.

Your Program of Study

The Medical Record Administration Program leads to a Bachelor of
Science degree in five years on the Cooperative Plan. This course of study
prepares students to take the registration examination given by the Ameri-

106

can Medical Record Association to become a registered record administra-
tor and use the initials R.R.A. after their name.

Courses at the University will consist of liberal arts subjects, plus a
combination of science and business courses, including Anatomy and
Physiology, Management and Organization, and Electronic Data Process-
ing. The professional work includes such courses as Hospital Law, Medical
Terminology, Foundations of Medical Science, Medical Record Science,
and Organization and Management of the Medical Record Department.

In addition to academic courses, the student spends 300 hours in applied
medical record science at an affiliated hospital. The Medical Record Ad-
ministration Program is approved by both the American Medical Associ-
ation and the Council on Medical Education of the American Medical
Association.

Your Future

Job opportunities for medical record administrators are unlimited. There
are employment opportunities in hospitals, universities, businesses, and
neighborhood health centers, and consulting positions connected with
extended care facilities and nursing homes.

Those who wish to travel may find positions in other countries with the
Peace Corps, Project Hope, and American companies abroad. They may
also work in developing schools for medical record administrators over-
seas. The introduction of computers in hospitals has made the job of
the medical record administrator challenging, exciting, creative, and con-
stantly changing.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in
Medical Record Administration

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

18.132 Basic Animal
Biology

18.131 Basic Animal

Biology

30.113 Freshman Writing 22.101 Political Science
23.101 Western

Civilization
or

Modern Language
10.101 Basic Math.
87.131 Dynamics of

Health Care

10.102 Math.
21.100 Principles of

Sociology
87.132 Dynamics of

Health Care

Quarter 3

30.114 Intro, to Literature

23.102 Western Civilization

or
Modern Language

10.103 Math.

22.102 Political Science
87.133 Dynamics of
Health

In addition to above courses a student may elect to take Basic ROTC.
Please see back of catalog for full course descriptions.

107

Medical Laboratory Science

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY

Description

In every area of medicine, the medical technologist is a vital member of
the medical team. Working with the physician, the medical technologist
performs laboratory analyses which aid in the detection, diagnosis, and
treatment of disease. Utilizing a strong foundation in the biological and
chemical sciences, the technologist performs complex clinical labora-
tory investigations.

Type of Worl<

The duties of the medical technologist may include testing of blood for
transfusions, preparing vaccines, identifying bacteria and parasites, ex-
amining blood for malignant cells, and analyzing tissues and body fluids
for inorganic and complex organic chemical substances. The individual
who holds a baccalaureate degree will also be employed in medical lab-
oratory educational and supervisory positions.

Your Program of Study

Students will enter the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Profes-
sions. Medical Laboratory Science students, while working toward the
Bachelor of Science degree, will register for classes during 12 quarters.
The additional quarter and two interim weeks are necessary for students to
complete the required academic courses, for eligibility to write the certi-
fication examination in medical technology, M.T.(A.S.C.P.). It is suggested
that Medical Laboratory Science students take this additional quarter during
the summer following the freshman year. However, students may arrange
courses so that this additional quarter is taken during the co-op period of
their senior year or during any summer co-op period.

By the end of the summer quarter preceding the senior year, students
must have completed all the necessary nonscience and basic professional
course requirements. Junior-year students may elect advanced medical
laboratory science courses and applied hospital study completion of the
appropriate prerequisites. Applied study in hematology, microbiology, and
clinical chemistry will be available in the New England Deaconess Hospital
and New England Baptist Hospital Medical Technology Programs in Boston.

The Medical Technology program is approved by the Board of Schools
and the Council of Medical Education of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists and the Council of Medical Education of the American Medical
Association. After satisfactory completion of the five-year program, stu-
dents will be eligible to write the Medical Technology Examination given
by the Registry of Medical Technologists.

108

Your Future

Medical technologists find employment opportunities in clinical labora-
tories and research laboratories in universities, medical schools, and
pharmaceutical firms. Those who wish to travel may work with the Peace
Corps, Project Hope, foreign missions, and private companies having hos-
pital facilities abroad. There is an ever-increasing demand for qualified
persons to teach in hospital schools of medical technology and colleges
and universities. Graduates from this broad and intensive program quickly
rise to supervisory positions.

MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY, A.D.(M.L.T.)

Description

The newest professional category in the clinical laboratory is that of the
medical laboratory technician. He or she has had at least two years of
college and holds an associate degree. The medical laboratory techni-
cian will perform more complicated laboratory procedures than a laboratory
assistant, but will not undertake the supervisory and educational responsi-
bilities of a medical technologist.

Type of Work

A medical laboratory technician, A.D.(M.L.T.), will perform routine chemi-
Ical, microbiological, and hematological procedures in hospital laboratories.

Your Program of Study

This program is available on a three-year cooperative plan, and includes
Biology, Human Physiology, Chemistry, and the Basic Medical Laboratory
Science courses. Supervised clinical experience is an integral part of
the program.

Successful completion of the didactic and clinical portions entitles the
graduate to write the appropriate examination of the Board of Registry of
the American Society of Clinical Pathologists. Upon successful completion
of colfege courses, the designation A.D.(M.L.T.) is given.

Your Future

Employment opportunities can be expected to be widespread because of
the general demands for laboratory personnel. Areas of employment include
large private and hospital clinical laboratories, and physician in-office
laboratories. The Associate Degree in Medical Laboratory Technology pro-
vides a stepping-stone by which one may continue his education to become
a medical technologist.

109

CYTOTECHNOLOGY

Description

Cancer, a disease of disordered cell growth, is apparent with microscopic
examination in its earliest stages. Cytology is the study of cells, and the
cytotechnologist concentrates upon the microscopic examination of cell
samplings for determinations of cancerous and benign tumor cells. North-
eastern's three-year program leads to an associate degree.

Type of Work

A majority of cytotechnologists work in hospital clinical laboratories.
Employment is also available in physicians' private offices, private labora-
tories, and research facilities. The work requires patience, precision, and
ability to work alone with minimal supervision.

Your Program of Study

During the two-year Cytotechnology Associate Degree program, the cur-
riculum will be concentrated in the biological sciences. An additional
12-month professional segment will include advanced studies in the his-
torical background of cytology, cytology as applied in clinical medicine,
and in areas of anatomy, histology, embryology, and cytophysiology. This
program is offered at the Boston School of Cytotechnology. This school was
established in a combined effort by seven of the teaching hospitals in the
Greater Boston area.

Upon successful completion of the 12-month professional curriculum,
the student is eligible to take the certifying examination given by the Board
of Registry, American Society of Clinical Pathologists.

Your Future

Thousands of skilled scientific assistants are needed in pathology lab-
oratories to work as cytotechnologists, screening slides for the cellular
abnormalities that are the warning signs of cancer. Opportunities exist in
private and public laboratories and industries. The cytotechnology graduate
may continue his education toward a baccalaureate degree.

110

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in
Medical Laboratory Science

Medical Technology, Medical Laboratory Technology, and Cytotechnology

Quarter 1

Quarter 2

Quarter 3

18.131 General Biology

18.132

Animal Biology

10.183

Calculus

10.104 Fund, of Math.

10.105

Fund, of Math.

*12.105

Anal. Chem.

10.105 Calculus

10.182

Calculus

12.103 General Chemistry

12.104

Gen. Chemistry

*12.171

Anal. Chem.

87.101

Basic Med. Lab

12.106 General Chemistry

12.107

Gen. Chemistry

Science

30.113 English

87.100

Lab. Med. Orient
Modern Language

or
Elective

Modern Language

or
Elective

'Optional for Cytotechnology students.

DENTAL HYGIENE

Description and Opportunities

The dental hygienist is an important member of the dental health team.
At the direction of the dentist, she is licensed to render direct preventive
services to the patient. Her services include administering dental prophy-
lactic treatment, preparing dental radiographs, and teaching prescribed
methods of maintaining dental health.

Endowed with a sincere interest in people and a manner that reflects
understanding and friendliness, a young woman who is qualified to render
these services can look forward to a professional career that offer«s the
special satisfaction that comes from being a respected member of a health
team.

For the dental hygienist who is interested in teaching dental health in
schools and other public institutions, the baccalaureate degree program
is Important. Not only does she have the personal satisfaction of working
with teachers and health workers in promoting better health for the com-
munity, but she Is frequently given special status with the same rights and
privileges as teachers and other health educators.

New schools of dental hygiene are rapidly developing throughout the
United States, and dental hygienists with degrees in education are in in-
creasing demand as clinical instructors and administrators of their
programs.

Program

The Forsyth School for Dental Hygienists conducts a program of dental-
hygiene education and general education in cooperation with Northeastern

111

University. Students in this two-year program attend classes both at the
Forsyth Dental Center and at Northeastern's immediately adjacent campus
on Huntington Avenue. Graduates of the program will receive the Certifi-
cate in Dental Hygiene from Forsyth and the degree of Associate in
Science from Northeastern University. Students who are interested in this
program should make direct contact with the Forsyth School of Dental
Hygiene.

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Dental Hygiene

First Quarter

Second Quarter

Third Quarter

12.101

General Chemistry

12.102

General Chemistry

18.120

Microbiology

18.114

Functional Human

18.115

Functional Human

19.102

Psychology

Anatomy

DH-09

Head & Neck

DH-01

Dental Anatomy

DH-02

Dental Anatomy

Anatomy

DH-20

Radiology

DH-40

Nutrition

DH-28

Dental Materials

DH-11

Dental Hygiene

DH-05

Histology

DH-13

Dental Hygiene

DH-11C

Clinical Dental

DH-12

Dental Hygiene

DH-13C

Clinical Dental

Hygiene

DH-12C

Clinical Dental
Hygiene

Hygiene

Please see bact^ of catalog for full course descriptions.

Bachelor of Science Degree

Students who complete the two-year associate degree program may
apply their credits toward the degree of Bachelor of Science in Education
with a major in Health Education. This three-year curriculum on the Co-
operative Plan is taken at Boston-Bouve College. In addition, students who
complete the two-year program may apply their credits toward a Bachelor
of Science degree in Northeastern's University College.

RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY

The College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions may announce
a full-time degree program for radiologic technologists in the near future.
Prospective students interested in this area of study should make inquiry
at the Office of the Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions.

MANAGEMENT IN HEALTH AGENCIES AND INSTITUTIONS

For information about this program, communicate with the Office of the
Associate Dean of Allied Health Professions or with Northeastern's Uni-
versity College.

112

RESPIRATORY THERAPY

Respiratory therapy, formerly known as inhalation therapy, is the nnost
rapidly growing of the health professions. It is concerned with the diag-
nosis and treatment of acute and chronic lung disease occurring in pa-
tients of all ages, from newborn babies to senior citizens. Practitioners
must be able to apply knowledge of basic sciences in order to use respi-
rators, oxygen equipment, humidifying devices, and diagnostic tools with
patients in various health care settings.

Type of Work

Most respiratory therapists work In hospitals. Their responsibilities in-
clude providing direct minute-to-minute care to patients in continuous
respirators, treating some respiratory problems with intermittent therapy,
teaching the patient with chronic disease to maintain his own care at home,
working with outpatients, using special respiratory function equipment to
aid in diagnosis, and maintaining sophisticated electronic and mechanical
devices.

Therapists concern themselves with all aspects of respiratory care. They
may spend part or all of any one day in the emergency room, newborn nurs-
ery, children's wing, outpatient department, intensive care unit, or pulmonary
laboratory. As the field expands, therapists are in increasing demand in ex-
tended care facilities, community health agencies, and research laboratories.

Your Program of Study

The Respiratory Therapy Program leads to the Associate in Science
degree in three years on the Cooperative Plan. It prepares you to take the
examination of the American Registry of Inhalation Therapists and forms
a basis for continuation of study on the baccalaureate degree level. Math-
ematics and the physical, biological, medical, and health sciences provide
the basis for the professional instruction in Respiratory Therapy. In addition
you will study English, speech, psychology, and history to provide you with
the necessary general educational background. You may round out your
program with elective courses.

Your Future

Graduates of associate degree programs find themselves in demand for
hospitals all over the country. Those who pass the examination of the
American Registry of Inhalation Therapists are sought for leadership posi-
tions in hospitals, educational programs, and research facilities. As the
incidence of respiratory disease continues to rise in this country and the
world, the demand for qualified therapists will continue to rise.

113

Sample Freshman-Year Program of Studies in Respiratory Therapy

First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter

18.114 Functional Human 18.115 Functional Human 18.120 Basic Microbiology

Anatomy I Anatomy II 86.102 Hospital Law &

30.113 Freshman Writing 30.114 Intro, to Literature Ethics

10.104 Fundamentals of 10.105 Fundamentals of 86.193 Mechanical Basis

Math. Math. of Respiratory

86.191 Physical Basis 86.192 Phy. Basis of Res. Therapeutics

of Respiratory Dynamics II Soc. Sci. Elective

Dynamics I

114

pfev ^^

^ jfl^Hr

-^r

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) of the United States Army
exists for the purpose of developing officers— leaders of men. As a part of
the University curriculum, it offers courses of instruction leading to a
commission as a Second Lieutenant in the United States Army Reserve
or the Regular Army and permits fulfillment of one's military obligation as
an officer. The leadership and management benefits which accrue are as
important to the individual who intends to make his place in industry as to
the man who desires a military career.

Aims

Northeastern's ROTC is an Army, Senior Division, Class CO (Civilian
College) unit offering instruction in military fundamentals common to all
branches of the United States Army.

Record of Accomplishment

Northeastern has every right to be proud of its ROTC. With an enroll-
ment of approximately 400, the Northeastern Cadet Corps is one of the
largest single-campus voluntary units in the United States.

Who is Eligible?

Enrollment in ROTC is entirely voluntary and is open to all male under-
graduate students of the Colleges who are physically qualified and can
qualify for appointment as Second Lieutenants prior to reaching 28 years

117

of age. Students may withdraw from ROTC at any time during the freshman
or sophomore years.

Instruction

The Department of Military Science is the department of the University
which administers the ROTC Program and conducts all military instruc-
tion, it is made up of a group of U.S. Army officers and noncommissioned
officers especially selected for experience and ability and assigned to
Northeastern University by the Department of the Army after acceptance
by the University.

Basic and Advanced Courses

ROTC is divided into a Basic Course, during which you may be ap-
pointed a cadet noncommissioned officer, and an Advanced Course, in
which you may be appointed a cadet officer. The University physical edu-
cation requirement is satisfied by completion of the Basic Course, which
extends over the freshman and sophomore years. The freshman portion
of the course is offered at the Burlington Campus, as well as at the Main
Campus.

The Advanced Course starts with the middler (third) year and con-
tinues through the junior and senior years. Advanced Course students
attend a six-week summer camp after the senior year and receive retainer
pay while enrolled in the program. The Basic Course or its equivalent is a
prerequisite to enrollment in the Advanced Course. Some of the Basic
Colleges permit work in the Advanced Course to be substituted for cer-
tain electives in earning credit for graduation.

Your Program of Study

Some people think of the ROTC as mostly drill, but you will find that
this is not true. About 75 percent of your study will be classroom instruc-
tion. The first and second years include Map Reading, Small Unit Tactics,
Individual Weapons and Marksmanship, and Leadership Laboratory. The
Advanced Course includes such subjects as Tactics and Operations, Mili-
tary Leadership, Military Teaching Methods, Military Management, Logistics,
Military Law, and Counterinsurgency Operations.

Deferment from Selective Service

If you are enrolled in ROTC, and remain in good standing, you will be
granted deferment from Selective Service until your undergraduate educa-
tion is completed.

Uniforms and Equipment

The government will provide you with all required textbooks and uni-
forms without cost. A $10 deposit is required at the time of enrollment
This will be refunded when you return your uniform and other property
to the University in good condition.

118

ROTC Pay

Advanced Course cadets receive a retainer of $100.00 per month during
actual Advanced Course Instruction. The total amount of retainer during
the three years is $2,000.00.

In addition, Advanced Summer Camp pay Is approximately $400.00 over
and above food, quarters, and medical care, which are free. Transportation
to and from camp is paid at the rate of six cents per mile.

ROTC Scholarship Programs

The Army ROTC Scholarship Program is designed to offer financial assist-
ance to outstanding young men who are interested in the Army as a career.
Each scholarship provides for free tuition, textbooks, and laboratory fees
in addition to paying a retainer of $100.00 per month for the period that the
scholarship Is in effect. The scholarships are provided under the provisions
of Public Law 88-647, The ROTC Vltallzatlon Act of 1964.

Scholarships may be awarded for either one, three, four, or five years.
Five-year scholarships are open to all students entering Army ROTC as
freshmen, while the other scholarships are restricted to those students who
have completed the varying degrees of ROTC and are selected for con-
tinued enrollment. Applications for five-year scholarships must be sub-
mitted early in January of the student's senior year of high school.

Distinguished Military Students

If you demonstrate outstanding qualities of leadership, high mora!
character and a definite aptitude for military service, and have attained an
academic standing in the upper half of your class, you may be designated
a Distinguished Military Student. This honor, conferred during the junior
year, is the highest to be given to any ROTC cadet.

If you maintain creditable standing up to graduation, you will be desig-
nated as a Distinguished Military Graduate. This designation will appear in
the commencement program as a military honor similar to the regular
academic honors. Distinguished Military Graduates are normally offered
a commission in the Regular Army, which they may accept instead of a
Reserve commission.

Flight Training

Northeastern was one of the original group of universities and colleges
in the United States at which the Army ROTC Flight Training Program
was Introduced In 1956.

Under this Program, the Army will pay for flight training for selected
qualified ROTC cadets. This program Is offered during the senior year.
To participate, the student must have an aptitude for flying and meet re-
quired physical standards. He must also agree to participate In the Army
Aviation Program, If selected, after entering active service.

Flight training under the ROTC Program Is given at an airfield near the
University by a civilian flying school which has been approved by the

119

Federal Aviation Agency, Department of the Army, and the University.
The instruction includes 35 hours of ground training and more than 36
hours of flight training, it is taken on an extracurricular basis. All text-
books, flight clothing, and equipment required are furnished with no cost
to the student.

Students who successfully complete the instruction may qualify to take
the FAA examination for a private pilot's license.

ROTC Activities

Cadets are eligible for selection to membership in the honorary military
societies: the Pershing Rifles, Scabbard and Blade, and the National
ROTC Band Association.

In addition, they may participate in the University ROTC Band, the Uni-
versity Rifle Club (Varsity, Freshman, and ROTC Rifle Teams), the
Counter-Guerrilla Group, and student chapters of professional societies
such as the Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association,
and the Society of American Military Engineers.

The Annual Military Ball, sponsored by the Scabbard and Blade, is one
of the most outstanding and colorful events of the year, with the queen
and her court ruling over the festivities.

120

part 3

The Particulars of Education

THE DEPARTMENT OF ADMISSIONS

To find a college or university where both success and happiness can be
achieved is a goal of every young adult who plans to continue his edu-
cation beyond secondary school. This can be realized in a number of
ways — by talking with enrolled students and alumni, and by reading cata-
logs. High on the list of priorities should be a visit to the college campus.
The Committee on Admissions at Northeastern University extends a cordial
welcome to all students and has planned a series of experiences to make
their visit as worthwhile as possible.

The Admissions Conference

It is only natural that students should have many questions about North-
eastern— its programs of study, its services to students, and the Coopera-
tive Plan of Education in which so many of its upperclassmen are involved.
For this reason, the Committee on Admissions sponsors a series of Orien-
tation Conferences for the benefit of students. Offered at 10:00 a.m. and
2:00 p.m. on Mondays and Fridays during the period September 1 through
April 30 (except for legal holidays), these conferences have been most
successful in helping students to understand the University better. They in-
clude a sound filmstrip in color and appropriate comments by an admissions
counselor. This is followed by an informal question and answer period.

122

Special group sessions are also held in the summer between July 1 and
September 1. Further information about these summer conferences may be
obtained from the Admissions Department.

Guided Tours

Guided tours of the campus are held daily, Monday through Friday, at
11:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Both the admissions conference and the tour
should be scheduled in advance. The opportunity to visit the University's
facilities and to observe student life on campus is one important way to
learn about Northeastern. Commuting students who wish to visit the Univer-
sity's Suburban Campus in Burlington are encouraged to do so. This will
appeal especially to those whose home communities are on the North
Shore of Boston.

The Interview

The interview is generally regarded as an appropriate time for stu-
dents with special problems to meet personally with an admissions
counselor. In studying the secondary school record, the counselor may
discover some factor which merits further explanation. In this event, the
applicant may be asked to arrange a visit to the Admissions Office. The in-
terview, therefore, may be held at the request of the student or the
counselor. Ordinarily, contacts with Admissions personnel will be more
beneficial if the two publications Introducing Northeastern University and
Co-opportunities have been carefully studied before the visit to campus.

Special Note

Northeastern does not hold classes for students in the Basic Colleges
on Saturdays; hence, guided tours cannot be provided at that time. A
weekday visit to the University is strongly recommended. Special Saturday
appointments are arranged on a limited basis, however.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ENTRANCE

The Northeastern University Committee on Admissions believes that candi-
dates should complete a secondary school program which is as challenging
as the student's ability enables him to complete successfully. A rec-
ommended program should include courses in English, foreign language,
mathematics, laboratory science, and history. Of particular importance are
the total quality of the school record, continuity and proficiency in sub-
jects which are critical to one's area of study at the University, and a wise
choice of elective courses. The high school transcript should provide clear
evidence of sound study habits so necessary to success in college study.

All candidates are encouraged to broaden their reading outside of class.
It has been said that books stretch the mind. The student who can com-
municate ideas, understand word meanings, and write effectively is at a
distinct advantage in the competition for admission.

Someday the period of the 1970s will be recorded as a time of great

123

change in the calendars and programs of both secondary schools and
colleges. At the high school level such innovations as independent study,
seminars for upper-level students, research projects, and active participa-
tion in worthwhile community projects have become the rule rather than
the exception. Many of these opportunities have come into being as the
result of open-campus developments.

Northeastern University is understandably interested in the growth of the
work/study concept in many secondary schools. Its Committee on Admis-
sions looks with favor upon the variety of worthwhile experiences outside
the classroom walls, from which so many students are profiting.

In similar vein, the University has introduced a degree of flexibility into
its programs which makes it possible for enrolled students to explore a
variety of academic areas. For example, through the preregistration system
in the College of Liberal Arts, candidates for admission may delay definite
educational choices until after the fact of acceptance. Northeastern's con-
cern is that students not be forced into making educational and career
decisions before their experience can make such decisions possible.

Preparation for Study in Languages

If you hope to enroll in the College of Liberal Arts, or if you intend to
elect a language while enrolled in the College of Education or the College
of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions, you must have demonstrated
proficiency in a foreign language. The Committee on Admissions believes
that a background of foreign language study is desirable for all students
whatever their career interests.

Preparation for Study in Engineering,
The Sciences, and Mathematics

It is only natural that evidence of special aptitude and the highest pos-
sible level of preparation in science and mathematics should be required
of those who wish to study in the College of Engineering, or who wish to
major in Mathematics, Chemistry, Biology, or Physics in the College of
Liberal Arts. Such preparation is also required of those who wish to pre-
pare for the Teaching of Mathematics/Science while enrolled in the College
of Education. Demonstrated technical aptitude is of paramount importance
for those who seek admission to the Bachelor of Engineering Technology
Program as offered by Lincoln College.

The Committee on Admissions requires demonstrated ability in science
and mathematics in all the following areas of study:

124

Boston-Bouv§ College College of Liberal Arts

Health Education Biology, Chemistry, Geology,

Physical Education Mathematics, Physics

Physical Therapy Q^n^g^ ^f ^^^^j^g

College of Education A.S. Degree program

The Teaching of Science- B.S. Degree program

Mathematics in junior and College of Pharmacy and

senior high schools ^///g^ health Professions

College of Engineering All programs

All programs Lin^Qi^ College

B.E.T. Degree program

It is recognized that courses in science and mathematics vary to a
large extent in terminology, teaching methods, and in content. Applicants
are encouraged, however, to complete the full sequence of such courses
if possible. Admissions counselors may recommend or require additional
summer school study prior to enrollment if an examination of the school
record reveals a deficiency in preparation. Despite the emphasis upon
mathematics and science in these programs, study in the social sciences
and humanities is considered an important foundation for subsequent pro-
fessional courses.

Preparation for Study in Business and Management

Candidates for admission must have successfully completed a strong
college preparatory program in high school. A primary goal of this curricu-
lum is to provide a broad preparation for leadership in administration.
While mathematics plays an important role in the total program, strong
emphasis is also placed upon study in the liberal arts. Through the behav-
ioral sciences, students are afforded opportunity to develop skills in the
management of people.

Preparation for Study in the Social Sciences,
Teaching, and Law Enforcement

Many candidates for admission have enjoyed their greatest success in
areas other than mathematics-science. Their interests lie quite naturally
in the study of the humanities and social sciences. If you are such a
student, you may choose to apply for admission to one of the following
programs:

Boston-Bouv§ College

Recreation Education

The major in Recreation Education is developed from a broad liberal arts
foundation. Students may select an emphasis in Community Recreation,
Outdoor Education and Conservation, or Therapeutic Recreation for work
with the retarded, the handicapped, or the aging.

125

College of Criminal Justice

By its very nature, the program in law enforcement requires a strong base
of liberal arts study before professional courses are introduced. Applicants
for admission should therefore demonstrate an ability to succeed in their
study of the behavioral and social sciences.

College of Education

Professional courses leading to teacher certification are based upon a
strong foundation of liberal arts study in the humanities and social sciences.
Included in this area are programs in Elementary Education, Special Edu-
cation, and the Teaching of English, Languages, and Social Studies.

College of Liberal Arts

Broad and flexible programs are offered to meet a variety of student in-
terests in Art History, Drama, English, History, Journalism, Modern Lan-
guages, Music, Philosophy, and the Social Sciences. A wide selection of
elective courses enables students to broaden their horizons in many areas
of study.

APPLYING FOR ADMISSION

An Application for Admission is included in the back of this catalog. The
application should be filled out properly in ink, signed, and forwarded to
the Dean of Admissions, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts
02115. Checks should be made payable to Northeastern University. It is to
the student's advantage to submit his application for admission promptly.

Rolling Admission Plan

Under Northeastern's Rolling Admission Plan, candidates may be noti-
fied of their acceptance at that point in their secondary school careers
when there is sufficient evidence that they will be able to profit from
study at the university level. This may occur early in the senior year or
after the results of College Board Examinations have been evaluated. In
all cases of early acceptance, candidates are required to complete suc-
cessfully the senior year of high school.

Early Admission

In certain cases, highly talented students who have studied in an enrich-
ment program of studies may enroll at Northeastern prior to high school

126

graduation. A special form provided by the Admissions Committee requires
the endorsement of the school principal or guidance counselor for early
admission.

Advanced Placement

The University grants advanced placement credit to those students
with a score of 3 or better in their Advanced Placement Examinations.
Such students are excused from the basic courses in English, History,
Chemistry, Mathematics, Biology, and Physics and in the advanced
courses in languages to which the Examinations apply. They receive full
credit for those courses from which they are excused.

Applicants are required to write their Advanced Placement Tests of the
College Board in May.

College Level Examination Program

The University cooperates with the College Entrance Examination Board
in its CLEP Program. Qualified students are encouraged to write the general
and/or subject matter examinations of CLEP, with the result that college
credit may be allowed upon entrance. In general, the Committee on Ad-
missions accepts the score range recommendations of the College Board.
Northeastern University has been designated a CLEP Testing Center. In-
quiries may be addressed to Room 302 of the Carl S. Ell Student Center
Building.

Entrance Examinations

The results of entrance examinations are regarded by the Committee on
Admissions as a useful guidance tool. It is the quality and scope of a
student's school record which is of primary importance, yet the results of
aptitude and achievement tests are helpful to the admissions counselor in
determining that field of study in which he is most likely to succeed. Sec-
ondary schools normally forward to the Department of Admissions the
results of many test batteries which were administered during grades 9
through 12. It is the consistency of these score ranges which is significant.
All candidates are required to complete the Scholastic Aptitude Test
and three Achievement Tests of the College Entrance Examination Board.
There is no single schedule of testing which is best for all students. As a
basic rule, no achievement test should be attempted unless the particular
subject is currently being studied. Students are advised to consult their
guidance counselors for appropriate testing schedules.

All students are required to write the English Composition Achievement
Test. Two other Achievement Tests are also required. In general, it is ex-
pected that applicants will complete this testing requirement in the areas
in which they feel most competent. It is recognized that the senior program
of studies may determine the individual student's choice of Achieve-
ment Tests.

127

For full information about College Board Examinations, consult your school
guidance office or write directly to:

The College Entrance Examination Board

Post Office Box 592

Princeton, New Jersey 08540

Post Office Box 1025

Berkeley, California 94701

Programs For Minority Group Students

Northeastern University deliberately seeks to expand educational op-
portunities for deserving minority group students and to recruit promising
students from economically and culturally disadvantaged backgrounds. In
so doing, it has increased its guidance and other supporting services in
order that such students may be assured the opportunity to succeed In
their chosen fields of study. These supporting services include tutorial
study, programmed instruction, and summer study prior to enrollment.
Other counseling services are provided by the University's Afro-American
Center. Financial aid is granted as may be required to make college at-
tendance possible.

General and Special Health Requirements

The general health of all applicants for admission must be satisfactory.
Prior to registration at Northeastern, each applicant must submit on a
Student Health Service Form supplied by the University evidence of a
complete physical examination and chest X-ray. This information must be
forwarded to the University physician for his review. Proper health clear-
ance is considered a condition of admission.

Because of the special nature of certain professions which stress bodily
coordination, physical skills, rehabilitation, and patient care, emphasis is
necessarily placed upon sound health. For this reason, those who seek
admission to the Boston-Bouve College or the College of Nursing are re-
quired to receive special health clearance prior to enrollment.

Transfer with Advanced Standing

Each year a number of qualified applicants are admitted as transfer
students from other colleges and universities. In order to enter with ad-
vanced standing, a student must have completed the full equivalent of the
freshman year at Northeastern with grades of "C" or better. Full informa-
tion about transferring with or without transfer credit is available upon
request.

Required Deposits

if the Committee on Admissions makes a favorable decision on your ap-
plication, you will be asked to submit a nonreturnable tuition deposit of

128

$100 by April 1. This deposit serves as an indication of your intention to
enroll and is applied to your first-quarter tuition account. A dormitory de-
posit of $100 is due at the same time for resident students. Requests to
extend the deposit date to May 1 will be honored if they are submitted, in
writing, to the Committee on Admissions no later than March 15.

Deferred Admission

Increasing numbers of accepted students seek information about a de-
ferred admission policy. Those who seek a travel experience before entering
college, and those who prefer to improve their financial resources through
gainful employment rather than to begin college studies in the fall, will find
that the following options are open to them.

1. The University now enrolls a January freshman class in most of its
programs. January admission opens up travel and work opportunities
through the month of December. Further information about the Janu-
ary class is available upon request.

2. Accepted students who do not submit the required tuition deposit on
April 1 will be placed on an inactive roster. Those students who wish
to enroll a year later should communicate with the Admissions Office
no later than February 1, describing the activities in which they have
been involved. Normally, a new certificate of admission would be
issued to them at that time.

EXPENSES

in considering the cost of a college education, it is well to remember that
the expenses involved are an investment — an investment you and your
family are making in your future. It is perhaps the most significant invest-
ment you will make in a lifetime.

It is important for you to understand that the freshman year at North-
eastern University is one of three quarters of full-time study. The Coopera-
tive Plan of Education, under which Northeastern students are gainfully
employed for services rendered, begins in the sophomore year.

In addition to serving its primary purpose of providing invaluable on-
the-job training, the Cooperative Plan also makes possible an education
without the accumulation of large personal debt.

Because of this Cooperative Plan of Education and Northeastern's de-
termination to keep the basic expenses as low as possible, many worthy
students who otherwise might not have been able to afford an education
have attended Northeastern. This is why Dr. Wilson M. Compton, former
President of the Council for Financial Aid to Education, has complimented
Northeastern for ". . . opening college opportunity for thousands to whom
the doors heretofore have largely been closed."

129

Freshman Expenses (3 Quarters)

Tuition for the freshman year is $1,815, payable In three installments
as follows:

September 20, 1973 *$605.00

January 2, 1974 $605.00

April 1,1974 $605.00

For students residing away from home, living expenses for Orientation
Week and the three-quarter freshman year will vary slightly according to
dormitory accommodations. These are on a seven-day-a-week basis.t

Speare and Stetson Halls $500.00 a quarter

Light, Melvin, Smith, and White Halls $485.00 a quarter

Other dormitories $460.00 a quarter

In addition, students who live In University residences are required to
pay an infirmary fee of $15 per quarter. Payment is due on the dates
appearing in the tuition schedule above.

Summary of Freshman Expenses

Your expenses for the three quarters of the freshman year will be dis-
tributed somewhat in this manner:

Application fee $15

Tuition $1815

ROTO deposit (If applicable) $10

Books and supplies $80-120

Health Services fee $75

Personal expenses $250-350

Board and room (If applicable) $1380-1500

Infirmary fee (if applicable) $45

Student Center fee $37.50
($12.50 for each of the three quarters)

Boston-Bouve College Professional Programs — Approximate Costs

Physical Education

Required uniform $85

Spring Practlcum at Warren Center $70

Physical Therapy

Required uniform for physical therapy
procedures and physical education,
with clinic uniform costs in upper-class years $20
Recreation Education

Required uniform $50

Summer Camp $170 (approx.)

*Less the nonrefundable $100 tuition deposit payable on or before April 1.

fA nonrefundable deposit of $100 for board and room is payable not later ttian April 1. Ttiis deposit,
which is applied to the first-quarter cost of residence, reserves a space for you in a University
dormitory. Notices of definite room assignments are mailed by the Director of Housing in the summer.

130

Health Education

Required uniform for physical education $25

Because certain courses involve the use of consumable materials and the
hazard of breakage, separate deposit fees of $5-$20 may be charged.

All rates and fees are subject to revision by the Board of Trustees at
any time.

Between the freshman and the sophomore years, you will have a vaca-
tion period of 13 weeks. Generally, Northeastern students use this period
to earn money toward tuition costs.

Upper-Class Tuition

For the academic year 1972-1973 the tuition rates for upper-class stu-
dents have been established as follows:

Engineering $1720 ($860 per quarter)

All Other Colleges $1670 ($835 per quarter)

Upper-Class Earnings

The average Northeastern student in good standing earns from $1,800 to
$3,300, depending upon his year and major, during each of his four upper-
class years on co-op. Some students will earn much more than this. In
addition, men electing Advanced ROTC will receive income amounting to
approximate $2,000 during their final three years.

Most students residing at home and some resident students living in
college dormitories can expect to earn enough money to cover the cost of
tuition, books, and incidentals.

Upper-class students whose co-op assignments take them some dis-
tance from the Boston area will incur additional expenses which may not
be completely offset by their additional earnings. Such factors are con-
sidered by the Director of Financial Aid when making scholarships and
loans available.

Payment of Tuition

All payments should be made at the Bursar's Office, which is located on
the second floor of Richards Hall. Checks should be made payable to
Northeastern University.

A fee of $10 will be charged for failure to make payment, or specific
arrangements for payment, on or before the date due.

A student is eligible to attend classes only if:

1. Tuition for a given term is paid by the beginning of the second

week of that term; or

2. Specific arrangements have been made with the Bursar for a plan
of deferred payment, which entails a fee of $2.

Accident and Sici<ness Insurance

Students registered in the Basic Colleges are granted a special Blue

131

Cross-Blue Shield Hospital Policy which remains in effect continuously
from the day of initial registration until the day following withdrawal, dis-
missal, or graduation from the University.

All students pay a nonrefundable University Health Services fee of $75
per year. This fee covers the group Blue Cross-Blue Shield program and
the medical services which are provided to students by the University
Health Service.

Late Registration Fee

A fee of $5 will be charged for failure to register in accordance with
prescribed regulations on the dates specified in the college registration
bulletins. Registration must be made in person.

ROTC Uniform Deposit

Freshmen enrolling in ROTC make a deposit of $10 to cover loss of, or
damage to, an ROTC uniform or equipment. Any loss or damage exceeding
the deposit will be charged to the student.

Non-Cooperative Plan

Certain students in the College of Liberal Arts may elect non-cooperative
programs. Tuition rates per quarter are the same as for students on the
Cooperative Plan, and payments are due on the same dates.

Refunds

The University provides all instruction and accommodations on an
academic-term basis; therefore, no refunds are granted except in cases
where students are compelled to withdraw on account of personal illness
or for other reasons beyond their control.

FINANCIAL AID

In the process of selecting a college or university, the element of cost can
be an important factor. To make attendance at Northeastern feasible for
qualified students regardless of their financial circumstances, the Uni-
versity operates a substantial financial aid program. Coordinating the re-
sources of the University and the various public and private scholarship
and loan programs, the Office of Financial Aid oversees programs which
provided over five million dollars to almost 5,000 students in 1971-1972.

Types of Financial Aid

Financial aid at Northeastern may consist of a scholarship, loan, part-
time employment, or any combination of these three, as determined by
the Office of Financial Aid. This "package plan" helps an increasingly
larger number of students and families meet their educational expenses.
The type and amount of aid awarded will depend on the applicant's
achievement in the secondary school, participation in school and com-
munity activities, and the financial need of the family.

132

The University does not award financial assistance in any form to foreign
students.

College Scholarship Service

Northeastern University participates in the College Scholarship Service
(CSS) of the College Entrance Examination Board. Participants in CSS
subscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a stu-
dent should be based upon financial need. The CSS assists the college
and university and any other agency in determining the student's need for
financial assistance.

Application Procedure

Applicants seeking financial assistance for the freshman year are re-
quired to submit a copy of the Parents' Confidential Statement (PCS) to
the College Scholarship Service by January 15, designating Northeastern
University as one of the recipients. The PCS may be obtained from second-
ary school guidance offices. If the form is not available at a student's high
school, he should communicate with the Office of Financial Aid.

By filing the Parents' Confidential Statement, a student will automatic-
ally be considered for all pertinent aid programs. It is not necessary for
him to apply for aid programs on an individual basis.

Students should remember that the earlier they have completed their
financial aid application and have been accepted for admission to North-
eastern, the better are their chances of receiving aid.

The Office of Financial Aid encourages students to discuss the cost of
their academic program with their families and to make application for
assistance if there is a realistic need for it. Many students have the mis-
conception that only the top one or two individuals in their class will
qualify for aid, or that the size of their family income will render them
ineligible for financial assistance. However, since there are many different
sources of financial assistance, each with different requirements for eligi-
bility, it is advisable for a student to make application and then let the
University officials decide on his qualifications. By failing to apply, and
by failing to do so in sufficient time for the University to take appropriate
action, the student may place an unnecessary burden on himself and his
family.

SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAMS

Federal Grant Programs

The Educational Opportunity Grant Program is designed to provide aid
to exceptionally needy students with academic promise. The grants, rang-
ing from $200 to $1,000, must be matched by scholarship or loan awards
from other programs and are renewable according to financial need.

The Law Enforcement Grant Program makes available maximum awards
of $600 per year for students enrolled in an area of study directly related
to law enforcement. Applicants must be full-time employees of a public

133

law enforcement agency and must agree to work for this agency for a two-
year period following completion of their studies.

The Federal Nursing Scholarship Program provides maximum grants of
$2,000, no matching funds required, to promising, exceptionally needy stu-
dents enrolled in the College of Nursing.

The Health Professions Scholarship Program provides maximum grants
of $2,000. no matching funds required, to promising, exceptionally needy
students enrolled in the College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions.

State Scholarship Programs

The Commonwealth of Massachusetts provides scholarship aid to Mass-
achusetts students pursuing full-time day programs of study in an accred-
ited college or university. Awards are made in the summer of each year,
and applications for entering freshmen are available in December through
their high school guidance office. Out-of-state students should also in-
vestigate aid programs in their respective states. Substantial state aid is
offered by Connecticut, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Rhode Island. The
Office of Financial Aid strongly advises aid applicants to apply to state
scholarship programs at the same time that they apply for aid from the
University.

Trustee Scholarships

Established in 1928 by the Board of Trustees of Northeastern University,
these scholarships are granted each year in all of the Basic Colleges to
entering freshmen who have demonstrated scholastic attainment through-
out their preparatory or high school courses.

Regional Scholarships

A number of Regional Scholarships are available to highly qualified
students who reside in rural New England areas.

Charles Hayden Memorial Scholarships

The Charles Hayden Foundation, created by the will of the late Charles
Hayden, an alumnus of the Boston English High School, offers annually
memorial scholarships to freshmen at Northeastern University. The schol-
arships are awarded to "deserving boys" whose parents are unable to
finance the entire cost of their education.

Alumni Scholarships

Scholarships for entering freshmen in each of the Basic Colleges are
awarded annually by the Northeastern Alumni Association through the
generosity of donors' gifts to the Alumni Fund. Awards are granted to ap-
plicants who are relatives of Northeastern alumni on the basis of academic
achievement and financial need.

134

Community Scholarships

The University has made available a number of $500 Community Schol-
arships for qualified entering freshmen who reside in Ashland, Boston,
Burlington, and Weston. Full tuition scholarships are also offered to quali-
fied applicants who reside in Framingham, Lynn, and Weymouth.

Nursing Scholarships

Scholarships are made available to students in the College of Nursing
through a fund established by contributions from Northeastern University,
the Permanent Charities Fund, the Children's Hospital Medical Center,
and the Beth Israel, Massachusetts General, New England Deaconess, and
Peter Bent Brigham Hospitals.

ROTO Scholarships

The Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps Scholarship Program is
designed to offer financial assistance to outstanding young men who are
interested in the Army as a career. Each scholarship provides for full
tuition, fees, and textbooks in addition to pay of $100 per month, which
during one six-week summer training period is increased to one half of a
Second Lieutenant's pay.

ROTC scholarships at Northeastern are for either a five-year or three-
year period. They are awarded to selected entering freshmen or students
who have completed the first two years of ROTC. Scholarships are not
related to financial need, and the earnings of a student during his co-
operative work period do not reduce scholarship payments. This award
may be supplemented, when necessary, by a scholarship, loan, or part-
time job.

Applications for entering freshmen must be submitted prior to March 1
for the following school year. Information on the ROTC Scholarship Pro-
gram may be obtained by writing to the Professor of Military Science,
Northeastern University.

STUDENT LOAN PROGRAMS

National Defense Student Loans

National Defense Student Loans are granted from funds made available
jointly through the United States Congress and through the University.
Applicants must be United States citizens or permanent residents of this
country. Applications for such loans are made on a year-to-year basis,
and the amount of each loan will be based on the University's estimate
of financial need and the funds available for distribution at the time. No
interest is charged on these loans until nine months after graduation, at
which time a 3 percent interest rate is applied. The loan is to be repaid
in equal installments over a 10-year period after graduation, but may be
repaid at any earlier date. A student may cancel a portion of the loan for

135

full-time employment as a teacher In a public or private and nonprofit
elementary or secondary school and institutions of higher learning.

Nursing Student Loans

The Nursing Student Loan Fund is similar to the National Defense Loan
Program. A student may cancel a portion of her loan if she accepts full-
time employment as a professional nurse in any public or nonprofit in-
stitution or agency.

Health Professions Loans

This program provides maximum loan aid of $2,500 per academic year
to College of Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions students who evi-
dence academic promise and financial need.

Loan repayment of principal and interest commences three years after
completion of studies and may extend over a 10-year period.

Law Enforcement Loans

The Law Enforcement Loan Program makes available 10-year, 3 percent
Interest loans up to a maximum of $1,800 per year to full-time students
enrolled in a program directly related to law enforcement. Loans may be
cancelled at the rate of 25 percent per year for each year of full-time em-
ployment in a state, local, or Federal law enforcement agency.

Northeastern University Student Loans

Northeastern University has established a small tuition loan fund for
the benefit of needy students who cannot be assisted through usual aid
sources. Terms of repayment are comparable to those of the National
Defense Loans.

Guaranteed Insured Student Loans

Under the Higher Education Act of 1965, students are eligible to borrow
from a bank or other participating financial institution a maximum of
$1,500 per academic year for their educational expenses. For students
whose adjusted family incomes are less than $15,000, the interest would
be paid by the Federal government. Repayment would begin after gradua-
tion. The award is not based on financial need, and it Is available to stu-
dents regardless of their family income. Students should inquire at their
local lending institution for application forms and additional information
regarding this program.

PART-TIME WORK

While it is unwise for a student to look to part-time employment as the
sole means of financing his college education, it is a recognized fact that
most students will seek part-time employment sometime during their col-

136

lege career, generally combining these earnings with some other form of
financial aid.

So that employment may be made readily available to all students who
need it, the University has created from its own funds and from funds pro-
vided under the College Work-Study Title of the Higher Education Act of
1965 a large number of job opportunities both on campus and in the neigh-
boring community. In all cases the jobs are structured in such a way as to
provide maximum part-time earnings without interfering with a student's
prime study time. In many cases the University is able to provide summer
employment for local students prior to their enrollment in September.

Any student wishing to secure part-time employment must file a copy of
the Parents' Confidential Statement with the Office of Financial Aid and
then communicate with that Office directly after official acceptance for
admission.

HOUSING

Women's Residence Regulations

Unmarried women students who are under age 21 in their first year of
college, and who do not live with their parents or a legal guardian, are
required to live in a University residence hall both while attending classes
and working on their cooperative assignment. If a student's cooperative
work is not in her home town, and if it is not within commuting distance
of a University residence hall, special housing arrangements are made
through the Department of Cooperative Education, with the written approval
of her parents. Commuting students who wish to live elsewhere than at
home are also subject to the University's resident requirements.

Certain exceptions to these rules are made for students who desire to
live in another form of supervised housing approved by the University, or
who desire to live with an older relative, such as a grandparent, aunt, or
uncle. Permission for such a living arrangement must be obtained in ad-
vance from the Office of the Associate Dean of Students for Women's
Affairs. Special request forms for this purpose are available in that Office,
and must be submitted at least two weeks before the beginning of the
quarter in which the housing change would take effect. However, a request
for special residence permission does not mean that a student may ask to
be si'mply excused from the University's residence requirement.

Students in unauthorized housing are subject to disciplinary action.
Questions regarding these regulations must be directed to the Associate
Dean of Students for Women's Affairs.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES

Whether your hobby is painting, science, photography, chess, debating,
sports, writing, music, dramatics, or international relations, chances are

137

you will find numerous opportunities to continue your interest while at
Northeastern.

More than 130 varieties of student activity are conducted regularly.
These include clubs, fraternities, sororities, religious groups, honor socie-
ties, musical organizations, societies for women students, professional
societies, and student government groups. Most of these activities are open
to freshmen.

The hours from 12:00 noon to 2:00 p.m. on Tuesdays and Thursdays are
reserved exclusively for student activities. No classes are scheduled dur-
ing this period.

If you like politics, you may wish to run for office. Each class has its
own set of officers, and the campaigning for "jobs" on the class boards
is frequently as spirited as that in any state or national election.

We hope — and believe — that you will enjoy as least some of these activi-
ties and special events. The only limitation is that imposed by time
required for the proper amount of study. If your marks are low or if you
are doing work far below your capabilities, your participation in student
activities should be limited until you are in good academic standing.

Participation in extracurricular activities will help you to live a full life
at Northeastern University. Not only will sharing in these activities con-
tribute to your further growth and self-development through training and
experience gained, but it will provide much beneficial recreation with
new-found friends and an opportunity to serve Northeastern. If you be-
come a leader in one of the organizations that particularly interests you,
you will be taking advantage of the opportunity to develop real adminis-
trative and executive ability.

The importance which Northeastern places on student activities is not
only shown by the regular hours set aside for participation, but also by the
extension of the advisory system to the program. Many organizations have
their own faculty adviser, who takes as much interest in the progress of
student members as does their section or class adviser and their coordi-
nator in the Department of Cooperative Education. The faculty adviser will
give students the benefit of his or her experience and mature viewpoint in
integrating their activities with other important phases of college life.

Chapel Services

Chapel services are held in the Bacon Memorial Chapel, located in the
Carl S. Ell Student Center, on Thursday from 12:30 to 1:00 p.m. Eminent
clergymen speak at the interfaith services. Attendance is voluntary.

The Dean of Chapel, who is available daily for counseling, and the
Director of Chapel Music assist the Student Chapel Committee of the
Student Union in planning the services.

138

Special Interest Groups

All-University Activities

Distinguished Speakers Series

Husky Key

Radio Station WRBB-FM

Student Center Committee
Student Council
Student Union

Art Club

Artistic Organizations
Dance Theatre Silver Masque

Educational Organizations

American Students for Israel

Computer Club

Debate Council

Economics Society

German Club

Health Education Majors' Club

History Club

International Students' Forum
Medical Technology Club
Music Therapy Club, Recreation

Education Department
Objectivism Study Group
The Philosophy Forum
Physical Education Majors' Club
Physical Therapy Club

Musical Organizations

Chamber Orchestra
Early Music Players
Ethnomusicological Society

N. U. Band
N. U. Chorus
ROTO Band

Political and Social Action Organizations

Chinese Students' Club
Contact Phone
Ecology Coalition
N. U. Female Liberation
Progressive Labor Party

Students for a Democratic Society
University Forum
Vietnam Veterans Against the War
Young Americans for Freedom
Young Democrats

Cauldron

Publications
Northeastern News

Spectrum

Recreational Organizations

Camera Club
Chess Club
Film-making Club
Hus-Skiers and Outing Club
Karate Club
Model Railroad Club
Radio Club
Rifle Club

Sport Parachute Club

Sports Car Club

Underwater Society

Table Tennis Club

Women's Athletic and Recreational

Association
Wrestling Club
Yacht Club

139

Religious Organizations

Baptist Fellowship Intervarsity Christian Fellowship

Canterbury Club Lutheran Club

Catholic Students Association Nichiren Shoshu of America

Christian Prayer Group N.U. Overcomers

The Christian Science Phanar (Greek Orthodox)

Organization Presbyterian Club

Congregational Club Unitarian Universalist Club

Hillel Counselorship Wesley Club (Methodist)

Fraternities

The 15 recognized fraternities at Northeastern (six local and nine na-
tional) play an important part in the life of the University. Membership is
by invitation, and bids are extended by the fraternity to freshmen during
their first and second quarter. Smokers, dances, and socials for freshmen
are held with the object of pledging. The fraternities are:

Alpha Epsilon Pi (national) — Brookline

Alpha Kappa Sigma — Jamaica Plain

Beta Gamma Epsilon — Boston

Delta Chi (national) — Jamaica Plain

Delta Sigma Theta (national) — Boston

Gamma Phi Kappa — Boston

Nu Epsilon Zeta — Brookline

Phi Beta Alpha — Boston

Phi Gamma Pi — Brookline

Phi Kappa Tau (national) — Jamaica Plain

Phi Sigma Kappa (national) — Jamaica Plain

Rho Pi Phi (national) — Boston

Sigma Alpha Mu (national) — Boston

Tau Kappa Epsilon (national) — Allston

Zeta Beta Tau (national) — Jamaica Plain

The Interfraternity Council coordinates activities of these groups.

Honor Societies

The several honor societies are made up of juniors and seniors who
have been elected to membership from a list of eligible students sub-
mitted by the faculty. The basis of membership is high scholarship, good
character, and outstanding personal qualities. By meetings and annual
scholarship awards, the societies cultivate interest in and attainment of
high academic accomplishment.

All Colleges of University

Phi Kappa Phi
Boston-Bouve College

Boston-Bouve Honor Society

140

College of Business Administration
Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting)
Beta Gamma Sigma

College of Education
Kappa Delta Pi

College of Engineering
Alpha Pi Mu (Industrial)
Chi Epsilon (Civil)
Eta Kappa Nu (Electrical)
Omega Chi Epsilon (Chemical)
Pi Tau Sigma (Mechanical)
Tau Beta Pi

College of Liberal Arts
The Academy

Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology)
Phi Alpha Theta (History)
Phi Sigma (Biology)
Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science)

College of Pharmacy
Rho Chi

Organizations for Women Students

All women students are eligible to join the women's society, Omega
Sigma. Through meetings and social functions, this society worlds to pro-
mote greater friendliness and unity among women students.

SORORITIES

Alpha Sigma Tau (national) Delta Phi Epsilon (national)

Alpha Omicron Pi (national) Lambda Delta Phi (national)

SPECIAL INTEREST GROUPS

Cheerleaders Modern Dance Group

Dance Theatre (open to men and women)

Intramural Sports

MEN'S INTRAMURAL SPORTS

The Intramural sports programs for men are organized to permit students
to participate as members of a sports club, as members of a team, or as
individuals on a nonteam, "drop-in-and-participate" basis. Sports activities
are scheduled according to seasonal interests, and include aquatics, bad-
minton, basketball, boxing, gymnastics, handball, jogging, judo, track,
volleyball, and weight and training.

141

WOMEN'S INTRAMURAL SPORTS

The Women's Athletic and Recreation Association has, as its prime
purpose, the promotion of activity opportunities of an athletic and recrea-
tional nature for all undergraduate women students. Throughout the year,
intramurals and club participation are possible in badminton, basketball,
fencing, field hockey, golf, gymnastics, lacrosse, modern dance, speed
swimming, synchronized swimming, tennis, and volleyball. Varsity athletic
teams for women include basketball, fencing, field hockey, lacrosse, swim-
ming, diving, tennis, and volleyball. Other activities may be offered when
warranted by student interest and availability of facilities.

Professional Societies

You will benefit in many ways by joining the student chapter of a pro-
fessional society in an area of study of particular interest to you. You will
keep up with latest developments by listening to authorities in that field;
you will have the opportunity to exchange ideas with students from other
colleges and universities as well as from Northeastern; and you will learn
more about professional standards.

If you take an active part by attending regular meetings and social
affairs, you may become an officer or a representative or member of a
delegation to meetings outside the University. Such participation may
prove invaluable in shaping your career.

The following professional societies are open to upperclassmen in their
respective professional fields. The majority are national organizations.

Accounting Society (local)

Advertising Club (local)

Alpha Zeta Omega (Pharmacy)

Amer

American Finance Association

American Institute of Chemical Engineers

American Institute of Industrial Engineers

American Institute of Physics

American Marketing Association

American Pharmaceutical Association

American Physical Therapy Association

American Society for Medical Technology

American Society of Civil Engineers

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Armed Forces Communications and Electronics Association

Association of Schools of Allied Health

Boston Society of Civil Engineers

Council of Professional Engineering Societies

Delta Sigma Theta (Pharmacy)

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers

Kappa Psi (Pharmacy)

142

can Association for Health, Physical Education and Recreation
can Chemical Society

Lambda Kappa Sigma (Pharmacy sorority)

National Education Association

Rho Pi Phi

Sigma Delta Chi (Journalism)

Society for the Advancement of Management

Society of American Military Engineers

Society of Women Engineers

THE DEPARTMENT OF ATHLETICS

All students are urged to participate in the University's athletic program,
which includes all the major collegiate sports.

The University maintains varsity and freshman teams in baseball, crev/,
cross country, football, hockey, track, and skiing. These teams are among
the finest in the East and have represented the University in both national
and International competitions. Students also participate in sports such as
golf, riflery, and sailing.

Home for the entire athletic program is the spacious Cabot Physical Edu-
cation Center and Edward S. Parsons Field. The gymnasium has four
basketball courts for men and one for women, and also features a rifle range
and a cage which provide facilities for indoor track, as well as for cross
country, baseball, and football drills. Parsons Field houses the Huskies'
football stadium and the Northeastern baseball diamond. It also accom-
modates training areas for the outdoor track team.

The University's major athletic teams have won 613 varsity events while
losing only 353 over the past nine years. Not only has success been a
tradition at Northeastern, but balance as well. Of the 65 major teams com-
peting over the past nine years, 52 have had winning seasons while only 10
have been in the red column.

Northeastern annually fields one of the toughest football elevens in New
England. In the past 10 years they have enjoyed seven winning seasons
against such Eastern powers as Temple, Harvard, and Holy Cross. The
finest team in the past decade was 1963's undefeated team that went on
to play in the Eastern Bowl.

The Husky hockey forces are one of the most powerful in Eastern ice cir-
cles. They won the Eastern Collegiate Athletic Conference Holiday Hockey
Tournament in 1964 and have competed in several E.C.A.C. Championships.

Basketball teams at Northeastern also have the winning habit. The
Huskies won the N.C.A.A. Regional Championship in 1962 and 1963 and
went on to compete in national small-college championships in Evansville,
Indiana. Also in 1963 Northeastern received the E.C.A.C. College Division
Trophy for the finest small-college team in the East. After competing in six
N.C.A.A. College Division Championships in seven years, the Huskies
moved into the University Division and finished the 1970-1971 season with
a 17 and 4 record.

The track and cross country teams have been outstandingly successful

143

in recent years. Cross country teams have a 71 and 18 record over the past
nine years, with undefeated seasons in 1963 and 1964.

The indoor track team is 67 and 10 over the nine-year span and unde-
feated in 1964, 1965, and 1966. The Husl<y harriers have been dominant
outdoors, also compiling a 56 and 5 record, in total, the fleetfooted track
men have won 204 events over the last nine seasons while losing only 34.

Northeastern baseball ranks with the best in the East. The Huskies were
the New England Champions in 1966 and went on to compete in the College
World Series. In 1964 they placed second after a dramatic double-header
in Fenway Park, and Coach John Connelly was named New England Coach
of the Year.

But the most amazing Husky sports story is that of Northeastern's crew.
Their first season in 1965 saw them win four of five regattas while defeating
33 crews and losing to only one during the regular regatta season. Now
N.U. is one of the most powerful rowing colleges in the East. The Husky
crew received a second invitation to compete in the Henley Regatta, Henley,
England, in 1972.

FRESHMAN ORIENTATION PROGRAMS

Except for the visits which we hope you will make to the Admissions
Office, your first opportunity to know Northeastern and to meet your class-
mates, your deans, and your advisers will come during the freshman ori-
entation period.

The program for the orientation period is planned for you and supervised
by the Dean of Students and his staff. They will see to it that you are intro-
duced to the customs and people that make up Northeastern. At that time
registration, class schedules, and other procedures and details necessary
to your enrollment will be completed.

On the first day, in accordance with a long-standing tradition, you will be
welcomed by President Knowles at the Freshman Convocation. Later you
will be able to meet the Dean of your College and others who will have
important roles in your college career.

Upper-class students who volunteer their time will assist in setting up
and running programs, primarily evening events, which provide oppor-
tunities for relaxation, recreation, and cultural enrichment. The Office of
the Dean of Students will be available during the orientation period and
throughout the year to answer questions and provide assistance.

THE COUNSELING AND TESTING CENTER

The purpose of the Counseling and Testing Center is to help students
with many different concerns. Some deal primarily with educational and
vocational planning, and others with personal problems, feelings, and inter-
personal relationships. At the Center the student is encouraged to discuss

144

his concerns with a counselor, following which he might take one or more
of these steps:

1. Continue individual discussions with the counselor.

2. Take psychological tests to increase his knowledge of himself.

3. Join a group of students with whom he can share his concerns.

4. Make use of the Center's extensive file of information about careers
and services.

The Center's services are available without charge to all students in the
Basic Colleges. Students can arrange an appointment by telephoning (617)
437-2142 or by visiting the Center in Room 302 Ell. Vocational counseling
services are also available on a fee basis to high school students and adults.
The counseling services of the Counseling and Testing Center are ap-
proved by the American Board on Counseling Services.

THE FACULTY ADVISORY SYSTEM

You probably have heard many times that the freshman year at any col-
lege is the hardest.

You may have to learn how to study — really study — for the first time. You
will have to learn to plan your time for study — and stick to It. You will be
largely on your own — perhaps for the first time in your life.

This is a large order and undoubtedly will require many adjustments on
your part. But the feeling of independence which will come as a result of
being on your own will be important to you. Frankly, we think you will find,
like many others before you, that this independence — provided that you
learn to plan your time wisely — is one of the big thrills of attending college.

But whether you find the adjustment from high school to college life
more difficult or easier than most, you can be sure of one thing: you can
always rely on a close personal relationship with members of Northeast-
ern's faculty. This is possible through Northeastern's advisory system,
which has enabled hundreds of undergraduates throughout the years to
make successfully the numerous adjustments to college life. The continu-
ance of the system throughout your four upper-class years will help you to
choose a career best suited to your individual talents.

During your first week at Northeastern you will be assigned to a section
with 30 to 35 students and will meet your section adviser. You may
have this same adviser as one of your classroom teachers throughout your
freshman year. He will be informed of the progress you are making in your
courses and will be in a position to offer advice and encouragement. Of
course, you may consult with the Dean of Students or his assistants at
any time. The Dean supervises the entire first-year advisory system.

You will have personal interviews with your section adviser and will also
participate in one or two group meetings with all section members on hand.
These meetings will really help you to get acquainted and to feel at home.

Soon you will realize another reason why you feel so much at home at

145

Northeastern. Look around and you will find that members of your section
attend many of their classes together. This is a basic and unique feature
of the Northeastern freshman year.

Later on, as you get to know your classmates and get into the real swing
of college life with all its cultural and social affairs, as well as its studies,
you'll find that your class also has a social adviser who serves in that
capacity throughout your years at the University.

And in addition to the regular conference hours held by your section
adviser, you can feel free to consult with any of your other professors.
They have regular conference hours, too, and they spend many additional
unscheduled hours in aiding students whenever they need help.

In your upper-class years you will find that your academic adviser will
be assigned according to your major instead of by sections.

The deans of the Colleges lend overall direction to these advisers, and
they, too, are a basic part of this effective, informal advisory system. You'll
find them as friendly, available and willing to help as your section or class
advisers.

Foreign Student Information

The University welcomes qualified students from foreign lands who are
adequately prepared to benefit from the educational, cultural, and social
opportunities it has to offer.

Northeastern University is authorized under Federal law to enroll non-
immigrant aliens as full-time students in degree-granting programs of its
basic undergraduate colleges and graduate schools. Part-time and special
students are not included in this authorization.

Because of special problems of adjustment experienced by many stu-
dents from foreign countries, the University makes a special effort to
examine the educational and financial qualifications of prospective
students.

Specific University policies for foreign students are stated in the publi-
cation Information for Foreign Students. This leaflet may be obtained from
the Department of Admissions.

146

s^MKUss

'^'

M^■ ^

rii

"^i^

->ai^.

% -"

part 4

The Pillars of Education

■A

The Pillars of Education

THE UNIVERSITY LIBRARY

"All that mankind has done, thought, gained or been: it is lying as in
magic preservation in the pages of books."

—THOMAS CARLYLE

By the selection of good books you may learn "the very heart and core
of ages past, the reason why men lived and worked and died."

As a Northeastern student, you will spend hours of hard, concentrated
study in one of the eight large reading rooms in the Dodge Library with
space for 675 students.

You may well spend considerable time in the Richardson Room, which, in
addition to special equipment, has a collection of 4,000 recordings, and
tapes. The records include Shakespearean and other plays, poetry, and
prose readings, as well as hundreds of classical and some jazz records.
The tapes are made from certain class lectures and can be used as often
as needed.

You will aso find the Reserve Book Room, the Reference Room, and the
Periodical Room (which receives more than 1,700 technical journals and
magazines) important to your studies.

An open-stack policy is in force at all times. This means that you will
always have free access to all books.

Since it was completed in 1952, the Dodge Library has acquired ap-
proximately 310,000 volumes and has a collection that is growing at the

151

rate of about 3,000 volumes a month. In addition, the Library holds approx-
imately 356,000 titles on microform.

Additional libraries are: the divisional libraries of Physics/Electrical
Engineering, Mathematics/Psychology, the Boston-Bouve College library,
the Hurtig Hall library, and the School of Law library. The Suburban Cam-
pus at Burlington has its own library, and there are also libraries at the
Marine Science Institute in Nahant, and the Center for Management De-
velopment in Andover.

We know you will find the library a quiet, convenient place for study or
for recreational reading.

LEARNING RESOURCES

The fourth floor of the Dodge Library building is comprised of a variety
of specialized resource and study facilities. The Learning Center, open days
and evenings, provides students with more than 50 individualized carrel
spaces for use with programmed instruction materials, videotaped presen-
tations, recorded lectures, slide-tape lessons, filmstrips, film loops, simula-
tion exercises, and a host of other media. All of these materials, whether
required for assignments or used as enrichment units, may be used free of
charge. Students also have available to them in this facility the Machine
Aids Laboratory, consisting of calculators and typewriters.

The Modern Language Laboratory is also located on the fourth floor of
the Library. Close by is the Instructional Technology Information Center,
which makes available to both students and faculty more than 4,500 refer-
ence items on instructional design and media. Students will also find In this
area audiovisual equipment and media production workshop facilities,
especially designed to accommodate students and faculty interested in
developing or improving teaching skills.

RESEARCH

One of the fundamental purposes of a university is to discover new fron-
tiers of human knowledge through basic research. This is of great impor-
tance in a university like Northeastern, which emphasizes preparation for
graduate study.

Research projects totaling approximately $4,000,000 yearly are being per-
formed in virtually all departments of all the Colleges, with support coming
from the University, the Department of Defense, the National Institutes of
Health, the National Science Foundation, and many other government
agencies and private industry. Nearly all programs employ students, either
as cooperative students or as graduate fellows.

A list of some of these projects, to show their diversity, would include
fundamental studies in nuclear physics, relativity theory, speech analysis,
determination of upper-atmosphere characteristics, solid-state theory,

152

microelectronics, cancer detection, energy conversion, biological appli-
cations of lasers, modification of visual threshold under hypnosis, and
mathematical models describing metal alloys. At present, emphasis is being
given to the development of research in the humanities and social sciences.
This research program helps Northeastern University to attract and
retain the services of distinguished faculty members. You will be proud
to know these men and women as professors in your classrooms.

COMPUTATION CENTER

The Computation Center has proved to be invaluable both for teaching
and for research purposes. Several hundred students have programs run
on the computer each day. Both faculty members and students use the
Center for nonsponsored research and thesis work.

An increasing amount of research is sponsored by both governmental
departments and industrial concerns.

parts

Freshman Course Descriptions

Graphic Science

9.106 Basic Engineering I

Introduction to fundamentals of engineering graphics, including depiction of planar
and solid figures. Principles of orthographic projection through primary auxiliary
views. Reading and interpreting technical multi-view drawings. Elements of descrip-
tive geometry. Construction of both isometric and oblique pictorial (3-D) drawings.
Introduction to F0RTRAN IV computer programming language using a CDC-3300
computer. Basic control statements to D0 statements, including subscripted vari-
ables and F0RMAT.

9.107 Basic Engineering II

Elements of engineering design through analysis of existing designs by means of
case studies, discussion of some commonly available components used to solve
design-oriented problems, group and individual participation in original and open-
ended design projects. Use of technical drawing to document and implement
engineering design. Higher-level capabilities of digital computers, including use of
and contributions to scientific subroutines, etc. Computer graphics including the
making of drawings by means of a CalComp digital incremental plotter driven by
the computer.

9.451 Engineering Design I

Introduction to fundamentals of engineering graphics, including depicting of planar
and solid figures. Principles of orthographic projection through primary auxiliary
views. Reading and interpreting of multi-view drawings. Construction of both isomet-
ric and oblique pictorial (3-D) drawings, with some emphasis on drafting techniques.
Introduction to F0RTRAN IV computer programming language using a CDC-3300
computer. Data deck construction and basic control statements through IF
statements.

9.452 Engineering Design II

Emphasis on engineering drawings required to support engineering design, including
standard conventions, dimensioning, and production processes. More detailed draw-
ings, such as intersections and developments, are studied. Analysis and evaluation
of existing design systems are accomplished through case studies chosen to demon-
strate how scientific principles are applied to design problems. Continuation of
F0RTRAN programming through subscripted variables and basic D0 loops. Exam-
ples of programming as an engineering tool.

156

9.453 Engineering Design III

Discussion of design processes, stressing original and creative solutions. Examina-
tion of some commonly available components used to solve design problems.
Involvement in both individual and group design projects. Examples of one-solution
problems are considered, as well as multi-solution problems. Introduction to self-
correcting (feedback) systems. Higher-level capabilities of digital computers, includ-
ing Implied D0 loops and elementary scientific subroutines. Computer graphics,
including the making of drawings by means of a computer-driven CalComp plotter.

9.454 Engineering Design IV

Graphical analysis of machine elements such as cams and linkages. Translatory and
rotary motion involving displacement, locus generators, velocity and acceleration
vectors. Simple, compound, reverted, and epicyclic gear trains. Charts, graphs,
functional scales, and nomography. Computer applications to engineering and de-
sign efforts. Selected logical control and programming techniques.

Mathematics

10.101 Basic Mathematics

Development of real numbers and the algebraic operations, with emphasis placed on
the field postulates. Study of polynomials, fractions, exponents, radical expressions,
1st and 2nd degree equations, solutions of inequalities, relations and functions.

10.102 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.101)

Continuation of functions and relations, graphs, simple forms of conic sections, vari-
ation, exponential and logarithmic functions, systems of equations and inequalities,
complex numbers.

10.103 Basic Mathematics (Prereq. 10.102)

Theory of equations, sequences and series, probability, topics in trigonometry.

10.104 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. 1 unit high school algebra)
Numerical systems; review of algebraic processes; solutions of linear and quadratic
equations and inequalities; elementary matrix operations with applications; permuta-
tions, combinations, and probability.

10.105 Fundamentals of Mathematics (Prereq. 10.104 or equivalent)

Selected topics in analytic geometry; number sequences; limits and continuity of
functions; geometric interpretation of a derivative; derivatives by formula; applica-
tions of derivatives to curve-sketching and problem-solving.

10.106 Calculus (Prereq. SVa units of coil. prep. math, or 10.103, 10.105, or 10.123)

A first course for upper-class students. Differential calculus of one variable; topics
in analytic geometry.

10.107 Calculus (Prereq. 10.106)

Integral calculus of one variable with an introduction to differentia! equations.

10.111 Calculus (Prereq. SVz units coll. prep, math.)

A first course in calculus for freshmen majoring in Biological Sciences and Phar-

157

macy. Limits, particularly the derivative; topics in analytic geometry related to the
application of the derivative.

10.112 Calculus (Prereq. 10.111)

Differentiation and integration of functions, with applications; topics in analytic ge-
ometry, including calculations of areas of plane figures bounded by algebraic
curves. Further techniques of evaluation of limits.

10.113 Calculus (Prereq. 10.112)

Transcendental functions and their derivatives and integrals; parametric functions;
applications of definite integrals and other limits.

10.124 Mathematics

Review of algebraic processes, solution of systems of linear equations, vectors and
matrices, exponential and logarithmic functions, introduction to probability.

10.125 Mathematics

Introduction to differential and integral calculus, with business applications.

10.150 Calculus

Introduction to analytic geometry and to the differential and integral calculus of
algebraic functions; inequalities, functions, and graphs; limits and continuity; mean-
value theorem and applications.

10.151 Calculus

Differential calculus applied to maximum-minimum and rate problems; the differen-
tial; the definite integral and areas; the indefinite integral; circles and conies. The
differential and integral calculus of transcendental functions.

10.152 Calculus

Linear algebra; vectors in two and three dimensions; linear transformations and ma-
trices; vector spaces over real numbers; systems of linear equations and determi-
nants; characteristic values and vectors.

10.181 Calculus (Prereq. ZVz units coll. prep, math.)

A first course in calculus for freshmen majoring in Mathematics or Physics. Review
of basic properties of sets and the real number system; inequalities, absolute value,
mathematical induction. Functions. Limits and continuity. Derivatives.

10.182 Calculus (Prereq. 10.201)

Further properties of the real number system; supremum and infimum. Properties
of continuous functions; extreme values; mean-value theorem. Riemann integral;
primitives; fundamental theorem of integral calculus. Integration by substitution
and by parts. Transcendental functions. Taylor's formula with remainder, inde-
terminate forms, rHopital's rule.

10.183 Calculus III

Continuation of 10.182

158

10.203 Algebra

Elementary linear algebra; vectors in two and three dimensions; linear transforma-
tions and matrices; vector spaces over real numbers; systems of linear equations;
determinants; characteristic values and vectors.

10.307 College Algebra and Trigonometry I (Prereq. Math. Placement Test or
10.302)

Fundamental operations of algebra; algebraic fractions; exponents and radicals;
functions. Trigonometric functions of angles both In degree and in radian measure;
right triangles; identities and equations.

10.308 College Algebra and Trigonometry II (Prereq. 10.307)

Quadratic equations and applications; radical equations; complex numbers; binomial
expansion; variation; roots of polynomial equations. Trigonometric graphs; other
transcendental functions, logarithms, inverse trigometric functions.

10.320 Calculus I (Prereq. 10.308, or 10.503, or 10.507)

Functions, graphs, and limits; study of the straight line, the circle, the parabola;
differentiation of algebraic functions, with applications, including the mean-value
theorem; continuity.

Physics

11.115 Fundamentals of Physics I (Physics for Humanists)

The first quarter of a two-quarter sequence intended primarily for students in the hu-
manities and social sciences. Some of the basic principles governing the physical
universe are established without using more mathematics than simple algebra. This
course is directed at the intellectually curious student, and attempts both to teach
him some physics and to show him how scientific modes of thought are related to
others with which he is more familiar. The first quarter discusses material in me-
chanics and thermodynamics.

11.116 Fundamentals of Physics II (Prereq. 11.115)
Continuation of 11.115. Electromagnetic theory and atomic physics.

11.117 Physics for Science Majors I (Calculus required as prerequisite or con-
currently)

The first quarter of a three-quarter sequence for all science majors. Kinematics,
Newton's laws of motion, momentum and energy, the conservation laws, gravitation.

11.118 Physics for Science Majors II (Prereq. 11.117)
Fluid mechanics, heat, wave motion, optics.

11.119 Physics for Science Majors III (Prereq. 11.117 but not 11.118)
Electrostatics, currents, magnetic fields, electromagnetism.

11.171 Basic Physics I (Physics for the Health Sciences)

The first quarter of a two-quarter physics sequence intended primarily for students
who are oriented toward the health sciences and athletics, including many students
in Biology, Pharmacy, Physical Therapy, and Physical Education. No calculus re-

159

quired. The emphasis is on the laws of physics as they relate to problems in the
life sciences. The first quarter discusses topics in mechanics, thermodynamics,
and waves.

11.172 Basic Physics II

Continuation of 11.171. Electricity and magnetism and light.

11.173 Physics Laboratory I

The first quarter of a two-quarter laboratory sequence. The student performs experi-
ments from various fields of physics.

11.174 Physics Laboratory II

Continuation of 11.173.

11.203 Elementary Physics I (Physics for Engineers)

The first quarter of a four-quarter sequence intended primarily for Engineering stu-
dents. The student is assumed to be concurrently taking a four-quarter calculus
sequence. The aim of the course is to give the student a working knowledge of
physics. The first quarter discusses vector algebra and the dynamics of particle
motion.

11.204 Elementary Physics II (Physics for Engineers)

Continuation of 11.203. Conservation laws and their use in solving problems in ele-
mentary dynamics. Wave motion and vibrating systems.

11.205 Elementary Physics III (Physics for Engineers)
Continuation of 11.204. Electricity and magnetism.

11.317 Physics I (Mechanics) (Prereq. 10.307 or concurrently)

Kinematics and dynamics of particle motion; Newton's laws; projectile and circular
motion; conservation laws for momentum and energy; rotational motion; simple
harmonic motion.

11.318 Physics II (Wave Motion, Sound, Heat) (Prereq. 11.317)

Wave motion, intensity, interference phenomena, Doppler effect, vibrating systems,
temperature, heat, change of state, heat transfer, kinetic theory of gases, general
gas laws, thermodynamics.

11.319 Physics III (Electricity, Magnetism, Light) (Prereq. 11.318)
Electrostatics, magnetism, magnetic induction, induced currents, direct and alter-
nating current circuits, properties of light, reflection, refraction, dispersion, optical
systems, diffraction, polarization.

Chemistry

12.101 General Chemistry

Introduction to-the principles of chemistry, with emphasis on stoichiometry, ionic
solutions, and the inorganic chemistry of biological systems.

160

12.102 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.101)

Introduction to organic chemistry with emphasis on compounds of biological sig-
nificance.

12.103 General Chemistry

For Chemistry majors and selected Biology majors. Stoichiometry, atomic structure,
chemical bonding, acids and bases, oxidation-reduction, states of matter, solutions.
Laboratory: introduction to qualitative analysis.

12.104 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.103)

For Chemistry majors and selected Biology majors. Chemical equilibria, introduc-
tion to chemical thermodynamics and kinetics, electrochemistry, nuclear chemistry,
topics in inorganic and organic chemistry. Laboratory: qualitative analysis.

12.105 Analytical Chemistry (Prereq. 12.104)

The principles and practice of experimental measurements by means of chemical
reactions. Laboratory: quantitative analysis.

12.106 General Chemistry

For non-Chemistry majors. Atomic structure and periodicity, chemical bonding, stoi-
chiometry, solutions, states of matter,, chemical equilibrium, acids and bases,
ionic equilibrium, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry. Illustrative laboratory ex-
periments.

12.107 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.106)

For non-Chemistry majors. Qualitative analysis, colloidal dispersions, spontaneous
reactions, chemical kinetics, topics in inorganic and organic chemistry, nuclear
chemistry. Laboratory: qualitative analysis.

12.108 Fundamentals of Chemical Sciences I

Development and discussion of important principles and concepts of the chemical
sciences. Intended for students in the social sciences and humanities with minimal
background in science and mathematics. The objective of 12.108 and 12.109 is to
give the nonscience student an appreciation and some knowledge of the role in
chemistry in our technical society and in our everyday lives.

12.109 Fundamentals of Chemical Sciences II

Continuation of 12.108. Discussion of the chemistry involved in such basic human
needs as food, clothing, shelter, transportation, and energy production. Other topics
(e.g., environmental problems) may be included or substituted, since students will
participate in selecting topics for discussion.

12.114 General Chemistry

Primarily for Engineering students. Introduction to the principles of chemistry, focus-
sing upon the states and structure of matter and chemical stoichiometry.

12.115 General Chemistry (Prereq. 12.114)

Primarily for Engineering students. Introduction to the principles of chemistry, focus-
sing upon chemical equilibria and the nature of some common materials.

161

12.171 Analytical Chemistry

Theories, principles, and applications of volumetric, gravimetric, and instrumental
methods of analysis.

Earth Sciences

16.104 Introduction to Earth Science

This course considers both the solid and liquid environments of the earth. The forces
and factors producing changes in these environments are examined in some detail
and are applied to an understanding of the historical development of the earth.

16.105 Introduction to Earth Science

A continuation of 16.104. Consideration of the gaseous envelope surrounding the
earth and the meteorological phenomena that occur within it is followed by a study
of the earth as an astronomical body. Particular emphasis is placed on the behavior
of the earth as a member of the solar system.

16.141 Physical Geology

A study of natural phenomena ranging from landscape forms and scenery to the ca-
tastrophies brought about by earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, floods, and hurricanes.
Field trips will emphasize cause and effect.

16.142 Historical Geology

The unfolding of the history of the earth, its inhabitants and its events in answer to
the question "When?" Emphasis will be placed on the origin of the earth, the succes-
sion of life on earth, and the coming of man.

16.180 Physical Geography I

Constructed to bring an understanding of man's physical environment with concen-
tration of study upon weather, climate, and vegetation on a worldwide scale.

16.182 Physical Geography II

An interpretative description and analysis of landforms and soils. Emphasis will be
placed on an examination of landform development and distribution.

Biology

18.107 Integrated Science

Principles of chemistry and microbiology.

18.108 Integrated Science (Prereq. 18.107)
Human anatomy and physiology.

18.109 Integrated Science (Prereq. 18.108)

Human anatomy and physiology. Development and inheritance.

18.120 Basic Microbiology

iVIicrobial life, emphasizing morphological characteristics, physiological activities,

and disease production.

162

18.131 General Biology

Universal properties and processes of living organisms. Cellular composition and
activities, inheritance and cellular control, the evolutionary process, environmental
relationships.

18.132 Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.131)

Systematic comparative study of the structure and functions of animals. Diversity of
animals considered from the standpoint of evolutionary adaptation.

18.141 Basic Animal Biology

Principles of biology. Universal properties and processes of living organisms as
exemplified by the cell and its activities. Inheritance, evolution, and environmental
relationships.

18.142 Basic Animal Biology (Prereq. 18.141)

Structure and function of organ systems and animals. Diversity of animals consid-
ered from the evolutionary standpoint.

18.148 Human Anatomy

The structure and development of the human body.

Psychology

19.101 Introductory Psychology

Psychological principles.

19.102 Basic Psychology

The basic principles of psychology.

19.105 Foundations of Psychology I

Major concepts from most areas of psychological investigation; the experimental
approach to the study of behavior including growth and development, individual
differences, learning and social psychology.

19.106 Foundations of Psychology II (Prereq. 19.105)

The sensory bases of response, perception, motivation, emotions, personality, and
behavioral disorders.

19/141 Growth and Development I

Emphasis on infancy and childhood. Fundamental processes of growth and develop-
ment from conception to the beginning of adolescence; physical development and
maturation; socialization; social and interpersonal relations; personality cognition; in-
telligence, emotion and motivation. Emphasis upon family setting as well as upon
the broader social environment.

19.142 Growth and Development II

Adolescence and adulthood. Exploration of physical and social changes in the years
from adolescence to senescence. Consideration of special circumstances and prob-
lems associated with adult life.

163

Anthropology

20.100 Principles of Social Anthropology

An introduction to the general fields of anthropological investigation, their scope, and
the nature of the integration of the subdisciplines in the concept of culture. Focus
on concepts of social structure and organization, function, change, and evolutionary
concepts of emerging levels of societal integration.

Sociology

21.100 Principles of Sociology

The basis of human society, the process of individual adjustment to society and the
matter of numbers, spatial distribution, and organization of people. Social organiza-
tion, social institutions, personality development, and institutional life.

Political Science

22.101 Introduction to Political Science I

A study of basic political concepts and forces of organization from the classical
Greeks to the modern nation-state. The Soviet Union and the United Kingdom are
contrasted as contemporary illustrations of the institutional distinction between a
totalitarian and a constitutional system.

22.102 Introduction to Political Science II (Prereq. 22.101)

The development of operational liberty in the United States and its constitutional
underpinnings are considered, together with an analysis of the national American
political process and the conduct of recent American foreign relations.

History

23.101 Western Civilization

The major ideas and institutions of western civilization from ancient times to 1789.

23.102 Western Civilization

A continuation of 23.101, covering the period since 1789.

23.210 The United States to 1865

The history of the American people from 1763 to 1865, with an analysis of the
American Revolution and of the major political, constitutional, diplomatic, economic,
and social problems of the new nation.

23.211 The United States Since 1865

A continuation of the survey of American history with discussion of the emergence
of an industrial economy, an urban society, world responsibility, and expanded
Federal government.

164

Philosophy & Religion

26.101 Introduction to Philosophy 1

26.102 Introduction to Philosophy II

An examination of a few of tine more persistent and compelling issues in philosophy.
These courses are independent, but both emphasize philosophical thinking as an
activity rather than an assimiliation of an established body of facts. 26.101 includes
such topics as theories of reality and knowledge, and philosophical problems in
religion. 26.102 includes topics of social and political philosophy, philosophies of
art and history.

Art History

27.118 History of Art I

A survey of western art from prehistoric times to the Renaissance.

27.119 History of Art II (Prereq. 27.118)

A survey of western art from the Renaissance to the twentieth century.

Music

28.100 Music I

Emphasis on the techniques of listening: instrumental and vocal tone color, melodic
contour, rhythmic pattern, compositional design and style, harmony. This course
may serve either as preparation for general listening or for other music courses.

28.123 Music of the Romantic Era

Romantic realism and Romantic idealism after Beethoven. Composers to be studied
include Schumann, Schubert, Berlioz, Liszt, Chopin, Wagner, Brahms, Tschaikov-
sky, and Mahler.

28.145 Beethoven

An analysis of the complex personality and art of this major figure. His relation to
the turbulent times in which he lived, his role In Classic and Romantic music.

Drama and Speech

29.106 Speech Fundamentals

Basic principles and techniques of effective modern speaking. Examination of indi-
vidual voice and articulation problems. The study and application of basic techniques
of oral interpretation.

29.121 Survey of the Theatre I

Introduction to the drama as a dynamic medium of human expression; historical
development of the theatrical form; reading and analysis of selected plays as they
relate to form, genre, style, from the point of view of audience and artist.

29.122 Survey of the Theatre II

Introduction to the theatre as a collaborative art form (theoretical and practical)
with an emphasis upon acting, directing, design, lighting, and the necessities of
theatre economics.

165

English

30.113 Freshman Writing

Important principles of logic and rhetoric applied to exposition and argumentation
writing; review of sentence structure, punctuation, and paragraphing; extensive
reading and analysis of the essay form; theme assignments.

30.114 Introduction to Literature

An introduction to literary forms: poetry, prose fiction, and drama. Intensive reading
in various forms, and discussion of different approaches to literature.

30.115 Great Themes in Literature (Prereq. 30.114)

Content determined by instructor, who chooses a theme and a number of books
from different periods to illustrate it. Examples: The Hero in Literature, Visions of
Utopia, Science Fiction.

French

31.115 Intermediate French (Prereq. 31.103 or 31.152)

Course for upperclassmen. Brief review of grammar and thorough oral work and the
reading of selected texts.

31.116 Intermediate French

Continuation of 31.115, with greater emphasis on reading.

31.131 Masterpieces of French Literature (Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116)
Introductory course in French literature. Selected works from the Middle Ages to
the eighteenth century.

31.132 IVIasterpieces of French Literature (Prereq. 31.113 or 31.116)
Introductory course in French literature. Selected works from the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries.

31.151 Elementary French I

Essentials of grammar; practice in speaking and reading; progressive acquisition of
basic language skills.

31.152 Elementary French I! (Prereq. 31.151)

Continuation of grammar study and basic language skills; reading of French of
increasing difficulty; practice in conversation.

Spanish

32.115 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.103 or 32.152)

Spanish civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading of modern
prose, with occasional oral and written translation; conversation practice based on
assigned readings.

32.116 Intermediate Spanish (Prereq. 32.115)

Spanish-American civilization through texts of average difficulty. Intensive reading of
modern prose, with occasional oral or written translation; conversation practice
based on assigned readings.

166

32.131 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature I (Prereq. 32.116)

Introductory course in Spanish literature. Selected works from the Middle Ages to
the Siglo de Oro.

32.132 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature II (Prereq. 32.131 or 32.116)
Introductory course in Spanish literature. Selected works from the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries.

32.151 Elementary Spanish I

Essentials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; progressive acquisition of a basic
vocabulary; and idiomatic expressions.

32.152 Elementary Spanish II

Continuation of grammar study. Oral and written exercises; reading of basic Spanish
prose.

German

33.115 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.103)

German civilization through texts of average difficulty; review of grammar; written
and oral exercises.

33.116 Intermediate German (Prereq. 33.115)

Readings from modern German prose; conversational practice.

33.131 Masterpieces of German Literature I (Prereq. 33.116 or permission of

instructor.)
Important works of poetry and prose from the twentieth century. The course aims
to increase the student's reading ability while introducing him to the major genres
and authors.

33.132 Masterpieces of German Literature II (Prereq. 33.131 or permission of

instructor.)
Important works of poetry and prose from the nineteenth century. The course aims
to increase the student's reading ability while introducing him to major genres and
literary movements.

33.151 Elementary German I

Esservtials of grammar; practice in pronunciation; acquisition of a basic vocabulary;
idiomatic expressions.

33.152 Elementary German II (Prereq. 33.151)

IVIore difficult points of grammar; reading of simple German prose, with oral and
written exercises.

Economics

39.105 Principles of Economics

Development of macroeconomic analysis; review of national income concepts; na-

167

tional income determination, fluctuation, and growth; role of the banking system and
the Federal Reserve System; government expenditures and taxation; international
trade; balance of international payments.

39.106 Principles of Economics

Comprehensive analysis of the economics of the firm with illustrative cases. Demand,
cost, and output relationships examined. Market structures and the public interest
include examination of antitrust policy, economic efficiency, research and innova-
tion, advertising, and economic concentration. Some emphasis placed on theory
versus practice.

39.115 Principles and Problems of Economics

An introduction to the conceptual aspects of economics; the flow of national income;
economic growth and fluctuation; the role of money and banking; monetary and fis-
cal policies; emphasis on developing conceptual tools for use in the analysis of
economic problems facing modern society.

39.116 Principles and Problems of Economics

Development of basic theory of demand, supply, and market price; applications to
selected microeconomic problems, such as basic economics of monopoly and com-
petition, poverty, race, and discrimination, urban affairs, pollution, and other prob-
lems which relate to the role of the pricing system in resource allocation and income
distribution.

Accounting

41.111 Principles of Accounting

An introduction to the nature and purposes of accounting. Use of accounting infor-
mation. Basic concepts of accounting; measuring business financial positions and
income; accounting for the acquisition of assets.

41.112 Principles of Accounting (Prereq. 41.111)

Accounting for the financing of business. Recognition and classification of revenues
and costs; general purpose financial reporting. Measuring the flow of funds; ap-
praising financial results.

Business Administration

49.100 Introduction to Business

The business organization as a system of interrelated functions and operations; the
interactions between the organization and its environment; the role of management
in business organization. The organization and operation of business enterprise. The
significance of later studies in business administration for the business organization.

Education Foundations

50.111 Social Science I

Cultural anthropology and education. Theories and concepts in cultural anthropology
will be studied with primary emphasis on their relevance to informal and formal
aspects of educational processes. Considerable attention will be devoted to the study

168

of cross-cultural materials in order to understand the educational process in different
cultural milieus.

50.112 Social Science II

Sociology and education. The course involves sociological analysis of the educa-
tional enterprise in the United States and other technologically advanced societies,
including consideration of the socialization process, the formation of youth cultures,
and the function of the schools in these contexts. Attention will be given to the
study of the effects of stratification, ethnic, and racial factors on educational institu-
tions; education and social change; and the school as a social system.

50.113 Social Science III

Intergroup relations and education. Examination of theoretical and empirical ma-
terials relative to the problem of intergroup relations and prejudice. Particular atten-
tion will be paid to the role of education in the reduction of intergroup conflict.

Health Education

65.110 Foundations of Health Education

Orientation to school health education; introduction to the conceptual approach in
health education, with emphasis on personal health and factors influencing health;
and introduction to the philosophy of health education.

65.129 Health Education

Principles of personal health; emphasis on information pertinent to mental and
physical well-being, current social behavior, and effective approaches to college
living.

65.130 Health Problems of the College Student

Discussion of the major health problems affecting college students. Principles of
personal health, with emphasis on healthful college living (Physical Education
majors only).

Physical Education

62.201 Human Movement

An introduction to the nature and role of human movement and the analysis of
skillful movement performance through participation and observation. Introduction
to the objectives, literature, and organization of the profession of physical education.

62.203 Practicum in Group Dynamics (Prereq. 62.201)

A two-week residence group living experience at the Warren Center. An introduc-
tion to group dynamics through selected activities, discussion, and living and work-
ing together.

62.206 First Aid

First aid procedures recommended for the home, school, and community; emphasis
on practices endorsed by the American Red Cross.

169

62.215 Observation of Student Behavior (Prereq. 62.201)

An introduction to the growth and development of elementary children and adoles-
cents in physical education through direct observations and laboratory work with
children.

62.249 Physical Science Foundations (Prereq. 62.201)

A treatment of basic concepts and fundamentals of chemistry and physics as applied

to human physiology and movement.

Recreation Education

63.120 Professional Orientation to Recreation

Philosophy and scope of modern recreation and its role in society. Discussion of
opportunities at home and abroad in school and community settings, in agencies,
hospitals, institutions, and industries. Focus on goals for American recreation (in-
cludes unit on study habits).

63.121 Recreation SItills I

Skill development and participation in the recreational activities: volleyball, bad-
minton, social recreation, guitar and piano (includes unit on study habits).

63.122 Recreation St<ills II

Skill development and participation in gymnastics, folk dance, swimming, music
analysis, song leading, and instrumental accompaniment (includes unit on practical
mathematics).

63.123 Recreation Skills III

Development of leadership skill in social recreation activities: singing, folk dance,
games and party program planning, including leadership experiences with groups.
Counselor education — philosophy and leadership methods in camping. Red Cross
lifesaving course. Includes unit on business mathematics.

63.125 Outdoor Education and Camp Leadership

A two-week resident summer session at Warren Center and in Maine: includes
natural science, aquatics, overnight camping, Indian lore, ACA Campcraft certifica-
tion, leadership in special camp programs, outdoor sports, smallcraft training, and
arts and crafts.

Physical Therapy

64.111 Introduction to Physical Therapy

Orientation in the field of physical therapy and its role in the health professions.

64.113 Introduction to Physical Therapy (Prereq. 64.111)

Theory and practice in body mechanics, postural examinations, and basic proce-
dures relating to patient management.

170

Pharmacy and Allied Health Professions

Pharmacy

71.201 Pharmacy Orientation

Designed to introduce the beginning pharmacy student to simple fundamentals in
using basic tools and equipment in the practice of pharmacy. Modern audiovisual
aids will explain the prescription balance, graduals, mortars and pestles, filtration,
emulsification, tablet triturates, ointments and creams, suppositories, and prescrip-
tion packaging.

71.202 Pharmacy Orientation (Prereq. 71.201)

Pharmaceutical calculations designed to enable a student to carry out the necessary
steps in preparations and prescriptions. A programmed instruction text will be used.

Respiratory Therapy

86.191 Physical Basis of Respiratory Dynamics

An introduction to respiratory therapy: basic respiratory anatomy and physiology,
basic physical and chemical principles.

86.192 Physical Basis of Respiratory Dynamics II

Continuation of 86.191. Human ventilation and acid-base balance.

86.193 Mechanical Basis of Respiratory Therapeutics

Principles of basic equipment used in respiratory therapy: pressure regulators, flow-
meters, and artificial airways and ventilators.

Medical Laboratory Science

87.100 Laboratory Medicine Orientation

The history and development of medical laboratory technology and pathology.

87.101 Basic Medical Laboratory Science (Prereq. 18.132, and 12.104 or 12.107)
Introduction to basic medical laboratory science: methods, principles, and theories.

Dental Hygiene

DH-11, 12, 13 Dental Hygiene

A series of lectures, discussions, and assignments introducing the student to the
principles and skills required in providing patient dental health care. Factors influenc-
ing the clinical practice: patient education, interpersonal relationships, ethics, and
jurisprudence. Emphasis is placed upon the hygienist's role in nutrition counseling.

DH-11C, 12C, 130 Clinical Dental Hygiene

Integrated clinical demonstrations and practice are correlated with the lecture series
presented in DH-11, 12, 13. Instruction in the techniques of performing the complete
oral prophylaxis. Auxiliary procedures such as case histories, oral inspection, chart-
ing, fluoride applications, and patient instruction. Instrument sharpening and care
of instruments and equipment.

171

Nursing

80.101 Fundamentals of Nursing

This course is basic to all other courses in nursing in the Associate Degree Program.
The focus is on the patient as an individual. Underlying this is the concept of homeo-
stasis and the role of the nurse in meeting human needs. Nursing action is based
upon principles drawn from the behavioral, social, and biological sciences. Assign-
ments in patient care are designed to provide the student with opportunities to
interpret these principles in the promotion of health and prevention of illness.

80.102 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80.101)

This is the second nursing course in the Associate Degree Program. The major focus
is on the identification of common deviations from homeostasis and the supportive
nursing measures involved in the restoration of the patient to homeostasis.

80.103 Fundamentals of Nursing (Prereq. 80.102)

In the third course in the Associate Degree Program, the major focus is on the
identification of specific long-term deviations from homeostasis and the nursing
actions involved in the restoration of the patient to optimal function and adaptation.

80.201 Nursing

The first course in the Baccalaureate Degree Program introduces the student to the
varying levels of educational preparation in nursing; the philosophy, purposes, and
objectives of the program; interpretation of the student's own health behavior pat-
terns; identification of man's basic needs, according to Maslow; identification of
patterns of meeting the student's own needs; distinguishing the physiological, soci-
ological, and psychological components of human sexuality; communication tech-
niques; interpersonal processes; roles and role conflicts; group dynamics and
group processes; and methods of problem-solving.

80.202 Nursing (Prereq. 80.201)

The second course in the Baccalaureate Program assists the student in identifying
the general social trends and their implications for nursing; the characteristics of a
profession; the functions and purposes of nursing organizations; the standards of
behavior of the professional nurse; the fundamental principles of malpractice law,
legislation affecting health care, and the factors influencing the delivery of health
care; major world health problems affecting the welfare of communities; and the
roles and responsibilities of the comprehensive health team.

80.203 Nursing (Prereq. 80.201, 80.202)

The third course in the Baccalaureate Program introduces the student to the science
of nutrition. It helps the student recognize factors influencing the formation of food
habits for his or herself and others; in identiying normal nutrient needs according to
age groups; in recognizing the need for objectivity in working with individuals in
meeting their needs, as well as the importance of nutrition and its relationship
to health. Medical terminology commonly used In nursing is studied.

172

Military Science

Military Science I

91.101 U.S. Defense Establishment

Emphasis is given to the history, organization, and mission of the Department of
Defense. Further, the mission and organization of the U.S. Army is taught, with em-
phasis given to the integration of small units into larger units and the general design
of military organization.

91.102 Map Reading and Aerial Photography (Prereq. 91.101)

Reading of maps and aerial photographs to include appreciation of basic principles.
Emphasis is on terrain analysis and evaluation, marginal information, military and
topographic map symbols, military and reference systems, methods of orientation,
intersection and resection, use of compass, and types of aerial photographs.

91.103 Leadership Laboratory (Prereq. 91.102)

Progressive training in leadership, drill, and command. Exercise in command is
stressed wherein students perform duties and functions as officers incident to con-
duct of training.

Criminal Justice

92.201 History of Criminal Justice

An historic survey of the principles of criminal justice in the ancient and medieval
periods with emphasis upon the impact of religion and philosophy.

92.202 History of Criminal Justice

A continuation of the historic survey with an examination of the effect of the Renais-
sance and Reformation and the rise of nation-states.

92.203 History of Criminal Justice

Criminal justice in the modern and contemporary periods from the eighteenth
century to the present.

173

Contents Detailed

A Message from the President, 3
About Education, 7
The Philosophy of Education, 8
The Problem of Education, 9
The Plan of Education, 9

The Cooperative Plan, 9
The Place, 10
The Faculty, 12
A Message from the Dean of

Admissions, 13
The Academic Programs, 15
Boston-Bouve College, 17
Health Education, 19
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Health Education, 20
Physical Education, 20
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Physical Education, 21
Physical Therapy, 22
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Physical Therapy, 23
Recreation Education, 23

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies in Recreation
Education, 24
College of Business Administration, 27
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 29
Accounting, 30
Marketing, 30
Finance and Insurance, 31
Industrial Relations, 32
International Business, 33
Management, 33
Small Business Management, 34
Transportation, 34
College of Criminal Justice, 37
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 38
College of Education, 41
Freshman-Year Program of

Studies in the Teaching of
Nonscience Fields, 43
Elementary Education, 43
Secondary Education, 44

Speech and Hearing Therapy, 45
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies in the Teaching of
General Science, Earth
Sciences, or Biology, 46
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Teaching of
Mathematics or Physics, 46
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in the Teaching of
Chemistry, 46
College of Engineering, 49
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 50
Chemical Engineering, 51
Civil Engineering, 52
Electrical Engineering, 54
Industrial Engineering, 56
Mechanical Engineering, 58
General Engineering, 61
Biophysics and Biomedical
Engineering, 62
College of Liberal Arts, 65
Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 67
Art History, 68
Biology, 68
Chemistry, 70
Drama, 71
Economics, 72
English, 74
Geology, 74
History, 75

Independent Major, 76
Journalism, 77
Mathematics, 78
Modern Languages, 79
Philosophy, 80
Physics, 81
Political Science, 82
Psychology, 83
Sociology and
Anthropology, 85
Lincoln College, 89

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 90

174

Electrical Engineering

Technology, 91
Mechanical Engineering

Technology, 92
Aviation Technology, 94
College of Nursing, 97

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies for the Associate
Degree, 99
Freshman-Year Program of

Studies for the Baccalaureate
Degree, 100
College of Pharmacy and Allied
Health Professions, 103
Pharmacy, 104

Freshman-Year Program of
Studies, 106
Medical Record Administration, 106
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Medical Record
Administration, 107
Medical Laboratory Science, 108
Medical Technology, 108
Medical Laboratory
Technology, 109
Cytotechnology, 110
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Medical Laboratory
Science, 111
Dental Hygiene, 111
Freshman-Year Program of Studies

in Dental Hygiene, 112
Radiologic Technology, 112
Management in Health Agencies

and Institutions, 112
Respiratory Therapy, 113
Freshman-Year Program of Studies
in Respiratory Therapy, 114
Reserve Officers' Training Corps

(ROTC), 117
The Particulars of Education, 121
The Department of Admissions, 122
General Requirements for

Entrance, 123
Applying for Admission, 126
Expenses, 129
Financial Aid, 132
Scholarship Programs, 133
Student Loan Programs, 135
Part-Time Work, 136
Housing, 137
Student Activities, 137

The Department of Athletics, 143

Freshman Orientation
Programs, 144

The Counseling and Testing
Center, 144

The Faculty Advisory System, 145
The Pillars of Education, 149

The University Library, 151

Learning Resources, 152

Research, 152

Computation Center, 153
Freshman Course Descriptions, 155

Graphic Science, 156

Mathematics, 157

Physics, 159

Chemistry, 160

Earth Sciences, 162

Biology, 162

Psychology, 163

Anthropology, 164

Sociology, 164

Political Science, 164

History, 164

Philosophy & Religion, 165

Art History, 165

Music, 165

Drama & Speech, 165

English, 166

French, 166

Spanish, 166

German, 167

Economics, 167

Accounting, 168

Business Administration, 168

Education Foundations, 168

Health Education, 169

Physical Education, 169

Recreation Education, 170

Physical Therapy, 170

Pharmacy, 171

Respiratory Therapy, 171

Medical Laboratory Science, 171

Dental Hygiene, 171

Nursing, 172

Military Science, 173

Criminal Justice, 173

Map of Main Campus, 176

Freshman Academic Calendar,

inside back cover
Admissions Application,
insert at back

175

.-= DO

g£Sg3gSga^E£SSSSSgSfei2«S§

"-0

•^

-0

<i>

CT3

Dfl

-a

DjO tiJO

-0

= _
— 0

3
d

3
CO =

^ to

-T- QJ

— -0

CD =>

0 zn

33 3

-C Q_

b
:3

jr -!=

CD CI

0 03

I/) c:
=3 TO

0
0

1—1

S ,0

CD -^^
k_ TO

0 x:

OJ OJ

a> DO

E -■ ^ -p

>^ CO

■O CD OJ o J7
DO QJ -^ ^ CD *=?

o Dn-

^ ^ :< is:

2s^S^t2SS2SS2[::§-S3^222-SS

FRESHMAN ACADEMIC CALENDAR

September 1973 to June 1974

FALL QUARTER

SEPTEMBER 20 (Thursday): Registration at 9:00 a.m.

SEPTEMBER 20, 21, 24 (Thursday, Friday, and Monday): Orientation Week
Exercises. Attendance of all freshmen is required.

SEPTEMBER 24 (Monday): No classes because of upper-class and continued
freshman registration.

OCTOBER 8 (Monday): Observance of Columbus Day — no classes.

OCTOBER 22 (Monday): Observance of Veterans' Day — no classes.

NOVEMBER 22, 23 (Thursday-Friday): No classes— Thanksgiving Holiday.

DECEMBER 10-14 (Monday-Friday): Final examinations for Fail Quarter.

DECEMBER 17-JANUARY 1 (Monday-Tuesday): Christmas Vacation— no
classes.

WINTER QUARTER

JANUARY 2 (Wednesday): Registration for Winter Quarter (upper-class,
freshman Quarter Two, and January section of freshmeni — no classes.

FEBRUARY 18 (Monday): Observance of Washington's Birthday.

MARCH 18-22 (Monday-Friday): Final examination period.

MARCH 25-29 (Monday-Friday): Vacation period — no classes.

SPRING QUARTER

April 1 (Monday): Registration for Spring Quarter (upper-class, freshman
Quarter Three, and January freshman Quarter Two) — no classes.

APRIL 15 (Monday): Observance of Patriots' Day.

MAY 27 (Monday): Observance of Memorial Day.

JUNE 10-14 (Monday-Friday): Final examination period.

Your Application for Admission is at the back of this catalog.

Mdrtheastern University
Department of Admissions
360 Huntington Avenue
Soston; IVIassachusetts 021 1 5

Non-Profit Organization
U. S. POSTAGE

PAID

BOSTON, iVIASS.

Permit No. 430

yOlJMEASTERN UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES

3 9358 01116272 1

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "[Course catalog]"

See other formats